WQ0007569_Application_20200123

STROUD ENGINEERING, P.A.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
107-B COMMERCE STREET
GREENVILLE, NORTH CAROL]NA 27858
[phone]
January 17, 2020'
Mr. Nathaniel Thornburg, Branch Chief
NCDENR — Division of Water Resources
Water Quality Permitting Section
Non -Discharge permitting Unit
512 N. Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27604
RE: Brandywine Bay WWTP Upgrades
Permit No. WQ0007569 — Major Modification
Dear Mr. Thornburg:
am submitting herewith the permitting package for the subject project. The project consist of
construction of a rapid rate infiltration system with capacity for disposal of 100 % of the
wastewater effluent (300,000 gpd) generated by the plant. The existing golf course irrigation
system will be abandoned. The project also includes conversion of the existing extended
aeration wastewater treatment process to a sequencing batch reactor (SBR) process for
compliance with 2T nutrient reduction requirements. An original and two copies of the
application and supporting documents for the subject project are enclosed. Supporting
documents include:
• Plans: Sheets CI-C13, B1-B3, S1-S2, and E1-E6; standard size and 11"x17"
• Site Map
• Application Fee in the amount of $395; check no. 7299.
• Three ring binder which includes:
o TAB 1—Application Form HRIS 11-13
o TAB 2 -- Ownership Documentation
o TAB 3 —Soils, Agronomic and Hydrogeological Site Evaluation
o TAB 4 — Specifications
o TAB 5 -- Engineering Calculations
o TAB 6 — Operation and Maintenance Plan
107-B COMMERCE ST. 102-D CINEMA DRIVE 3302-C BRIDGES STREET
GREENVILLE, NC 27858 WILMINGTON, NC 28403 MOREHEAD CITY, NC 28557
[phone] [phone] [phone]

o TAB 7 -- Residuals Management Plan
o TAB 8 — Certificate of Public Convenience
o TAB 9 — Existing Permit
o TAB 10—Threatened and Endangered Species Documentation
We appreciate your consideration of this application. Should you have any questions or
comments please contact me by phone at 252-756-9352 ext 227 or email
[e-mail],
Sincerel
Linwood E. Stroud, PE 5279
LEMkt
Enclosures
CC: Martin Lashua
Dana Hill

\ 7
♦
♦
• \ /� \ / \� Jj 11 _ //• WHEELWRIGHT C, &
RCCERS, ETAL
\� \/v� l/` _~ / * -y \ oG 15T5. PG 263
\ /N,/ 4
MMOCR • a
LACE/f}, I I
♦ r\ � � ///r \ � rlf 11�11= ���- :,,ate; �� `�-�'�� �- s � `.
♦ / ` \ U � \�/ � r � �v., � � � f I +I�I � IljNll °' � _� 4 1L` � r Y P / ` ti f
/ ! � e�• 5 ' I � �i I 1 I /
\ \ / \ /� �� � � � S.r� • ? � / ,�,pb' � ��_Q; ,�� 1� III I\ f I� 1 c` J
Al
1
All
,�� � !\ \ ✓�4`{�\ �� � Epp �' �a' ' "�. �\ rl! ��,� , `� � � �` \ i .. j
� II II "' l�v I � ♦ ' 1 ""'.... � � , �,i,�lii��, r .: Ir Ir 1 1 � �
f '� � ►1! '\ � / �� C t y � r�//I 1 f �� � � -� .idyl
WC 2 WEAVER. JA
nvG ♦ '
oe 1z, so � f
2w too
SC4il i"4w,
PROJECT NO.t
DRAWING NO.•
LEGEND
- - — - — - — - — 500' OFFSET LINE
- - - - - - - - COMPLIANCE BOUNDARY
""""•"""" REVIEW BOUNDARY
r r
I �� I — it
1 01
`TS61
xE PYSZCLl
��ti
Ll
' ;BBB VENTUAEB I
�I CP MHC, LLC III
os 1292. PG 117
• j
NINE LITTLE. LLC
GB 12x9. PC 469
f
i
f
i
# PE 5279
INEe'g"-•
E s ` .
lllllllllf
Q- 17_Lb
LINWCCC E. STACLD. P.E.

INDEX
TAB 1: HRIS-06-16
TAB 2: Ownership Documentation
TAB 3: Soils, Agronomic and Hydrogeological Site Evaluation
TAB 4: Specifications
TAB 5: Engineering Calculations
TAB 6: Operations and Maintenance Plan
TAB 7: Residuals Management Plan
TAB 8: Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity
TAB 9: Existing Permit
TAB 10: Threatened and Endangered Species Report

State of North Carolina
Department of 1Jnvironniental Quality
W..R
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0700 — HIGH -RATE INFILTRATION SYSTEMS
Division of Water Resources INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-I6 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Plans, specifications and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02H .0400 (if necessary), 15A
NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, I5A NCAC 02T .0700, Division Policies and good enyincering practices. Failure to
submit all required items will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the fflater Qualify Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Perinittirtg Unit website
General — When subinitting an application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit, please use the
following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions and checking
the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of requested additional information,
Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one orignial and two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, motley order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ). The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification applications may be found at: Standard Review
Project Fees,
C. High -Rate Infiltration Systems (FORM: HRIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
N Submit the completed and appropriately exeeuted'High-Rate Infiltration Systems (FORM: HRIS 06-16) application. Any
unauthorized content changes to this form shall result in the application package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due
to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the
section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item I.2, is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item I.2. is a partnership or dlbla, enclose a copy of the certificate filed with the Register of Deeds in
the county of business,
❑ The facility name in Item II.1, shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
❑ The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 13 of the application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer,
❑ The Applicant's Certification on Page 13 of the application shall be signed ni accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(h. Per
15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from
a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b),
❑ If this project is for a renewal witbout modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
➢ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(f), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
hteahnent and high -rate infiltration facilities:
® Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., GIS, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
❑ Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and high -rate infiltration facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 6

E. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new high -rate infiltration sites)-
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(b) and the Soil Scientist Evaluations Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed,
sealed and dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
® The report shall identify all the basins/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the basins/fields
were recommended for the proposed land application activity.
® Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
® Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ For non -basins, a standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map
unit in the soil map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent huntic matter ❑ zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
➢ Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KsAT tests shall he conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KsnT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KsnT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KsAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksbeets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
➢ Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ For non -basins, maximum precipitation rate (in/fir) for each soil/snap unit withhi the proposed infiltration areas.
❑ Seasonal infiltration restrictions, if appropriate.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for high -rate infiltration.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in the water balance for each soil/unap unit based upon in -situ
measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended drainage coefficient to be used in the water balance based upon comprehensive site evaluation, review
of collected onsite data, minor amounts of contrasting soils and the nature of the wastewater to be applied.
❑ For non -basins, recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (iii/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed
infiltration areas based upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon.
❑ For basins, recommended hydraulic loading rate (GPD/ft2) for each soil/map unit within the proposed infiltration areas
based upon in -situ KsA,r measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon.
NOTE — If the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement shall
be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
F. Agronomist Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new infiltration sites with cover crops or new crops for existing
infiltration sites):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(t), submit an agronomist evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified professional
and includes at a minimum:
❑ Proposed nutfient uptake values for each cover crop based upon each field's dominant soil series and percent slope.
❑ Plant available nitrogen calculations for each cover crop using the designed effluent concentrations in Application Item
V.I. and proposed mineralization and volatilization rates.
❑ Historical site consideration, soil binding and plant uptake of phosphorus.
❑ Seasonal infiltration restrictions, if appropriate.
❑ A clear and reproducible map showing all areas investigated and their relation to proposed fields and crops.
❑ Maintenance and management plan for all specified crops.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 6

G. Hydrogeologic Report (All Application Packages treating industrial waste or having a design flow over 25,000 GPD):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704 c , the Hydrogeololde Investigation and Reporting Policy, the Groundwater Modeling Policy and
the Performance and Analysis of Aquifer Shag Tests and Pumping Tests Policy, submit a detailed hydrogeologic description
that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified professional and includes at a minimum:
® A hydrogeologic description to a depth of 20 feet below land surface or bedrock, whichever is less. A greater depth of
investigation is required if the respective depth is used in predictive calculations.
® Representative borings within the infiltration areas and all proposed earthen impoundments.
® A description of the regional and local geology and hydrogeology.
® A description, based on field observations of the site, of the site topographic setting, streams, springs and other groundwater
discharge features, drainage features, existing and abandoned wells, rock outcrops, and other features that may affect the
movement of the contaminant plume and treated wastewater.
® Changes in lithology underlying the site.
® Depth to bedrock and occurrence of any rock outcrops.
® The hydraulic conductivity and t•ansmissivity of the affected aquifer(s).
® Depth to the seasonal high water table (SHWT).
® A discussion of the relationship between the affected aquifers of the site to local and regional geologic and hydrogeologic
features.
® A discussion of the groundwater flow regime of the site prior to operation of the proposed facility and post operation of
the proposed facility focusing on the relationship of the system to groundwater receptors, groundwater discharge features,
and groundwater flow media.
® If the SHWT is within six feet of the surface, a mounding analysis to predict the level of the SHWT after wastewater
application.
14. Water Balance (All Application Packages that include new or modified infiltration sites, changes in flow or changes in storage):
❑ Per the Water Balance Calculation Policy, submit information clearly demonstrating that the effluent can be assimilated
regardless of precipitation events or temperature, and there are no crop or equipment maintenance issues that would necessitate
storage.
OR
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(k) and the Water Balance Calculation Policy, submit a water balance that has been signed, sealed
and dated by a qualified professional and includes at a minimum:
® At least a two-year iteration of data computation that considers precipitation into and evaporation from all open atmosphere
storage impoundments, and uses a variable number of days per month.
® Precipitation based on the 8011 percentile and a minimum of 30 years of observed data.
® Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) using the Thornthwaite method, or another approved methodology, using a minfi n rn
of 30 years of observed temperature data.
® Soil drainage based on the geometric mean of the in -situ KSAT tests in the most restrictive horizon and a drainage coefficient
ranging ftom 4 to 10% (unless otherwise technically documented).
➢ Other factors that may restrict the hydraulic loading rate when determining a water balance include:
® Depth to the SHWT and groundwater lateral movement that may result in groundwater mounding.
® Nutrient limitations and seasonal application times to ensure high -rate infiltration does not exceed agronomic rates.
❑ Crop management activities resulting in cessation of infiltration for crop removal.
NOTE — High -Rate Infiltration Systems serving residential facilities shall have a minimum of 14 days of wet weather storage.
1. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer, and shall include at a minimum:
® Table of contents with each sheet numbered,
® A general location map with at least two geographic references and a vicinity map.
❑ A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, aeration, chemical, electrical and wasting paths.
® Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), as well as their dimensions and elevations.
® Details of all piping, valves, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, recording devices, fencing, auxiliary power, etc.
® A hydraulic profile fi•oun the treatment plant headworks to the highest infiltration point.
® The high -rate infiltration area with an overlay of the suitable infiltration areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
[j For non -basins, each nozzle/emitter and its wetted area influence and each infiltration zone labeled as it will be operated.
[j For non -basins, locations within the infiltration system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest infiltration
nozzle/emitter, etc.
* For non -basin automated infiltration systems, provide the location and details of the precipitation/soil moisture sensor.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary pleases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT
FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be
labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 6

J. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T ,0704(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer, and shall include at a minimum:
® Table of contents with each section/page numbered.
® Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/infiltration unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow teeters, etc.), nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor (if applicable),
audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
® Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
® Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
® Electrical (i.e., control panels, transfer switches, automatically activated standby power source, etc,)
® Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications, However, the
specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
K. Engineering CaIeulations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0704 (c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer, leer, and shall include at a minimum;
® Hydraulie and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1, were determined,
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e,, blowers, mixers, flow meters, pumps, etc.).
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.
❑ Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
❑ For non -basins, a demonstration that the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the
recommended rates.
® For basins, a demonstration that the designed loading rate (GPD/ft2) does not exceed the recommended rate,
® A demonstration that the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
L. Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704 d , submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyoi, and shall include at a minnnum:
® A scaled neap of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet or 25 percent of total site relief and
showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all infiltration sites.
® The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and infiltration sites.
® Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107 and .0108,
® Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0706.
® Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration sites.
® All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and infiltration sites.
NOTE — For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
M. Power Reliability Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0705(k), submit documentation of power reliability that shall consist of at a ►ninimuni:
® An automatically activated standby power supply onsite that is capahle of powering all essential treatment units under
design conditions, OR
➢ Approval from the Director that the facility:
❑ Serves a private water distribution system that has automatic shut-off during power failures and has no elevated water
storage tanks,
❑ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists, and
❑ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 6

N. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0707, submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment, storage
and infiltration systems that shall include at a minimum a description of:
❑ Operation of the wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration systems in sufficient detail to show what operations are
necessary for the system to fiuiction and by whom the functions are to be conducted.
❑ Anticipated maintenance of the wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration systems.
® Safety measures, including restriction of access to the site and equipment.
® Spill prevention provisions such as response to upsets and bypasses, including how to control, contain and remediate.
® Contact information for plant personnel, emergency responders and regulatory agencies.
NOTE — A final O&M Plan shall be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .01I6, however, a preliininary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
O. Residuals Management Plan (All Application Packages with new, expanding or replacement wastewater treatment systems):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(D and .0708, submit a Residuals Management Plan that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A detailed explanation of how generated residuals (including trash, sediment and grit) will be collected, handled, processed,
stored, treated, and disposed.
❑ An evaluation of the treatnent facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Departnent approved
residuals disposalhitilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application.
❑ If oil/grease removal and collection are a designed unit process, submit an oil/grease disposal plan detailing how the
oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed, stored and disposed.
NOTE — Per 15A NCAC 02T .0705 n_, a minimum of 30 days of residual storage shall be provided.
NOTE --- Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(i), a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved residuals
disposal/utilization program is not required at the time of this application, however, it shall be provided prior to operation of any
permitted facilities herein.
NOTE If an on -site restaurant or other business with food preparation is contributing wastewater to this system, all oil/grease
disposal plan shall be submitted.
P. Additional Documentation:
➢ Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity (All Application Packages for Privately -Owned Public Utilities):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0I 15(a)(1) and .0704 , provide the Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity from the North
Carolina Utilities Commission demonstrating the Applicant is authorized to hold the utility franchise for the area to be
served by the wastewater treatment and high -rate infiltration system, or
❑ Provide a letter from the North Carolina Utilities Commission's Water and Sewer Division Public Staff stating an
application for a franchise has been received and that the service area is contiguous to an existing franchised area or that
franchise approval is expected.
➢ Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
® Subinit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, ete.).
➢ Final Environmental Document (All Application Packages using public monies or lands subject to the North Carolina
Environmental Policy Act under 15A NCAC 01 C .0100 to .0400):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(4 , submit one copy of the environmental assessment and three copies of the final
environmental document (i.e., Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision).
❑ Include information on any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that impact the design and/or
construction of the wastewater treatment and high -rate infiltration system.
➢ Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
infiltration system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with all local ordinances regarding construction or operation of wastewater treatment and/or disposal facilities
within the floodplain.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 5 of 6

P. Additional Documentation (continued):
➢ Operational Agreements (All Application Packages for Hogue/Property Owners' Associations and Developers of lots to be
sold):
➢ Home/Property Owners' Associations
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .01 15(c), submit the properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM: HOA).
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(c), submit the proposed or approved Articles of Incorporation, Declarations and By-laws.
➢ Developers of lots to be sold
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .01 15(b), strbmit the properly executed Ot}erational Agreement (FORM: DEV).
➢ Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Pro_ rg am demonsti'atirig
the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment,
storage and infiltration facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
➢ Wastewater Chemical Analysis (All Application Packages treating Industrial Waste):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704 h , provide a complete Division certified laboratory chemical analysis of the effluent to be
infiltrated for the following parameters (For new facilities, an analysis from a similar facility's effluent is acceptable):
❑ Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) ❑ Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N) ❑ Total Organic Carbon
❑ Calcium ❑ p11 ❑ Total Phosphorus
❑ Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) ❑ Phenol ❑ Total' frihalomethanes
❑ Chloride ❑ Sodium ❑ Total Volatile Organic Compounds
❑ Fecal Coliforrn ❑ Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) ❑ Toxicity Test Parameters
❑ 5-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODs) ❑ Total Dissolved Solids
❑ Magnesium ❑ Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Page 6 of 6

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
D..
Division of Water Resources
.WR.
1SA NCAC 02T .0700 —HIGH-RATE INFILTRATION SYSTEMS
Divlslon of Water Resources FORM: HRIS 06-I6
I. APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: Carolina Water Service, Inc, of NC
2. Applicant type: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership ® Privately -Owned Public Utility
❑ Federal ❑ State ❑ MunicipaI ❑ County
3. Signature authority's name: Bryce Mendenhall per 15A NCAC 02T .010.6Title:
4. Applicant's mailing address: 4944 Parkway Plaza Blvd, Suite 325.
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28217-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Phone number:[phone] Email Address: br ce,mendenhall carolinawaterservicenc.com
II. FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: Brandywine Bay WWTF
2. Facility status: Existing
3. Facility type: Major > 10,000 GPD or> 300 dis osal acres
4. Facility's physical address: 104 Sleepy Court
City: Morehead City State: NC Zip: 28557- County: Carteret
5. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: 34,44.20' Longitude:-76.49.40'
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second
6. USGS Map Name: New ort
1II. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
Method of measurement: Map interpretation by extraction
1. Professional Engineer: Linwood E. Stroud License Number: PE 5279 Firm: Stroud Engineering, PA
Mailing address: 107B Commerce Street
City: Greenville State: NC Zip: 27858-
Phone number: 252) 756-9352 Email Address: lstroud strouden ineer,eom
2. Soil Scientist: Edwin E. Andrews, III License Number: 1228 Firm: Edwin Andrews & Associates, P. C.
Mailing address: P. O. Box 30653
City: Raleigh State: NC Zip: 27622-0653
Phone number: 919) 306-3069 Email Address: aiidwater@aol..com
3. Geologist: Edwin E. Andrews, III License Number: 3 Firm: Edwin Andrews & Associates P. C.
Mailing address: P, O. Box 30653
City: Raleigh State: NC Zip: 27858-0653
Phone number: 919) 306-3069 Email Address: [e-mail]
4. Agronornist: Edwin E. Andrews, III Firm: Edwin Andrews & Associates, P. C.
Mailing address: P. O. Box 30653
City: Raleigh State: NC
Phone number: 919) 306-3069
Zip: 27858-0653
Email Address: andwater rr aol.corn
FORM: I -IRIS 06-I6 Page I of 13

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ❑ New ® Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ0007569 and most recent issuance date: October 2, 2013
2. Application Fee; $395 -Standard -Major Facility - Major Mod
3. Does this project utilize public monies or lands? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, was an Environmental Assessment required under 15A NCAC 01 C? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, which final environmental document is submitted? ❑ Finding of No Significant Impact or ❑ Record of Decision
Briefly describe any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that may impact this facility;
4. What is the status of the following permits/certifications applicable to the subject facility?
Permit/Certification
Date
Submitted
Date
A roved
Permit/Certification
Number
Agency Reviewer
g y
Collection System > 200,000 GPD
6/5/13
7/1/13
WQCS00279
Deborah Gore
Dam Safety
Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plan
Nationwide 12 / Section 404
Pretreatment
Sewer System
Stormwater Management Plan
Wetlands 401
Other:
5. What is the wastewater type? ® Domestic or industrial (See 15A NCAC 02T .0103(20))
Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Has a wastewater chemical analysis been submitted? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. Wastewater flow: 300,000 GPD
Limited by: ® Tfeatment, ❑ Storage, ❑ Field/Basin Hydraulics, ❑ Field Agronomics or ® Groundwater Mounding
7. Explain how the wastewater flow was determined: ❑ 15A NCAC 02T .0114 or ® Representative Data
Has a flow reduction been approved under 15A NCAC 02T .0114(fl? ❑ Yes or ® No
Establishment Type
Daily Design Flow'
No. of Units
Flow
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
GPD
See 15A NCAC 02T .0I 14(b). (d), (e)(1 and e 2 for caveats to wastewater design flow rates (i,e., minimum flow per
dwelling; proposed unknown non-residential development uses; public access facilities located near high public use areas;
and residential property located south or east of the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway to be used as vacation rentals as defined
in G.S. 42A-4).
FORM: [IRIS 06-16 Page 2 of 13

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100 (continued):
8. What is the nearest 100-year flood elevation to the facility? Zone X feet mean sea level. Source: FIRM 3720635600J
Are any treatment, storage or infiltration facilities located within the 100-year Flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, which facilities are affected and what measures are being taken to protect them against flooding?
If yes, has the Applicant submitted written documentation of compliance with §143 Article 21 Part 6? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
9. Has the Applicant provided documentation of the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species utilizing
information provided by the Deparhuent's Natural Heritage Program? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
10, Does the facility have a proposed or existing groundwater monitoring well network? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, provide an explanation as to why a groundwater monitoring well network is not proposed:
If yes, complete the following table (NOTE -- This table may be expanded for additional wells):
Well Name
Status
Latitude'
Longitude °
Gradient
Location
I
Active
34.7388'0
-76,82260
Down Gradient
Outside Compliance Bou
2
Active
34.73620
-76.82190
Down Gradient
Outside Compliance Bou
3
Active
34.7369°
-76.8208"
Cross Gradient
Outside Compliance Bou
4
Active
34.73820
-76.8209°
Outside Compliance Bou
5
Active
34.7379"
-76.8217°
Up Gradient
Outside Compliance Bou
6
Active
34.7381"
-76.82270
Cross Gradient
Outside Compliance Bou
7
Active
34,73710
-76,82350
Down Gradient
Outside Compliance Bou
8
Active
34.73790
-76.82200
Up Gradient
Outside Compliance Bou
9
Proposed
-
Cross Gradient
On Review Boundary
10
Proposed
0
-
Cross Gradient
On Review Boundary
a Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Digital or raw photo extraction
11. If the Applicant is a Privately -Owned Public Utility, has a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity been submitted?
® Yes, ❑No or ❑NIA
12, If the Applicant is a Developer of lots to be sold, has a Developer's Operational Agireement (FORM: DEV) been submitted?
❑ Yes, [—]No or ®NIA
13. If the Applicant is a Home/Property Owners' Association, has an Association Operational Agreement (FORM: HOA) been
submitted? ❑ Yes, ❑No or ®N/A
14. Demonstration of historical consideration for permit approval — 1.5A NCAC 02T .0120:
Has the Applicant or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate exhibited the following?
a. Has been convicted of environmental crimes under Federal law or G.S. 143-215.6B? ❑ Yes or ® No
b. Has previously abandoned a wastewater treatment facility without property closing that facility? ❑ Yes or ® No
c. Has unpaid civil penalty where all appeals have been abandoned or exhausted? ❑ Yes or ® No
d. Is non -compliant with an existing non -discharge permit, settlement agreement or order? ❑ Yes or ® No
e. Has unpaid annual fees in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T A 105 e 2 ? ❑ Yes or ® No
FORM: I -IRIS 06-16 Page 3 of 13

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA — I5A NCAC 02T .0705:
1. For the following parameters, provide the estimated influent concentrations and designed effluent concentrations as
determined in the Engineering Calculations, and utilized in the Agronomic Evaluation and Groundwater Modeling (if
applicable):
Parameter
Estimated Influent Concentration
Designed Effluent Concentration
monthly average)
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
25 rng/L
1 mg/L
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS)
300 nng/L
10 nng/L
Fecal Colifornns
14 per 100 mL
Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N)
mg/L
mg/L
Nitrite Nitrogen (NO2-N)
mg/L
mg/L
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
mg/L
Total Nitrogen
40 nng/L
7 mg/L
Total Phosphorus
8 mg/L
3 mg/L
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
250 mg/L
5 mg/L
2. Is flow equalization of at least 25% of the average daily flow provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
3. Does the treatment facility include any bypass or overflow lines? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, describe what treatment units are bypassed, why this is necessary, and where the bypass discharges:
4. Are multiple pumps provided wherever pumps are used? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0705(j)?
5. Check the appropriate box describing how power reliability will be provided in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0705.kk
® Automatically activated standby power supply onsite capable of powering all essential treatment units; or
❑ Approval from the Director that the facility:
➢ Has a private water supply that automatically shuts off during power failures and does not contain elevated water
storage tanks;
➢ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists; and
➢ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
6. If the wastewater treatment system is located within the 100-year flood plain, are there water -tight seals on all treatment units
or a ininimuin of two feet protection from the 100-year flood plain elevation? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ® N/A
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0705(n), how many days of residuals storage are provided? 30
8. I -low does the Applicant propose to prohibit public access to the wastewater treatment and storage facilities? Yes
9. If an influent pump station is part of the proposed facility (i.e., within the wastewater treatment plant boundary), does the
influent pinup station meet the design criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0305(h)? ® Yes, ❑ No, ❑ N/A -- To be permitted
separately, or ❑ N/A -- Gravity fed
10. If septic tanks are part of the wastewater treatment facility, do the septic tanks adhere to the standards in 15A NCAC 18A
.19007 ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ® N/A
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page of 13

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT I+ACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA --15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
11. Provide the requested treatment unit and mechanical equipment information:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i,e,, physical removal operations and flow equalization):
Treatment Unit
No, of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft) /
S acirn s in
Volume
allons
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Coarse Screen
I
Huber
1/4" perforatons
,385 mgd
C5
462100
Select
Select
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY / TERTIARY TREATMENT (i.e,, biological and chemical processes to remove organics and nutrients)
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
allons
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Sequencing Batch Reactor (SBR)
2
eVOQUA
210,637
Each
C7
465101
Post Flow Equalization
1
eVOQUA
195,224
C7
465101
Tertiary Filters
2
Fluidyne Cloth
Media
41 "x6l" I S'
•20 mgd
each
C8
466124
Tertiary Filters
1
Fluidyne Cloth
Media
78,5"x97.5"x94"
0.6 ingd
C8
466124
Select
Select
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
(ft)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
MaterialLDrnnensiorrs
(gallons)
Reference
Reference
Ultraviolet
2
WEDECO
241711
0.3 ingd
C8
466600
Select
➢ If chlorination is the proposed method of disinfection, specify detention time provided: minutes (NOTE— 30
minutes minimum required), and indicate what treatment unit chlorine contact occurs:
➢ If ultraviolet (UV) light is the proposed method of disinfection, specify the number of banks: 2 per channel, number of
lamps per bank: 12 and maximum disinfection capacity: 520 GPM.
d, RESIDUAL TREATMENT
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (it)
Volurnne
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
allons
Reference
Reference
Aerobic Digester
I
eVOQUA
3I' DIA, X 22.5'
127,027
C7
465101
DEEP
Select
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 5 of 13

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA — I5A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
c, PUMPS
Location
No. of
I tuns
Purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
GPM
TDH
Influent PS
2
Inflent to SBR
Hydromatic or Eq.
750
45
C5
33 3200
Mech./Elee. Bldg,
2
SBR Jet Motive
Pentair or Eq.
1830
21
C7
465101
Mech./Flee, Bldg.
I
Digester Jet Motive
Pentair or Eq.
1098
21
C7
465101
Post EQ Basin
2
SBR Eff. to Filters
Gorman Rupp or Eq.
320
31
C8
33 3250
Ground Water Wells
g
Lower Ground water
Mound
Myers or Eq.
C10
334600
f. BLOWERS
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
7
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
CF
flan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Mech./Flee. Bldg
3
SBR Reactors
Aerzen
500
C7
465101
Mech./Elec. Bldg
1
Post EQ
Aerzen
145
C7
465101
Mech./Elee. Bldg
1
Digester
Aerzen
240
C7
465101
g. MIXERS
Location
No, of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Power
h
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
h. RECORDING DEVICES & RELIABILITY
No. of
Maximum
Plan Sheet
Specification
Device
Units
Location
Manufacturer
Capacity
Reference
Reference
Effluent Flow Measuring Device
2
Flow
Distribution
Siemens or
Equal
C8 1
46 8002
Tank
Auxiliaiy Generator
1
Flow
Effluent Sampling Station
1
Distribution
ISCO oe Eq.
C8
46 8001
Tank
Select
i. EFFLUENT PUMP / DOSING TANK (IF APPLICABLE):
FORM: (IRIS 06-16 Page 6 of 13

FORM: 14RIS 06-16 Page 7 of 13

VI. EARTHEN STORAGE IMPOUNDMENT DESIGN CRITERIA ---15A NCAC 02T .0705:
IF MORE THAN ONE IMPOUNDMENT PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF T141S PAGE AS NECESSARY.
1. What is the earthen impoundment type? Select
2. Storage Impoundment Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: ° Longitude: - °
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
3. Do any impoundments include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
4. Are subsurface drains present beneath or around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
5. Is the impoundment designed to receive surface runofP? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ft2, and was this runoff incorporated into the water balance? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
G. If a liner is present, how will it be protected from wind driven wave action?:
7. Will the earthen impoundment water be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not result in a
contravention of GA groundwater standards? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
8. What is the depth to bedrock frown the earthen impoundment bottom elevation? ft
If the depth to bedrock is less than four feet, has the Applicant provided a liner with a hydraulic conductivity no greater than
I x 10-' cm/s? ❑ Yes, or ❑ NIA
Has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that surface
water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If the earthen impoundment is excavated into bedrock, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling
demonstrating that surface water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ NIA
9. If the earthen impoundment is lined and the mean seasonal high water table is higher than the impoundment bottom
elevation, how will the liner be protected (e.g., bubbling, groundwater infiltration, etc.)?
10. If applicable, provide the specification page references for the liner installation and testing requirements:
It. If the earthen impoundment is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (Le., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
12. Provide the requested earthen impoundment design elements and dimensions:
Earthen Impoundment Design EIements
Earthen Impoundment Dimensions
Liner type:
❑ ClayElsynthetic
Top of embankment elevation:
ft
El Other
El Unlined
Liner hydraulic conductivity:
x cmis
Freeboard elevation:
ft
Hazard class:
Select
Toe of slope elevation:
ft
Designed freeboard:
ft
Impoundment bottom elevation:
ft
Total volume:
ft,
gallons
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Effective volume:
ft,
gallons
Embankment slope:
Effective storage time:
days
Top of darn water surface area:
ft2
Plan Sheet Reference:
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
ft2
Specification Section:
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
ft2
NOTE — The effective volume shall be the volume between the two foot freeboard elevation and the: (1) pump intake pipe
elevation; (2) impoundment bottom elevation or (3) mean seasonal high water table, whichever is closest to the two foot
freeboard elevation.
FORM: I -IRIS 06-16 Page 8 of 13

VII. INFILTRATION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA— 15ANCAC 02T .0705:
I. Provide the minimum depth to the seasonal high water table within the infiltration area: 2 feet
NOTE — The vertical separation between the seasonal high water table and the ground surface shall be at least one foot.
2. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures (e.g., surface water or groundwater) within 200 feet of the
infiltration area? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, were these structures addressed in the Soil Evaluation and/or Hydrogeologic Report, and are these structures to be
maintained or modified? Yes
3. Soil Evaluation recommended loading rates (NOTE — This table may be expanded for additional soil series):
Soil Series
Basins/fields
within Soil
Series
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/hr
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/ r
Recommended
Loading Rate
GPD/ft2
Annual /
Seasonal
Loading
If Seasonal, list
appropriate
Inontlis
Leon
1 & 2
N/A
2342
4
Annual
Torhunta
1&2
NIA
2342
4
Annual
Select
Select
Select
Select
4. Are the designed loading rates less than or equal to Soil Evaluation recommended loading rates? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0705(nn)?
5. How does the Applicant propose to prohibit public access to the infiltration facilities? Fence
6. Has the inf l"tion system been equipped with a flow meter to accurately determine the volume of effluent applied to each
basin/field as listed in VIL8.? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on determining the amount of effluent applied to each basin/field?
7. For non -basins, provide the required cover crop information and demonstrate the effluent will be applied at or below
agronomic rates:
Cover Crop
Soil Series
% Slope
Nitrogen Uptake Rate
Ibs/ae r
Phosphorus Uptake
Rate lbs/ae r
a. Specify where the nitrogen and phosphorus uptake rates for each cover crop were obtained:
b. Proposed nitrogen mineralization rate:
c. Proposed nitrogen volatilization rate: _
d. Minimum infiltration area from the Agronomist Evaluation's nitrogen balance: ftZ
e. Minimum infiltration area from the Agronomist Evaluation's phosphorus balance: ftZ
f. Minimum infiltration area from the water balance: ftz
FORM: KRIS 06-16 Page 9 of 13

VII. INFILTRATJON SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA —I SA NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
8. Basin/Field Information (NOTE —This table nnay be expanded for additional fields):
Basin/
Field
Area
(acres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
Loading
Rate
in/hr
Designed
Loading
Rate
in/ r
Designed
Loading
Rate
GPD/ftz
Latitude "
Longitude "
Waterbociy
Stream
Index No.
Classification
1
0.86
Leon
2342
4
34.7369-
-76.82170
20-36-10
SA;HQW
2
0.86
Leon
2342
4
34.73720
-76.82280
20-36-10
SA;HQW
0
0
0
0
0
0
O
O
0
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- o
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Map interpretation by extraction
For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: ht ://de .nnc. ov/about/divisions/water-resources/ lannin classification-standards/classifications
9. High -Rate Infiltration System design criteria:
a. Infiltration Fields:
Spray Infiltration Design Elements
Drip Infiltration Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
ft
Emitter wetted area:
112
Nozzle wetted area:
ft2
Distance between laterals:
ft
Nozzle capacity:
GPM
Distance between emitters:
ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
/
Emitter capacity:
GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
1
Specification Section:
Elevation of highest emitter:
ft
Specification Section:
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 10 of 13

VII. INFILTRATION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA — 15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
b. Infiltration Basins:
IF MORE THAN TWO BASINS PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PAGE AS NECESSARY.
Infiltration Basin Design Elements
Infiltration Basin Dimensions
Basin Name:
1
Top of embankment elevation:
20.5 ft
Hazard class:
Not Applicable
; Freeboard elevation:
18 ft
Designed freeboard:
2.5 ft
Toe of slope elevation:
180
Total volume:
NIA; Sand Filled ft'
Impoundment bottom elevation:
NIA ft
Infiltrative surface area:
37,500 ft2
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
2 ft
Daily infiltrative capacity:
150,000 GPD
Embankment slope:
3 : 1
Plan Sheet Reference:
CIO
Top of dam water surface area:
37,500 ft2
Specification Section:
312316 & 312323
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
37,500 ft2
Bottom of i►npoundtnent surface area:
NIA ft2
i. Does this basin include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ® No
ii. Are subsurface drains present around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ® Yes or ❑ No
iii. Is the basin designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ft2, and was this runoff incorporated into the loading rate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
iv. Will the effluent be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not
result in a contravention of GA groundwater standards? ® Yes or [] No
v. If the infiltration basin is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a nrinimuin of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to too -year flood plain elevation) been provided? [] Yes or ❑ No
Infiltration Basin Design Elements
Infiltration Basin Dimensions
Basin Name:
2
Topf enlbanlunent elevation:
18 ft
Hazard class:
Not Applicable
elevation:
15.5 ft
Designed freeboard:
3 ft
f slope elevation:
15.5 ft
Total volume:
NIA; Sand Filled ft'
Impoundment bottom elevation:
NIA ft
Infiltrative surface area:
37,500 ft2
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
2 ft
Daily infiltrative capacity:
150,000 GPD
Embanlunetit slope:
3 : 1
Plan Sheet Reference:
CIO
Top of dam water surface area:
37,500 ft2
Specification Section:
31 2316 & 312323
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
37,500 ft2
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
N/a f92
i. Does this basin include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ® No
ii. Are subsurface drains present around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ® Yes or ❑ No
iii. Is the basin designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ft2, and was this runoff incorporated into the loading rate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
iv. Will the effluent be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? [A Yes or ❑ No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not
result in a contravention of GA groundwater standards? ® Yes or [] No
v. If the infiltration basin is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a nninianium of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to I00-year flood plain elevation) been provided? [] Yes or ❑ No
FORM: ERIS 06-16 Page I I of 13

VI11. SETBACKS -- 15A NCAC 02T .0706:
1. Does the project comply with all setbacks found inthe river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B ,0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02'r .706(a) and .0706(d)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of
Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Provide the minimum field observed distances (ft) for each setback parameter to the infiltration system and treatment/storage
units (NOTE — Distances greater than 500 feet may be marked NIA):
5ethacic Parameter Infiltration Treatment 1
Systein Storage Unit
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
I60
290
maintained as part of the project site
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
NIA
art of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
NIA
NIA
Surface waters (streams intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
140
210
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
NIA
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
100
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
75
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
NIA
NIA
Any property line
105
180
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
NIA
Any water line fi•om a disposal system
50
Any swimming pool
N/A
Public right of way
150
Nitrification field
NIA
Any building foundation or basement
20
Impounded public water supplies
NIA
Public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep)
NIA
4. Does the Applicant intend on complying with either 15A NCAC 02T .0706 b or c ? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, what are the designed Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorus effluent concentrations? TN: 7 nig/L TP: 3 mg/L
5. Does the Applicant intend on complying with the High -Rate Policy issued October 27, 2006? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, verify the following information:
✓ Are the most stringent effluent standards in both _15A NCAC 02T .0705(b) and 15A NCAC 02U .0301(b) niet?
®Yes or❑No
✓ Is duality provided for all treatment units per 15A NCAC 02U .0402 c ? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ Continuous online monitoring and recording of effluent for turbidity? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ A lined 5-day upset pond is provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ The 5-day upset pond has restricted access? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ A certified operator of a grade equal or greater than the facility classification is on call 24 his/day? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 12 of 13

IX. COASTAL WASTE TREATMENT DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS — 15A NCAC 02H .0400:
1. Is this facility located in a Coastal Area as defined per 15A NCAC 0214.0403? ® Yes or[-] No
For assistance determining if the facility is located within the Coastal Area, a reference map may be downloaded at: Coastal
Areas Boundary.
2. Is this an Interim Treatment and Disposal Facility per 15A NCAC 02H .0404 ? ❑ Yes or ® No
NOTE — Interim facilities do not include County and Municipal area -wide collection and treatment systems.
IF ANSWERED YES TO ITEMS IX.1. AND IX.2., THEN COMPLETE ITEMS IX.3. THROUGH IXJ6.
3. Is equalization of at least 25% of the average daily flow provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
4. How will noise and odor be controlled?
5. Is an automatically activated standby power source provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
6. Are all essential treatment units provided in duplicate? ® Yes or ❑ No
NOTE — Per l5A NCAC 02T .0103(16), essential treatment units are defined as any unit associated with the wastewater
treatment process whose loss would likely vender the facility incapable of meeting the required performance criteria, including
aeration units or other main treatment units, clarification equipment, filters, disinfection equipment, pumps and blowers.
7. Are the disposal units (i.e,, infiltration basins/fields) provided in duplicate? ® Yes or ❑ No
B. Is there an impounded public surface water supply within 500 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
9. Is there a public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep) within 500 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. Is there a private groundwater supply within 100 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
11. Are there any SA classified waters within 100 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
12. Are there any non -SA classified waters within 50 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ® No
13. Are there any surface water diversions (i.e., drainage ditches) within 25 feet of the infiltration area? [] Yes or ® No
14. Per the requirements in 15A NCAC 02H .0404 7 , how much green area is provided? N/A ft2
15. Is the green area clearly delineated on the plans? ❑ Yes or ® No
16. Is the spray infiltration wetted area within 200 feet of any adjoining properties? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ® NIA
X. GROUNDWATER LOWERING SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Does this project utilize a groundwater lowering system? ® Yes or [] No (If yes, complete Items X.2. through X.4.)
2. Is the groundwater lowering system: ® mechanically lowered (i.e., pumped) or ❑ gravity fed?
3. Where does the groundwater lowering drainage system discharge? Golf Course Irrigation Pond
If the system mechanically lowers groundwater and discharges directly or indirectly (i.e., pond overflow) to surface waters,
wetlands and/or stormwater structures, provide the date the Applicant obtained written confirmation from the Water Quality
Regional Operations Section that operation of the groundwater lowering drainage system will not adversely affect surface
waters of the State. Submitted: & Received:
4. Groundwater lowering system design criteria:
Groundwater Lowering System Design
Pipe diameter:
53 - 2" Vertical Wells in
Discharge rate:
691,200 GPD
Pipe material:
PVC Well Screen
Method to measure discharge rate:
Mag Meter
Pipe depth:
20 ft
Number of pumps:
9
Pipe length:
N/A R
Pump capacity:
75 GPM
SS TDH
Pipe slope (gravity -fed):
NIA %
Plan Sheet Reference:
C I O
Tfench backfill material:
NIA
Specification Section:
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 13 of 13

Professional llingineer's Certificntlon:
I, !'/h wood 6 ,Si o 0 attest that this application for
(Professional Et gIncer's name from Application Item 111,1,)
r 1"c (�
(Facility name from Application Iteni II,1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Althoagh other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I ]lave reviewed this material and have judged It to be consistent with the proposed design.
NOTE m In accordance with General Statutes 143-215,6A and M-2I5.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties tip to $25,000 per violation,
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date'.
QQ0
# PE 5279 - -
%�?�.!1'GtNE.E OJT°•
op E 5A�\\��,.
"gran n n 1 0"
/' -, f.,
v1 -17
Applicant's Certification per I5A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
214 r. C f '� L: N � C N N A L L— attest that tills application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item I3.)
"AL4 w%rvC PRU i1VVv`TP
(Facility name from Application Item 11.1.)
has been reviewed by the and Is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge, I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this Lion -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement aeilon that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution, I will make tro claitn against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if'all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I ftirther certify
that the Applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility witliout
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual. fees per I5A NCAC 02T .0105(c).
NOTE, -- In accordance with General Statutes I,
representation, or certification in any application
exceed $10,000 ns/fvell as e'vi etLalties up to $2
Signature:
10-215.6D, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
39�guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
Date: I /-1 - z_C,2-0
FORM:141US 06-16 Page 14 of 13

Parcel No.' 1301600224 (SpIJ-0
rxelso Tax:. 00
Propuad Hy; WEINSMIN & STUPOES, P.A.
407 N. 96ih SHant, Morahard C11y, NO 28657
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
This Deed made tills the 30thday of September, 1993, by and between OAK RIDGE
COAL CO„ INC., a West Virginia Corporation, hereinafter "Grantor" and CAROLINA
WA �11RS+gVICE P(Vj 7NORTHCAROLINA, Poet; office Box 727,
1�°x`ehga Gi ty' ,hereinafter "Grantee. The designation Grantor and Grantee as used
herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors, and assigns, and shall include singular,
plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETH:
That the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, has and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the
Grantee in fee shnple, all that certain lot or parcel of, land situated in Township, Carteret
County, North Carolina and more particularly described as follows:
SBE EXHIBIT A ATTACHED
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and
appurtenances thereto belonging to the Grantee in fee simple.
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor is seized of the premises In
fee simple, has the right to convey the saute in fee simple, that title is marketable and free and
clear of all encumbrances, and that Grantor will warrant and defend the title against the lawful
claims of all persons whomsoever except for the exceptions hereinafter stated.
Title to the property hereinabove is subject to the following exceptions:
Utility Easements of record.
BOOK 102/ PAGE 1q./ O

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this instrument to be signed in its
corporate name by its duly authorized officers and its seal to be hereunto affixed by authority
of its 13oafd of Directors, the day and year first above written,
OAK RIDGE COAL CO,, INC,
13Y; /)1
President
STATE OF NORTH :CAROLINA
COUNTY OF CARTERET
NORTH CAROLINA, CARTER UN 1
The foregoing certlficate(s) o UJ
Is (are) certifled to be correct, This n trument wa pre-
sent jj��orr registratl d recorded In ,tgig, offs in
TBoch1, p 1 Pag�, �}z C/, P
7hisday of 1 tt 2, — —eck. M,
Sharon Phor
egister of ends
13y 42
A"Mfit, Doputy
1, MARY RANI; ROGERS , a Notary Public of the aforesaid County and
State, do hereby certify that W.' W< McCLUNG personally came before me
thi,j day and acknowledged that he/she is (Assistant) Secretary of , a West 'Virginia
Corporation, and that by authority duly given and as the act of the corporation, the foregoing
instrument was signed in its name by its (Vice) President, sealed with its corporate seal and
attested by bimseIl:/herself as its (Assistant) Secretary,
WITNESS my band and official stamp or seal, this the 30 day of September, 1993,
NOTARY l LI Y
My Coriunission Expires:
8/28/95
Aoa�_ 2L_ PnGF '?g /

EXHIBIT A
In Morehead Township, Carteret County:
BEGINNING at an iron pipe located N 24-05-31 E 456.23 feet from the
northeast corner of Lot 9, Chelsea Park, as shown in Map Book 28,
Page 18, Carteret County Registry. from said beginning point N 24-
17-'40 W 347.78 feet to an iron pipe; thence N 36-54-26 E 583.32
feet to an iron pipe; thence S 52-19--24 E 311.73 feet to an iron
pipe; thence N 36-54-26 E 45.66 feet to an iron pipe; thence N 05-
38-40 E 187.78 feet to an iron pipe; thence S 86-52-09 E 607.06
feet to an iron pipe in the west line of Carolina Pottery (now or
formerly, see Book 673, Page 213); thence with said line of
Carolina Pottery -S 03-07-24 W 733.37 feet to a concrete monument at
the intersection of the west line of Carolina Pottery with the
north line of J. Purcell Jones (now or formerly, see Book 476, Page
296); thence, with the north line of J. Purcell .zones S 87-16-12 W
1067.23 feet to an iron pipe, the point or place of beginning.
carwatser.dec

iIYpRUGEOLOGY
GtiflL0GV
EDWIN ANDRE'WS & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
CONSULTING HYDROGLOLOGISTS
11.0, BOX 30653
HAMRA 1, N.C. 27622 - 0053
PI10'jNE: (919) 306 - 3069
April 19, 2019 (Revised for Wells)
Mr. Danny Lassiter
Carolina Water Services, Ine.
5058 I N-Ny 70W
Suite N2-A
Morelead Cite, NC 28557
Ike: Soil and I-lydrogeologic Assessment Infiltration Basin Analysis
High Rate 111f ltration Basil) - Brandywine Bay WWTP
Cartel•et Comily, NC
Project 9 HRI 0218 Revised 2019
Dear Mr. Lassiter:
ENVIR0N1IE\rAL SCIiNCV-S
sobs
L, nclosed is the hydrogeologic and soils analysis for a proposed 300,000 gallons per day wastewater
disposal system at the Bmndywine Bay WW'FP, Morehead City, North Carolina. Basically, the
ilydraulic eouductivity Of the sated and shell deposits below the soils will support a design, by Stroud
Engineering, P.A, tis111g di'aills ind elcavatioll of surfleial soils. This report elillllilates blll'ic(l drapes
Nvith 60 slulicial aquifer Wells.
Please keep nee informed as the permitting process prog"fW;,�, If }loll have any questions please
" ,.ram 11111111
contact me.
Very truly yours, #
Edwin Andrews & Associates, P,C. ?
Edwin E, Andrews 111, P.G., N.C.L,S.S.
Consulting I-lydrogeologist and Soil Scientist
clicl.
151Y
� . -,tN° Sf�o Ill � �•
I � y,1 rlt' ' :lc SEAL e
3 . 14a�
�1 W
��'1.111111

TOW of Colrterlts
1-1
1.0
Introduction:
1-1
1,1
Pill -Pose
1-1
1.2
Regulatory Requirements
1-2
1.3
Project Location
1-2
1.4
Scope of 'Work/Field Methodology
1-3
1.5
Report Preparation
2-1
2.0
Soils and Geology:
2-1
2.1
Soil Descriptions
2-1
2.2
Regional Geology
2-2
2,3
Site Geology
3.0
Hydrogeology and Aquifer Hydrology:
3-13-1
3.1
General Hydrology
3-1
3.2
K(snt)Analysis
3-1
3.3
Water Table Contollr
3-2
3.4
Unsaturated Thicluless Mapping
3-2
3.5
Aquifer Testing
3.2
3.6
Site Conceptual Model
3-3
3.7
Site Model Calibration
3-3
3.8
Loading Model
3.4
3.9
Solute Transport
4.0
Concillsions and Reconimendatioils:
4.14.1
4.1
ConclUsiolls
4-1
4.2
Recommendations
4-2
4.3
Limitations

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
I+igures a Appendix A
Figure 1,
Site Map
Figure 2A,
NRCS Soil Map
Figure 2B,
Soil Map
Figure 3A,
Equipotential Map
Figure 313,
Water Table Contour Map with Calibration Map
Figure 4,
Depth to Water Map
Figure 5A,
Model Domain
Figure 513,
Grid Mal)
Figure 5C,
Conductivity Layer 1
Figure 5D,
Conductivity Layer 2
Figure 5E,
Conductivity Layer 3
Figure 5F,
Conductivity Row 66
Figure 5G,
Conductivity Columlu 105
Figure 51-I,
Calibration Graph
Figure 51,
Calibration Map
Figure 5J,
Sensitivity Analysis 70%
Figure 5K,
Sensitivity Analysis 90%
Figure 5L,
Sensitivity Analysis 95%
Figure 5M,
Sensitivity Analysis 100%
Figure 5N,
Sensitivity Analysis 105010
Figure 50,
Sensitivity Analysis 110%
Figure 5P,
Sensitivity Analysis 130%
Figure 6A,
Recharge Map
Figure 6B,
Time vs. Water Level
Figure 6C,
Equipotential Map 960 Days
Figure 6D,
Equipotential Map 1,050 Days
Figure 6E,
Equipotential Map 1,140 Days
Figure 6F,
Equipotential Map 1,230 Days
Figure 7A,
Time vs. Drawdown Graph
Figure 7B,
Mounding Map 960 Days
Figure 7C,
Mounding Map 1,050 Days
Figure ID,
Mounding Map 1,140 Days
Figure 7E,
Mounding Map 1,230 Days
Figure S,
Drains Zone Budget
Figure 9A,
Nitrogen Map Year 1
Figurc 9B,
Nitrogen Map Year 5
Figure 9C,
Nitrogen Map Year 10
Figure 9D,
Nitrogen Map Year 15
Figure 9E,
Nitrogen Map Year 20

LIST OIL FIGURES AND TABUS (Cont.)
Tables r Appendix B
Table 1,
Soil Profile Descriptions
Table 2A,
Driller's Log
Table 213,
Boring Logs
Table 3,
Hydraulic Conductivity Results
Table 4,
Water Level Data
Table 5,
Aquifer Test
Table 6,
Calibration Results
Table 7,
Sensitivity Analysis
Table 8,
Model Recliarge/Discharge Data
Table 9,
Model Parameters and Results

Hydrogeologie and Soil 1111-T igatia1►
Trehtcd Waste►vata High Rate bifiltkation Site
13randy►Yine Bay, Morehead City, N.C.
EAA Project No. HR1 02 -18 revised 2019
1,0 - INTRODUCTION:
1.1 Statement of Purpose:
This report is a thorough hydrogeologic , soil and agronomic analysis for the proposed
300,000 gallon per day high rate infiltration basitis loaded at 4,0 (3.97) gallons per day for
Brandywine Bay, Moreliead City, Carteret County, North Carolina. Tile site was tested
using two aquifer tests, ten piezometers and localized Ksat analyses,
The analysis analyses the areas on the both sides of the uxulanned creek adjacent -to the lined
5-day upset Bond (Basin A in the area of the 5-day pond, and Basin B ill the area near the
storage pond north of the creek) at the Brandywine Bay WWTP, Morehead City, Carteret
County, North Carolina. This analysis determines that combined the two basins can
accommodate the 300,000 gallons per day of treated waste water, with nutrient reduction, at
a loading rate of 4.0 gallons per flay, with 60 surficial aquifer groundwater control wells
located 100 feet around the two basins. Associated tivith this analysis, the waste water
treatment plant will produce an effluent that will meet the additional treatment of nutrient
reductions for aninfiltration basin permitted under 15A N CAC 2T .0706(b). The water from
the groundwater is proposed to be conveyed to the golf course irrigation pond for beneficial
use.
The field work supporting this evaltiationineludes soil and hydrogeologic analyses by Edwin
Andrews & Associates, P.G., N.C.L.Si& This evaluation differs from that of an individual
on -site disposal systern, because tine effluent is mechanically treated to remove nitrogen, and
phosphorous. Therefore, loading analysis will be based primarily onhydl-ologlc constraints.
Instead ofanagronolnlc analysis, a computer slnll]iation provides "predictive calculations...
that document State groundwater standards will be protected" (15A NCAG 2T .0505(b)).
1,2 Regulatory Requirements:
Tile proposed system will opefateuiider alloiu-Discharge Perinit issued by the State ofNorth
Carolina Department of EnvironUnent, acid Natural Resources, Division of Water Resources,
Applicable regulations governing this type of facility are included in 15 A NCAC 2T .0500
- Waste Not Discharged to Surface Waters, effective Tune 1, 2006, 15 ANCAC 2L - Ground
Water Classifications and Standards, and subsequent policies.
The folloNving policies were developed by NCD WQ Aquifer -Protection Section, since 2006:
May 31, 2007, "Hydrogeologie Investigation and Reporting Policy"
1-1

Hydrogeologic and Soil Investigation
Treated 1Vasteiyater Hlgl► Rnte 1nB11rntion Sito
DrMidywi►ie Bay, Morei►ead City, N.C.
EAA Project No. HRI 02 -18 revised 2019
May 31, 2007, "Performance and Analysis of Aquifer Slug Tests and Pumping Tests
Policy"
May 31, 2007, "Groundwater Modeling Policy"
September 12, 2008, "Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy"
September 123 20085 " Water Balance Calculation Policy"
October 27, 2006, " Alternate Setback to Property and Habitable Residence"
Requirements relating to soil and hydfogeologic characteristics of the site include a
hydrogeologic and lithologic description of the site to depth of 20 feet or refiusal [(.0505)(b)],
and a determination of transinissh,ity anti specific yield of the unconfined aquifer:
15A A NCAC 2L addresses Compliance Boundaries and the maximum allowable
concentrations of substances discharged to ground -water froin this type of facility.
1.3 Prosect Location:
The site is located adjacent to the Waste Water treatment Plant (WWTP) atBrandywineBay,
Morehead City. The WWTP is located off of Sleepy Court. The location of the test site is
approximately 34,737260 degrees north and-76.820428 degrees west (P 6 is located at State
Plane NAD 83 2,654,313 feet east and 366,605 feet north). The site is typical of stream
terraces of the lower Coastal Plain Province of North Carolina. The site appears to be on a
drainage divide with creeks flowing to unnamed creeks flowing to the Newport River to the
north, and Arta utuianicd Creeks flowing to Spooners Creek their to Bogue Sound to the South,
Generally, tlie. slopes range from flat to 2 percent in the area surrounding the proposed high
rate infiltration basin. There is an tuilined existing Storage Pond in the area containing the
two proposed high rate infiltration basins. Thispond is proposed to be drained, all unsuitable
soil cxcavated and re -graded as recommended in this report.
1..4 Scope of'Woi-If/Field Methodology:
The scope of this project includes the collection of all surfictal and subsurface data necessary
to characterize the site based on site specific hydrologic and soil functions relative to atihigh
rate infiltration disposal system for 300,000 gallons per clay using two infiltration basins
(Total 75,614 square feet at 4.0 (3.97) gpd per square foot).
Three geotechnical borings wci`e completed by Geotechnologies; Inc., two pumpingwells
and obeservation wells were completed by Groundwater Well and Pump Co., and ten soil
boritigs and piezoiiieters were completed by Groundwater Well and Pump Co., and Edwin
1-2

"ydrogeologic m?d Soil Investigation
Treater] Wastemntdr High Rate InfiltrAtioli Sits
Brandywine ffiryj Morehead City, N.C.
GAA Project No. HRI 02 - 18 revised 2019
Andrews, PO, NCLSS were made on the Brandy%vine Bay-'A'WTI' site to characterize soils,
sediments at potential piezometei- sites (Figure 1, Site Map). The proposed site was
selected because the soils and hydrogeology are suitable with respect to hydraulic
conductivtty.
Site specific aquifer testingwere made byusiiig tilePuniping Well (PW) arid an Observation
Well (OW) on January 16 - 18, 2018 and October 1, 2018 . The aquifer testing of the sand
and shell layer below ten feet was applied to a coii:ceptual model of the proposed disposal of
treated wastewater using Visual MODFLOWTII. Information used to develop aquifer
coefl'icients-andvalties for the underlying sand/sliell (rvatertable) aquiferwas integrated with
KS,, analyses from the loamy soils above eight feet, This information was generally
confirmed by the water table contour (Calibration). In this Calibration and associated
sensitivity analysis the information was compared and calibrated with overall site
characteristics, fiom the water level synoptic (February 5, 2018) for the piezometeys.
1.5 Report Preparation;
This evaluation considers the high rate infiltration with the addition of a groundwater
lowering system. The depth to groundwater in the vicinity of the infiltration basin area was
less than 4 feet, thus requiring groundwater lowering to controt the mounding and prevent
flooding. This evaluation is based oii the concept of using tertiary treatment, nutrient
reduction, acid waste water disposal at 4.0 gallons per flay per square foot site. The waste
water will need to be "reclaimed", because of the alternate setback policy, with a distance
of 100 fect to the 60 surficial aquifer groundwater control wells. The waste water will need
to be treated iii order to protect groundwater per I5A NCAC 2T .0706(b). Computer
simulations of Nitrogen trui1sport confirm that Total Nitrogen will need to be less than 7 mg/l
in order to protect groundwater.
Tliis report is divided into segments Avliich evaluates soils, hydrogeology, and loading
analysis. Figures and tables are included in the appendices.
1-3

Hy(Irogeologie and Soil InvestigM'loll
Treated Mke)vater High Ratc Inllltratiaa Site
Bralidyrti•iae Bay, Morehead City, N.C.
FAA Project No. H1U 02 - 18 revised 2019
2.0 •• SOILS AND GEOLOGY:
2.1 SOILS DESCRIPTION:
Soil descriptions were made by Edwin Andrews, NCLSS. The soils getierally conftrnied the
MRCS soil description as, Torhunta sandy loans and Leon fine sand in the undisturbed area.
Tile sutural and disturbed soil areas overlay a sated and shell aquifer that will support high
rate infiltratiali using two basins and associated wells. Therefore, all of soils to a depth of 10
feet will need tb be excavated and mmoved. Additionally, the sideWalls sllotlld be secured
by using sand backfill or another erosion control structulre,
Its tie undisturbed area, the area mapped as Torhunta sandy loans is oil the western side of
the site (Figure 2A, NRCS Soil Map and 2B, Soil Map), and mapped as Leon fine sand oil
eastern portion of tlie'site. Tire Torliunta sandy loans is a therlilic Typic Huniaquept, with
a gleyed sandy loans B horizon, that will need to be removed. The Leon fine salad is a.
thermic Aeric Alaquod, with potential Bii and Bt horizons (in transition areas to the west)
(Table 1, Soil Profile Descriptions).
2.2 R), GIONAL GEOLOGY:
The geology of the region has been investigated in several reports since 1960, The "Geology
and Ground -Water Resources in the Wilmington - New Berg Area, North Carolina" 1960 by
Harry R Legrand, Bulletin Number 1 identified the surficial sand shallower than 50 feet,
providing rural groundwater resources to dug and shallow wells. Also this report indicates
that the Castle Hayne Aquifer, which is beneath Yorktown semi -confining layers, supplies
regional potable water. The Castle Hayiie source is being utilized by the West Carteret
Water and Sever District. An evaluation of the deep stratigraphic framework was made in
tile, adjoining cotinties of ,lopes and Onslow (extending into Carteret County). This
evaluations is useful ill understanding regional trends: "Hydrogeology of aquifers ill
Cretaceous and Younger Rocks ill the Vicinity of 011slow and Southern ,tones C6unties,
Noll Carolina" by William L. Lyke mid Winner, M.D. Jr, , U.S. Geological Survey, Water -
Resources Investigations Report 89-4125, 1990.
Carolina Water Company ofNortli Carolina owns a water supply well located approximately
0.8 mile west southwest of the proposed infiltration basins, Attached is datafroin an aquifer
fi-aniework queq (attached - Appendix). The approximate elevation of the top of the
Yorktown Formation (Conftiirig Unit) was estimated at -8 feet below mean sea level.
Geotechnical borings did not encounter the Upper Yorktown Confining Unit to an
approxilliate elevation of S feet below mean sea level (21 feet bleow land surface).
Stibstaiitial sitell lenses were eltcoiintered at ati elevation of 4 feet above mean sea level (12
feet below laird surface). This layer an(] associated sand above and. below tiie sii011 Ienses
were tested.
2-1

Hydrogeologle and Sail 1n)'C0906.011
Treated Wnstewater High Rate lnfilh•-ation Site
13randywh)e I3ny, Mm•chead Ci(.V, N.C,
RAA Protect No. HRI 02 -18 revised 2019
2.3 SITE GEOLOGY;
Three geotechnical borin s (Figure 1, Site h4ap) {Table 2A, Driller's Log and 213,
Geotechuical Boring Results) encountered silty and clayey salid extend to a depth of
approximately 6 feet below land siuface. All of the Borings identified sand between 6 feet
and 10 feet bolo-w land surface. At a depth of approximately 12 feet sand and shell
fragments were encountered., forming ail aquifer selected for testing: Two excavator test pits
were constructed to the shell Ienses, confirming the boring descriptions.
A conceptual three layer
gromidWater floAv model
framework was based on
the soil, sand and shell.
The said and shell
11agalpt aquifer matrix
formed Layer 1; The fine
sand as the sediment
matrix forming Layer 2;
and un(IcrI =iiig
Yorktown sediments as
an aquifer matrix
formifig Layer 3,
Two aquifer tests in the
sand and shell layer
(screened from 14 to 18
feet)at, were coppleted
oii January 16 - 18, 2018
and October 1 2018.
01tt.p.,9
GENERALIZED
SUBSURFACE PROFILE
LEOERO
B-i e.i
g� ®liIYW �APi h.
rysvw
„--
H +
.
E
3t
SCALE: Shbht,
J06 Na:1.i6-Pd1{-FA
j beldwap
,zm I rd CRy. Raih CeMf„a
FNURE Ro:2
These results were See•rnblc2BinAppe+idix"Tables"
refined using a computer
calibration to the ten surveyed piezometers was perfornred. The coefficients used in the
conceptual model were established. `I`hemodel calibration and a sensitivity analysis support
that the understanding :of the site geology is reasonable.
2-2

Hydi•pgcologie and Soil Investigation
Treated Wastewater High Rate Intittration site
Brandywhie Bny, Morchend City, N.C.
EAA Project No. HRI 02 - 18 revised 2019
3.0 - HYDROGEOLOGY AND AQUIFER HYDROLOGY:
3.1 General Hydrology;
The hydrogeology portion of this evaluation focuses on the drainage ofthe reclaimed water into and
through the soil at the high rate infiltration site. This niovcnient is characterized by infiltration rates
(often described as 1{J, During infiltration; water gravity drains from the surface through
unsaturated interstices into the capillary zone and subsequently into the eater table aquifer. As the
reclaimed water leaches the Avater table surface, the water table surface will be rising as a result of
the new water (mounding). The loading alternative for this site, will be to remove less permeable
soil. The sand and shell ft•agments eateiiding from 10 feet to snore than.20 feet below land surface
was tested as a surficial aquifer using a pumping well and observation well in order to quantify the
aquifer coefficients (Transmissivity, Hydraulic Conductivity and Specific Yield).
3.2 109at Analyses:
The Compact Constant Head Permeameter results, were completed by Edwin Andrews, NCLSS„
on Tebrua' y 5,2018 (Table 3, Hydraulic Conductivity Results). Two shallOW hOrlZonS were tested
to determine the hydrauilic conductivity of the soil. This information was used to determine a
suitable depth to excavate, roiiiove and replace with pomieable material, The first Ksat was 0.036
inch per hour (0.073 ft./day) at an approximate depth of 17 inches (rnax (lepth due to high water
table). The second Ksat was 0.014 incli per hour (0.628 ft./day) at an approximate depth of 12 inches
(Water). Approximately ten .feet of soil, should be excavated and removed, in order to add
permeable sand fill to grade or completed as designed to enhance flow into the surficial aquifer.
3.3 Water Table. C6aitour:
The water table surface is generally influenced byheterogeneity in the soil tiiatri,N, recharge, slope,
water table aquifer characteristics (secondary permeabilities), the hydrologic relationship with
utiderlying aqui ersi surface drainage and near surface permeability. The water table contour Inap
is based on very localized information from the ten piezonteter sites as calibrated with a MODFLOW
simulation (Figure I, Location Map) , The water leVel data on gilt of the piezonieters Was collected
3- 1

Hydragcalogic'11id Soil IIIITS igatian
Treated Wastewatea' I-Iigli Rote I_ntilti'litioll Site
Bmudywinc Bay, Morehead City, N.C.
EAA Project No. HRl 02 - I revised 2019
for calibration on February 5, 2018 (Table 4, Water Level Data) (Figure ## 4, Water Table Contour
Map), The same water table information was used to calibrate the model for -non loading conditions.
Piezonleters used in the preparation of the water table contour map serve as the basis for calibration
for the MODFLOW simulation, allowing for seasonal evapotranspiration, average rainfall and
estimated drain conductance for the streams.
3.4 Unsaturated Thickness Mapping:
The depth to water was determined from a synoptic Mosuren.enit of tell piezolneters (Ible # 4,
Water Table Data)(Figure 4, Depth to Water Map). The depth to the water table is largely a f.u.ction
of elevation, topography and thicici.ess , however, early February reflects seasonal high. conditions,
with low evapotrahpiration. The water level in P3 (near the Proposed Basin B Site) was 3.6 feet
below land surface (synoptic February 5, 2018).
3.5 Aquifer Testing:
The first aquifer test, using a pumping Nvell and observation. well (hnivary 16 - 18, 2018), on the
.northeastern corner of the site, was performed (Table 5, Aquifer Test). Using Neumat. type curves
for unsaturated flow a Transmissivity of 070 square feet per day and a hydraulic Conductivity was
calculated. at 48.5 feet per day, and the specific yield was calculated to be 0.26$. The observation
well was located 20.2 feet fioni the pumping wen which was piunped 28:3 gallons per minute for
34 hours.
The second aquifer test, using a pumping well and observation well (September 30 to October 1,
2018), on the southwestern corner ofthe site, was perfon.ied (Table 5, Aquifer Test). UsingNewntln
type curves for rinsai-orated flow a Txansmissivity of 828 square feet per clay and a hydraulic
conductivity was calculated at 41.4 feet per flay, The site acted confined Nvith a storativity of
0,00237. The observation well was located 21 feet fror..the pumping well which was pumped 17.1
gallons per minute for 24 hours. In the MODFLOW simulation model the initial hydraulic
Conductivity -value assigned to layer I was 35 feet per day.
3- 2

Hydrogeolugle antl Soli investigation
Treated Wastelvater Higli Rate )nfilhootion Site
Brandylvi ie Bity, Moreheatl City, N.C.
EAA Project No, HRt 02 - IS revised 2019
3.6 Site Conceptual Model:
A three layer niodel was canfigured using land surface elevation to definic the top of layer 1. A
hypothetical rainfall value for the initial steady state calibration %vas U12 feet per clay (based oii
52 ili/yr recharge). The evapotranspiration values were estimated for a steady staid model for Winter
conditions at 0.002 feet per clay.
The degree of mounding and predictions will be based on site modification. The purpose of the
model is to identify possible areas for concern rattier than to predict precise conditions.
3.7 Site Model Calibration:
A niodflow simulation was made for a 229 by 324 grid for a 9,000 by 9,000 foot domain, using three
layers. The three layers represent, Layers 1 and 2 simulate sand and shell fragments; and Layer 3
simulates fine sand (Figure 5A and 58, Model Domain and Grid). Ylsing the known water levels a
calibration niodel ryas configured, beginning With the tested Coefficients. Generally, the hydraulic
Conductivity measurements Were adjusted to help to roughly Calibrate to the observed Water levels
in the vicinity of the Waste water high rate infiltration area (Figures 5C through 5H, Coliduetivity
Values). The resulting calibration had a normalized root iitean squared error of 4.671 per cent and
a residual mean of -0.2 feet (Figures 5F through 5H, Calibration Results)(Table 6, Calibration
Results). The sensitivity analysis showed that the range for hydraulic conductivity values are
reasonable (Figures 51 through 50, Sensitivity Results)(Table 7, Sensitivity Analysis), Variables
such as recharge, discharge boundaries, rainfall recharge, evapotranspiration and leakage Were not
adjusted because of the limited scope of testing and subsequelit number of data points:
The transition from the calibration model to_ the first loading inodel was made by adding recharge
of 4.0 gallons per day per square foot for the 75,614 square foot area,
3,8 Loading Model:
The Visual MODFLOWIn, simulation shows water levels for a loading of 300;000 gallons per day
in a 75,614 square foot area (Figure 5P, Recharge Model). The loading rate of 4.0 gallons per clay
per square foot was added to the fluctuating rainfall values to determine the loading values (Table
8, Recharge Data - feet per clay for each 30 day cycle simulating monthly). The water levels were
predicted using a twetity year simulation itsing monthly recharge YAlues, starling tiNdtli, the calibration
3- 3

Hydrogeologic mud Soil Investign(lon
Treated wastewnter High Rate Infiltration site
BrandpVine Bay, Morehead City, N.C.
EAA Project No. HRI 02 - 18 revised 2019
water levels. The rainfall recharge and evapotranspiration are based on rainfal l data from Carteret
County to determine seasonal high and loading variations (Table 9, WaterBalance). The maximum
water levels in a hypothetical piezonicter in the midcl le of the high rate infiltration basin area at Basin
A was 18.61 feet above mean sea level and at Basin B was 16.83 feet above mean sea level. The
values reflected an 8" in 10 wettest year (Figure 6A through 6E, Loading Water Leyel Model Results
- Equipotential Data).
The maximum drawdown (negative mound) occurs at 980 days for a wet period. The calculated
mound value reflected att 8"` in 10 wettest year at Basin A was 2.789 feet and atBasin B was -4,88
feet. The basin should be excavated app oaimately ten feet and the excavated soil should be
replaced with permeable sand to an elevation of 21 feet above mean sea level.
The 60 surfical aquifer groundwater control wells, located around the site, was modeled at 8 gallons
per minute each (691,200 gallons pet.- clay). The wet weather flow 691,200 gallons per clay resulted
in the mounded water level of 18.61 feet above mean sea level. The water level should be reduced
if the wells produce more than 8 gallons per minute. The aquifer test was performed at 17.1 gallons
per minute, the model used 8 gallons per minute to offset mutual interference,
3.9 Solute Tt•ansport:
This report recommends the same water quality parameters defined in 15A NCAC 2T .070 (b) with
total nitrogen less than 7 milligrams per liter and phosphorous less than2 milligrams per liter.
Specifically, treatment is for a high rate infiltration system, predictive calculations using a solute
transport simulation document State groundwater standards will be protected with respect to total
nitoogen.
The purpose of the MODFLOW simulation was to -establish general characteristics that will
influence solute movement. Using MT3D,inconjunctionwitliMODFLOW,aNitrogenloadingwas
added to the high rate infiltration areas at 4.0 gallon per day per square foot at 7 milligrams per liter
(Figure No 9A through 9E, Nitrates Model Layer 1). The results showfhat there should not be a
contravention cif nitrates based on advection, denitrification and dilution. However nitrate
concentrations only approached 7 milligrams per liter in the modeled cells adjacent to the high Tate
infiltrations basinarca. The model did not include denit-filication, and adsorption, rather it simulated
attenuation ( advection and diffusion) cluriiig xttigratiop. Note that this model is not calibrated and
is not intended to predict the final concentrations after one year; iather, the model documents a
possible conduit for monitoring purposes.
3- 4

I3ydtogeologie and Soil InvestigaIlan
Treated Wostmater High Rate Lftiltration Site
Brand whie Bay, Weeliead Gity; N.C.
EAA Project No. HRI 02 - 18 revised 2019
4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RE, COMMIJNDATIONS:
4.1 CONCLUSIONS:
This analysis has evaluated the soils atul hydrologic characteristics of the fvoljosecl 300,000 gallons
per day of treated waste water high rate infiltratioti, at Brandywine Bay, Carteret County, North
Carolina. 'Ilse environmental impact using infiltration will be reduced compared to alternatiive
disposal methods, because of waste water treatment with nutrient reduction. The area calculations
are based on an inspection of the proposed plan. The actual loading area may be refined by Mr.
Linwood Stroud, P.E., Stroud Engineering, P.C... The updated wastewater treatment plant will
reduce Nitrates to levels less than allowed under 15A NCAC 2L, Groundwater Standards.
MODFLOW simulations of the infiltration identify, that the niounding will be 18.61 feet above ruean
sea level (Basin A), and 16.83 feet above meats sea level (Basin A) . There should be groundwater
control offset 100 feet, using sunccial aquifer groundwater control wells.
4.2 RECOMMENDATIONS:
The recommendations resulting front this analysis are summarized as follows:
Remove approximately ten feet sediment beneath the high rate infiltration basins; and replace
with well sorted sand to the final grade 21 feet above mean sea level.
Use a loading rate of 4.0 gallons per day per square foot on the high rate infiltration basin site
(75,614 square feet). This will accommodate, 300,000 gallons lies' day.
A total of 60 gallon per minute surfeial aquifer groundwater control wells should be
constructed. The wells should yield 8 gallons per minute each after mutual interference and
full loading is established in the basins. It is likely the well yields will vary, eiepending on
spacing betweenthe wells and pump configuration. The goal will be to be able to wit}idraN�,
approximately 691,200 gallons per day to offset full design wastewater loading and the
wettest month in the 81" in 10 wettest year
Improve treatment by reducing the total nitrogen to 7 mg/1 and phosphorous to 3 mg/1 in the
effluent. This will help to protect -the water quality flowing to the Bogue Sound andNewport
River,
4-1

Hydrogeologic and Soil Investigation
Treated Wastewater High Rate Infiltration Site
Brandynvme I3ay, Morehead City, N.C.
gAA Project No. HRI 02 - 18 rerised 2019
The wet omatlrer flow korn the wells is simult ted at 01,200 gallons per day.
The computer analysis and soils evaluation indicate that a loading of 300,000 gallons per clay of
treated wastewater at a loading rate up to 4.0 gallons per clay per square foot is appropriate for this
site. The solute transport model for the infiltration basin confirmed that contravention at the
compliance boundaries for the site is unlikely because of the improved water quality, and attenuation
processes,
4.3 LIMITS Or INVESTIGATION:
Data presented in this investigative report represent isolated data points. Coachis ions of (his report, including maps,
calculations and models, are based on extrapolations behveen data points and on subjective hydrogeologie, soils and
geologic interlirctatidn, therefore, lnay not be completely representative of all conditions in the study area.
Conchisions and recommendations ofthis report arc based on best available data, collected within bUdgetai y constraints
of the original proposal. It is Ilse premise of this effort that the information collected and analyzed is representative of
a reasonable effort to understand and solve the existing problem. No guarantee is expressed or implied that new or
additional data will not be required at a later time.
February 27, 2019CA1�0�!''�r
���1r11t1�N►rr
Revised April 19, 2019
a
' SEAS
Echvin E. Andrews III, P.G., N.C.L.S,S.
Consulting Hydrogeologist and Soil Scientist
RDWIN ANDREWS & ASSOCIATES,
io�.r�j �OLGO,
P.C.
'11111t1►ti
4-2

1�'�i�u��r��

MLrw ��rAOLr, Am
m
n_
}. o
iL
N
r:
U �
Eu .0
U;
0
< U
co Cl
a o
fa
U
x

I
�
� \�
� �
§{
�
��
jcl 0
� �}
§
0
� §
tl
S: \.�
§
�g
� /
�§
�
/
. §
2
p u(I)
go
\�/
f
�
o�
¥f
� \
�-�
§/
MA.0.11

Sol f.'ap-Cv1•:relccvnl{, lkluic6rct(in
(Flgar0 2, t1RCS So I flap • Urani{eina Ray)
MAI) I.r•.011-ND
MAIa 1N).'O1tMA'I'ION
Arta of 1n1a4e51(A011
Lli EFa IPaeI
Tha£OI1C,ayilhat a{alydia 5'our AOl KYra nlaffM 61
1:2•i,000.
I I
Inscf lit+ra+r (en11
r, sx+,i_frl
—
so'Is
S1•amngSoll.RapilmynotbeveldMIMSIcaia.
(;1 L`ry6tergsfst
I
Ea1lrepU61POia">s
'
En'=_rgtmenfaf mapsb6{orvlo13sw!aofmapp,ngtancauso
.; sY+lSfd
rnlsundmlandda arlsledelalofma pngandaeeuracyofsal
F
. e
'
Enlfltp U�ll lc:+s
A a.>t:r
Imlllstfmanl.lhanlzpsdanelslnrilia sma'iarcas(I
)�
toIPap UniPO'MI
ccnlrasr. ngaolsGlaIcoOdNave baanshoe11atarnaradatand
,• EFtcaliLtaFtahets
£ca!a.
Spacial
Potts Festares
(t)
mme:i
4Jarcr Felrerts
Elitazl RAJ Cen+h
YI:as3 rcl{ en the ben £ea'a On dash 1113p a11iit 104 map
��
0•IfJ.4 Ta
weasurtalents.
(I+%FFC1
Tranrgll3n
SGWe9 of 1,1ap' RatUfal liC£avftai CCeli£fYdl•KA Sefr'.td
?�
[r!rpoRa rs
Ll'eb Ss l Survey UAL:
(I
(hsldDept ++'rn
i-:unileItg',xlys
Cc:rSnateSyslem' W1bl.liteataf(CPS4:3957)
un
[au�:lr1
Usat-Afs
mipshemlhoWataSo] Survey or* basedenihaMk1 lherca[or
peoection,stlkhprasets'6sd'tecCcnanJshapabut 61to+is
..
Orart7{Epct
Jfac+fiwl+
21anca end arts. A Ffa;cclon VialFtasirvas Erna, tucb as the
,t;
labial
LaslHcils
Albers egisi•srea mn'cptoacCon, stoVd be efid if more
evurale catcu!erans of dislarca or area era regr{ftd•
/+
l s+a Flrs
u,<Laravne
irtspraOJctisgeneiatedlrcinihaUSDA-I,RCSc^.rt•ftddslaas
gar
fh=rherrr:s,•q
�_iE Ali,nFr.C{urt;hy
of Via viWCA dales) fisted WOW.
try,
rar.Ic+a,lury
SOISvnayArea: CederalCo�nty.11edhCarelna
1-)
I:•1tr'anepn5:'rter
Sun'ayAraaball: Vers'an20.Sep 2J,2017
Partrr.'al5'.'t!v
Sol rnapuriisare, labelad (as pica al:ous)rafnlspscale$
tj
1:£0,000 cf larger.
•
ttV.kOw+rtp
tlatt(s)exiallmagesvarapho!v;raFlt2d: Ota31,i[04-11ar
�.
ss'n1s a
F
10, 2017
ss,f{ sp a
Ilia odiviphoiotr olhtr bass nrap onv.h'ch Me to I l nes v. era
�l:Y+t!{Ere J:•35p:1
coraFfed end d g;ked Ficbstill Met& label Ole W tiproun4
,�
rrnagary displayed Cu Uiesa reaps. As n ravilt, sanlo rn'ncr
6 n+Yr.21
sh fCng cf map unit boundaries may ha a0lenl-
Ela cf Efp
Fr
seas s�,;l
+i 1, flalural Resoureas %yab Sol Surva{ MOMS
j` Conservatlonservlco FfaucnalCoaparaGvaSOISurvay 5,6902013

Soil f.lnp half lnrel County, 1,101111 C:andinn
II(I" It l 1 10-1: I ,i gjoi l d
FiOuro 2, NHCS Soil Map
111anrlyt-Ana Ilay
A1n) lhdl Synlhnl Mapunll Naulo - Acros lu Aal — rurcoul of A41
NO
Aulryvitlo loarlly find sun(], 0 to
_ {,2
2.0%
0 percent slopes
Kull
Kufoh saw. 0 to 0 porcerll
OA
3.301,
slopos
Ln
-
Loon sa1►d
01.5
35.8%
Ly
l.y►rchbur0 lino snndy loan)
0.0
0.2%
hitmAlle mucky sand
Me
� � G?.,0
20.7%
On
Onslowloamy smut
40.2
16.7%
Rn
Ralns flee sandy loam, 0 io 2
i0. f
perconl slopos, Allantic
COW Flatwoods
To
Terlmntn mucky fino sandy
30.1
- i i3O%
teal►1
W
Water
%,6I
3.0%
Totals for Aroa of II1ioyesl I
2GG.0
100.0%
U]I)j I' awral ROsourcoa
collsolvalfoll Se1VICe
Web SO SUIVoy
Nalfonnt coopprativo Soil Survey
212412010
Pop 3 of 3

WINN
Nt
11)
Fil
kill, 'IMP tv S
'RR
-------- ...
. I 11tv
ti

C)
00
to
IN
. el
C)
(0
/151, 10
in
rp ?e.
In
C)
LO
in
I. NO
in
rn
- --------------- . . ... ------------------------------------ - - -
u C) 0 C) C)
00 10 v m N
ip W Co Cfj LO to
to CO CO ld lfi l0 Lf) CO ko CO
m m m co m (Y) m M m m
c 5
V)
(U

67
sl
f9
}
�4
to
1
' � ,, 7, lid
1 S'III �•�'� T �!Y 'l
�.�
1'ti iu h
�+
to
V
InLO
Qf
63
In0
bj)
C]
0
11.gft, MA, ,y
i
If)Id
0
. r.r
IiA-
c3
0
0
fil ,7
00
ti
N
0i
1to
)
n m
m
m
m
m
•'
sf a

„
O
0000
CC7
lf)
d'
fY;
N
W
In
lf)
lD
l0
lb
l0
[D
m
m
m
rn
m
m
rn
m
m
U
00
m
U)
(Q
0
C)
m

r
��nGd�is
eiaH• ��V
rc7
LJ
i
1 FiN t1��✓.�ri a.N
1
5I
qy jF�1e{��N—f�1�—V�N�d�m

U(D

w
Q
VA
w
a
a
MI
j jit

•!| �I|��
b! a�
�

I
IM

d P
R

pfN

dU%i 0 is 0 Z9 0 OS 7LG

c�
�v-
EL'Ql Wit Vol
0)) PoUH
q

err
CL
i;” o664 a n Od99 ohs
9Zl.�

i
�.Iil t• �� r.
n� 0 9� U(ILt3
In.

�y
MOO T Q 9� 4, - — Oi�b4S

i

<J
0

cis
JA
® co
i4 C]'
t-=1
O
PA
�t
Q �D
43
'd
w
h

0
o•Y °�`a�f o ,tS
2z
4y! 6•` �l�r�tr''
sr,�4� n•,
Ip,r � •c�'•L�e...�- i
a S;
4[
C-111
J` 4
°r

a
§ �
� � w
� A � ■
�
\ o �
.§ !
@ p c
A 0
G t
�
� ■
0
0 §
�Pr
y
!
a
y---y aS----

At r
ON
64
ed
at

w

0
PA
W(t)
U "
V
0
cd
am

R!

0
r=1
0
0 e

I N,,f_

T11ble AA
9011 Profile Deticrlplion
Branttywino Bay, Morehend City
H13 4: (AI Site P,
0 - G inches: Brown (1 OYR 1111) orgtmiu into sand loose
6-16 inahus; Gray (IOYR 5/1) finemind spodiePriable
1 G-32 incltcs; Light brownish gray (1 O YR 612) fine said subnngular blocky
32-12 inclies; Gray (I OYR 611) fine sand loose
42-84 inches; Grayish brown (i OYR 5/2) fine sand, loose
Soil Series: Most like Leon Landscape: Conslal Plain Lnndform; Marine terrace
Parent Motcrial: Mnrir►c sediments Drainage Class: Poorly
Particle Size Class: Fine sand `lemperature Rcgitile : thermic.
Subgroup Classificntion; Acric Alagnod Dalo: January 24, 2018
1Vcnther: Cloudy Invesligators: Ed Andrews
JIB - G: (At Site P6)
0 - 3 it►chos; Gray (I OYR 611) fine sand loose.
3-16 incltcs; White (IOYR 811) line sand, subnngular blocky, frlablc, spodie.
16-22 incltcs; Dark grayish brown (IOYR 412) loamy sand subnngular blocky, friable, spoclic
22-34 ittchos; Very pale brown (I OYR 7M) fine San[i S►rbaugUlar blocky.
Soil Series: Most like Leon Landscape: Coastal Plain Landform: Marine terrace
Parent Material: Marine sediments Drainnge Class: Poorly
Particle Size Class: Fine sand Temperature Regime: Ihermic
Subgroup Classification:: Acric Alagaotl Date: January 24, 2018
Weather; Cloudy lnvesligntom Ed Androm
I-1B - 7., (At Si to P7)
0 - 7 hiches; Black (1 OYR 211) sandy loam subnngular blocky n►m►y rants.
7 -16 hiches; Very dark gray (10YR 311) lonm, subnngular blocky, friable, plastic, sticky.
1 G-34 incltcs; Dark grayish brown (I OYR 412) sandy ionm, subnngular blocky, friable, somewhat
plastic, somewhat sticky
34-48 inches; Dark grayish brown (I OYR 02) loamy sand, subnngular blocky, friable.
48-84 inches; Grayish brown (I OYR 512) fine sand, loose,
Soil Series: Torhunta Landscape: Coastal Plain
Landfornr Stream terrace Parent Material: Marine sediments
Drainage Class: Very poorly drained Particle Size Class; Coarse loamy
Temperature Regimo: thermic
Subgroup Classifieation: Typic I-luaquepl
Examination Method: Hand Auger Dale: January 24, 2018
Weather: Cloudy Investigator: Edwin Andrem

]3)'miclywilic Bay
'fable 9,A., Drllluelt, Log
Iff
Depth
Description
0-3 ft,
Dark Topsoil Sandy Silt
3-8 ft.
Brow)~ sand Nvilll sill
8 1011.
Tail silty sand
10-12 ft.
Gray sand ►vilh shell
12-111 i1.
Shell with sand
14-1911.
Shell with sand
19-20 fl.
Gray sand
B2
Depth
Description
0-2 ft.
Topsoill silly Sandy clay
2--3.5 ft.
Gray Clay
3.5 - 511.
Tall silly claycy sand
5-5.6 it,
Tan/Brown sand
5.6-7 A.
Tan sand will) shell
7- l 011,
Gray Saud with shell
10-12 ft.
Gray sand lvitll slicll
12-1411.
Shell with will
14-16 ft.
Shell with sand
16-18 11,
Sandy silt
18-20 ft,
Gray silty clay
B3
Depth
Deseriplion
0-211,
Topsoil
2-5.5 #t.
Dark silty sand
5.5-10 1
Dark Tan smid
10-13 11.
Gray sandy silt
1346.5 ft.
Shell with sand and trace of silt
16,5-18 R.
Shell with sflnd
18-20 ft.
sandy sill with shell

111,1111dywille ffiny
T nble 213, lAtholot,y 1,01;
B1
Depth
)}eScripllon
0-2 11,
Dark Brown sand lvlth plastic, sticky Clay
2-11 11.
Brown clayey sand
11-6 Si.
Brown silly sand with clay
6-8 i},
Brown fine to Judium well sorted sand
8-10 ft.
Gray fine to nle(lium Weil sorted sand
10-12 fl.
Gray fine to medium well sorted sand with Pew fine shell Fragments
12-14 li.
Gray fine to medilllll Salld 11'ith Sllcll
14•49 A
Gray fine to ]nedium Band with shell
19-20 ft.
Gray fine to llledillul sand
B2
Depth
Description
0-2 11.
Very dark brown Silly Sandy Clay
2-4 ft.
Darkbrown-Claye)'sand
4 - 6 ft.
Dark Brown tine sand with clay
6-8 ft.
Dark grayfille to llledilllll S811d With fi13e shell fr1191110nIS
8-10 ft.
Gray flue to medium well sorted sand with f'ew shell fragments
10-12 f1.
Gray fine to nledilull lvell sorted sand with fcly sllell fi'tlgnlents
12-H n.
Gray fine to medium well. Sorted sand With felt/ s11e11S
111-16 fi.
Gray fine to medium NvelI sorted sand with fely S0111e hltel'stltlld clay
16-18 ft.
Gray fine to medium well sorted sand
18-20 0.
Gray silty clay
B3
Depth
Description
0-211.
Very dark brown Silty Sand
2-11 i1.
Very dark brown fine sand tivith silt
4-6 ft.
Brown silty sand with clay
6-8 fl.
Brown silly sandy
8-10 fl.
Gray lute to me(hU11115'Oil S01-1c i sand
10-12 f1.
Gray fine to rllcdium well sorted sand
12.14 ft.
Gray fine to medium sand with shell
14-16 11.
Gray fille to medium sand wilh shell
16-1811.
Gray silt with sand
18-20 ft.
Gray fine to medium slued with silt and shells

3.0
6.0
8.0
1 a.o
141.0
18.0
7.0.0
rEST 1101i1NG RECORD
R1�.SCRl1 YION 1+LEVA'i'10N 13ENETR1 PION
(vr.) (I1f,0wsu 1'.)
GrotinilkNiater encountered at 5' at tinte of boring.
J013 NUMBER
1301UN0 NUAMI R
llXrJe,
13X.()1MS PUIt
81X INCH C'8
PAGE 1 Or t
3200 Welllnptati COUfl, 61e 100
Rolel01i, NO 27615

DEPTH
(FIB'.)
0.0
9.0
3.5
5.0
5.5
12.c
Is.(
20.t
TICH1' BORING lde(;O11
17rW1IPTION T'LV,,VA'YION 11HNE' HATION
W1'.) (13LOWS/k-1'.)
0 10 20
dO
60
10
lrery LOosc Dank Hrow, Silly Fine SAND
�ti1Drlinr ire
Sni
-
-
-
Son ON. ylsh Brown Fino Snrrdy Silty CLAY
�elOrgnnicc
cL
Loose Graryish'1111 Dark 1310wn Claycy line
SAND
SC
Loosc'I;rn ra«1+ Silty ritra SAND
S&M
`
lvledium Dense Gray Slightly Silty Fine SAND
SI*
Sn•I
.•,
'�
1
-I
Loose Gray Slightly Silty Finc SAND w/Shell
lYngarents
SF
St�4
.�•,
'�
-oosc Gray Clay Fine SAND ry/Shell Fragments
SC
Loose Gray Slightly Silly Fin SAND
SF
sn1
CL
.i.�.
� •
-
%rcry Solt Cray zinc Smidy silty CLAY
Boring terminated at 20'
Gr0u11(hv't1ter enCOunletVd al Y of lime of boring,
JOB NUr177 ER 1-18-0034-LA
BORING NUNU EM 13- 2
DATL 1-26-19
PAGE i OF 1
BLOW8 PER
SIX MUM9
1
7.-1-1-7.
1-7_-2-2
3-5.4-7
5.7.8.9
8-5-10,12
4.84.5
3.1.4.6
3-3-3-2
W011
�clk�xR�oxdj'�;�i
3200 Wollington Court, Ste 108
lialolgh, NC 27G16

TEST BORING RECORD
DEP'1'I3 DESCRIPTION Ile Li 11IY 'IO1N P1 NG`I IA'1'1 ON BLOWS PER
(D-l'.) (Ia") (131,ow's/r.-I") 91X INCI-)r:i
o.o n In In 40 G0 -Inn
2A
5.5
10.0
111.0
16.0
18.0
20.0
ldcdium 1Denso Dark Ilrown Caaacy I inc SAND SG
%
-
�5'�t)I•t,'altlfS
Loose Dark Brown Silly fine SAND Sh11
4-5.3-3
2.1.2-4
_
Vciy Loose park Bro5w► Silly line SAND 5A1
Loose ltromi to Gray Sliglilly Silly l5ne SAND Slr
,1:.
sl,•1
j
1
�I
3.3-3-3
Loose G uy Slightly Silly line to lviedium SAND SI'
.r
w/SlielI ri-agmcals SM
�+
2-3-5-5
.j •
la-s-�1-3
Vciy Loose Grny Slighlly silly Fine to Medikim SP
,f.,
SAND %vMlicit rrnginents Sm
.1
1\4cdiun5 Dense Cray Silly Fine SAND SM1
P
4
h
5-7.1-5 r
Loose Gray Silly Fine SAND %5/Shell l'rjignlelils SN',
I!
a
e
C
5-6.1-2
C
Y
Boring termini d al 20'
y
}
l
Groundwater eneountemI ni G' slt lime of boring.
J013 NUMBER 1-18-003,I-EA
BORING NUMBER 13- 3
llA'1'T 1-26-19 j k 4M111ad[oXjk,%,II
PAGE 1 Of 1 3200 WellInglon Cotul, Ste 103
Rnlnlnh W, WAIr

TA13T,V NO.3, HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY RUJI Ul,. 8
Conditions: CLOUDY
Ne Ar PJ
Soil natrs: 131-Dark Gray sandy loam3lll)aElgIlta1- lttocky I)Inslic slicky
Location
���
chi.
[Iola depth
walerlr
16
Reference
15511
d
35
D
Ill
35
u,a � I = dIT Res j= dfi - n7w
Ameter
conli0.
�1
Valve
On
A
(cnl"-2)-2)
COMM
Factor
1
0.000�J61
20
DTW
AT11110
�%F-Inathig
w 0:01
10:0:
10:21
K K IPolential) Model
10.00:00
0
44.4
0
36
20
20.0
10.051.00
5
44A
0.3
35
21
20.0
1.2
72.0
0.07
0.027
054
0.054
10:10:00
5
43.6
0.3
35
21
2.0.0
1.2
72.0
0.07
0.027
0.02
O
10:15:00
6
43.5
0.3
36
21
20.0
1.2
72.0
0.07
0.027
0.02
0.054
10:20.00
6
43.1
0.4
35
21
20.0
1.0
U1f.9
0,09
0.030
0,02
0.073
10:26:00
6
42.7
0.4
35
21
F21
1.0
00.0
Ksal
0,09
0.030
0.030
0.02 0.073
0.073
�UIiIIA-(`i82(ISlOI)00XC811aledaiklr01110V0Q
\ rear P3
soil rotas: Bt -Dark Gl'ayisil 11'OW11 ietllll 911ballglllar blocky plastic sticky
Location c1+1, s� LF1111A
Time
Vote dopth 28 water is 16 Ameler Valve A Convor. rest Stall: 10.40
Reference 12 (I 24 c9nfl0. On (cm"-2) Faclor ?.5 SS 5ta►t: 11:so
D 40 Hi 24 1 1 0.000961 _ 20 24 estslop: i2:30
time
(min)
iy
d
Ices
(em)
dR
(cm)
QTW
(cm)
It -
(cm)
FLOW
Q - _-
(cm"arm)
Q
(cm"311u)
EC
(col 1)
K
[ f(InMr)
Potential
Opdfsq fl
FAodel
f!lday
11:40:00
0
3D.2
0
28
36
_(COP-3)�
20.0
12:00:00
1220.00
20
20
311.5
37.0
0.7
0.0
24
24
36
35
20.0
20.0
0.'7
0.0
42.0
30.0
0.04
0.03
0.010
0.014
0.01
0.01
0.032
0.027
12:40.00
20
37.3
0.6
24
35
20.0
0.6
30.0
0.03
0.014
0.01
0.027
1 13:00:00
20
30.7
0.0
24
35
20.0
0.0
00.0
0.03
O.Ot4
0.01
0.027
13:20:00
20
30.1 0.0 24 35 20.0 0.0 36.0 0.03 0.014 0.01 0.027
Ksat 0.014 -�.077
rra9lSlllOn tO�St� -- -- - ---- --
---- ::, Ullll C -

'I'Al3I,L 3 .. ANMOOZEUMliTUR C`ONI MOURATIO\
A-{si�a�
Nk IA
CM
CMICM
11CM^2
16.00
6.00
0.001056
16.60
6.17
0.001007
16.00
6.33
0.000961
16.60
6.60
0.000919
17.00
6.67
0.000879
'
17.60
6.83
- --0.00
0.000042
-
- - 18.00
0.000808
18.60
0.17
M000770
19.00
6.33
0.000746
10.60
6.60
0.000717
21.00
-- 7.00
0.000041
21.50
22.00
---22.60
23.00
7.17
7.33
- 7,60 _
7.67
7.83
0.000619
0.000598
0.000578
0.000558
23.60
0.000640
24.50
26.00
25.60
8.17
8.33
0.000607
0,000491
0.006477
8.60
26.00
8,07
0.000403
_ 26.60
- 8.83
0.000449
`
27.00
9.00 ^
0.000436
9.17
- 27.60
0.000424
28.00
9.33
0.000412.
28.60
9.60
0.000401
29.00
9.07
0.000390
20.60
9.83
0.000600
30.00
10.001
0.000370
ICSS TIMID 50 C0 d::H1
0L141trIt 50 -- 100 CH. d :II1 MG1.1
ULIVIrIll 100 - 150 cad, d=111I100r.1.1
RCIVICEII 100 - 150 V.T, d-III I ISOCH

131-all(IVWInC- Hay
Table 4, Water Level Data
1:astlnl; Northing Water _
Water _
Piezometer Toll Plpe _ Ground_ Mc41 Emcl
Stickup
NC Slate Plana
NCSlate I'lano
Level
Havalion _ Flavaloln Water
NAD 83
NAD 83
Clevallon
Depth
Depth
Feet
Pnet
Ft. M5L
Feet
Ft. MSL Ft MSt. reet
feet
2,654,895
366,858
13.25
1.82
Pi 17.67 15.07 4.42
2.60
7.,G54,898
366,5S7
13,85
2.33
P7.
P3�
17.88
�18,GG
1G.18
4.03
1.70
7,654,737
366,608
14,55
2,31
16.86
4.11
1.80
2,654,611
366,199
14.54
3.63
P4
18.92
18.17
4.38
0.75
7.,G54,7.93
366,412
12.62
4.27
P5
18.12
16.89
5.50
1.23
2,654,313
366,605
12,86
0.65
PG
14.64
13.51
1.78
1.13
2,654,472
36G,793
12.82
6.54
P7
20.71
19.36
7.89
1.35
2,654,396
366,84G
12.88
2.61
P8
1G.69
15.49
3.81
1.20
2,654,050
3GG,78G
12,89
3,82
P9
18.01
16.71
5.12
1.30
2,654,073
36G,324
13.32
1 1.97
P10
16.49
15.29
3.17
1.20

$
%
a
]
�
\
®
k)
/
s
Ci
2\)
a03
P
ail §
. * $
|
\
$
}
�
,
\
�
�
.
\
,\
x
/
�\
�
�
\
,
�
I
\
\
;
`
.
.
� \
&#m#
§
k
§
%
9
%
)
(
/
2
)
\
f
f
{
F-
e

N
U
A
p)
g
06
h n
O a
O N
m m
o d
o0 pp
Q1 0
C) r
0 0
t^ r
��yy
p a
nn m
O O
In of
O O
h m
O p
pppp M
O r
r
ir.' V
r
r
aM- r
e
m^
p
r r
W O
r
W (Y
m r
O
r
r r
r
a^ r
O
M iI
Tu L
a
N
N
pp
r
Cl
N
rn
C
d
r
�
e
8
�
�
�
o
In
W
M o
(A g
r
p p
N
po
C-
1n
h m
W M
O p
0 0
0F`
r t`
t' r
r
N
co
$
7
azDv
O
r [�
M
o
V1
N �r
O�l
v1
m
r
�
fZ'�j
O
j� t7
�n tO
n
p� pp
9,
m 01
m Ol
[p
O sag
pp O
V
G O
V
O Q
'd M
O O
V1
P P
b O
2
O p
d 0
In
p O
0• A
yO��
C, 6
p
P P
C,
O
C Q
cp
O
Q O
[1p0 �ppp
O O
O O
p �
O O
O ���
O G
O O
O
d 0
4 p
0 4
O O
P
p p
P C
O O
0 0
p p
0 0
0
O
IR
0 0
O r
0 0
r
0 0
r r
0 0
r
0
O
q
�
Q
�
�
O
O
d
z
7
ro
u
K z
�
LA
O
r N
CO •Q
N ID
h ICT!,
M va-•
� ID
Y�
.�-
N�
fi3 N
��rr11 cp
SV N
n
N N
a!
°3 M
M lN7
yy
C, [9
u7
t') cm7
pp
rm] '7
�
�7
y
V
�p
v
pp p�
V Y
N
(i
ILI
LLI(�

M
0
a
h
u
a
—
a
tp
c
S
r T
M o{{
N M
r �tl
r r
Y N
CT m
M 0]
r
���
T���
�
N 1�
o
m{
o
m M
r Y
�n f�
r r
m N�
r
o�
� f�
� �
� �
�^
,
r
T �
W 9
(O W
�
a
Y
Y a�
r r
r r
r
4
M
❑
a
w
�
o
o
—
m
K
N
�
_
r
rx
Q
r
E
aJ
h
�
O
o
r
m w
r r
r=
r
.=
r� r
� .:
� rz
r
,
r�
r
u
El
u
d'z�
W
oar�r
W
m o
m
i�
o
t
In
en
o
tl r
Lo
IV
u�
rn
o
r7
�17
r Y
O O
Y "'
O O
Y •"
O o
0 6
O Q
r
4 0
0 0
o C
OO O
r r
O O
r r
O O
r r
O O
O O
6 r
Q O
O O
do
do
r
O P
o 0
o 0
0 0
O G
O O
O O
O o
O
n
o
E
Lp
to
�
nn�rJ2121s3
woamrnmm�iTill-t
o
{y0
WW
O
i3
d
jj
111'
v�i�nu�-n-D��n�c�m�
n�
;,-
4. a
l�)

a
ro
a
N
a
a
--------------------
� f �
ot�uwvn�nmaoo�t�mryc�,
M�NM�Nr°-'�'fN�`I�
ry
N .�
Yr.-��r
rrrr
rrrr
rYY
a �
N
O
N
cp
Ol
[�
rC
4
0.
g
�
8
N -
m --•
- --
N -
m �
m N
� N
coq N N
u
tu
CL Z , b
rVO
0 0
OYO
r r
0 0
ONG
0 0
CO
0 0
Si
r r
0 0
�2 �2
0 0
m
o d
m m N
0 0 o
ry N
a o d
N N
o 0
N
0 c
c
,d
�
rno0
o
V
N
M yV
o
N 1O
odQ
oG.
WL
O
�.1
�
IN
(�{<ry "'Y
r
�'{�NN$inry
ryry
n
I�NNNrynmE,
.-
j
N'N°.�
��
NNN�Hh�"l��niNryNNN
N
V rr-
O fD m In
N M
6 'a
m o
q�y�
M
lG 1�
C6
44NLVN
NNN
`T
cO� �r'1
'
�lgNryN
0
d
0
0
0 0 0 0
0 0
d O O d
d p 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
o
0
d ovff
tonfO moQ
YNtoys}
in�p
n. ppmpp
N
•d V
- --`
V
--
r
-a

a
N
U
A
I�
m
ID
�N�Y�VN
+o
l0
N
M 0�
NNN"I
1� �n
M a
°IN<�N
n
fo
NNN�[N
fa a
a f{1
W
N�YNN
V
V�
m to
NNN"!NNN
(o M
EO VI
�D
14 eo
NNN-NN------N-
n
to
d
tO
9
-
M 1t �p
O
N
� _
N
3i
rn
a
EL
o
a
�t
Q
�
$
s
��°fo
lcic�ycl!NN���`l�!NNNNNNNNNfVSNNNNNNNaIN`ZIVIVNN�Y�Y�YNM
m
m
r Y
a
C r
1�
�"
M low
�
r r
r r
r
�"' Y
Y i"
�..'
'. T•
�"' T.
t.. �"'
N
' � G
A Z j
o M
n r
�1
[V
lV
b
OD
�
n
to
00
OM
OM
o O
c4
0 0
N �
0 0
cm[V
O 0
0 0
0 0
0 6
0 0
0 0
0 o
b b
b b
Qm(1
�Y
g b
�Y �Y
b O
N
q q
�Y
Q o
�Y �!
q O
N
0 O
N
o o
M NO7
a o
M
C]
M
6 0
M
0 0
Pb"1 C1
0 0
M M
0 0
M
0
G
U
U
6
G
E
�
g
a
otl
Y,
vi
V � n
LR
Wntinnr�nnrommwaomrnrnrniw
io�mwN

ti
N
o �
f�l
7
O
N
M
a
O
_
d
F
a
C
�
Q
0.lilt
g�
p
cn
� a
�
o
r
M ti
F-
u
Z
tp
R

5n
V
V •t
d V
`f
V V
�t �i
7
Y
V
7
M-
V
V cal
M-
q w
M
Y V
a V
7 V
P7 V
M cq
47 V
M V
N
r
i
r r
r r
r r
r
r• +-�
� r
r r
r r
r �
r -
-
-------
c�pp pppp
��pp �r7
Me�
m
ee�� cM�
yy
N
C(77 vr
N m
r M
n)
O� r
M m
M
woo
1+
m
w 0
(V
o OI
O M
CO h
^
111 �
M ti
N VI
00 N
l�0
v
f4
.- N
en
to ?�
a1
S��D
inn M
�/1 01
M n
�n
W N
((VV
M
m
O�
O
m o�
V
W
m h
m m
m O
m
M
W W
V 0
W M
m
TT m
o
O O
ZV
O o
i
C]
c0 $1
o
O1
W
R
n; 01
01 6]
61 Ol
90 w
p d
m M
q Oa
OA
O O
w OO
O b'
iP
o Ci
N m
e] 6
m 90
0 o
m. m
O 060
9D m
m 00
b n
nl
f'J� 0
nl
0 0�
m
W R/
0
n1 Q1
C] O
01
o 0
41
0 0
01 Ol
[7 O
Q1
0 O
W 61
O 0
6
0 0
0 O
O/
o 0
d
0 0
o d
0 0
O
�O
ti
a
O o
fn m
tl 0
w w
O o
w w
b $
m
cn ern
ern ern
N
e�r0 [wr0
f�(1 in
c0 W
is Ia
[o m
N N
w w
[f
cn w
(��! sal
w w
M In
w
w
w W
c0 (D
1G 10
40 ISO
f0 e0
W

v
o �R
V1�t �O
V1
h 1^.
m cryy
m
f� [�A,p
pppp �
i+] UO
]� OI
r
N
pp
iV ��pp
cmp
o
N r
h
W pp
N �p
N
A
00 N
01
o
OLyO
w
— ^
x
o
0
m
N
rn
p
N�
c
Q
Q
ti
N
�
�pp
o
A
v
r
M
A A
r; M
�D N
� q
A
� t�;
h m
c; M
in
� m
m m
m r;
h
r; °�,
v V
� �
c- LO
q t`t
N W
q �
m m
M cq
it �
N
v v
q c�
m W
t? r?
r
� v
r
q
N �D
q r�
N
q v,
A r
r� q
�0 N
r; q
d�
ri
r
t-
r r
r w
r r
r r
r
N
b
{1
o
R
E
3
Z'
rn � �
3
L?z8
in U
v
4 m
p T
o
m h
iV ddiln
to d
V1
morn
co N
r o
m
cA
in
t+ w$
+nm
1h
d m
w a
ib
min
o W
v m
w 1�
r
mo
2 s
�`1
`- O
r N
ioi
m to
?] r0
W N
mo
m m
h W
i0 o
m
m m
M
a]
+n
m m
m
p
i0 v
m ov
m w
M tV
a o
1, w
V}
Cf a
m
[O
o 0
0
7
v
p p
m
o 0
.yVl
Vim
0 0
v�
rnmmmm
0 0
u� N
0 o
4�
rn
d 0
N h
mmrnmmmrnrn
0 4
0 P
m
O o
�n IO
0 0
�D 1�
m mm
0 0
h
rnm
0 0
ti
arrnmm
0 o
A h
K7 O
w
vi
P o
mam
0 0
mmmm
o o
0 0
a;m
m v
c�
p o
Nq
0
o r
qo
nnoo
-
r-
0
r
0
6
�
a
u}
Ui
o
o
� N
oMp
0x
49N71
G
c.
0
WWV F
'D
to
'D
t^p-
�p lyp
m �U
�O
(n� 1.
h
m
[ppp
2
p1
2 0
'
T
W d.
d
O
O
y}�z
{/J
t0
w1
t
Ip l0
.
W t9
t0 �D
c0 two
t0 [moo
�O to
�O [Rb
MiM
f2U
l0
w
P

t6
a
r�
Q
m '� �
1p a1
1'7 M
Wp� ss��
f'? !
m
M �
� �
pp��
f�] �
� �
cmp of
M r]
N
� 'V
pp Op��
7 t0
yy N
•t d
p� O�
M M
ppop ryry
M V
y.} of
V M
N mm
'i K1
pp pp
V '?
ppyy �
r? 1+Y
pp r
V V
��77 pp��
V M
� �
pppp pp
c7 V,
C�pp
M
ttpp a
Y d
a 4
V V
0
V 'Q
0 tt��
V '11
m
c°gi
c
Lu
M y�
0
sy
N
�
v
3
�
�
ON
nd
c
�
E
R
C
O
�
O
G
(�
m m
M M
7
m
M
{7
yy yy
V 7
OD m'
M M
M N
'V V
a
c t�
c� ch
c; d
M
V C'�
V t{
C'� (?
V V
V f`�
m vt
t( f?
m o
M 7
CO
v7
m a
v, a
v V
•t V,
7 ..
,
r Y
.- s-
r
N
a
Q C
f0 'U
0.ZDro
�
o C1
h
In
art
�m
c mu
elm
�. r:hi.-
u7
m o
o-oam
s-
m
{+�1f�`.�{{°
t�
11i
MM
c..
l�Y------�Y----`i�V�`lNl1�NNh}
V V
N
�YY
.-
NNN({N
r
NNN
r r
r
0
a
g
ao
a
oa
r
ch
b!
o
{n
3
o
zy.
J
M
N
y
b pp H
M �
dl
~
�
M1���O
o
c
5
m
O
�; C4
�n
m
h
ro
m ro
nl
W�
oMmo
L-2
oo
m
w w
!!�
ohb 06
t-,
ap o7
f. 1.
f+ h
1�
m �n
W
w (0
mm W-
m omo
o� °caw
oao °aa
oo
co o�A
W ro
Adr I
W r : [
Gam.
6
m M
m OD
00 ro

T
m
--------------------
-------------------
❑ q
o m
o0 O
Ol 41
m SO
l� l0
41 a�
'Sf 'rQ
� V
f+) M
� cam'),
'yd, �J,
� 'q
a q
q V
7 �
V V
a �
V (�
o M
o
N
4 V'
x-
� M
�
>.
r r
r
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r
•-
r
r r
r r
r
c
�
Q
^
�
o
N
m
N
w
N
cb
c
'a
O
o
a
�
�
o
�
w
S
�
o
❑aomoaamrnrnmiDmmao
v,
r r
r
r r
r r
r
❑
r r
O1 r�i,v
r
�'+;q��v
r r-
vv
v
--v,v,
r
[ry
ff
0
c - $
s
c
zab
m c0
m
f� w
to
M
1� W
o In
d
CO i,�
,p
ID 7
u m
MM N
r von
aWi OP
10
o
��}
r
co�1
r r
r
of
r
❑ 4
r r
o O
o
OMP�Mt7�']�1Mmi`/
c= r
r- .»
C]
.%
r
r
r r
.� r
r .=
•' r
r s%
r r
Y
P
9
C
�
�
o
ryry
QO,N
M
�
y,,
C1
N
N
m
OI ❑
N
M
rf� N
!� [D
OI O
N
M
(D
00
O] O
N m
o'1�m
f�
w�
a�
drm
n. �
n'.
O
�
�
mmrnrnmm
mmv»wrnm
rnmmmmmmmmrno�mmrnmmmmw
rna�
rnmmosmm��o`�

[V
CIi
E1.
N
p61
l�
s—
V L
v
q
N n �
ro
r +-
� a-•
r
�
A- r
+^ r
T^ r
� r
r r
r .-
r
r .--
Q 11
N
N
Cp
V
N
C
CL
a
IT
Q
F=
b
O
`-
`-`-
-
M `-
-
M
� �yy
N d
Vol F7
R
i. u
8v
a�z
�Oie
i�7
p
lei a'
n
O O
� I,-
N
ID 0 0
u1 M
O O
con
CP �!
O
�0
(�i
m f�!
M VI
�n o
lil N
`� w�
O
N
w
ly
N
a m
lh
N
M--
M
M M--
M M
M M
V V---
q
V
q
V T—'
r
s-• r
.� .-
r .�
•-• r
r �-
-
N r
0
O
K U
rn
41
C
3
5
t
Z7
F3
c��j
"�3
U
N
M
1!] [O
fn
W
4 mY O
N
m
c.7
s(� iD
m m�
Cp
m
m O
N rn
N
m m
�1 V
m ahi
m m
` t0
`mom` in
m O
w m
m
M rh
00
m rn
Ifl'co
Co w
h w
u�i m
m m
m 01
N
Omi m
M V
m m
{O
�ivmi
h pp
omi Off]
m O
ami o
WA �
A
O
Uri
tlOi m
0
"IT
m u0i
m
Ohs p�]
q�i

N
/
�
\
2
—
2 \ §
7#T-71
q
9R@#pa«R7779#kk§
� ) >
. m 7
\ / k
�
R
q
\
/
\
7 E
r
m
£
/
j
k
§
®
k
. E
$fIk
j
k332
k ©
rZ§f
Wiz,,
f?/§7)\§§//}}\}}\\\§\\\?
)
5Li
#
)
k
I
r
°
\
)
m
�)§
\
§
f
k�«

ES
L
U
rn
Z
a
H
�
r
Y� m
o
El
N
O
[�
0
0
I �
I
,4.,
I
,
i4 i
I
� I
I
1�
O
i o
I I I
,
1`�
0
P
O N o
Wun'vift
I i 111 1:1. 111 I I'. I I I
9
7)
4 I
I I
Y
II
I
Alt,
h
, I
o
I
w
c
I`I
!o
1.1
` I
e
a
�
o
o
k
co
�
s}
X
N
W
per'
u
C
M
C
LL
P

1
m
W
m
a
ni
in
n
1�
Q
e7
T
co
m
w
C)
N r
y W
CNw
CN
U) N
N N
N M
N M
d N
u7
N N
N N
N
v7
fV N
w
M
o � a
d
G
O 0. W
q
a
N
C
3
o
N
o
c
�
cq
a
U
E
c
a
O
G
w
4
c
IN
O
F
O
C7
Ncm+NNNryM�?r;ryry
w
N fo
N m
(p
o a
ryryNc%`tycmvry%crNcv,
u7
m h
to
c
m
cy`nYNNNNNryNM
u] m
m vt
H o
m 1�
m
v,ri
m o0
NNNN�?
m h
cry
t� m
m m
r N
G
p�p
� R
p pp
O o
g o
o o.
O o
o
p o
o 0
0 0
o o
0 O.
O O
O O
O O
O O
d O
o
P P
p P
o 0
o p
o o
g o
o o
o o
p o
o 0
O
o
o 0
O O
O O
O O
d 'O
o
O O
O O
O O
O O
O O
O O
O 0
O O
0 0
O O
0 0
O O
0 0
O P
0 O.
P p
O P
o O
o
P p
p O
p o
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 O
0 0
0 0
0 O
0 A
0 0
O 0
0 0
0 o
0 0
O 6
o
0 0
0 0
0 0
o
0 0
0 0
0 0
O O
cri
co oc4
td(o
to w
W
6c4
m I
L6wo
ocJ
wodoo3
m m
o 0
N N
0
�
n
m
G
L
a
o
'd O1
}
$
N
m
W
m o
fV
W
c]
W
Yi �D
to m
OD
m
p
°ta h
c+f
h tr
m V
h h
N
h h
1. w
f� f�
m o
h m
N
rw w
m h
m c0
IQ
w
i� w
w w
m o
m m
Y. N
m m
m V
w di
in m
m a�
w
m
m o
m o

a
rn
0.
C
N
m
n
h^
4
m
M M
Q M
M M
M M
MM
M
M
M,
M
M
--
--
--
—
--
P of 7
p
N
C
�
m
_
N
C
a
M
d]
�
c
o
v
a
�
c
N
p
'o
N M
(7 (7
M (7
t7 C?
(7 M
M M
M
'c% M
M
M 'Q
'�( 'n
V
"f M
M tl
g It
M
Ncq
M
7
['1
7
�q
G
Q
O QI
N ��
C
yN
v{ E
N to V 49
CJ
P [7 N
�]
P-Z aO
0 0
O
0 0
0 0
O O
0 0
0 0
a a
0 0
a a
o o
0 0
0 a
o a
o O
a o
o 0
d 4
o O
0 0
0 P
o o
a o
P P
o a
0 0
P P
o
0
P p
04 od
p P
O d
P o
Q O
o P
0 0
P P
0 Q
o o
0$
P
g$
g g
g O
P
d$
a
g$
O
o O
O O
Q Q
g P
P P
0 0
4 a
0 4
o o
o o
P O
p O
Q p
p O
a 0
0 a
Q a
o o
a o
o a
o o
o o
o
o o
o 0
a o
a n
a a
o a
0 a
a a
o o
'C l0
N N
SU []
N N
i+� V
N N
r➢ A]
N
O
((VV ryN
V �D
(V N
�0 O
(V (�
(J sMt
N
BOO [[pp
C� (q
P iY
d a
yy (O
V' v
N
m O
a
/�
to
N N
i� {I)
1n in
O i(v�
10 fb
N N
��{{ {O
10 70
N N
LO
10 3�
N N
t� V
n n
N N
6 cd
n n
N
O "i
pp W
yy-- g
CO oo
N
CO OO
w
N N
m Cn
N
'd m
m
N
O [�}
o 0
M
N
t4 LV
SV N
IV IV
N
fV N
N N
N
N
N N
N
N
N
M
U
E
n
V
w
v
c,
u
�
'n
c
ol
a
0.
61d
0
m
Im
0
.�
N

m
a
h
4
@T
[4
tb gro1
6
1� t�
[[qq m
q !!(�y
ap N
O� (p
N O
09
1.
d Vj
N
h h
�n to
V1 >R
�Y
Vi ui
.�}} N
4? N
�rl
4'{
N
vi
N r
wi
M a}
V1 YI
yy M
w1 eA
[[��
efl
��}} 0
VS en
W
Y N
07 Ul
N UR
rr 0
�l N
W m
ul en
M m
N vl
w
Ut
N a y
0 h-
�-- r
r r
r
.- r
r
b
ju
P
N
O
�
C
Q
Q
O
lT
�
G
d
�
�
O
C
8
;4
e
C
O
C]
Wt
V! eli
� V1
� �
V1 en
Vl V1
Iq
r
Y
ti
N
r
r r
r•
�-' r'
� � !C 'Fryryl
Al
f6 N � C
fil
dZ::)a
O a
4 P
P P
P 4
p 0
0 0
O 0
0 0
0 0
0 0�
0
0 0
P P
0 0
4
0 O
0 0
OP O
g
9 P
n p
0 4
Q p
P 4
p p
p p
p p
p P
q p
4 p
n n
P 4
n Q
tl P
Q Q
4 P
P Q
Q Q
O g
0 0
Q Q
0 0
o a
Q p
0 0
o a
0 0
0 0
P o
0 0
p o
g O
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 o
0 0
P p
o
Q p
p o
P
0 0
4 a
0 0
o P
0 0
0 o
g q
q o
o a
a o
0 0
o q
a b
m a
0 0
m o
[O
'oa
o a
o
o 0
nl q
0 0
l0 00
YN23NtVc
0 o
q aa
a a
d �p
P g
o
cncnwtoSLln,
p P
N
n Q
eb
p Q
eJ N
o 0
0 0
�Q �i�nu`Sin�n.wLncomm
0 0
0 0
e0O W
0 0
o nJ
o a
'7 �P
o 0
a7 O
o Q
iV i
a o
o p
O
wao`ajmmm
p Q
co
P a
m O
p o
m �immoo
m
a o
m m
o a
O o
Vl Vl
V) Vl
Vl
ern en
en
en ef/
et)
N N
�i ul
UT
In
1I1
KI en
e:l en
V� en
+n rrirn
rri
r�`i rri
Yl Vl
en
M sn
V1 V1
m m
a
12
C
}}
B
eT
c
a
ry
��.E.
E
3
era
u
uN�uM�u��un��tnoll�Am
d�eon
N
.}
V1m
[o�0[opf
P
fn�1
V�n�n�`tm�rno
c1F�
�onp m1.M
rnoPl
oNacpv��i�Vn�cpn�tm�arno
ton�o
Ll

to
co
a�
A
4
m
C
{V
to
a w
0 N
W
[t
p]
p7
t
-
Vi V1
CO co
W 0�
o
1� �(1
Q�
R
03 O
O
O
4] Vl
04
W
U6 LQ
Lq R
O O
OQ
r O
M m
Ao
a
�
N
00
3
�
•a
o
�
m
�
�
o
h
O
A
�D
V1
1n ((pp
O V1
W
v7
V3
� V/
ty
2 �
OO Sd
N �Q
r
06 Op
YI V!
r
�
sn N
Sn to
a
N 1
00 pp
N ui
o r
ID lD
r
n V1
V1
r 'r
O1
W �
--
R
t0
r r
J� O
Vl t0
O
t0
o n
UD �!1
OD dl
+! Vl
UD
tq
f� [0
i!e N
CO m
4I IQ
Ol tl
IQ W
O o
W W
Ol
Vl
w
f1 ZDv
O O
a 0
0 0
0 o
� 0
o
0 0
O o.
0 0
O O
0 0
O O
O O
pp o
g q
O g
P q
P P
P R
O 0
a 0
0 a
a R
0 o
O 0
O d
0 o
g q
O O
O P
R
O P
P R
R O
P P
8 R
O
4 R
R O
O a
0
O
a
0 0
O O
0 0
O O
O O
a O
O O
O a
R O
o o
0 a
o O
0
0
R
O a
0 0
o o
o vng
o
g O
o 0
a
0o
0
a 0
o a
0 o
o 0
O
o g
o O
P pp
P P
R o
R 0
o q
0 0
o R
0 0
o o
0 0
v v
o O
q q
P o
0 QO
o a
o o
a o
0
o v
R v
v v
o v
v
'Q t0
o O
0� O
P r-•
N V
r r
t0 LG
r r
O NN
N
'� N
[p [7
i�
[� ((Q�
[D� t`!
�{ 1p
[p O
(y �y
(O W
O ('1
ID
�D
(p O
[j
f0 [L+
��
O (4
'•7
fU. W
eBe�
O (V
T Qs
enm�n�nionn
H iD
a TD
� O
P1 O
CAS
O
v wwta
n{4teto�
WV
Of0
W (O�9WW[4
(O(Oma�nenmww�om
0�n
n
m
C
oj U
�l
E
tJ
$
o
a
C
to
P
a. a
6 iz
r
O 0
[1 zq
:
M M
M M
O o
¢7 f7
a o
M M
d o
M M
r
M ro
M M
M M
n W
M C7
T (b4�V(yyI
M P7
(�
M M
M M
c(tV��
M M
(n(�� N
M M
N�(� M
M M
M M
t M
(n ()
C7 M
RS M
M
f? M
M M
M
M M
M
M
M
M

m
m
a
m
In
v
4
i
ryT
m
C
pp •y n`
h (�
!O [D
N bI
W
N
Vl
QI
O �p
O
lO l0
0] SIT
�n �D,
O O
fD f0
OI
41
y
N 16
a y
/0 !A
O M
�L !O
N M
y O
M N
- M
N �A
W
[�1 N
N e0
-
[O !O
N
W
7�
1t7 IIt
f0 1A
N l0
lO
�fl
Yl
N V7
- -
- -
- -
-
-
a=
.- t=
P �
o r
wx
o
O
N
G
°J
3
�
o
�
'n
p
rn
y
o
r
v
�
Q
F-
O
i!1 U1
m
[O N
m r
V/ f0
N
S�
N l6
V] 41
l0 H
{b
M M
N f4
P �'
f6 fD
pppp +r>
Vf l0
o o
io l0
m yy
[o
t0
o M
(O IQ
L�7
Io
V*
[AA
fV
f6
M
1a
N to
kn 4O
M N
w [O
r r
�q W
V C+1
r
- Y
--
Y
r
Y Y
Y' r
r r
r
,-.-
N
O
� 2
3 �
To 5i E m
es
m �
{G T
•Q
S)
8C
w `
azDv
m o
P
4 o
0 o
n o
0 0
P o
0 0
0 0
P o
0 0
0 o
0 o
0 0
O P
o o
o a
o o
0 0
o P
P P
0 o
O P
P O
P
d O
o 0
P 4
O O
0 0
0 0
O O
0 o
0 0
O O
O P
0 0
O O
P d
0 0
Q
P o
o P
4 4
0 0
P O
0 0
0 0
O n
0 O
0 0
P o
o 0
0 0
o o
0 0
4 0
o o
0 0
4 P
0 0
0 0
P P
o P
P
O o
o 4
0
0 0
4 n
0 0
0 0
o 0
0 0
0 0
0 o
`to 0
O o
0 o
0 o
o4 T
a O
W Oo
4
o O
o 0
mmNm
0 0
smsmFF
O o
o t�qJ
0 0 � oj
tt tF
H P P
=t
S Pq o
V
n 0I 0
iri v�i
0 0
v�i M
0 0
d 0 0
�6 l�0
0 00 O
�D o
P P
(h�( 1•�i
4 o
�O t0�0
0 0
N
0 o
i !o
0 0
[ri o
0 0
N
0 0
�O oS
o P
o (�}
ro w
h n
h h
tz Iz
h n
h
h
h
F h
f�
h I�
n n
h h
P n
h h
h
F F
ti n
A
O
E
c
�
n
a
p v n
Z
o
03�
rn
m
c+
O
N
ll��
�t
vy���
M
M M
Ln coM
[(pp
�
M
��pp
m
M
[[��
M
^^
i`]
M
p� (W�
C'1 O7
0M0 4�}6
P! S'�
q]
M C1
p� [y6�
M m
M
fm7 [m`I
1�7
�
im'I M
1P'1 V
Y
n v
a
0
'o
N
(07 M
CN']
M
M M
(0'1
M
Tim
f'n7 C~7
fM1Y
f�7

0
a
ui
.92
M
M M
[O N
M M
f0 to
fo [O
fp i7
tD
t3) iV
4] ft�n
rl v7
tD
V V
d� r
1D
d
t0
Vl
N r
r V
c7 fD
to
ffVP rtP:
�V
N fP
to tO
f`1
[n
OM
10
1t8 w
tD
to
to t0
h
Ot0
Q c
9
r r
r- .-
.- w
r r
r
r r
r r
r
p �
f! m
O
p � W
4
2c2
f+!
b
to
v u
�
=
'n_
P
d
M
�
O
Q
�
O
b
c
N
O
co co
otctoto�`3
M M
4IQZo
2 �nN
tAg
N tr.
r 12!
f1po
pl wINf
nctpp
r
MotMo
r
N M
M to
r r
r
tP
tD N
Vo
tot tho
--
r m
N � w
n o
0 o
a u
O a
o O
O d
tl a
4 d
d tl
tl Q
d d
P P
O Q
0 0
P p
0 0
O p
0 0
o 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
a a
0 0
a a
0 O
a a
a a
o a
o n
a o
O a
a o
O O
0 o
O O
o O
O O
o o
o O
a o
O (]
0
f] Q
a 6
O P
0 0
o O
0 0
0 0
d n
p o
4 n
o p
0 0
Q 4
a a
0 0
Q Q
o 0
0 0
P p
o a
0 0
p 0
o a
o a
0 0
o a
o 0
0 0
o a
o a
o a
o a
o 0
o 0
o o
0 0
0
a
o d
0 o
o 0
d d
a p
o O
a d
a o
d L7
d d
d o
d d
t7 Q
0 0
d d
P g
0 o
d tl
o a
d o
d P
p o
d. d
o Q
0 0
d g
P
0 0
d d
Q p
0 o
d tl
Q o
o 0
O
o
0 0
d o
P d
0 o
0 0
o Q
a o
vpp mappo
�7
a�v
00 woo�mwNro
torooNf.���fftiyyouatr77tpJ�i7
Nw
Nw w
Nw CO
OJ 0>
CC677totd77.
W 00
naiaa�}
[O
ppaa}p
0] 00
(atu3}
00 0�
f0 rocot4
ddiofJ'p�ri
rowroM
to
(p
cdo
h
co
v
�
mho
2
WiadtJ
(p
93 2
wwmro
ddan
Q m
0
c
m
a
O1
EL
0
Co
a
Ll
Nv
aM �tvo
tvo
hvEvD
an�dv
2
J"NvhLMIv
Mav
Wv
Qv1 ��t�vtCv�'�7
vff1
m�`o�
f.�Nf.�
Mf��
LqIl—lllmc4i7i'iti�
�
t�o rn

m
a.
m
m
n
n
c
�p �
urn
m
m
v�
mmrn
hh
co
vin
eo cnmm�eo
�n
+p
hm
n�o
�-�
n
�n r.
v,
-
o
0
❑ a` w
�
�
U
ao
�
r
N
�
❑
rn
a
Ol
U
�v
�
p
0
❑
m en
m en
c� e�,
�- .`e�•
Y
m
r
m �
'r'
m cn
co m
cn a,
eo eq
e�, m
it� m-
�q
en
to
cu m
m
� c�.
{`. ro.
�n. w
rn inn,
m chp,
W (n`
cn
ur n
co n
�
C
O
Vl •[
C
,MIO
O O
O O
O Q
O
CIO
O O
0 4
O CAQ
0 0
P
0 0
P O
0 0
O O
0 oQ
O O
p Q
p O
o 0
P P
0 0
O O
0 a
0 0
0 0
n 0
Q 0
00
4 0
Q Q
0 0
O O
0 0
O O
0 0
O O
O O
0 0
O O
0 0
4 Q
o O
O 9
Q P
0 0
0 P
o 0
Q
0
0
o O
QQ p
O
V (D
P o
0 0
O O
co O
0 0
0 O
O O
(�f V
0 0
O O
D O
IU 16
0
[]
P
O
0 0
Q d
Cf O.
N(�
P 0
O O
[D Cp
0 0
O o
o
0 0
0 0
�p
0 0
0 d
6o O
O
Q P
iJ p
O O
O O
�P
6 0
0 0
o [j
0 0
0 0
v lD
oo O
0 0
w O
O Q
P O
,J rpY
4 0
0 0
lU 00
Q, 0
0 0
C? Nry
0 0
0 0
V• tU
0 0
Q Q
00 0
Q 0
0 4
l�F H}
0 4
Q P
(O LO
P 0
P O
t7
0 0
O O
(�
0 0
O 6
0] o
0
0
(V
Q P
m m
P
m rn
m m
r
m m
N
m
N
m m
N
m
M M
m m
17
m m
c7
m
V
mi
m
of
m m
Vf u)
m m
u1 N
m m
io W
m m
m to
m m
h h
m m
h n
m m
h
m °di
m tP
m cn
W 00
m m
m m
m In
m
m m
m o
m a
0
o,
0
F
�
e
SE
�
?
m
o
�
L ❑
p1
E71
0
o
r
rn17-5
O
'n
N
t
d
U
�
`a `�`��v��fvvv`��v
mm
ttyy cc��
f.
n_ff ��nn
rn
N
m m
phi
m rn
v�vcn
m m
o
o. i�
a
o
vv�vv.rvavv�td
aaa�vvvvv���°�vvvavvv

N
r
t
N
Q.
m
N
b
ro
4
ro
—
w
e�
• G
41
aat} �t4d
l0 [O
1D 10
Hy yy
1P 1D
Vy
1D 1�d,
ft.� e�t}
lD tP
((��
to (D
1P
ss}}
tD m
m
N v
td
t� nl
�y}
rf m
ld
_
m
ld tD
1(7. 1d
N cNV
lD l0
N
l0
tb N
r
tD fO
N
(O to
_
rn
i0 19
(i1
N 1/7
'�!
m
C7
N
0 w
[O. 4n
/0
-
r
o [s
ro
j
o � �
o
H
p�
'a
O
0
d
a
CJ
a
3
0
s
N
f r
r
r-
I r
r -
w
O
t Q
E IJ
Q1
rn
c W
a �v
g o
n p
q O
0 o
n n
t7 0
Q P
O n
0 0
a p
0 0
0 0
q p
0 O
0 0
q o
O g
0 0
0 0
O 0
0 Q
0 o
0 0
Q O
fl o
d O
d d
0 0
O Q
Q Q
0 o
Q 4
g O
Q Q
0 q
0 0
Q d
d n
0 0
o 0
O 0
0 0
O O
0 o
0 0
n O
0 o
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
q 0
Q Q
n p
0 0
0 0
O Q
Q P
0
0
Q
P
0 0
0 0
O Q
0 0
0 0
Q o
Q
0 0
O. 0
QQ Q
p
0 0
0 0
d Q
Q d
0
p-
Q
Q
o p
O O
4 t0
o O
O O
to t]
O O
O Q
C4 V
O p
O O,
to coO
g p
lV
Q o
V fO
Q Q
m o
Q O
d O
(U W
q o
d N
0 0
00
o O
O
O o
0 o
Q Q
O Q
�
Q P
tp 0�0
� pNl
01 Obi
OMi O
�.
0
r
r .-
Q
p
0 g
q O
q q
p '-
13
U
�
c
N
�
a
�'n
N
d
ch
+9" a 9
d
N
0
eFS
In
N
0 0
r� tl
0 o
a
P n
i+ Cd
o p
N q
p
Vi N
r (�!
1n M
M tl
V1 m
th td
11'1 1A
ti 00
r
1n 1n
m o
N
v1 1n
N
to
M •t
i 1` N
ul m
ve (p
N (V
1A to
r W
N N
v1 u1
n
try
Vl !fS
M
N
M
m M
Vl u]
v� to
m to
u] 1f1
to
M m
VV)1 1d
rn o
m
47
d
V1
N
d V
1!1 VI
to I�
d
1d
0
1n
t!/
a
(1h;
en try
M N
h h
1n

r
35
c�
o O� en m o ro a q to 9 Lq NO�=e
Vm�
!eA'n LQen Q T
O 9
m a
o
n 9
r
�
`o
�
'n
Q
rn63
E
�
c
a
y�
G
�
�
N
L
a m m ((pp o WW pp m a� o m m
m en 4l V1 m vl W In N In !f� V]
r Y r w
en
V; q
T
u� en
N V]
rn m m
N N 9
U] rn ^^ ro en
Y; � � � VI Vl ef}
en en en �
ul � N !n h
e[7 e!7
m en
e11 � L't ul
n
T� 4
O df —
N L w
rya 5i a
« < �
T
77
dZ--------------------------------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a
d
d o
o 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 o a o o a.a
0 0 o a o 0 0
o 0 o a o as
0 0 0 o tl
o o
o 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 o n o
o. a a o o a a o o
a a o 0 0 o a d o 0 0
d 0 0 0 [] a a d 0 0 0
0 0
0 9
o a
tl O
o a o
a Q O
0 0 o a o a o
a O d O O Q O
i{ us
0 o n o o a
O O d Q 4 d
n0 i0 O V fD
l0 m (O <n
o 0
d O
to O
[a
o d a d o
n 4 tl d o
tf OPP
40
0 o r r N cv N N
r
N M
Y r
r
P3
M m tf
C V {
ll w
Y
{
r
a
a
c
V1
o
2
C
o
E
O1
a
0
c
uz
43, Fa
2,tN
'o.
N
(gy(pp'
LU
u
NN NM iO OV N o
N
M a�
Vi eel
h
1� pppp rn
N 1 2
o {M{�� �t stn, en
� � N V1 � f(;
{na dm m oNa
VI N V1
d
+!1 �71
e.
ro r1 m cool
u1 �7 10 v1 u7
a
a
cn
N N N / V�1 e�7f N N
a. a cc
a

m
m
a
n
1�
d
m
a
��, �
v�v,v]�t�v,�n���dv,�i,.°�,°3,�n�v�n•r�tv,���d;�v,v��a,v,�n�v,�v,s�%°�,�tr���tv;'�°�,v,�`�,
C
o
o .
m
eq
d �
o a- w
�
x
4
O
C
m
L�
p
N
c
�
M
rn
�
�
C
O
�
a
N
�O
O
00
N
a m
nrnPo.
pmo
mcern
vi m
h
vio
ao
d
m
h arai
m
cn
corm
h
ay
C
_
N G
ch
N
R,
azDro
O d
O P
o g
O O
O q
O p
o o
O 0
o 0
0 a
no
a 0
a a
0 a
a o
a 0
0 o
0 0
O o
o 0
o a
0 0
p o
0 4
0 0
O 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 4
0 o
0 P
a o
P b
o P
b
4 q
b¢
P O
O O
P p
O O
P q
p p
P P
O O
P P
tl d
o P
b
p n
O O
O 0
O O
a O
a 0
a O
a a
a o
0 a
n a
a a
a a
O 0
o o
a
O a
o O
0 0
q¢
0 0¢
O P
O
b O
g a
p¢¢
O P
O
n P
O O
b P
O O
b p
a 0
p 0
0 0
0 0
a a
0 0
o 0
0 0
O 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 g
0 0
O 0
O 0
O 0
a 0.
st l0
0
O] O
0 0
(�} y
D O
(0 06
OO 0
0 ��77
0 0
'¢¢ [4
a 0
m 6
4 o
c� .d
tl
f0 W
P P¢
Oo�} (V
O
.yt ��DT
O o
p
O O
n1
o a
Lo N
a a
o d
a 4
v to
0 0
w o
m 0
fl� V
a a
�n4 N
0 0
pNp
0 0
w
o o
cd 0
a O
(m`f
o 0
cOO a0
0 o
0 (J.
ci a
l'] P]
o
0 M
M M
< r
M M
[V cV
c'77 C]
N N
M M
N M
M M
M c7
[Yi P!
ch M
M C]
i'7 M
M f�7
crof
M M
4i c
M M
v) to
M M
to 0
M M
u5 to
M PJ
t� Iti
M M
n h
M M
i�7 h
l7
oao
c�7 C]
p}p
c'1 f�
[� c�+f
o�
M e'r
c��f cm�7
v V
O
I.f
a
ti
x
4
�
�
O
_O
CL r
o
z
a
o
0�£s
z
'o
u.
Irnc�No`�mear�oearnmw�enearaent�n�
�LmjEw
kn�m�I
w
comcma��nffi��
�v
�0caromgn
awn
as
a
o

lDranclyuvine miV, lVlurolimid
City, NC
i'abin 6, Callbratioll
Itesailts
State Plane State Pfane =
_ i- -
—Ohserued
Calculated
= _
East
NAD 83
North
NAD83
Water
Elevatlon
Water
t:leyation
Calc,-Obs.
feet
Feet
Ple-ronieter
t=t. M.S.I.._
1=t. M.S.L.
feet
`~ 2654898
_ _
3GG857
Pl/A
13.95
13.2G
0.01
2654075
_
366324
P10/A
13.32
13.30
-0.02
2654991
366586
P2/A
13.85
:13.97
0.12
2654736
366612
P3/A
14.55
14.59
0.04
7-654611
366202
P4/A
14.54
14.52
-0.02
2654294
366410
P5/A
17.67_
12.68
0AG
2654315
36G607
P6/A
12.86
12.69
-0.17
2654397
366849
P7/B
12.82
12.66
-0.16
2654474
366794
P8/A
12.88
12.88
0.00
7.G54051
366789
119/A
12.$9
12.83
-0.06

$2/2ymm#wo
))muPONUIL11014
5
2
�olV) k
2'
§bto2e¥ad/
/ f
2
2 «
ƒ
w
k\
J[
0i C,
/mA000§g�q
. w
®
/k
g��
\�//\kk\IQ/�
m
K\QNN�md¢
0

alai
111,011d 'whit Bny, Morclicntl Cily, INC
A Irhv 1 1`1 lrinv I n F-.. rr 1i_.. 1 _,.._,_
0
30
0.00009?
'0.0411
0,0025 10
1030
1660
o.012i73
w
0.6933
o.0o�0
10
30
6U
0.012173
O.G433
0.0060 10
1460
1890
0,0000:11
0.0408
0.0076
10
GO
fl0'
0.00fl(#5i
0,0900
0,OA75 10
1090
1fl20
_
0.001313p
0.03fl3
0.0100
10
nn
i971
n nnai,3n

111'clrnl;c;(]1(rtdu l�raillawork C�uery Results
lTl-amolvol'k 0(lory R.omilt"i
Scroll lu bottom halror I
pllge ror cruss•seelintl. l y I
4'
v, I
I rtlllttst(yI, M,1t1 sa•IIII s� ;� s.,yrlrrol f I
shown to Ille right awt 1 I I.,
May be Viewed ill a , 74
Separate Window. , IIC•ri I
16
cross-sedioll Ilna Is
(
or1011tecl npproximalcly: I
5511'v\�`K(I I d:�raety 1 r
t•ti' �tl��':�� U � a r rrt
tt4gt / � f3`�_tJE
6
Woll of Yulcrestl'0iutoflltteresl
Locnl(on; 34.7373.16,-76.S20S39; Well Depth' 2.10 feel; Scl'cen I)eptlr;
200 feel; La1r(I S111'fnee(eSllll]a(e(I)! 17 NO; rl IUM11-of1111e1'estl Castlo
Moyne; 5iteu Illal!
Alsproxh►t,tc-depths to (and CIM16011s00 hydrogeological ullils (fuel):
I SIIRf ICIAL I YKNICO\F "Yt:; I I C I.11C 0\'E ' CLH
I25(•S) ;'d4(• 6) i 134(•1171 `161(•111)
I Iy'Jroyta:vd c un11 tap depth ttl]r tu(d Ioxdl dtrdlt
1
rUSG5.1'�tiay,lli[tt'±hainapsttil7r1rc5ha�dElee�[iFt�l7fra -
tr,,1[t A010 11146ti (lift 1-111'nir lH (Idl) pr[irnl att( Ia trttlrn 44 nEtF•.(ItiSIIA6n.
Borcholes
nxcludo n A, Carolitm Ilrntcr Sen'ieo - Irltuldy%sina My, \ 181; Lend Surrares 25
fect; Locnllon; 31.7319�4,-7G.3]4722;1i(wplt�:,ic:d Is,ej, I Ira_u',�In It 1lgih
excwde n It: Land Sarfaerr 3.35 feel; Larnllom
34.183333, •76.85; (1u�,lgsigal Ln ,, I I�"dy,-unluti ; I11tiu
oxcluno c Ct 'rou'u orktoretlead City Well 6, \ 16D; Lnnd Slu-ram 3 feel;
1.0cniloin3-13491,46.7225;(1in,11\'S3e.11Lnxs,Iltidnli.uln i.IIllii3
25
-25
-75
•125
r.
F; -115
0
•22S
•2'I5
-325
•375
•425
1'l] f;c 2 01' a
Burchule Hy(lrovolum'
n-JI 1)-j—c I
H satllcl,tl
Ia uppu (vill,cly eu
Ijupper lotiolr
it YorkLown Cu
it Vorktomi
L] rtlnuu Mwi CU
f] Ihlnpo (om
Ij Ca$de Ila)nc LU
1-1 Como llaytla
Ll Uaulfort LU
LIDeau(oft
M Ncd:e CU
t1 pe.da
Lr My k Creok CU
CI Llak Cteek
Upprr Cape real CU
0 Upptr Cope roar
L] LOWer 014 rear CU
L] Wmer Celt- feat
fl Lower Crelatou"s CU
11 Loacr Clelt7teous
q Uascusant
Mm hoxlit,- In fiao O[tni
JgtI.
1)tips.Illy►vtv.11C1VtitCl.olglD:Ittt�11I)<f_\rlocieliltit;IGrouI1c1�1��clter_llatltbtlsesllinl»o�vcrrlc.phlr 2/25/2018

Paw" 3 of 3
)-ly(jr(Igeologic Fraillinvork Quay Re"allis
El w . a
H sit cul
Und Un Mce
TeRIIlly
0
-50
•
L] P1111DO rtiver CO
0 Nwoo ItIvel
I] Castle I hyne C-u
licastle ILAY110
V"
L-100m(CILCO
El Iscalrolt
U Pudeo CU
F-1peedoo
-200
n UI.Ick Cieek CU
IU
ummkCieek
V] Upper CCLj)Q rear CU
UN)CI cops .rear
U Lomn Cape rear CU
-300
I 1
M j
OCape 1011
11 Ulm CrCO(COLIf CI)
........
-350
... .. ........ ........ .... ... .. ...
CI BASOMMA
109
0.00 0.31 0.61 0,92 1.23 1.55 ].44 2.15 2.45 2.76
M still ice (rill 108) —eafl nilated IMISM [Crt
1611 %,Ilil Service a-iller - Role igh, NC 27699- 1611
1'110110:09)707-9000 1 rax,.[phone]
C0111111CIIIS, q11c51101ls, OF 11riablems? Pkilse Contact 110 1 )WK %VVIII 11.1 tef
wols !qvwoll wm�
rp -oillicl 2/25/2018
all(I h,10(jolij)p C C Jill
/G, Wa(er—Dalabas .9/fram work.) )

NCI)I Q-IAVIZ :: Cicophysicul Lot; Dii1ab so llclnil
No Wo
()ouphyWal L g 1)Wnhaso ik)W
i)af;(; 1 ON
hnl).SHINI+ww. lie waler.C])'PNl]l1LfE'=S'I{�r� nYr�rllvY�r_=X" 15.'TA'�nn155f�1'=`nrnli»a'117oFnrh�C}Prtrina.l2rniarf�r�tirii�aKT} `)I`1WIM10

y(,'I)f;(2••))WIZ :: Geophysical Lop Dalabil${ Delaii
Pigo9. ol'2
(jnld 2ls iO=GI I&1a6-1o}L] Ilala
Cov sty Celi^rcl
Uddr,3, 3} 131t1;•I
l[i:9� uds •70 [3.1722
l.ccr! 0:1 A4:ur2: f
skV.-I Man 1/7 1,1ap
p.:-Ar. MAIa13034122.'•?;1=$IO1�L?=�rco s Iar�u�Js cctvdtl:oal
QUO X 101
loll, tL,n3n:aihwe'[f7cs t{rS1:F'•Lck•Itt7 S'.re�}}
L61i�1 SurF:a 25,tq
Ipales U712Fr1073
'Fovrta
r Arn LnhL•� rhe.l I � er[fLL LCrr+N.[!:J
I:-L Nn+n r rinl ie=Sill
LI]Illnla Sp Spit X1BJ
--
0S1441.1
—r
tltlfrti rsels,yC
Vpl:uttr
CO 1 L
Y[+tro,.� tU
l l Yrdtoan
.,,eL.Lrtu
IICaH$Fl:lof
n ILf Vr[I I Clf
1lll
�
tl Ilaal4fl
"
1
�
II r,:,,,[ CI}
tl iYu4e
allXkCrCC%CU
1jflm4Cftc%
'
13UppucapoFell
0 Vppu Cap:l[rr
r
ntcntr C,p, l[al
h
t
13 tom r Capr lnl
C�
tl toms cr[ulcol
}
LI Lo iCr[tum
I1a
1
,r zc1
I
131+,[n:a1
<
•tw r
i1a a=54 Rc u d o= X" OJ" ammaR m l_I}uanG-5 i1Ruu- adtYpo=X"tbJ"svRia�p=1 >a G=54tRdsra it a =X"SbJ"ras8'm = i 1p a=b3bR11uado-1215R1ngs=ij
slinee 11113 i}[ o;
Qf>tcobook0 {hllps•!hnrrr,fateboak.eoritfsllarellsharecphp7�=h11ps557Aa2FV,2FdegnagoRS2Fatrovl:S2FdivislonsS44Ftialer•rasourcos:;2FplannlnpS52F6as!mplannlnp:52FnLau!•vs}
ivrfller{hupamdliettanynlanUati�eek?wl=1r11psS'r3A452F454FJeq.nc.4oYr'a21'a6ouI:52Fditis!ons5�2FY+alec-losourcaaSizFplaenlrtg:e2Fbasinplannhtg552Fa6oul•us}
1,nnti:Ihv�v�v.illw:itri.arEll'�i)ilE!C-511QcCptlitdhrue�X�`�[IBAlliuiiex-Carolina' Wilt or" Sorviee.-lb-midywino"B.1. 212,5/2011

NCJ)r's(�--m1'I� :. imcuoul) \dal)
11,oca�.aon Whp
ik,
Cartar. t
' I
. Dili
:•-,111 -r' i •: itk"r I
1r ; r.J : .5 w.,� r 5 •kY•=a•rr:ir-,T -
'11 ?{tQl I!
�k .1�= 111 •.
;ioo Ill
Hoo It
Logend
Cclurtles
Idhlute Quads;
'. 1 hflnuta QuaJs
I:orol,olo Geoplryslcal Logs
SHOW Goot to Mall
show o ollmi Wator fda 1 hHortaco
X1 Bi
Pagc I ur2
shorn lltls page:
Faaehook
hill)s:ll�v►v��r.nc�vatcr.urlrl7!)tly�e=G7G�:lat�3r1.7319�I�k� Eul)�'`IC,$3�I727.:icl �C181�C;b1-aiC�is lopo,ctultcis,c,,, 2/25/201.

Hydrof"colonde'll Frallit"work DatabaseDc[ail
N0 DI;Cl
1=1•ydroclook)f1lc,ll I-*r',iliif-)worl( 1),Itubaso I)c�f�tll
DINR I lyflrotleoloy1c l ranLcnrofY, Dotal! for Cafolina lrVatar sefvlco . llrancly%'linn tiny
FALL 7 aCL4 6rA �t�[=ressla j Izala
CetRay Cellarel
Le[duia
Lcn3luda
Xis
34 73[S 14
46 83.17t7
-LC�annJlccwz•y �tdap •!lsor f]
� r�t•3 lSts'= I S g I :.. 1[ S� .x[a1tt.=rr3.ia L•:..�Js c:c _tr rrfr
IQUei1 lu 101
114ama En% Z. 1. 1 r
�paat,SiPS u1d •: "IlJ3 n . bp711rAtCpelnYl•/s[xr5 en t!%CflN'.'g3 iYd[{f SErY�CV-IJtJtd}lLnd f[sf
Ja s.cls , ItIP.JsI I
IueF•01 '
i
Lend 8lydoco
'1f;.ratTetttaty Cu
I Upp;r Tedidty
1YorFwul Cu
'Yor'h[a,tin I
IPurlo'ricer CU
IPUnpolLUtr
Ces1'a Ilaino CU
Cas11e kv}no
' neeurerl CU
�fleasdMl
�I eedaa Cu r
:1'eadao
liNck Creek Cu
Inrack Creek
hipper Capa Farr cu
it)mr ceps Fear
ILvvar Cope feet Cu
!Loser Capo F@2r 1
!LcrNor Cralaccoos CU
Um -at Crat2CEDIts
05schlent I
COMMUCTS
MA UP Ns,al%as era shown Ls r3Lta,
deplhs t 11s;1I324 sud34r rte sfnao Llp'aL
(+as sLhetthgd %:hare css'nj ccet-rs
e:
v�
r'
376CO u
25_CIO
I0001
10001 0
5 220
-15
lorol
Ivol
-119
-145 Ho
1COp3
thti)z-Ln11U:�ratsls,tvr
-
kISI dnrhF:at
IC03
f4varmcrcant'Iscn45
Lnttdt'n:
10083
ICC43
IPN1- LWI Elms r•.l vsl,
I0003
IeLM-Vr Wts. r:Pl e)o-[I
tndlseclrtmuettd,
IGN3
IONS
� a� Wit;; ;°� Wits. L.'I
I00O3
ICCO3
W03
1C0]3
1C003
10303
Pap,(- I of I
❑ iorfltbl
W Uppsr retuatf CU
C] Uppu Tu11nr
I1 vos.loun CU
f 31'ougo N &" (U
f] fWngo M%c,
U Castle 1ralrn CU
rl Ca1 Ua u3Fna
13ecanfal(U
13 teaur°rl
11 NO.-o Co
p Pad:c
r7th kCrt4kCU
11 Uppu ('ape Fo,t CU
d Uppsr Cape Few
0 toc5rr CaF, it,, (u
Lcier Capa roar
f1 W.W (•1eta3POM CU
L7 tbrrr cullecoul
rl ra --i
silaro t1118 pago.
f[Ica6op4 Ihlipslr4n'nr,fate
lJook.canllsharerlshotocphp7o=htfps°/a3A%2F°1,2FJeq.no.gov"%•2Faboul3rs2FJivisltrns�/,2Ftvofer•roSOVtcos%2FplOnning%2Fbasln'planning% %2rahout-us)
O3irtlig{{hl-0p:!llvriliOLcan+IrntenUhvepl7tt[1-ldlpsi53A°/a2F°/v2FdCq.ttC.g04°1a2F8b0Ul'/:2FdivlStOnsrl:2F5raler•resourcosr/°2F pfanningY.•2Ftrasin•ptannlnU%a2FaUoul•usj
https;/Av1v»1.IICwalcr.org/7Pt1gC�538&gtl:tdo=12 15 2/25/201 R

B1'au(#ywine Bay, Morehead City, Carteret County, North Carolina
Table 9, Model Parameters and Results
Model Exlenl:
East - 9,000 feet starting tit Stale Plane 2,650,300 to 2,659,300 feet (NAD83)
North- 9,000 feet starting at Slate Plane 361,150 to 370,150 feel (NAD83)
Grid - Discrelized Cells:
190 cells to the Feast; 150 cells to (lie North; 3 Layers
Conductivity Analysis:
Aquifer Test Transmissivity Hydraulic COndrICtlVlty Thickness Specific Yield
ft'-/day ft/day 11. dimensionless
Test 1 - OW l 970 48.5 20 0.268
Model- Calibrated Values in areas of Basin:
White Area 30 ft. per day Layer 1; Blue Area 5 fl. per (la), Layer 2; Green Area 2 feet per clay Layer 3;
Purple 35 t, per day Layer I; Silver Area, 5 fl. per clay Layer 1; Red Area, I ft. per clay Layer I (Irrig. Pond)
Recliarge (Table 8 - Rainfall Data):
Calibration Model 0.012 feet per day; Irrigation Pond 0.002 ft./day; Loading Area 1.04 feet per day plus rainfall
(8" ill 10 yr wettest); Evapotranspiration: 0.002 feet per clay, extinction 8 feet (Synoptic - Fcbi-mmy 15, 2018)
Area; Basin A - 40,000 ft.2 and Basin B - 35,366 fl.'
Wells: Distance 60 surficial aquifer wells, Q = 8 gpm
Loading: 4.0 gallons per day per square foot or 0.53 feet per day plus rainfall recharge
Nitrogen: New Loading 0 to 7300 Clays - Ni(rogen estimated below 7 mgll
Max Water Level: Basin A: 16.79 ft nisl;
Basin B: 16.24 ft, msl
Basin Loading: Basin A area - 40,000 Ft 2.; - 159,222 gpcl
Basin B area - 35,366 Ft.'-.; - 140,777 gpd
Well System: 60 eight gallons per minute wells - 691,200 gallons per clay

Technical Specifications
for
Brandywine Bay WWTP Upgrades
Owner:
Carolina Water Service, Inc.
4944 Parkway Plaza Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28217
«R!�tH tCrurrN.
QaOF ri;
5 2'�=
lam; ��ES2?9�•;�=
Civil Engineer:
Linwood E. Stroud, PE 5279
D ate
Engineer:
Stroud Engineering, PA
107B Commerce Street
Greenville, NC 27858
Liraome No. C-0647
�,,•o��ss�oti!!y�
' SEAL
PE021990
�NG1NS: .. Jp
h'A�ELES�O��•
Electrical Engineer:
L. Michael Stroud, PE 21990
Date
l / 17/2a a.d

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011000
SUMMARY
01 3000
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 4000
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 5000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
016000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 7000
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
01 7800
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
024100 DEMOLITION
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 05 - METALS
051200
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
053200
METAL GRATINGS
055000
METAL FABRICATIONS
055213
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260519
LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES
260526
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260534
CONDUIT
260553
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
262416
PANELBOARDS
262419
MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS
262726
WIRING DEVICES
262813
FUSES
262817
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
262818
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
262923
VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS
263213
ENGINE GENERATORS
263600
TRANSFER SWITCHES
265100
INTERIOR LIGHTING
265600
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
266100
INFLUENT PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL
266200
POST EQ PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL
266300
GROUND WATER PUMP CONTROL PANEL
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
31 1100 SITE CLEARING
312200 GRADING
312316 EXCAVATION
PM131-21-006 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1
Brandywine Bay WWTP 1/17/2020
Replacement

31 2317 TRENCHING FOR SITE UTILITIES
31 2323 FILL AND BACKFILL
313700 RIPRAP
31 6219 TIMBER PILES
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
321123 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
323113 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
329219 SEEDING
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
333200 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS
333250 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE PUMPS
'33 4600 SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM
DIVISION 46 -WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT
462100
SCREENING EQUIPMENT
465101
SEQUENCING BATCH REACTOR
466124
CLOTH MEDIA FILTER
466600
ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
468001
REFRIGERATED SAMPLER
468001
REFRIGERATED SAMPLER
468002
FLOW MEASUREMENT
PM131-21-006 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2
Brandywine Bay WWTP 1/17/2020
Replacement

SECTION 01 1000
SUMMARY
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT
A. Project Name: Brandywine Bay WWTP Replacement
B. Owner's Name: Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC.
C. Engineer's Name: Stroud Engineering, PA.
D. The project consists of:
1. Demolition of existing extended aeration wastewater treatment plant.
2. Construction of a new sequencing hatch reactor wastewater treatment plant.
3. Relocation and expansion of existing disc filter.
4. Relocation and expansion of existing UV disinfection system.
5. Construction of infiltration disposal beds and associated effluent distribution systems and
ground water dewatering system.
6. Construction of a new mechanical and electrical building.
7. Construction of a new office building
1,02 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC intends to continue to occupy and operate the existing
WWTP during the entire construction period. Schedule construction to allow the existing dual
path WWTP to remain in operation until new plant is placed in operation.
B. Cooperate with Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC to minimize conflict and to facilitate Carolina
Water Service, Inc. of NC's operations.
1.03 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings.
B. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC:
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 1000 - 1 SUMMARY
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 01 3000
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electronic document submittal service.
B. Preconstruction meeting.
C. Progress meetings.
D. Construction progress schedule,
E. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout.
F. Number of copies of submittals,
G, Submittal procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Stroud Engineering, PA will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award.
B. Attendance Required:
1. Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC,
2. Stroud Engineering, PA,
3, Contractor.
C. Agenda:
1. Execution of Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC -Contractor Agreement.
2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates.
3. Distribution of Contract Documents.
4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress
schedule.
5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, and Stroud
Engineering, PA.
6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for
payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.
7. Scheduling.
3.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly
intervals.
B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Carolina Water
Service, Inc. of NC, Stroud Engineering, PA, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.
C. Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meetings.
2. Review of Work progress.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress,
5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.
6, Maintenance of progress schedule.
7. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
8. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
9. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
10. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.
11. Other business relating to Work.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 3000 - 1 ADMINISTRATIVE
WWTP Replacement REQUIREMENTS

D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two
copies to Stroud Engineering, PA, Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC, participants, and those
affected by decisions made.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. Within 10 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned
operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work.
B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days.
C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete
schedule for review.
1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed
schedule.
D. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule.
E. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.
F. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.
3.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
3. Samples for selection.
4. Samples for verification.
B. Submit to Stroud Engineering, PA for review for the limited purpose of checking for
conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract
documents.
C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.
D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 7800 - Closeout
Submittals.
3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:
1. Design data.
2. Certificates.
3. Test reports.
4. Inspection reports.
5. Manufacturer's instructions.
6. Manufacturer's field reports.
7. Other types indicated.
B. Submit for Stroud Engineering, PA's knowledge as contract administrator or for Carolina Water
Service, Inc. of NC. No action will be taken.
3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance data.
3. Warranties.
4, Bonds.
5. Other types as indicated.
B. Submit for Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC's benefit during and after project completion.
3.07 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS
A. Documents for Review:
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 3000 - 2 ADMINISTRATIVE
WWTP Replacement REQUIREMENTS

Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8-112 x 11 inches (215 x 280 mm): Submit the
number of copies that Contractor requires, plus two copies that will be retained by Stroud
Engineering, PA.
B. Documents for Information: Submit two copies,
C. Documents for Project Closeout: Make one reproduction of submittal originally reviewed.
Submit one extra of submittals for information.
D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be
retained by Stroud Engineering, PA.
1. After review, produce duplicates.
2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated.
3.08 SUBMITTAL. PROCEDURES
A. Shop Drawing Procedures:
B. Transmit each submittal with a copy of approved submittal form.
C. Transmit each submittal with approved form.
D. Sequentially number the transmittal form, Revise submittals with original number and a
sequential alphabetic suffix.
E. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and
specification section number, as appropriate on each copy.
F. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of
Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of
information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.
G. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.
H. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
1. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be
detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
J. Provide space for Contractor and Stroud Engineering, PA review stamps.
K. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.
L. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to
comply with requirements.
M. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 01 3000 - 3 ADMINISTRATIVE
WWTP Replacement REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 4000
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.
B. Control of installation.
C. Tolerances,
D. Testing and inspectionTesting services.
E. Manufacturers' field services.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IAS AC89 - Accreditation Criteria for Testing Laboratories; 2010.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications:
1, Prior to start of Work, submit agency name, address, and telephone number, and names
of full time registered Engineer and responsible officer.
C. Test Reports: After each test/ inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Stroud
Engineering, PA and to Contractor.
1. Include:
a. Date issued.
b. Project title and number.
c. Name of inspector.
d. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
e. Identification of product and specifications section.
f. Location in the Project.
g. Type of test/inspection.
h. Date of test/inspection.
i. Results of test/ inspection.
j. Conformance with Contract Documents.
k. When requested by Stroud Engineering, PA, provide interpretation of results.
D. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the
manufacturer and Contractor or installationtapplication subcontractor to Stroud Engineering, PA,
in quantities specified for Product Data.
1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit
supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform
specified testing.
B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in
accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
C. Contractor Employed Agency:
1. Laboratory Qualifications: Accredited by IAS according to IAS AC89.
2. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services.
3. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using an NIST
established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory measurement quality
assurance program.
PM131 21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 4000 - 1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
WWTP Replacement

PART 3 EXECUTION
2.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and
workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
Stroud Engineering, PA before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent
tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise
workmanship.
E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the
manufacturer.
G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand
stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.
2.02 TOLERANCES
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work.
Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.
B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract
Documents, request clarification from Stroud Engineering, PA before proceeding.
C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.
2.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. See individual specification sections for testing required.
B. Testing Agency Duties:
1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Stroud Engineering, PA and Contractor
in performance of services.
2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified
standards.
3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
4. Promptly notify Stroud Engineering, PA and Contractor of observed irregularities or
non-conformance of Work or products.
5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Stroud Engineering, PA.
6. Submit reports of all testslinspections specified.
C. Limits on Testing/inspection Agency Authority:
1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.
4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work.
D. Contractor Responsibilities:
1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be
used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to
manufacturers' facilities.
3. Provide incidental labor and facilities:
a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected.
b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be
testedlinspected.
c. To facilitate tests/inspections.
d. To provide storage and curing of test samples.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 4000 - 2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
WWTP Replacement

4. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for
operations requiring testing/inspection services.
5, Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional
samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.
6. Arrange with Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC's agency and pay for additional samples,
tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.
E. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed
by the same agency on instructions by Stroud Engineering, PA.
F. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by
Contractor.
G. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed
by the same agency on instructions by the Stroud Engineering, PA. Payment for re -testing will
be charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Sum/Price,
2.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or
manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of
surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and
balance of equipment and as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are
supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
2.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT
A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements.
B. If, in the opinion of Stroud Engineering, PA, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work,
Stroud Engineering, PA will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment,
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 4000 - 3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 01 5000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary utilities.
B. Temporary sanitary facilities.
C. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing.
D. Security requirements.
E. Vehicular access and parking.
F. Waste removal facilities and services.
1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC will provide the following:
1. Electrical power, consisting of connection to existing facilities.
2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities.
1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization.
B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.
1.04 BARRIERS
A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas
that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect
existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and
demolition.
B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public
rights -of -way and for public access to existing building.
C. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.
1.05 FENCING
A, Construction: Contractor's option.
1.06 SECURITY - SEE SECTION 01 3553
A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Carolina Water Service,
Inc. of NC's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft.
1.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Carolina Water Service, Inc.
of NC.
B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions.
C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.
1.08 WASTE REMOVAL
A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and
orderly condition.
B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically.
C. If materials to be recycled or re -used on the project must be stored on -site, provide suitable
non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure
unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.09 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS
A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion
inspection.
PM131-21-006 ! Brandywine Bay 01 5000 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
WWTP Replacement CONTROLS

B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet (600 mm). Grade site as
indicated.
C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
PM 131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 01 5000 - 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
WWTP Replacement CONTROLS

SECTION 01 6000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Re -use of existing products,
B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection,
C. Product option requirements,
D. Substitution limitations and procedures.
E. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 6116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions: Requirements for
VOC-restricted product categories.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to
identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers'
standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
B. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical
characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for
functional equipment and appliances.
C, Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with
integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.
1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the
manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS
A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specifically
required or permitted by the Contract Documents.
B. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re -used, relocated,
reinstalled, delivered to the Carolina Water Service, Inc, of NC, or otherwise indicated as to
remain the property of the Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC, become the property of the
Contractor; remove from site.
C. Reused Products: Reused products include materials and equipment previously used in this or
other construction, salvaged and refurbished as specified.
2.02 NEW PRODUCTS
A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents,
B. Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that:
1. If used on interior, have lower emissions, as defined in Section 01 6116.
2. If wet -applied, have lower VOC content, as defined in Section 01 6116.
3. Have a published GreenScreen Chemical Hazard Analysis.
2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting
those standards or description.
R Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the
manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:
Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named,
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 01 6000 - 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
WWTP Replacement

2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in
individual specification sections.
B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during
the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section.
B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution
with Contract Documents,
C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality
level of the specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the
Work to be complete with no additional cost to Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become
apparent.
D. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one
proposed substitution.
2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed
product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer,
3. The Stroud Engineering, PA will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject
request.
3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid
loss of factory calibration.
B. if special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of
packaging.
C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site
storage time and potential damage to stored materials.
D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of
surrounding areas.
F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are
correct, and products are undamaged.
G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.
3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to
installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to
excessive materials handling and misapplication.
B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.
D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment
favorable to product.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 01 6000 - 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
WWTP Replacement

E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.
F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather,
precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other
contaminants.
G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any.
H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to
prevent condensation and degradation of products.
I. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.
J. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify
products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition,
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 6000 - 3 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 01 7000
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures.
B. Pre -installation meetings.
C. Cutting and patching.
D. Surveying for laying out the work.
E. Cleaning and protection.
F. Starting of systems and equipment.
G. Demonstration and instruction of Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC personnel.
H. Closeout procedures, except payment procedures.
I. General requirements for maintenance service,
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects:
1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.
2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
5. Work of Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC or separate Contractor.
C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities.
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS
A. For design of temporary shoring and bracing, employ a Professional Engineer experienced in
design of this type of work and licensed in North Carolina.
1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Grade site to drain, Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain
pumping equipment.
B. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent
accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
C. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage
from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.
1. Comply with approved Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan.
2. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.
3. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow.
4. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or
clays.
5. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly
apply corrective measures.
D. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil,
water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by
construction operations, Comply with federal, state, and local regulations,
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching
and extending work.
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 01 7000 - 1 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT
WWTP Replacement ' REQUIREMENTS

B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where
necessary, referring to existing work as a standard.
C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution
described in Section 01 6000,
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work.
Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verity that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being
applied or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.
D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize
waste due to over -ordering or misfabrication.
E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct
locations.
F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements
subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work,
assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means
acceptance of existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to
applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.
3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site
prior to commencing work of the section.
B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, .or affected by, work of the specific section.
C. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA four days in advance of meeting date.
D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting:
1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures.
2. Review coordination with related work.
E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two
copies to Stroud Engineering, PA, Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC, participants, and those
affected by decisions made.
3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work.
B. Promptly notify Stroud Engineering, PA of any discrepancies discovered.
C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points
during construction.
D. Promptly report to Stroud Engineering, PA the loss or destruction of any reference point or
relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons.
E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes
without prior written notice to Stroud Engineering, PA.
F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 7000 -2 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT
WWTP Replacement REQUIREMENTS

G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar
appropriate means:
1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement;
utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations; and
2. Grid or axis for structures.
3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations, and
H. Periodically verify layouts by same means.
I. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.
B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and
horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance.
3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.
B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:
1. Complete the work.
2. Fit products together to integrate with other work.
3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.
4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.
5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.
6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.
7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.
8. Remove and replace defective and non -conforming work.
C. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate
surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to
original condition.
D. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant
elements, and sight exposed surfaces.
E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior
approval.
F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents,
G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids
with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400, to full thickness of the penetrated
element.
I. Patching:
1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous
surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire
unit.
2. Match color, texture, and appearance.
3, Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other
imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair
substrate prior to repairing finish.
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 01 7000 - 3 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT
WWTP Replacement REQUIREMENTS

3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly
condition.
B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed
or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning
to eliminate dust.
D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trashlrubbish from site periodically and dispose
off -site; do not burn or bury.
3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.
B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.
C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate
work area to prevent damage.
D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.
E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement
of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.
F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is
necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material
manufacturer.
G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if
possible.
3.09 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.
B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive
rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage.
C. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer.
D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.
E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's
representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
F. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning
correctly.
3.10 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION
A. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance,
and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location.
B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other
season within six months.
C. Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration
and instruction of owner personnel.
3.11 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
3.12 FINAL. CLEANING
A. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 7000 - 4
WWTP Replacement
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT
REQUIREMENTS

B. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains
and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft
surfaces.
C. Remove all iabels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or
nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.
D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the
surface and material being cleaned.
E. Clean filters of operating equipment.
F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.
G. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
H. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site;
dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.
3.13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities.
B. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion,
C, Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been
inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for
Stroud Engineering, PA's review.
D. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with
requirements for access to Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC -occupied areas.
E. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA when work is considered finally complete.
F. Complete items of work determined by Stroud Engineering, PA's final inspection.
3.14 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections.
B. Maintenance Period; As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one
year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whichever
is longer.
C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust,
and lubricate as required.
D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace
parts whenever required, Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.
E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without
prior written consent of the Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 7000 - 5 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT
WWTP Replacement REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 7800
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Project Record Documents.
B, Operation and Maintenance Data,
C. Warranties and bonds.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings,
product data, and samples.
B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.
C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Stroud Engineering, PA with claim for final
Application for Payment.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before
start of Work. Stroud Engineering, PA will review draft and return one copy with
comments.
2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and
operated by Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC, submit completed documents within ten
days after acceptance.
3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will
be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Stroud Engineering, PA comments.
Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission.
4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final
inspection.
C. Warranties and Bonds:
1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with
Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC`s permission, submit documents within 10 days after
acceptance.
2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final
Application for Payment.
3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial
Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the
beginning of the warranty period.
PART 3 EXECUTION
2.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:
1. Drawings.
2. Addenda.
3. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Carolina Water Service,
Inc. of NC.
C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
E. Record Drawings : Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including:
1. Field changes of dimension and detail.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 01 7800 - 1 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
WWTP Replacement

Details not on original Contract drawings.
2.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of
Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and
data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.
C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and
systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as
maintenance drawings,
D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions
for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
2.03 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Carolina Water Service,
Inc. of NC's personnel use, with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the
specification sections.
B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for
each system.
C. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of
described products.
D. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
E. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-112 by 11 inch (216 by 280 mm) three D side ring binders with
durable plastic covers; 2 inch (50 mm) maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used,
correlate data into related consistent groupings.
F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.
G. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
Stroud Engineering, PA, Consultants,Contractorand subcontractors, with names of responsible
parties.
H. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as on
the divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in
each volume, with the current volume clearly identified.
1. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents
on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and
major component parts of equipment.
J. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper.
K. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to
size of text pages.
2.04 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers,
and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for
items put into use with Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC's permission, leave date of beginning
of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined.
B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.
C. Co -execute submittals when required.
D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 01 7800 - 2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 02 4100
DEMOLITION
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Selective demolition of built site elements.
B. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes.
C. Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises.
B. Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers,
and waste removal.
C. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of
bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of
removed products; temporary bracing and shoring,
PART 3 EXECUTION
2.01 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent
structures and the public.
1. Obtain required permits.
2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be
removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of
unstable structures.
3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices,
4. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and
occupants.
5. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit.
6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do
not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from
removal operations.
7. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment
will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property.
B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Carolina Water Service, Inc. of
NC.
C. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed.
1. Provide bracing and shoring.
2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures.
3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger.
2.02 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their
requirements; obtain required permits.
B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage.
C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction,
D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7
days prior written notification to Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC.
E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take -offs that are in use without at
least 3 days prior written notification to Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC.
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 02 4100 - 1 DEMOLITION
WWTP Replacement

F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of
utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if
necessary.
G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected
and abandoned utilities.
2.03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS
A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and
existing record documents only.
1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown.
2, Report discrepancies to Stroud Engineering, PA before disturbing existing installation.
3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be
apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition.
B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work.
1. Remove items indicated on drawings.
C. Services (Including but not limited to Plumbing, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove
existing systems and equipment as indicated.
1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to
equipment and operational components.
2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new
services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready
for service.
3. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal.
4. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above
accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub
and tag with identification.
D. Protect existing work to remain.
1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.
2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work.
3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.
4. Patch as specified for patching new work.
2.04 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL
A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site.
B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work.
C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 02 4100 - 2 DEMOLITION
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 03 3000
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete formwork.
B. Concrete for composite floor construction.
C. Slabs on grade.
D. Concrete foundations and anchor bolts for pre-engineered building.
E. Concrete foundations for sewage treatment tank(s).
F. Concrete reinforcement,
G. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads, equipment pits, light pole bases,
thrust blocks, and manholes.
H. Concrete curing.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass
Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009).
B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2010 (Errata 2012).
C, ACI 302.1 R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2004 (Errata 2007).
D. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000.
E. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting; 2010.
F. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; 2010.
G. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; 2001 (Reapproved 2008).
H. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2011.
I. ASTM All 851A185M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for
Concrete; 2007,
J. ASTM A6151A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement; 2015,
K. ASTM A7671A767M - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement; 2009.
L. ASTM A8841A884M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire
Reinforcement; 2014.
M. ASTM C331C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2013.
N. ASTM C391C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens; 2015a.
O. ASTM C941C94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2015.
P. ASTM C1431C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic -Cement Concrete; 2012.
Q. ASTM C150/C160M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2015.
R. ASTM C1731C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method; 2014.
S. ASTM C2601C260M - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a.
T. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing
Concrete; 2011.
U. ASTM C3301C330M - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural
Concrete; 2014.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 03 3000 - 1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
WWTP Replacement

V. ASTM C4941C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2013.
W. ASTM C68510685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and
Continuous Mixing; 2014.
X. ASTM C8811C881 M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for
Concrete; 2014.
Y. ASTM C11071C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout
(Nonshrink); 2014.
Z. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving
and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004 (Reapproved
2013).
AA. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water
Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2011.
AB. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with
Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011.
AC. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2014 (Errata 2015).
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design.
1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete
Mixtures,
2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 -
Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing.
C. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used.
❑. Test Reports: Submit report for each test or series of tests specified.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: For concrete accessories, indicate installation
procedures and interface required with adjacent construction.
F. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and
components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORMWORK
A. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand
hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances.
1. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with
application of coatings.
2. Form Ties: Cone snap type that will leave no metal within 1-112 inches (38 mm) of
concrete surface.
2.02 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A6151A615M, Grade 60 - 60,000 psi (420 MPa).
1. Type: Deformed billet -steel bars.
2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 03 3000 - 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
WWTP Replacement

T
B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain type.
C. Reinforcement Accessories:
1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage, 0.0508 inch (1.29 mm).
2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of
reinforcement during concrete placement.
2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type III - High Early Strength Portland type.
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33.
C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
2.04 ADMIXTURES
A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight
of cement,
B. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260IC260M.
C. Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type E.
D. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C.
2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Underslab Vapor Retarder: Sheet material complying with ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by
manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs.
The use of single ply polyethylene is prohibited.
1. Installation: Comply with ASTM E1643,
2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive,
mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations.
B. Non -Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,
cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents.
2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS
A. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable
top section that will form 112 inch (13 mm) deep sealant pocket after removal.
2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations.
B. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates
recommended or required by manufacturer.
C. Normal Weight Concrete:
1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C391C39M at 28 days:
4,000 pounds per square inch (27.6 MPa).
2. Water -Cement Ratio: Maximum 40 percent by weight.
3. Total Air Content: 4 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C173/C173M.
4. Maximum Slump: 3 inches (75 mm).
2.08 MIXING
2.09
A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685. Mix each batch not
less than 1-112 minutes and not more than 5 minutes.
B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 03 3000 - 3
WWTP Replacement
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all
applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete.
B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent.
C. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of
form accessories.
D. Where new concrete with integral waterproofing is to be bonded to previously placed concrete,
prepare surfaces to be treated in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions.
Saturate cold joint surface with clean water, and remove excess water before application of coat
of waterproofing admixture slurry. Apply slurry coat uniformly with semi -stiff bristle brush at rate
recommended by waterproofing manufacturer.
E. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints
minimum 6 inches (150 mm). Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with
manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair
damaged vapor retarder before covering.
3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and
accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete
coverage required for protection.
B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both
directions. Splice laps with tie wire.
3.04 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R.
B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R.
C. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below.
3.05 SLAB JOINTING
A. Locate joints as indicated on drawings.
B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement.
C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total
height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab.
3.06 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork.
B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 114 inch (6 mm) or
more in height,
C. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 114 inch (6.
mm) or more in height. Provide finish as follows:
1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Wet concrete and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive,
not more than 24 hours after form removal.
2. Grout Cleaned Finish: Wet areas to be cleaned and apply grout mixture by brush or spray;
scrub immediately to remove excess grout. After drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap,
and keep moist for 36 hours.
3. Cork Floated Finish: Immediately after form removal, apply grout with trowel or firm rubber
float; compress grout with low -speed grinder, and apply final texture with cork float.
D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1 R, and as follows:
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 03 3000 - 4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
WWTP Replacement

Other Surfaces to Be Left Exposed: "Steel trowel' as described in ACI 302.1 R, minimizing
burnish marks and other appearance defects.
3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from
premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury,
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period
necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms:
1. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry.
Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water -saturated
sand, water -fog spray, or saturated burlap.
2. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01
4000.
B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm.
C. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C391C39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete
test cylinders, Obtain test samples for every 100 cu yd (76 cu m) or less of each class of
concrete placed.
D. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same
conditions as concrete it represents.
E. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM
C1431C143M.
3.09 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Stroud Engineering, PA
and Contractor within 24 hours of test.
B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, detalis, dimensions, tolerances
or specified requirements.
C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Stroud Engineering, PA.
The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified.
D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction
of Stroud Engineering, PA for each individual area.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 03 3000 - 5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 05 1200
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Structural steel framing members, support members, struts, and plates for all structural steel
framing except for the SBR tank structure. See Section 46 5101 for SBR tank structural steel
requirements.
B. Base plates, shear stud connectors and expansion joint plates.
C. Grouting under base plates.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work.
B. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AISC (MAN) - Steel Construction Manual; 2011.
B. AISC S303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; 2010.
C. ASTM A361A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014.
D. ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished; 2013.
E. ASTM Al231A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Plot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products; 2015.
F. ASTM A5001A500M - Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2013.
G. ASTM A9921A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2011 (Reapproved
2015).
H. ASTM C11071C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout
(Nonshrink); 2014.
I. ASTM E94 - Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination; 2004 (Reapproved 2010).
J. ASTM E164 - Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Weldments; 2013.
K. ASTM E165IE165M -Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General
Industry; 2012.
L. ASTM E709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing; 2014.
M. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings - submit for review:
1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments,
and fasteners.
2. Connections not detailed.
3. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols, Indicate net weld lengths.
C. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within
the previous 12 months.
1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
A. Design bulkheads to withstand full hydrostatic force from either side.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC "Steel Construction Manual."
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 05 1200 - 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
WWTP Replacement

B. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years
of documented experience.
C. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of
documented experience.
D. Design connections not detailed on the drawings under direct supervision of a Professional
Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in North Carolina.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Steel Angles, Plates, Channels, S Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
B. Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A9921A992M, Grade 50.
C. Rolled Steel Structural Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M.
D. Cold -Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A5001A500M, Grade D.
E. Shear Stud Connectors: Made from ASTM A 108 Grade 1015 bars.
F. Grout: Non -shrink, non-metallic aggregate type, complying with 1 and capable of developing a
minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi (48 MPa) at 28 days.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible.
B. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth.
2.03 FINISH
A. Galvanize structural steel members to comply with ASTM Al23YAl23M. Provide minimum 1.7
oz/sq ft 530 g/sq m) galvanized coating.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work may
properly proceed.
3.02 ERECTION
A. Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings
and Bridges".
B. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in
contact with concrete.
C. Grout solidly between column plates and bearing surfaces, complying with manufacturer's
instructions for nonshrink grout. Trowel grouted surfaces smooth, splaying neatly to 45
degrees.
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 114 inch (6 mm) .
B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6 mm).
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all field -welded connections and test at least 10 percent
of welds using one of the following:
1. Radiographic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E94.
2. Ultrasonic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E164.
3. Liquid penetrant inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E165/E165M.
4. Magnetic particle inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E709.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 05 1200 - 2 STRUCTURAL STEEL. FRAMING
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 46 5101
SEQUENCING BATCH REACTOR
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Sequencing reactor wastewater treatment system.,
1.02 SCOPEOF WORK
A. The general contractor shall furnish a welded 304 stainless steel field erected OMNIPAC®
sequencing batch reactor (SBR) treatment plant to function as specified in the enclosed process
specification. The Omnipac System shall include an aerobic digester, post -equalization basin,
and a two (2) basin SBR true -batch, fill and draw activated sludge process all integrated into
one packaged plant.
B. The Omnipac sequencing batch reactor sewage treatment plant shall consist of two (2)
complete concentric circular welded 304 stainless steel tanks and the necessary welded 304
stainless steel division walls to insure process operation, The inner circular steel tank shall
serve as the digester and the annular space between the inner circular steel wall and outer
circular steel wall shall be divided into the required process compartments. Inner and outer
diameters shall be as shown on the plans and will be considered minimum required diameters.
Water depths and tank volumes shall be as shown on the plans.
C. Each SBR shall, in turn within a discrete period, be filled with screened and degritted raw
wastewater and aerated in a batch mode. After aeration, the mixed liquor shall be allowed to
settle. The treated supernatant shall then be withdrawn from the basin utilizing a floating
effluent decanter mechanism and discharged to the post -equalization basin where it is
re -aerated and pumped to disinfection. The settled sludge shall be pumped to an integral,
internal aerobic digester for further solids destruction with the capability of gravity thickening and
subsequent supernatant return to the head of the plant.
D. The System shall consist of jet aeration headers with a flush -out system, dry -pit centrifugal jet
motive pumps, dry -pit centrifugal effluent pumps, combination sludge wasting system, positive
displacement blowers, floating effluent decanters, automatic influent plug valves, automatic
decanter butterfly valves, automatic air control butterfly valves, telescoping valve, combined
influent distribution/sludge collection manifolds, pre-programmed process control panel, in -basin
liquid piping, air piping, and supports. The SBR shall be an OMNIFLOG system as
manufactured by Evoqua Water Technologies, LLC, Waukesha, WI location,
1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings,
progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination.
B. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance
(O&M) data, warranties and bonds.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this
section, with at least 5 years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with
at least 5 years of documented experience.
1.06 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. The SBR system shall be designed based on the following site and raw wastewater
characteristics:
1. SBR Influent Characteristics
2. Average Design Flow (ADF) 0.30 MGD
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 1 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

3. Peak Daily Flow 0.90 MGD
4. Design BOD5 Loading (concentration) 750 Ibslday (300 mg11)
5. Design TSS Loading 625 Ibslday (250 mgll)
6. Design NH4-N Loading 63 Ibslday (25 mgll)
7. Design TKN Loading 100 Ibslday (40 mg11)
8. Design TP Loading 20 Ibslday (8 mgll)
9. Alkalinity concentration'! ? 250 mg111
10. Wastewater Design Temperature Range 120C - 200C
11, SBR Effluent Requirements
12. 10 mg/1
13, 20 mg/1
14. Total Nitrogen (TN) 7.0 mgll
15. 3.0 mgll
1.07 SBR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The SBR system shall be installed as shown on the plans, The SBR aeration system shall be
designed to transfer 81 lbs. of standard oxygen per hour per basin. The operating strategy shall
allow for 6 hours to complete a single batch at design flow, of which 45% shall be allowed for
aeration. The design shall have a total of 8 treated batches per day at design flow from the
System. The operation shall provide for the following discrete periods in each cycle for all flow
rates:
1. ANOXIC FILL. At design flow, a minimum of 60% of the total Fill period for each reactor
shall be anoxic. The aeration system is not operated as the reactor is charged with
incoming wastewater.
2. AERATED FILL. The aeration system is operated during the latter stage of the fill cycle,
allowing biodegradation to begin.
3. REACT. Influent flow is diverted to the next basin in sequence; the aeration system is
operated to complete biodegradation. A minimum of 50% of the total aeration time shall
be React at design flow.
4. QUIESCENT SETTLE. Aeration is terminated, and the biomass is allowed to settle. The
Settle period shall be a minimum of 45 minutes and be accomplished under perfect
quiescent conditions; no flow shall enter, or be withdrawn from, a reactor during the Settle
period.
5. DECANT. Treated effluent is withdrawn from the upper portion of the reactor by a floating
effluent decanter.
B. To insure consistent microorganism kinetic selection, reactor basins shall be intermittently fed,
and, thus, operate with "plug flow" kinetics. Processes utilizing continuously filled, or "complete
mix" kinetics, will not be acceptable.
C. A preprogrammed process controller shall control the process and incorporate each of the
above periods in each cycle and adjust as necessary under all flow conditions. Strategies that
eliminate Anoxic Fill and/or React at peak flow rates will not be acceptable. Strategies that
increase operating depths more than 50% of a normal batch depth during Peaks will not be
acceptable.
D. The operating strategy shall automatically increase the percentage of total aeration (Aerated Fill
plus React) in each cycle, directly proportional to total batch size. Systems utilizing float control,
or level set points to increase aeration in "steps" will not be acceptable.
E. The operating strategy shall include a form of failure response which may be enable or disabled
by the operator. Should a critical failure in its operation be detected, the failure response feature
shall remove the effected basin from service. A critical failure is determined by the operator at
start up, but typically includes influent and/or effluent valve failure, jet motive pump failures, and
blower failures. The effected basin shall alarm for a pre -determined length of time. If after the
time has expired the operator has not acknowledged the alarm the effected basin shall
automatically be taken out of service to avoid a poor quality decant. Additionally, the operating
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 2 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

strategy shall automatically recalculate cycle times based on the remaining tanks in operation
with no additional input from the operator.
F. The operating strategy shall be capable of operating in a continuous flow mode during single
tank operation. Single tank continuous flow mode may be selected during periods of low flow
such as Plant start-up when a single basin may achieve adequate treatment, or when taking an
SBR offline for maintenance. The continuous flow mode shall constantly monitor influent
flowrates based on level changes in the SBR and shall be capable of taking the SBR out of
Filled React with enough time to complete Filled Settle and initiate Filled Decant before reaching
the allowable HWL. The control strategy shall take the reactor out of Filled React at lower water
elevations with increasing flowrates to accommodate this condition; fixed float elevations to
terminate Aerated Fill shall not be acceptable.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 OMNIPAC® TANKS
A. All vertical 304 stainless steel bulkheads designated as hydrostatic as shown on the plans and
the inner circular 304 stainless steel wall shall be designed to withstand full hydrostatic forces
from either side of the bulkhead or wall. The design of the walls shall be such that any isolated
compartment may be individually dewatered. The minimum wall plate thickness shall be 114".
B. Bulkheads shall be reinforced with 304 stainless steel structural members and designed as
partially fixed connections at the inner and outer walls. All bulkheads and walls shall have 304
stainless steel reinforcing structural members at the top of the section. These members will be
designed to maintain the required shape of the item while under any combination of load
applications that could be encountered under actual field conditions.
C. The inner digester 304 stainless steel wall shall be designed per AISC with 304 stainless steel
reinforcing calculated on the basis of a freestanding tank under external pressure. Since future
modifications or relocation of the unit could result in the deletion of a bulkhead(s), any method
of design other than a freestanding tank will not be accepted.
D. All 304 stainless steel reinforcing on the bulkheads and circular walls shall be gusseted to
develop the full strength of the reinforcing.
E. The outer circular 304 stainless steel wall shall be of a thickness designed to withstand a full
hydrostatic internal loading causing a hoop stress of less than 24,000 PSI with a weld efficiency
of 75%. The minimum wall plate thickness shall be 114".
F. The outer circular steel wall shall also be designed for a wind load of MPH. A minimum
114" thick steel reinforcing wind girder, designed per API 650, shall be provided and installed
completely around the top of the outer wall as shown on the drawings. The wind girder shall be
gusseted to develop the full strength of the reinforcing girder.
G. The full wall height shall be developed utilizing no more than three vertical steel sheets to
assure the ease of field installation and to avoid aesthetically, any extra weld seams,
H. The method used to initially fill the plant with liquid may be selected by the Engineer to test the
hydrostatic design. Any failure or excessive deflection shall be remedied, and all costs shall be
borne by the manufacturer.
1. The main access bridge shall be made of structural steel shapes and shall be supported on the
plant walls. The bridge shall extend across the tanks as shown on the drawings.
J. The bridge shall have a 36" wide deck made of 1" aluminum I -Bar grating and shall be designed
to withstand a uniform live load of 75 lbs. per square foot plus the dead load of the structure.
The deflection shall not exceed 11360 of the unsupported span when the design loads are
applied. The bridge shall be provided with handrails on both sides and each handrail shall
consist of a 2-rail 1 %" diameter sch 40 anodized aluminum pipe with 4" x 114" anodized
aluminum toeplates. Bridges having an unsupported section larger than 37 feet shall have truss
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 5101 - 3 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

handrail design with the top chord serving as the top handrail and diagonals serving as
intermediate rails.
K. Access to the plant bridge shall be provided by a 36" wide stairway with intermediate landing as
shown on the drawings. The stairway shall be provided with handralls on both sides consisting
of 2-rail 1112." diameter sch. 40 anodized aluminum pipe. The steps shall be installed on a 7"
maximum rise with an 11" run and shall consist of 11/" aluminum [-Bar grating stair treads with
nosing. The intermediate landing shall have a deck made of 1" aluminum I -Bar grating and shall
be designed to withstand a uniform live load of 75 lbs, per square foot.
L. Walkways shall be provided for access and maintenance of the SBR equipment and all air
diffuser drop pipes and regulating valves. Additional walkways shall be provided in locations as
shown on the drawings or as needed to service the equipment.
M. All walkways shall be a minimum of 24" wide and shall be made of 111" aluminum ]-Bar grating
adequately supported to withstand a live load of 75 lbs. per square foot. All walkways shall be
provided with handrails on both sides consisting of 2-rail 1%" diameter sch 40 anodized
aluminum pipe with 4" x 114" anodized aluminum toeplates.
N. Each plant component shall be prefabricated in the factory of the manufacturer and shall be
shipped in assemblies complete and operable as detailed on the drawings and specified herein.
Each component assembly shall be erected in the field in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation drawings.
O. The field installation shall be performed by the equipment manufacturer's personnel, directly
employed by the equipment manufacturer and normally engaged in the field installation of the
equipment specified herein.
P. Field welding shall have weld spatter and burrs removed by chipping and grinding to prevent
operator injury. Any accessories mounted on or attached to the exterior of the tank and
supplied by the plant manufacturer will be considered part of the treatment plant manufacturer's
erection responsibility. The plant manufacturer shall also be responsible for furnishing all
necessary construction equipment for erection of the equipment supplied by the manufacturer.
Q. Field painting of the plant and any accessories mounted on or attached to the exterior of the
tank and supplied by the manufacturer shall be performed by the equipment manufacturer and
shall include masking of all aluminum, galvanized, and stainless surfaces. Clean up of all sand
and debris from blasting shall also be included. Field painting may be subcontracted, provided
the equipment manufacturer maintains overall responsibility and warranty. for the field painting.
R. These requirements shall be met so that discrepancies between erector and manufacturer will
be totally avoided with the result being a trouble -free installation with single source responsibility
for the finished product.
S. A 304 stainless steel base channel rolled to the circular dimension of the outer and inner walls
shall be provided by the manufacturer for installation in the base slab by the base slab installer.
In addition, a 304 stainless steel base channel shall be provided for each bulkhead. These
channels shall be ASTM A36, C8 x 18.75 lbs/ft. and shall be embedded 4" deep in the base
slab. Base channel hooks shall be 304 stainless steel and provided for field welding to all base
channels by the slab installer. Delivery of the base channels and hooks shall be coordinated
with the slab installer and furnished with detailed installation instructions. The 304 stainless
steel channels shall be used as a base for field welding upright 304 stainless steel sheets to
form the walls and hydrostatic bulkheads of the treatment plant. A keyway in the slab shall not
be required nor acceptable.
T. A 304 stainless steel trim channel rolled to the circular dimension of the outer and inner walls
shall be provided to form the top wall perimeter. A 304 stainless steel trim channel shall also be
provided for the top of each bulkhead. These channels shall be ASTM A36, C4 x 5.4 Ibslft and
shall be installed level.
U. The annular space between the inner tank wall and the outer circular wall shall be divided into
distinct zones, sized to accommodate the volumes as shown on the plans,
V. Shop surface preparation and corrosion protection:
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 -4 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

1. All weld splatter and surface roughness shall be removed by chipping and grinding
smooth,
W. Field surface preparation and corrosion protection;
1. The outer wall exterior surface shall be brush blasted to remove weld slag and surface
Impurities.
2, Immediately after surface preparation, a single 3-mil dry film thickness top coat of Tnemec
Omnithane Series V530 moisture -cure Aromatic Urethane shall be applied to the outer wall
exterior surfaces. The color shall be aluminum with a matte finish.
3. Dry film thickness of all coats shall be measured by employing standard calibrated dry film
thickness gauges
2.02 JET AERATION HEADERS
A. A total of three (3) jet aeration headers shall be furnished. Two (2) identical jet aeration headers
shall be provided, one for each SBR, while a third jet aeration header shall be provided for the
aerobic digester. Each jet aeration header shall be comprised of a liquid duct, an air duct, and a
minimum of ten (10) jet aerator assemblies for the SBR headers and three (3) jet aerator
assemblies for the aerobic digester header. Each header shall be constructed such that the
liquid duct, air duct, and jet aerator assemblies comprise one self-contained unit, and shall be
shipped as such; complete and ready for installation. Headers in excess of forty (40) feet in
length may be shipped in sections. A maximum of one "field joint" may be required for each
forty (40) feet of header length.
B. The liquid duct shall be a cylindrical member having liquid nozzle entry orifices which are
longitudinally spaced along its perimeter and aligned on a common horizontal plane. The inner
surface of the liquid duct shall be smooth and free of protrusions which might collect stringy
material,
C. The air duct shall also be a cylindrical member which is parallel to and above the liquid duct.
The air duct shall be jointed to, and supported by, the air manifolds, and additional support
points as necessary. The air duct shall have air manifold entry orifices longitudinally spaced
along its perimeter, in corresponding number to, and in vertical alignment with the liquid nozzle
entry orifices of the liquid duct. The provision of a separate air entry manifold with a fixed orifice
for each jet assembly shall insure uniform air distribution.
D. The liquid and air ducts shall be extra low carbon 304L. stainless steel with a minimum thickness
of 0.109 in. that meet ASTWASME standards. Finish shall be No. 1 Hot -Rolled Annealed and
Pickled. After all shop operations have been completed, all stainless steel material shall be
pickled and passivated by complete emersion for a minimum of 15 minutes in 10% nitric acid
and 3% hydrofluoric acid at 1257 followed by a neutralizing rinse. Field passivation shall not be
acceptable.
E. Gas shielding gas backed full penetration welding to be provided to the interior and exterior
welded joints. Ail welding shall be done using the GTAW, GMAW and plasma arc welding
processes utilizing qualified welders and ASME procedures designed to provide full penetration
welds, Partial penetration welds, or welds not utilizing an inert backing gas shall not be
acceptable.
F. The minimum pressure rating of the aeration header shall be 200 PSI, Additionally, the
submittal must include a letter from the stainless steel pipe supplier stating that the pipe for this
project is North American steel,
G. Each jet aerator assembly shall consist of an inner liquid nozzle, and an outer air/liquid delivery
nozzle. The inner and outer nozzles shall be aligned on a common centerline, joined together,
and welded to form a single unit. The jet aerator assembly shall be joined to the liquid duct and
the air manifold and welded for strength to form a single integrated unit. Systems with
non -integral jets will not be accepted. No portion of the liquid nozzle or aerator assembly shall
protrude into the liquid duct.
H. The liquid nozzles shall be of constantly reducing cross -sectional area in the direction of flow to
reduce plugging potential. There shall be no parallel section in the liquid flow path between the
liquid duct and the exit orifice of the liquid nozzle. The distance between the exit orifice of the
PM131-21-006 J Brandywine Bay 465101 - 5 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

inner nozzle and the exit orifice of the outer nozzle shall be such that substantial air entrapment
by the liquid stream occurs prior to its discharge from the outer nozzle.
I. The outer nozzle exit orifice shall have a cross -sectional area of at least 2.5 times that of the
inner nozzle exit orifice. The outer nozzle shall be of constantly reducing cross -sectional area in
the direction of flow with an included angle of at least 20' for at least nine inches along the flow
path to increase the velocity of the air/liquid stream.
J. Both inner and outer nozzles shall be of non -clog design, free from all protrusions which might
collect stringy material, and be capable of passing a 1'/" spherical solid in the SBR tanks, and
2-118" spherical solid in the aerobic digester. Nozzles shall be 304L stainless steel with a
minimum of 0.125 wall thickness.
K. The air manifolds shall be enclosed conduits which convey the compressed air from the air duct
to the jet aerator assembly. The air manifolds shall be fabricated of 304L stainless steel.
2.03 RETRIEVABLE COARSE BUBBLE DIFFUSER ASSEMBLIES
A. A total of four (4) retrievable coarse bubble diffuser assemblies shall be furnished for the
post -equalization basin. Each assembly shall consist of two (2) stainless steel wideband coarse
bubble diffusers, 304L stainless steel air manifold, 304L stainless steel vertical air column, and
isolation valve. Each assembly shall connect to the isolation valve via a threaded union and be
light enough such that it can be removed from the basin with no special equipment.
2.04 INFLUENT DISTRIBUTIONISLUDGE COLLECTION MANIFOLD (]DISC MANIFOLD)
A. An Influent Distribution/Sludge Collection (ID/SC) Manifold shall be provided for each SBR.
ID/SC Manifolds shall distribute the influent flow evenly across the basin floor during the Fill
portion of the cycle to allow intimate contact between the influent substrate and the good
settling, facultative biomass, and remove settled sludge through the same manifold during the
sludge waste operation.
B. ID/SC Manifolds shall be designed and sized such that the maximum exit velocity of the peak
influent flowrate does not exceed 0.5 feet per second from the orifices. The low exit velocities
shall allow for Filled Decant operation without disturbing the sludge blanket. Therefore, designs
that do not minimize peak influent flow velocities to the reactors will not be acceptable.
C. The IDISC Manifold shall be installed as shown in the plans and be Type 304L stainless steel.
D. All necessary supports for the IDISC Manifold shall be provided and shall be fabricated of Type
304 stainless steel.
2.05 WASTE SLUDGE SYSTEM
A. Waste sludge shall be accomplished with the jet motive pump and the ID/SC Manifold.
Automatic valves, as described in the below valve sections, shall be provided so that the jet
motive pump may discharge to the waste sludge line and aerobic digester during automatic
wasting operation.
2.06 VACFLUSHO
A. A positive flush -out system which is composed of the jet motive pump, out -of -basin crossover
pipe configuration, and valve arrangement, shall be utilized. The flush -out system shall draw
liquid only in a reverse direction through the liquid nozzles at a velocity of at least 10 feet per
second. Vacflush0 operation shall be accomplished by closing the pump suction and discharge
valves, and opening the two Vacflush0 crossover valves, thereby reversing liquid flow through
the aeration jets, and discharging out the pump suction bell. No air shall pass through the liquid
nozzles during the flush -out operation. The SBR Manufacturer shall provide all necessary
valves for the VacflushO system. Butterfly valves are not acceptable. All out -of -basin piping,
including pump suction pipe, discharge pipe, Vacflush® crossover pipe, air release valve,
supports, and hardware necessary to complete the system shall be furnished by the contractor.
2.07 AIR PIPING
A. The air distribution system shall consist of all air drop pipes, laterals, and main headers internal
to and within the confines of the field erected treatment plant and shall be supplied by the
treatment plant manufacturer as shown in the drawings. The manufacturer's air distribution
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 465101 - 6 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

system shall commence at the top of the outer tank wall with a mating'flange sized to interface
with the yard piping, supplied by others. Hardware required to complete this interfacing flanged
connection will be supplied by others. In -basin air piping shall be Type 304L stainless steel.
2.08 LIQUID PIPING
A. In -basin liquid piping shall be provided as a part of the aeration system. The piping shall be of
adequate length and diameter to transport the motive liquid from the pump discharge wall spool
flange, as shown in the plans, to the horizontal aeration header. A flanged connection shall be
provided at this interface point, and hardware to complete this flanged connection shall be
supplied by the contractor in case. In -basin liquid piping shall be Type 304L stainless steel.
2.09 SUPPORTS
A, All necessary supports for the aeration headers, in -basin liquid and air piping, and decanters
shall be provided as a part of the system. Header supports shall be of the "H" type, having two
support legs with a minimum of six anchor bolts. The supports shall be fabricated of Type 304
stainless steel.
B. The supports shall consist of a contoured saddle and a supporting base. The base shall be
anchored with anchor bolts and grouted in place, if necessary. The saddle shall be provided
with a Buna-N rubber pad to avoid abrasion. A contoured clamp with an accompanying Buna-N
rubber pad shall hold the piping to the saddle, Fastening hardware shall be Type 18-8 stainless
steel.
2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Anchor bolts of sufficient size and quantity shall be provided for mounting of all manufacturer
supplied SBR equipment and piping in the basin. The anchor bolts shall be two part stud and
acrylic resin system. The anchor system shall consist of acrylic resin and hardener contained in
a dual cartridge with static dispensing nozzle. Each anchor bolt shall be supplied with a stud,
flat washer, lock washer & nut of Type 18-8 stainless steel.
2.11 JET MOTIVE PUMPS
A. The SBR Manufacturer shall be responsible for supplying pumps as listed below:
1. SBR
Jet Motive Pumps:
a.
Type - Dry pit end suction centrifugal
b,
No. of pumps = 2
c.
Flow - 1830 gpm.
d.
Total dynamic head - 21 feet.
e.
Voltage - 460 - 3 phase
f.
Horsepower - 15
2. Digester Jet Motive Pumps:
a.
Type - Dry pit end suction centrifugal
b.
No, of pumps = 2
c.
Flow - 1098 gpm.
d.
Total dynamic head - 21 feet.
e.
No. of pumps = 2
f.
Voltage - 460 - 3 phase
g.
Horsepower - 10
2.12 BLOWERS
A. The SBR Manufacturer shall be responsible for supplying blowers as listed below:
1. SBR Air:
a. No. of Blowers - 3
b. Air Flow - 500 scfm
c. Pressure - 10.25 psig
2. Digester Air:
a. No. of Blowers - 1
b. Air Flow - 240 scfm
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 7 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

c. Pressure - 10.25 psig
3. Post EQ Air:
a. No. of Blowers - 1
b. Air Flow - 145 scfm
c. Pressure - 6.3 psig
B. GENERAL
1. Blower packages shall be designed to minimize the life -cycle costs and maximize plant
reliability. The design and the selection of the components shall be based on a minimum
useful life of 15 years and a Mean Time Between Overhauls of 5 years of continuous
operation.
2. No special foundations shall be required. The blower packages will be installed directly on
a concrete slab without grouting the base frame. There shall oniy be 4 easily accessible
anchor points.
3. Blower Casing:
a. The blower casing shall be of one-piece con-struction, with separate sideplates that
are bolted and pinned to the housing.
b. Materials shall be close -grained cast iron ASTM A48 suitably ribbed to prevent
distortion under the specified operating conditions.
c. Minimum blower casing pressure rating shall be 36 psig.
d. Inlet and outlet shall be flanged connections.
e. The casing shall incorporate a proven means of pulsation cancellation.
f. The vibration level as measured at the blower casing, in the XIY planes of the
bearings, shall not exceed'/ "1 sec RMS when operating at the specified maximum
operating pressureand speed in the actual blower package.
4. Factory Testing:
a. Each blower stage shall be factory tested in accordance with ISO 1217 performance
test to verify flow and brake horsepower at blower maximum conditions. A slip test
shall not be acceptable.
1) The acceptance criteria are +5% tolerance,on power and -5% tolerance on flow
regardless of the size of the machine.
5. Rotors:
a. Each rotor shall be of the "stiff' design with first lateral critical speed at least 120% of
the maximum allowable operating speed.
b. The rotors shall be of the straight, three -lobe type, and shall operate without rubbing
or liquid seals or lubrication.
c. Rotor/shaft shall be drop forged in one single piece of AISI 1043 or equivalent. Cast,
hollow rotors shall be capped, dust tight. Open rotors are not acceptable.
d. The rotors shall be statically and dynamically balanced per ISO19401ANS1 52.19
G6.3.
6. Bearings:
a. Each rotor/shaft shall be supported by anti -friction bearings, and fixed to control the
axial location of the rotorlshaft in the unit.
b. Regardless of theoretical bearing life calculations, the bearings shall be sized for a
minimum expected life of 5 years between overhauls,
7. Timing Gears:
a. The rotors shall be timed by a pair of single helical AGMA 12 quality gears with
hardened and ground teeth; minimum AGMA service factor of 1.70.
b. Gears shall be mounted on the shafts with a tapered interference fit, and secured by a
locknut.
8. Seals:
a. Seal shall be designed to prevent lubricant from leaking into the air stream as well as
to prevent oil from leaking out of the machine.
b. Four rotary piston ring shaft seals, an oil slinger and an O-ring seal shall be provided
at the point where the shaft passes through the sideplates.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 8 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

c. Further provision shall be made to vent the rotor side of the oil seal to atmosphere to
eliminate any possible carry-over of lubricant into the air stream.
9. Lubrication:
a. The timing gears and the bearings shall be splash lubri-cated. Grease lubrication
shall be not acceptable.
10. Oil Sight Glass:
a. A recessed oil sight glass must be provided on each oil sump.
b. Protruding sight glasses shall not be acceptable.
11. Painting:
a. Painting shall be per supplier's standard meeting the following criteria:
1) Except for machined sealing and machined mounting surfaces, the package
shall be painted dark blue.
2) Aluminum, stainless steel, and brass shall not be painted.
3) The supplied motor shall not be over sprayed and will be supplied with the motor
manufacturer's standard protection and paint color.
4) Painted Cast Iron and Carbon Steel shall be A[kyd Resin Primer and Final coat
with a total dry film thickness of 70mm. Surface preparation SSPC10 or better.
5) Sound enclosure shall be powder -coated polyester base total dry film thickness
80mm.
6) Galvanized components shall only be painted with appropriate surface
preparation
C. BLOWER ACCESSORIES
1. Inlet Filter 1 Silencer:
a. Each package shall be supplied with one combination inlet filter silencer.
b. The inlet filter silencer shall be mounted directly to the inlet flange of the blower.
c. The filter media efficiency must meet the requirements of ASHRAE 52.2 MERV7
50-70% @3-10 microns corresponding to EN779 G4.
d, The silencer portion shall be located upstream of the inlet filter.
e. Filter and silencer performance losses shall be included in the blower performance
calculation.
2. Base Frame 1 Discharge Silencer:
a. Each package shall be supplied with one combination base frame / discharge
silencer.
b. The silencer shall be a chamber type design for maximum sound attenuation and
shall not use fibrous or absorption materials of any kind.
c. The silencer shall be fabricated of a single shell of pressure vessel duality steel with
continuous welds.
d. The silencer shall be subject to a pressure test for tightness and strength at a
minimum of 1.65 times the maximum blower operating pressure.
e. The silencer shall have a machined inlet connection where the discharge flange of the
blower stage bolts directly to, with no intermediary pieces.
f. Discharge silencer performance losses shall be included by the blower vendor in the
blower performance calculation.
g. The base frame shall be constructed from welded carbon steel or cast iron that shall
be designed to maintain alignment of the blower internal components and the drive
during operation.
h. The base frame shall be designed to resist distortion while being installed on vibration
isolating mounts.
1. The blower manufacturer shall supply a stainless steel grounding lug fully welded to
the base,
3. Flexible Connectors:
a. Each package shall be connected to the plant piping via flexible connector(s) located
downstream of the discharge silencer and upstream of the inlet silencer.
b. Flexible connectors shall prevent the transmission of noise and vibrations from the
blower package into the piping.
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 9 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

c. Flexible discharge connectors shall be Proco Style 240, Type EE, EPDM, with a
standard ANSI flange discharge connection, rated for 300 OF at 20 psig.
4, Electric Motor:
a. Each package shall be supplied with a WEG manufactured TEFC motor that shall
operate on 460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hertz current, 1800 RPM.
1) Torque NEMA B
2) Temperature Rise Class B
3) Dust tight enclosures (Severe Duty)
4) Class F inverter rated insulation with Class H applied varnish
5) 3:1 constant torque
6) All cast iron construction, including frame, end bells, conduit box and fan cover
7) NPT threaded and gasketed F3 top mounted conduit box
8) Copper windings
9) Regreasable bearings, positive pressure lubrication system with automatic
drawn plugs - pressure compensated (Frame sizes 254T and larger).
b. All frame sizes shall be NEMA standard, suitable for overhung belt drive and with the
conduit box location on top of the motor. IEC frame motors shall not be allowed.
c. The motor shall be mounted on a pivoting base to provide automatic tensioning of the
belts.
d. The motor nominal rating after any corrections for ambient conditions shall be 10%
above the maximum operating bHp,
e. The motor shall have a 1.15 service factor.
f. Blower manufacturer shall be responsible for coordinating the starting torque
requirement of the blower and the motor.
5. V-Belt Drive:
a. Each package shall be supplied with a V-belt drive that shall be of the high capacity
type, oil and heat resistant. Drive shall be designed for a minimum service factor of
1.4 times operating power (bHp), or 1.1 times the motor nameplate Hp, whichever is
larger to allow a minimum of 1.4-service factor based on the maximum blower bHp.
b. Belt tensioning shall be automatic without the use of any devices or interaction on the
part of the operator. Neither slide rails nor load -adjusting springs shall be used.
c. Sheaves shall be dynamically balanced regardless of the operating speed.
6. Belt Guard:
a. The belt drive shall be guarded in compliance with OSHA regulations.
b. Portions of the guard shall be easily removable allowing for belt inspection and
replacement.
c. Guard material shall be perforated carbon steel.
7. Vibration Isolators:
a. Each package shall be supplied with vibration isolating feet with a minimum efficiency
of 80%.
b. Blower manufacture shall be responsible for attenuating noise and vibration in the
blower package such that no special installation base shall be required, nor shall any
additional measures be required to reduce vibrations from the blower package being
transmitted to the base or the piping.
8. Pressure Safety Valve:
a. Each package shall be supplied with a single pressure safety valve on the discharge
side of the blower mounted downstream of the discharge silencer and upstream of the
check valve.
b. The safety valve shall be set to protect the blower from exceeding its maximum
pressure rating, and shall be sized to pass 100% of the design flow.
c. The safety valve shall be field adjustable, spring loaded, and have a certificate of
conformity to PED.
d. The pressure relief valve shall be housed by the sound enclosure and shall relieve
into a segmented section of the sound enclosure.
e. The valve shall be manufactured by Aerzen.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 10 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

9. Check Valve:
a. Each package shall be supplied with one check valve that shall be installed on the
discharge line.
b, The check valve shall be of the full -bore low pressure -drop, flapper type design with a
steel body, and steel flap embedded in EPDM with full -contact seal.
c. The valve shall be removable without disturbing the piping. Pressure losses produced
by the check valve shall be included in the blower performance calculation.
d. The valve shall be manufactured by Aerzen.
10. Isolation Valve:
a. Each package shall be supplied loose with one isolation valve that shall be installed
by others on the blower discharge line.
b. Valve shall be a wafer type, resilient seated, level operated, tight closing butterfly
valve for positively isolating the blower from the manifold system.
c. Valve shall have a cast iron body, bronze disc, 316SS stem, and EPDM seal.
11. Instrumentation:
a, Each package shall be supplied with the following instrumentation:
1) Inlet Vacuum Gauge (4" Gauges)
(a) Dwyer model 2040 with 4" dial and scale from 0 to -40 inches of water
column.
(b) Gauge to function as a filter maintenance indicator.
2) Discharge Pressure Gauge (4" Gauges)
(a) Aerzen model 32-0053-02 with 4" dial and scale from 0 to 20 psig,
(b) The pressure gauge shall have a stainless steel case and be glycerin -filled
for pulsation dampening.
(c) A pulsation snubber shall be provided.
3) Discharge Pressure Switch
(a) Ashcroft Model B4-64-V-XRN-15 PSI
(b) Type 400 pressure Switch in NEMA 4X enclosure
(c) DUAL general purpose 15A, 110-480V switches (2) SPDT snap -acting,
NOT independently adjustable
(d) Viton Actuator Seal
(e) Internal range scale and operating range of 0 to 15 PSIG.
4) Discharge Temperature Gauge / Switch (4" Gauges)
(a) Jumo type 8523-20-10 with 4" dial and scale from 32°F to 572°F
(b) NEMA 4 enclosure, 5A @ 250volt, SA 28 SPDT microswitch
(c) UL & CSA approved.
5) E-Stop Switch
(a) Siemens model 52PX2V2
(b) Mounted on the face of the blower enclosure
(c) NEMA 4X rating
(d) Two (2) normally closed contacts
12. Each blower shall receive its initial oil filling at the factory. Oil to be fully synthetic Mobil
SHC 627, For continuous discharge temperatures greater than 248°F, Mobil SHC 629
13. Acoustical Sound Enclosure:
a. Each package shall be supplied with a sound enclosure covering the entire blower
package,
b. The enclosure shall provide suitable protection for outdoor installation under the
specified site conditions (wind load and snow load).
c. The enclosure shall be designed so as to be able to install them side -by -side with all
maintenance done from the front or back of the package.
d. Details shall be as follows:
1) Panels shall be made of galvanized steel sheet, powder coated in a light
reflecting, blue color per RAIL 5001. The skid shall be of the same color.
2) Sound enclosure acoustic material shall comply with UL 94 - HF1 for
fire -retardant, self -extinguishing, non -dripping materials.
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 11 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

3) The enclosure and the blower package shall both be mounted on a skid 1 oll-drip
pan designed for meeting environment protection standards and for easy
transportation and installation.
4) A grounding strap shall be installed between the blower base and the package
skid to bypass any vibration isolating mounts.
5) Quick release panels, each less than 50 lb (as mandated by MSHA) must
provide easy and quick access for routine maintenance of the blower and the
package components.
6) Enclosure Cooling Fan:
(a) A high efficiency blower shaft driven ventilation fan shall provide ventilation
and cooling integral to the sound enclosure.
(b) Cooling fan shall be sized for sufficient heat removal from the sound
enclosure, even when the blower is operated with a VFD.
7) Electrical components, instrumentation and instrument connections shall not be
mounted or interface with moving panels of the sound enclosure.
8) Both blower oil sumps shall be piped to a common fill and drain, located at the
front of the package for easy maintenance. An oil level indicator shall be
mounted on the outside of the enclosure, which gives an accurate oil level
indication while the blower is in operation. All oil lines to be hydraulic hose with
fittings. No plastic tubing with compression fittings are allowed.
14. External Inlet Silencer:
a. Each package shall include an external inlet silencer shipped loose for installation by
the contractor on the building exterior.
b. The unit shall be finished with baked -on enamel and shall be equipped with an epoxy
coated wire mesh element for the purpose of preventing large debris and wildlife from
entering the inlet pipe connection. Final filtration of the process air will be
accomplished local to the blower package.
c. The silencer shall be Solberg Model 2G, with a standard ANSI flange discharge
connection.
2.13 FLOATING DECANTER
A. A total of two (2) floating decanters shall be furnished (1 per SBR) to extract final effluent from
the basins. Fixed decanters will not be acceptable. Each decanter shall consist of an effluent
withdrawal manifold with solids excluding orifice assemblies, with a single foam filled float, and
shall be capable of intermittent operation. The decanter assembly shall be constructed 304L
stainless steel. The decanter shall be designed to withdraw the effluent at an average rate of
1,500 gallons per minute. Actual flowrate may vary +1- 20% of design at any point in time during
decant. Each orifice shall allow equal flow into the draw tube, Decanters must employ positive
mechanical type seals for excluding solids from the draw tube. Decanters having an open
conduit or any open areas exposed to the mixed liquor during react, or that require additional
equipment or motors for pressurization, weir movement, or complete removal out of the liquid,
are unacceptable.
B. The draw tube, containing the orifices for removal of effluent shall be integrally attached to the
foam filled float such that the float remains level throughout the full range of operation, and to
maintain submergence of the orifices of the main body. The main body will be connected to the
effluent piping by means of a 10" flanged stub. The effluent pipe shall include a "knee" joint to
allow vertical movement. The "knee" joint shall be wire reinforced rubber hose with a flange at
each end, and include a support mechanism that allows vertical articulation, but precludes
lateral or twisting movement. Hose shall be suitable for abrasive materials and shall be rated at
30 inches mercury vacuum and 15 PSI working pressure. The effluent pipe shall be provided
with a flanged connection for mounting the decanter system to the installed pipe through the
basin wall. Flange connection shall be in accordance with ANSI standard 150-pound bolt
pattern. Hardware at this flanged connection interface shall be furnished by the contractor,
C. The solids excluding orifice assemblies shall be field replaceable and attached to the effluent
withdrawal manifold. The assembly shall consist of 304 stainless steel orifice plate, 302
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 12 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

stainless steel constant compression spring, 304 stainless steel spring housing, a PVC drive
rod, a hard rubber plug, and a 304-stainless steel support/alignment cage assembly. The solids
excluding orifice assemblies shall be factory aligned and welded to form a complete assembly.
The drive rod shall seat against the spring, in the spring housing, and be attached by a threaded
rod to the sealing plug. Solids excluding orifice assemblies containing spring loaded swing
check valves are not acceptable. The hydraulic differential provided shall be a minimum of 3.5
feet (plus pipe friction losses) determined as the differential head, under flowing conditions,
between reactor bottom water level and top water level at the downstream discharge. The point
of decanted effluent discharge downstream of the SBR shall be either constantly submerged or
designed with a water trap.
D. All necessary supports for the decanter mechanism shall be provided. The supports will be
located on the basin floor and will support the decanter mechanism when the basin is
dewatered. The supports shall be fabricated of 304 stainless steel for corrosion resistance,
The supports shall consist of a support plate welded to a supporting base, The base shall be
anchored with anchor bolts and grouted in place, if necessary. Fastening hardware shall be
Type 18-8 stainless steel.
2.14 VALVES AND ACTUATORS
A. This valve specification shall take precedence over any other valve specification in the contract
documents as it relates to the valves provided by the SBR Manufacturer in the below valve
schedule. All plug and butterfly valves shall be provided by the same manufacturer.
B. Valves shall be furnished per the below schedule. Blower isolation
valves shall be Blower
Manufacturer's standard and have therefore been excluded here.
1. Description QTY Size Operator
Type
2, SBR Influent (2) 6" O/C
Plug
3. SBR Decant (2) 10" O/C
Butterfly
4. OmniPac Air Control (4) 6" Manual
Butterfly
5. SBR W.A.S. (2) 8" O/C
Plug
B. SBR Jet Motive Pump Isolation (4) 10"
O/C Plug
7. SBR Vacflush (4) 8" O/C
Plug
8. Post-EQ Effluent Control Valve (1) 101,
Modulating Plug
9. Digester Jet Motive Pump Isolation (2) 8"
O/C Plug
10. Digester Vacflush (2) 6" O/C
Plug
11. Digester Waste Sludge (1) 6"
O/C Plug
C. C. All eccentric plug valves shall be permanently lubricated and shall be of the tight -closing,
rubber seat type. Valves shall be suitable for sewage and wastewater application, shall have
throttling capability, and shall be rated 150 lb. WOG. Valve bodies shall be cast iron ASTM
A126 Class B. Valve plugs shall be balanced type and constructed of cast iron and have
chloroprene resilient facing. Passage size shall be a minimum of 80% of the full port area.
Upper and lower bearing shall be sleeve type and made of sintered, oil impregnated
permanently lubricated type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A743 Grade CF8M. The plug shall have
cylindrical seating surface eccentrically offset from the center of the shaft, Plug shall not contact
the seat until at least 90% closed. Round ports or spherical shaped plugs are not acceptable.
Packing shall be adjustable Acrylonitrile-Butadiene V-Ring type with packing gland follower.
Packing shall be replaceable without removing the valve bonnet or plug. All valves shall be leak
tested to their full rating prior to shipment. Manual plug valves shall have worm gear actuators
with handwheels, Actuators shall be sized for 50 PSI shut off pressure against the face of the
plug. Gearing shall be enclosed in a semi -steel housing and be suitable for running in a
lubricant. Seals shall be provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the
actuator. Valves shall be DeZurik PEC, no equals.
D. Air service butterfly valves shall be specifically designed for air service. All valves shall have a
bi-directional shut-off rating of 150 PSI pressure and shall have a temperature rating of 250°F.
Valves shall be lug design with ductile iron, ASTM A536, 65-45-12 body. Valve discs shall be
on -center design and of 316 stainless steel. Shafts shall be one-piece 420 stainless steel.
Elastomer seats shall fully line the valve body and be permanently bonded to a solid backing
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 13 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

ring. Seats shall be EPDM. Seats shall have integral flange seals so flange gaskets are not
required, Shaft shall be blowout proof per API 609, utilizing a retainer and retainer plate.
Multiple shaft seals shall be provided to prevent leakage. Three shaft bearings made of carbon
steel with PTFE sintered bronze composite and glass filled nylon or brass shall be provided to
ensure smooth, reliable valve operation. Bearings are located adjacent to the top and bottom of
the disc, and a third bearing at the top of the valve neck to support loading from actuators.
Manual butterfly valves shall be provided with lever actuators or geared actuators with
handwheels, and shall be sized appropriately for the service conditions and specific application.
Lever operated valves shall latch in the open, closed, or several intermediate positions. Valves
shall be DeZurik BOS-CL, no equals.
E. Liquid service butterfly valves shall have single -offset disc and shall be of the lugged body style.
All valves shall be suitable for use with ANSI class 125/150 flanges. Valve shall provide
bi-directional bubble -tight shutoff at pressures 200 psi and vacuum rated to 24" Hg when
applied to seat side of disc. The disclshaft connection shall be splined. Bodies shall be ductile
iron ASTM A536, 65-45-12. Lugged body valves shall provide bubble -tight shutoff up to the full
valve rating on dead end service without the use of downstream flanges. Elastomer seats shall
fully line and be permanently bonded to the valve body. Seats shall be NBR. Seats shall have
Integral flange seals so flange gaskets are not required. Valve disc shall have an uninterrupted
360' seating surface and shall be 316 stainless steel. The disclshaft connection shall be
splined. Shafts shall be one-piece 316 stainless steel. Shaft diameters shall meet the AWWA
C504, class 75B standard. Multiple shaft seals shall be provided to prevent leakage. Three shaft
bearings made of heavy-duty aluminum bronze shall be provided to ensure smooth, reliable
valve operation. Bearings are located adjacent to the top and bottom of the disc, and a third
bearing at the top of the valve neck to support loading from actuators. Manual butterfly valves
shall be provided with lever actuators or geared actuators with handwheels, and shall be sized
appropriately for the service conditions and specific application. Lever operated valves shall
latch in the open, closed, or several intermediate positions. Valves shall be DeZurik BOS-US,
no equals.
F. Quarter -turn actuators shall be used for valves 14" and smaller as listed in the valve schedule.
All electric actuators shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standard C540-93. The
electric motor operator shall consist of motor, reduction gearing, position limit switches and
torque limiting switches mounted in a NEMA 414X housing. All external fasteners on the electric
actuator will be stainless steel. Fasteners on limit switch and terminal compartments shall be
captured to prevent loss while covers are removed. Actuators shall be rated for valve torque at
50 psi working pressure with a 1.35 safety factor. Local open 1 close pushbutton stations are
not required on the actuators; OICIA switches shall be provided for hand operation of valves at
the SBR control panel. Limit switch adjustment shall not be altered by manual operation. Limit
switch drive shall be by counter gear. Limit switches must be capable of quick adjustment
requiring no more than five (5) turns of the limit switch adjustment spindle. A minimum of (4)
contacts, (2) normally open and (2) normally closed dry contacts, will be furnished at each end
of the travel where indicated. Contacts shall be of silver and capable of reliably switching low
voltage DC source from the control system furnished by others. Actuators shall be AUMA SO,
no equals.
1. The motor shall be specifically designed for actuator service. The motor will be of the
induction type with class F insulation and protected by means of thermal switches
imbedded in the motor windings. Motor enclosure will be totally enclosed, non -ventilated,
Motors will be capable of operating on 120 volt - single phase - 60 hertz power. The motor
shall have a plug and socket connector for ease of maintenance. No grease or oil will be
permitted in the motor compartment. Overload protection shall be provided by auto -reset
thermal trip circuit breakers embedded in the motor windings, All motor leads shall be
terminated at an internal terminal strip. Actuators shall be provided with integral motor
control for open and close command inputs Power for all automatic valves shall be the
responsibility of the installing contractor. Valves shall not be powered from the SBR
control panel.
2. The integral self-locking power gearing shall be made from heat treated steel.
Worm -wheels shall be made of bronze material. Motor brakes are unacceptable. Gearing
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 14 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

shall be grease or oil lubricated with high speed parts running on anti -friction bearings.
Motor shall operate from open to full close in 50 to 60 seconds. All gearing shall be
designed to withstand the full stall torque of the motor.
3. The handwheel shall not rotate during electrical operation. When the unit is being
operated manually, it shall automatically return to electric operation when the handwheel is
released. The transfer from electrical operation to manual operation shall be
accomplished by a declutching mechanism, which will disengage the motor mechanically.
The unit shall be capable of being clutched or declutched while the motor is energized with
no damage to the clutch or gear mechanism. Clockwise rotation of the handwheel shall
close the valve. If the motor is energized during manual operation, the unit shall remain in
manual mode without endangering personnel operating the unit.
4. Failure of the motor or motor gearing shall not hinder manual operation,
5. A double-acting torque limiting switch shall be provided, which is responsive to the
mechanical torque developed by seating or an obstruction. Torque sensing by means of
motor current is not acceptable.
6. In order to prevent condensation, a heater must be installed inside the actuator, suitable
for continuous operation.
7. Mechanical dial position indicator shall be furnished.
2.15 AIR RELEASE VALVES
A, APCO Model 400 or approved equal.
B. Size for release ai at a minimum rate of 400 cfm.
2.16 SUBMERSIBLE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
A. A total of four (4) submersible pressure transducers shall be furnished (one per basin).
B. Submersible pressure transducers shal[ be specially designed for direct submergence in
wastewater. Units shall be constructed of stainless steel.
C. Transducers shall have an operating range of zero to 34.6 ft. of water with a temperature range
of -40 to 80°C, with compensated range of zero to 50"C. Accuracy of measurement shall be
±0.5% including linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability.
D. Transducer output shall be a 4 to 20 mA signal. Electrical connection shall be to an attached
four wire, 20 gauge polyethylene shielded cable.
E. Transducer shall be suspended within a 4" diameter stilling well attached to the basin wall. The
stilling well shall contain equalization ports spaced as required. The stilling well shall be
continuous from a point six inches above the tank floor to a point six inches below the top of the
wall.
F. The pressure transducers shall be a Wika model LS-10 or engineer approved equal.
2.17 FLOAT SWITCHES
A. A total of six (6) float switches shall be furnished (one high water level float per basin and two
low water cutoff floats for digester and Post-EQ). The liquid level in the basin shall be sensed by
direct acting float switches.
B, Each float shall have a polypropylene float housing with mechanically activated, snap action
contacts. Float shall be a mercury -free float switch with snap -action switch, NO or NC
configuration as required for operation.
C. Float shall be a suspended type with built-in weight. Cable length shall be 40ft. The contractor
shall install and wire the float switches as shown on the drawings.
D. The float switches shall be SJE Signalmaster Control Switch as manufactured by SJE
Rhombus, Anchor Scientific, or engineer approved equal.
2.18 D.O. CONTROLLER
A. A dissolved oxygen (D.0) control systems shall be furnished for control of D.O. in each basin. A
total of four (4) D.O. probes each with mounting bracket shall be provided for the basins with a
total of two (2) dual -channel analyzers. The D.O. control system shall utilize operator adjustable
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 15 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

D.O. setpoints to control blower on ) off operation during the aeration period. Probes shall be
continuous reading type utilizing luminescent sensor technology. Probes shall be Hach LDO
Type 2 and analyzer shall be Hach SC200, or engineer approved equal.
2.19 PROCESS CONTROL PANEL
A. The panel shall be capable of controlling and monitoring SBR functions and activities. The
control panel shall as a minimum be capable of controlling:
B. Five (5) total PD Blowers.
C. Three (3) total jet motive pumps.
D. Automatic valves.
E. Panels designed for indoor use shall utilize NEMA 12 enclosures. Finish paint to be white
polyester powder paint inside with ANSI 61 gray polyester powder paint outside over
phosphatized surfaces. All selector switches and push buttons shall be industrial heavy duty oil
tight. Enclosures shall be by Hoffman or engineer approved equal.
F. A nationally recognized brand of industrial rated hardware shall be implemented for execution of
SBR process software. The Programmable Controller shall include a method of storing energy
to provide power backup for user programs and data when the main power supply is not
available. Battery backup of memory is not acceptable. The processor shall include a secure
digital (SD) memory card on the front. Local UO expansion and remote 1/0 shall be available
within the same family. Controller shall include Ethernet port and, if required, serial ports shall
be available with communications (RS232 and RS422). Controller shall include an integrated
Real Time Clock (RTU). This clock value shall be in the form of a predefined tag and shall be
accessible via logic or remotely. PLC shall be Allen Bradley CompactLogix System 5370 L3
1769 Controller and 1769 1/0 modules or engineer approved equal, including all related power
supplies and accessories.
G. Input and output cards shall have removable wiring terminal strips. All wiring to module will
terminate on terminal strip. Individual LED lamps for each input or output shall be provided on
each card. Analog input and output cards shall have a minimum resolution of 12 bits. PLC
Input/output cards shall be Allen Bradley 1769 Compact I/O Modules or engineer approved
equal. Control panel will include 20% spare input and output points wired to terminal blocks.
H. Flow and time adaptive algorithms are utilized to make the treatment step adjustments fully
automatic. Software shall be configured for as many SBR tanks as will operate in sequence.
Provisions for detection of pump, blower and valve failure shall be provided. SBR tank failure
based upon equipment failure shall be selectable on an equipment item list as well as on a
tank -by -tank basis. Tank failure shall occur 5 minutes after equipment failure allowing the
operators time to respond. SBR operation will resume unchanged following short power
outages. Software will recognize long power outages, and initiate plant restart based upon
length of outage and tank levels upon power restoration. Submersible pressure transducers,
high level float switch, stilling well and mounting hardware for each tank shall be provided.
1. The Operator Interface will provide display, monitoring and adjustment of SBR operating
parameters. Operator interface terminal (OIT) shall be minimum _" TFT color touchscreen
with 512MB minimum of nonvolatile memory. The OIT shall be able to display SVGA screen
resolution (1024x768) minimum. OIT's rated for less than NEMA 4/4X (indoor) are not
acceptable. Backlight must be user replaceable. The operating temperature shall be 0-50
degrees C and the power consumption shall not exceed 17W at 24VDC. The OIT shall have a
built-in Ethernet port, shall support Ethernet or USB connection for programming software and
shall be able to utilize Ethernet or serial communication to the PLC. The Ethernet port shall also
be able to be utilized for advanced features such as remote access if required. OIT's that
required additional software or hardware for these features must be provided configured to
support this. USB connection for external USB drive and Optional CF card shall be supported
for data logging. The Operator Interface shall be Siemens TP Comfort, C-More, Allen Bradley
PanelView Plus, or engineer approved equal.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 465101 - 16 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

J. Control circuits shall allow for manual override of PLC system by selector switches on the panel
front, Selector switches will be provided for all pumps and valves controlled by the SBR. Panel
mounted indicator lamps for operation status and failure of equipment shall be provided. Float
switch detection of high level in each SBR shall override the transducer level signal to initiate an
emergency decant, All failure lamps and alarm horn operations shall annunciate following I.S.A.
sequence "A".
K. Control panel to include Industrial Ethernet switch. The Ethernet switch shall be a compact
unmanaged Ethernet switch, DIN rail mountable. The switch shall be copper only with 8 RJ45
ports. Operating temperature shall be 0 deg to 60 deg Celsius. Operating voltage shall be
12/24/48 V DC (9.6-60) V and 24 VAC (18-30) V. Eight (8) 101100 ports total, two (2) uplink
RJ45 and six (6) standard RJ 45. Industrial Ethernet switch shall be Phoenix Contact,
Hirshmann Series RS20, or engineer approved equal.
L. All wiring to module will terminate on terminal strip. Panel wiring shall be:
1. Type MTW, sized per applicable codes.
2. 16 gauge minimum wire size for 120 VAC,
3. 20 gauge minimum wire size for 24 VDC.
4. Wiring shall be color coded as follows:
a. BLACK - Incoming 120VAC Power
b, WHITE - Neutral
c. GREEN - Ground
d. RED - Switched 120VAC Control Power
e. ORANGE - Foreign Control Voltage (power source external to panel)
f. BLUE - 24VDC (Positive)
g. WHITE WI BLUE STRIP - 24 DC (Common) ungrounded
M. A compact industrial DIN rail mounted modem will be provided to allow access to the control
system from any standard phone line. Modem includes a four (4) port Ethernet switch enabling
remove connection to the Ethernet network. Built in management and security features prevent
unwanted access. Modem shall be Allen Bradley model 9300-RADES or engineer approved
equal.
N. The following panel spare parts shall be supplied:
1. Fuses, 10% of each type supplied.
a. Relays, 10% of each type supplied.
b. Bulbs, 10% of each type supplied
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install the blowers in accordance with the Manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. The Contractor shall make all electrical and process connections to the blower package prior to
the arrival of the manufacturer's representative.
C. The Contractor shall complete and return the Manufacturer's installation check list prior to
having a Manufacturer's representative come onsite.
D. Representatives of the blower manufacturer shall verify and adjust blower and motor alignment.
3.02 FIELD SERVICE
A. The SBR Manufacturer shall provide a dry equipment installation check consisting of one (1) trip
for (3) man -days on site, clean water equipment start-up and training consisting of one (1) trip
for (3) man -days on site; SBR Controls start-up consisting of two (2) trips for (6) man -days on
site, and post -start-up operator instruction and training services consisting of one (1) trip for (2)
man -days on site. All service shall be carried out by a qualified service engineer. Written
service reports of each service phase shall be distributed to the Engineer and Owner,
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 17 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. After installation of all equipment has been completed and as soon as conditions permit, the
manufacturer shall provide one (1) trip for a total of two (2) 8-hour days to verify the installation
and conduct an acceptance test under actual operating conditions.
1. The Manufacturer shall perform a physical check of the blower installation, perform safety
checks, power up the equipment and perform functional testing.
2. The functional test shall consist of 4 hours of operation of each blower with vibration,
temperature, and pressure readings as well as motor amp readings taken and recorded at
60-minute intervals.
3. The Manufacturer shall provide operations and maintenance training to the plant
personnel. The training shall consist of 1 hour of classroom training using the Operation
and Maintenance Manual for reference and 2 hours of hands on training at the blower
package.
B. If required, Contractor shall make any changes, at his own expense, to the installation that may
be necessary to assure satisfactory operation. Contractor shall be held liable for changes
needed in the installation.
C. Manufacturer shall provide a written field test 1 start up report after completion of testing.
3.04 MECHANICAL WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer shall furnish its standard warranty against defects in material and
workmanship for all Equipment provided by the Seller under this Section. The Seller shall
warrant the Equipment, or any components thereof, through the earlier of: (i) eighteen (18)
months from delivery of the Equipment, or (ii) twelve (12) months from date of initial operation of
the Equipment.
B. Warranties and guarantees by the suppliers of various components in lieu of a single source
responsibility by the equipment manufacturer shall not be acceptable, The equipment
manufacturer shall be solely responsible for the warranty of the equipment and all related
components.
C. In the event a component fails to perform as specified or is proven defective in service during
the warranty period, excluding items of supply normally expended during operation, the
manufacturer shall provide a replacement part without cost to the owner.
D. This warranty shall be valid only if the product is properly serviced and operated under normal
conditions and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 465101 - 18 SEQUENCING BATCH
WWTP Replacement REACTOR

SECTION 05 3200
METAL GRATINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Aluminum bar gratings for elevated walkways and platforms..
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Contract descriptions, description of alterations work, work by
others, future work, occupancy conditions, use of site and premises, work sequence.
B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings,
progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination.
C. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing
D. Section 05 3200: Pipe Railings.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2010.
B. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,
Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2013.
C. AWS D1.201.2M - Structural Welding Code - Aluminum; 2008.
D. ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs;
2002 (Reapproved 2008).
E. ASTM F594 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts; 2009e1.
F. NAAMM MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual; 2009 (ANSI/NAAMM MBG 531).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for review:
1. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
work,
2. Welding Certificates.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Metal Bar Grating Standards: Comply with NAAMM MBG 531, "Metal Bar Grating Manual."
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. Retain applicable standards below.
2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code --Aluminum."
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A, Storage And Handling Requirements:
1. Store grating materials in clean, dry location, away from uncured concrete and masonry,
and protected against damage.
2. Cover with waterproof paper, tarpaulin, or polyethylene sheeting. Allow for air circulation
inside covering.
B.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, steel supports, and other construction
contiguous with gratings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements
on Shop Drawings.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the
Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating gratings without field
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 05 3200 - 1 METAL GRATINGS
WWTP Replacement

measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual
dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Aluminum Bar Gratings
1. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation.
2. All American Grating, Inc.
3, Barnett/Bates Corp.
4. Borden Metal Products (Canada) Limited.
5. Fisher & Ludlow.
6, Grupo Metelmex, S.A. de C.V.
7, IKG Industries; a Harsco Company.
8. Marwas Steel Co.; Laurel Steel Products Division.
9. Ohio Gratings, Inc.
2.02 ALUMINUM
A. A, Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer for type
of use indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper
designated below for each aluminum form required.
B. Extruded Bars and Shapes: ASTM B 221, alloys as follows:
1. 6061-T6 or 6063-T6, for bearing bars of gratings and shapes.
2. 6061-T1, for grating crossbars.
C. C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 5052-H32.
2.03 FASTENERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners. Select
fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
B. Delete remaining paragraphs and subparagraphs if no detailed fastening requirements; retain
for complex work.
C. Select Alloy Group 1 (Al) fasteners in first paragraph below for use with Type 304; select Alloy
Group 2 (A4) fasteners for use with Type 316.
1. Stainless -Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless -steel bolts,
nuts, and, where indicated, fiat washers; ASTM F 593 for bolts and ASTM F 594 for nuts,
Alloy Group 1.
2. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1.
3. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME 1318.21A.
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
that is welded.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Shop Assembly: Fabricate grating sections in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field
splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling
limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units
for reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch material cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius
of approximately 1132 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on
exposed surfaces.
C. Form from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed to
support indicated loads.
D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 05 3200 - 2 METAL GRATINGS
WWTP Replacement

E. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
F. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and
space the anchoring devices to secure gratings, frames, and supports rigidly in place and to
support indicated loads.
1. Fabricate toeplates to fit grating units and weld to units in shop, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Delete subparagraph above or below, or both if no toeplates,
3. Fabricate toeplates for attaching in the field.
G. Toeplate Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated
2.06 ALUMINUM BAR GRATINGS
A. Removable Grating Sections: Fabricate with banding bars attached by welding to entire
perimeter of each section. Include anchors and fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated,
as recommended by manufacturer for attaching to supports.
1. Provide not less than four weld lugs for each heavy-duty grating section, with each lug
shop welded to two bearing bars.
2. Provide not less than 4 saddle clips for each grating section composed of rectangular
bearing bars 3116 inch or less in thickness and spaced 15116 inch or more o.c., with each
clip designed and fabricated to fit over 2 bearing bars.
3. Provide not less than 4 weld lugs for each grating section composed of rectangular bearing
bars 3116 inch or less in thickness and spaced less than 15116 inch o.c., with each lug
shop welded to 3 or more bearing bars. Interrupt intermediate bearing bars as necessary
for fasteners securing grating to supports.
4. Furnish self -drilling fasteners with washers for securing grating to supports.
5. Furnish galvanized malleable -iron flange clamp with galvanized bolt for securing grating to
supports. Furnish as a system designed to be installed from above grating by one person.
B. C. Fabricate cutouts in grating sections for penetrations indicated. Arrange cutouts to permit
grating removal without disturbing items penetrating gratings.
1. Edge -band openings in grating that interrupt four or more bearing bars with bars of same
size and material as bearing bars.
C. Do not notch bearing bars at supports to maintain elevation,
2.07 GRATING FRAMES AND SUPPORTS
A. Frames and Supports for Metal Gratings: Fabricate from metal shapes, plates, and bars of
welded construction to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive
gratings. Miter and weld connections for perimeter angle frames. Cut, drill, and tap units to
receive hardware and similar items.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate from same basic metal as gratings.
2. Equip units indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry with integrally welded
anchors. Unless otherwise indicated, space anchors 24 inches o.c. and provide minimum
anchor units in the form of steel straps 1-114 inches wide by 114 inch thick by 8 inches
long.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary
for securing gratings to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and
masonry inserts, through -bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 05 3200 - 3 METAL GRATINGS
WWTP Replacement

C. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
gratings. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established
lines and levels and free of rack.
D. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete or
masonry.
E. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
F. Attach toeplates to gratings by welding at locations indicated.
G. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
3.02 INSTALLING ALUMINUM BAR GRATINGS
A. General: Install gratings to comply with recommendations of referenced metal bar grating
standards that apply to grating types and bar sizes indicated, including installation clearances
and standard anchoring details.
B. Attach removable units to supporting members with type and size of clips and fasteners
indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by grating manufacturer for type of installation
conditions shown.
C. Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding where both materials are same;
otherwise, fasten by bolting as indicated above.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 05 3200 - 4 METAL GRATINGS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 05 5213
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Guard rails for elevated walks and platforms.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 05 3200 - Metal Gratings,
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2012,
B. ASTM B211 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Rolled or Cold Finished
Bar, Rod, and Wire; 2012.
C. ASTM B211 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Rolled or
Cold -Finished Bar, Rod, and Wire (Metric); 2012,
D. ASTM 13241/13241 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe
and Seamless Extruded Tube; 2012.
E. ASTM B4291B429M - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and
Tube; 2010.
F. ASTM B4831B483M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Drawn Tubes
for General Purpose Applications; 2013.
G. ASTM E935 - Standard Test Methods for Performance of Permanent Metal Railing Systems
and Rails for Buildings; 2013.
H. ASTM E985 - Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for
Buildings; 2000 (Reapproved 2006).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for Review:
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of
fasteners, and accessories.
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Handrails and Railings:
1. Alum! -Guard, Inc,: www.alumi-guard.coml#sle.
2. C.R. Laurence Co., Inc; CRL Welded Post Railing Systems (WRS):
www.crl-arch.coml#sle.
3. Kee Safety, Inc; Kee Lite (aluminum): www.keesafety.com/#sle.
4. KaneSterling: www.stertingdula.com/#sle.
5. The Wagner Companies: www.wagnercornpanies.com/#sle.
6. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.02 RAILINGS -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, fabricate, and test railing assemblies in accordance with the most stringent
requirements of ASTM E985 and applicable local code.
B. Distributed Loads: Design railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist distributed
force of 75 pounds per linear foot (1095 Nlm) applied to the top of the assembly and in any
direction, without damage or permanent set. Test in accordance with ASTM E935.
C. Concentrated Loads: Design railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist a
concentrated force of 200 pounds (890 N) applied at any point on the top of the assembly and in
any direction, without damage or permanent set. Test in accordance with ASTM E935.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 05 5213 - 1 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
WWTP Replacement

D. Allow for expansion and contraction of members and building movement without damage to
connections or members.
E. Dimensions: See drawings for configurations and heights.
F. Provide anchors and other components as required to attach to structure, made of same
materials as railing components unless otherwise indicated; where exposed fasteners are
unavoidable provide flush countersunk fasteners.
G. Provide slip-on non -weld mechanical fittings to join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal
exposed mounting bolts and nuts, including but not limited to elbows, T-shapes, splice
connectors, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets.
2.03 ALUMINUM MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Pipe: Schedule 40; ASTM B4291B429M, ASTM B2411B241M, or ASTM
B4831B483M.
B. Aluminum Tube: Minimum wall thickness of 0.127 inch (3.2 mm); ASTM B4291B429M, ASTM
B2411B241 M, or ASTM B4831B483M.
C. Solid Bars and Flats: ASTM B211 (ASTM B211M).
D. Non -Weld Mechanical Fittings: Slip-on cast aluminum, for Schedule 40 pipe, with flush
setscrews for tightening by standard hex wrench, no bolts or screw fasteners.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Accurately form components to suit specific project conditions and for proper connection to
building structure.
B. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes for delivery to site.
C. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. Provide spigots and sleeves to
accommodate site assembly and installation.
2.05 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Class I Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A41 Clear anodic coating not less than
0.7 mils (0.018 mm) thick.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
3,02 PREPARATION
A. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum surfaces that will be in contact with
cementitious or dissimilar materials,
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects, with tight
joints.
C. Anchor railings securely to structure.
3.04 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 114 inch (6 mm) per floor level, non -cumulative.
B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 114 inch (6 mm).
C. Maximum Out -of -Position: 114 inch (6 mm).
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 05 5213 - 2 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 0519
LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Single conductor building wire.
B. Wiring connectors.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire; 2013 (Reapproved 2018),
B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard,
Medium -Hard, or Soft; 2011 (Reapproved 2017).
C. ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin -Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical
Purposes; 2010 (Reapproved 2014).
D. ASTM B787113787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper
Conductors for Subsequent Insulation; 2004 (Reapproved 2014).
E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015,
F. NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy;
2009.
G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
H. UL 44 - Thermoset -Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions,
I. UL 83 - Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
J. UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions,
K. UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All. Revisions.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS
A, Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and
product listing.
B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated,
permitted, or required.
2,02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring,
connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system,
D. Comply with NEMA WC 70.
E. Thermoplastic -Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83,
F. Thermoset -Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44.
G. Conductor Material:
1. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper
conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B7871B 787M unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33.
H, Minimum Conductor Size:
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0519 - 1 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL
WWTP Replacement POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES

Branch Circuits: 12 AWG,
Conductor Color Coding:
1, Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having
jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project.
2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation.
3. Color Code:
a. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2) Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
4) Neutral/Grounded: Gray.
b. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Black,
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue,
4) NeutrallGrounded: White.
c. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green.
2,03 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE
A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
B. Conductor Stranding:
1. Feeders and Branch Circuits:
a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid.
b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded.
2. Control Circuits: Stranded.
C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V.
D. Insulation:
1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or THHN/THWN-2.
a. Size 4 AWG and Larger: Type XHHW-2,
2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS
A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the
conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as
applicable.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
B. Install conductors and cable in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1.
C. Installation in Raceway:
1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other
contaminants.
2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time.
3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum
pulling tension and sidewall pressure.
4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not
recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports
and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction, Provide independent support from
building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems.
E. Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each outlet.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 0519 - 2 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL
WWTP Replacement POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES

F. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment
enclosures.
G. Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded
conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70.
H. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors.
1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways or make
splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters.
2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without
cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.
3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion,
oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces.
I. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for
the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced
conductors.
J. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and
devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0519 - 3 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL
WWTP Replacement POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES

SECTION 26 0526
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Grounding and bonding requirements.
B. Conductors for grounding and bonding.
C, Connectors for grounding and bonding.
D. Ground bars.
E. Ground rod electrodes.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 0519 - Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Additional
requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IEEE 81 - IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface
Potentials of a Grounding System; 2012.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
C. NEMA GR 1 - Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings; 2007.
D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
E. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors,
connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete
grounding and bonding system.
C. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
D. Grounding System Resistance:
1. Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless
otherwise approved by Stroud Engineering, PA. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours
does not constitute normally dry conditions.
2. Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 5 ohms to ground, when tested according
to IEEE 81 using "fall -of -potential" method.
E. Grounding Electrode System:
1. Provide connection to required and supplemental grounding electrodes indicated to form
grounding electrode system.
a. Provide continuous grounding electrode conductors without splice or joint.
b. Install grounding electrode conductors in raceway where exposed to physical
damage. Bond grounding electrode conductor to metallic raceways at each end with
bonding jumper.
2. Metal In -Ground Support Structure:
a, Provide connection to metal in -ground support structure that is in direct contact with
earth in accordance with NFPA 70.
3. Concrete -Encased Electrode:
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0526 - 1 GROUNDING AND BONDING
WWTP Replacement FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

a. Provide connection to concrete -encased electrode consisting of not less than 20 feet
(6.0 m) of steel reinforcing bars embedded within concrete foundation or footing that
is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Ground Rod Electrode(s):
a. Provide single electrode unless otherwise indicated or required.
5. Provide additional ground electrode(s) as required to achieve specified grounding
electrode system resistance.
6. Ground Bar: Provide ground bar, separate from service equipment enclosure, for common
connection point of grounding electrode system bonding jumpers as permitted in NFPA 70.
Connect grounding electrode conductor provided for service -supplied system grounding to
this ground bar.
a. Ground Bar Size: 114 by 2 by 12 inches (6 by 50 by 300 mm) unless otherwise
indicated or required.
b. Where ground bar location is not indicated, locate in accessible location as near as
possible to service disconnect enclosure.
c. Ground Bar Mounting Height: 18 inches (450 mm) above finished floor unless
otherwise indicated.
F. Service -Supplied System Grounding:
1, For each service disconnect, provide grounding electrode conductor to connect neutral
(grounded) service conductor to grounding electrode system. Unless otherwise indicated,
make connection at neutral (grounded) bus in service disconnect enclosure.
2. For each service disconnect, provide main bonding jumper to connect neutral (grounded)
bus to equipment ground bus where not factory -installed. Do not make any other
connections between neutral (grounded) conductors and ground on load side of service
disconnect.
G. Grounding for Separate Building or Structure Supplied by Feeder(s) or Branch Circuits:
1. Provide grounding electrode system for each separate building or structure.
2. Provide equipment grounding conductor routed with supply conductors.
3. For each disconnecting means, provide grounding electrode conductor to connect
equipment ground bus to grounding electrode system.
4. Do not make any connections and remove any factory -installed jumpers between neutral
(grounded) conductors and ground.
H. Separately Derived System Grounding:
1. Separately derived systems include, but are not limited to:
a. Transformers (except autotransformers such as buck -boost transformers).
2. Provide grounding electrode conductor to connect derived system grounded conductor to
nearest ground rod. Unless otherwise indicated, make connection at neutral (grounded)
bus in source enclosure.
3. Provide bonding jumper to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest metal
building frame and nearest metal water piping in the area served by the derived system,
where not already used as a grounding electrode for the derived system. Make connection
at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection.
4. Provide system bonding jumper to connect system grounded conductor to equipment
ground bus. Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor
connection. Do not make any other connections between neutral (grounded) conductors
and ground on load side of separately derived system disconnect.
5. Where the source and first disconnecting means are in separate enclosures, provide
supply-side bonding jumper between source and first disconnecting means.
I. Bonding and Equipment Grounding:
1, Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic
equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and
other normally non -current -carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical
conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with
NFPA 70,
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0526 - 2 GROUNDING AND BONDING
WWTP Replacement FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

2. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit
raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor.
3. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment
grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit
equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.
5. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment
ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolatedlinsufated ground bus.
6. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to
accommodate conduit movement.
2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable.
B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in addition to requirements of Section 26 0519:
1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated.
a. Exceptions:
1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with
earth.
2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in
raceway).
C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding:
1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors
and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground,
concealed and other inaccessible connections.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors, or
exothermic welded connections for accessible connections.
D. Ground Bars:
1. Description: Copper rectangular ground bars with mounting brackets and insulators.
2. Size: As indicated.
3. Holes for Connections: As indicated or as required for connections to be made,
E, Ground Rod Electrodes:
1. Comply with NEMA GR 1.
2. Material: Copper -bonded (copper -clad) steel.
3. Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm) diameter by 10 feet (3.0 m) length, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install grounding and bonding system components in a neat and workmanlike manner in
accordance with NECA 1.
C. Ground Rod Electrodes: Unless otherwise indicated, install ground rod electrodes vertically.
Where encountered rock prohibits vertical installation, install at 45 degree angle or bury
horizontally in trench at least 30 inches (750 mm) deep in accordance with NFPA 70 or provide
ground plates.
D. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors.
1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without
cutting, nicking or damaging conductors, Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate
insertion into connector.
2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and
contact surfaces.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0626 - 3 GROUNDING AND BONDING
WWTP Replacement FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the
items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools
and dies.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Say 26 0526 - 4 GROUNDING AND BONDING
WWTP Replacement FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

SECTION 26 0534
CONDUIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC).
B. PVC -coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC).
C. Flexible metal conduit (FMC).
D. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC).
E. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
F. Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit.
G. Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC).
H. Conduit fittings.
I. Accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2015,
B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel (EMT-S); 2015.
C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
D, NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT); 2013.
E. NECA 111 - Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC); 2003.
F. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic
Tubing, and Cable; 2014.
G. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl -Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and
Intermediate Metal Conduit; 2018.
K NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit; 2013,
1. NEMA TC 3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing;
2016.
J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
K. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M. UL 360 - Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
0. UL 651 - Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions,
P. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing -Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions,
Q. UL 1660 - Liquid -Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1,04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0534 - 1 CONDUIT
WWTP Replacement

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70
and product listing.
B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated
for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, comply with the
most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified,
rigid PVC conduit.
C. Underground:
1. Exterior, Direct -Buried: Use rigid PVC conduit.
2. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to PVC -coated galvanized steel
rigid metal conduit where emerging from underground.
D. Concealed Within Hollow Stud Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or electrical
metallic tubing (EMT).
E. Exposed, Interior, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or
electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
F. Exposed, Interior, Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
1. Locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to:
a. Where exposed below 8 feet (2.4 m), except within electrical and communication
rooms or closets.
G. Exterior, Above Ground: Use PVC -coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
H. Connections to Vibrating Equipment:
1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit.
2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
3. Maximum Length: 6 feet (1.8 m) unless otherwise indicated.
4. Vibrating equipment includes, but is not limited to:
a. Transformers.
b. Motors.
2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
1. Branch Circuits: 314 inch (21 mm) trade size.
2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size.
3. Underground, Interior: 314 inch (21 mm) trade size.
4. Underground, Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size.
D. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI
C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6.
B. Fittings:
1. Non -Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled
as complying with UL 514B.
2. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL
1203 for the classification of the installed location.
3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and
compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 0534 - 2 CONDUIT
WWTP Replacement

2.04 PVC -COATED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit with external polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) coating complying with NEMA RN 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL
6.
B. Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), nominal thickness of 40 mil (1,02 mm).
C. PVC -Coated Fittings:
1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of PVC -coated conduit to be installed.
2. Non -Hazardous Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B.
3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron,
4. Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), minimum thickness of 40 mil (1.02 mm),
5. Interior Coating: Urethane, minimum thickness of 2 mil (0.05 mm).
D. PVC -Coated Supports: Furnish with exterior coating of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), minimum
thickness of 15 mil (0,38 mm).
2.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled
as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used.
B. Fittings:
1. Description; Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
2.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC)
A, Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketed steel flexible metal conduit
listed and labeled as complying with UL 360.
B. Fittings:
1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
2.07 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3
and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797,
B. Fittings:
1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
3. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland) type.
a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings.
2.08 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2
and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 as indicated;
rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C. Conduit shall be listed for use in direct
sunlight.
B, Fittings:
1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 651; material to match conduit.
2.09 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (LFNC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFNC liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit listed and labeled as
complying with UL 1660.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0534 - 3 CONDUIT
WWTP Replacement

B. Fittings:
1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 51413; suitable for the type of conduit to be connected.
2.10 ACCESSORIES
A. Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion -resistant, electrically conductive; suitable for use with the
conduit to be installed.
B. Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit
and fittings to be installed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1.
C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101,
D. Install PVC -coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) using only tools approved by the
manufacturer,
E. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111.
F. Install liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC) in accordance with NECA 111.
G. Connections and Terminations:
1. Use approved zinc -rich paint or conduit joint compound on field -cut threads of galvanized
steel conduits prior to making connections.
2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three-piece
couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads.
3. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid
into connectors.
4. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock
nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations.
5. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical
continuity.
H. Penetrations:
1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and
grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer.
2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground.
4. Seal interior of conduits entering the panels from underground at first accessible point to
prevent entry of moisture and gases.
I. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion
and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected
equipment. This includes, but is not limited to:
1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection.
2. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost.
J. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0534 - 4 CONDUIT
WWTP Repiacement

SECTION 26 0553
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical identification requirements.
B. Identification nameplates and labels.
C. Underground warning tape.
D. Warning signs and labels.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 0519 - Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for
power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z535.2 - American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs; 2011.
B. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels; 2011.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
D. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Identification for Equipment:
1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control
equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components.
a. Panelboards:
1) Identify ampere rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panelboards with a
door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil.
b. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers:
1) Identify voltage and phase.
c. Transfer Switches:
1) Identify voltage and phase.
2. Use identification label or handwritten text using indelible marker on inside of door at each
fused switch to identify required NEMA fuse class and size.
3. Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels: Use warning labels to identify arc flash hazards for
electrical equipment, such as switchboards, panelboards, industrial control panels, meter
socket enclosures, and motor control centers that are likely to require examination,
adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized.
a. Minimum Size: 3.5 by 5 inches (89 mm by 127 mm).
b. Legend: Include orange header that reads "WARNING", followed by the word
message "Arc Flash and Shock Hazard; Appropriate PPE Required; Do not operate
controls or open covers without appropriate personal protection equipment; Failure to
comply may result in injury or death; Refer to NFPA 70E for minimum PPE
requirements" or approved equivalent.
B. Identification for Conductors and Cables:
1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 0519.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 0553 - 1 IDENTIFICATION FOR
WWTP Replacement ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. Identification Nameplates:
1. Materials:
a. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for
exterior use,
2. Plastic Nameplates: Two -layer or three -layer laminated acrylic or electrically
non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1116 inch (1.6 mm);
engraved text.
3. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Minimum thickness of 1132 inch (0.8 mm); engraved or
laser -etched text.
4. Aluminum Nameplates: Anodized; minimum thickness of 1132 inch (0.8 mm); engraved or
laser -etched text.
5. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch
(25 mm) high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes.
B. Identification Labels:
1. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and
abrasion resistant.
2. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine -printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Format for Equipment Identification:
1. Minimum Size: 1 inch (25 mm) by 2.5 inches (64 mm).
2. Legend:
a. Equipment designation or other approved description.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height:
a. Equipment Designation: 112 inch (13 mm).
b. Other Information: 114 inch (6 mm).
5. Color:
a. Normal Power System: White text on black background.
b. Emergency Power System: White text on red background.
2.03 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE
A. Materials: Use foil -backed detectable type polyethylene tape suitable for direct burial, unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Foil -backed Detectable Type Tape: 3 inches (76 mm) wide, with minimum thickness of 5 mil
(0.1 mm), unless otherwise required for proper detection.
C. Legend: Type of service, continuously repeated over full length of tape.
D. Color:
2.04 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable.
B. Warning Signs:
1. Materials:
2. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches (178 by 254 mm) unless otherwise indicated.
C. Warning Labels:
1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine -printed self-adhesive polyester or
self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced
using materials recognized to UL 969.
2. Machine -Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories
recommended by label manufacturer.
3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm) unless otherwise indicated.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0553 - 2 IDENTIFICATION FOR
WWTP Replacement ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A, Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and
maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows:
1. Surface -Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front.
2. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access.
3. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access.
C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified.
D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to
interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement.
E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or
wrinkles and edges properly sealed.
F. Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tape per trench at 3 inches (75
mm) below finished grade.
G. Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 0553 - 3 IDENTIFICATION FOR
WWTP Replacement ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

SECTION 26 2416
PANELBOARDS
PART1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Power distribution panelboards.
B.
Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B,
Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; 2013e (Amended
2017).
B.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
C.
NECA 407 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Panelboards; 2015.
D.
NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2018,
E.
NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards; 2011.
F.
NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less; 2013.
G.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
H.
UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non -Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions,
I.
UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
J.
UL 67 - Panelboards; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
K.
UL 489 - Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
panelboards, enclosures, overcurrent protective devices, and other installed components and
accessories.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 70,
PART
2
PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Eaton Corporation; Cutler -Hammer Products: www,eaton.com/#sle,
B.
General Electric Company: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
C.
Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.
D.
Siemens Industry, Inc: www,usa.slemens.com/#sle.
E.
Approved Equal,
2.02
PANELBOARDS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2416 - 1 PANELBOARDS
WWTP Replacement

B. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the
following service conditions:
1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m).
2. Ambient Temperature:
a. Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F (-5 degrees C) and
104 degrees F (40 degrees C).
C. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Provide panelboards with listed short circuit current rating as indicated on the drawings.
D. Mains: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the installation.
E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Replaceable without disturbing adjacent devices.
F. Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 temperature rise requirements.
1. Provide fully rated neutral bus unless otherwise indicated, with a suitable lug for each
feeder or branch circuit requiring a neutral connection.
2. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each panelboard, with a suitable lug for
each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
G. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
H. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 4X, stainless steel.
2. Boxes: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
a. Provide wiring gutters sized to accommodate the conductors to be installed.
3. Fronts:
a. Fronts for Surface -Mounted Enclosures: Same dimensions as boxes.
4. Lockable Doors: All locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated.
I. Future Provisions: Prepare all unused spaces for future installation of devices including
bussing, connectors, mounting hardware and all other required provisions.
2.03 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A. Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type,
circuit breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings, configurations and
features as indicated on the drawings.
B. Conductor Terminations:
1. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper
conductors.
2. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
C. Bussing:
1. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Aluminum.
2. Ground Bus Material: Aluminum.
D. Circuit Breakers:
1. Provide bolt -on type.
E. Enclosures:
1. Provide surface -mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
2.04 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
1. Description: Quick -make, quick -break, over center toggle, trip -free, trip -indicating circuit
breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS W-C-375
where applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.
2. Interrupting Capacity:
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2416 - 2 PANELBOARDS
WWTP Replacement

a. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short
circuit current rating indicated, but not less than:
1) 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 VAC or 208 VAC.
b. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than
the short circuit current rating indicated.
3. Conductor Terminations:
a. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors.
4. Multi -Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install panelboards securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1
(general workmanship), NECA 407 (panelboards), and NEMA PB 1.1.
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Install panelboards plumb,
E. Mount panelboards such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit breakers or
switches does not exceed 79 inches (2000 mm) above the floor or working platform.
F. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526,
G. Install all field -installed branch devices, components, and accessories.
H. Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in panelboards,
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2416 - 3 PANELBOARDS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 2419
MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Low -voltage (600 V and less) standard (non -arc -resistant) NEMA motor control centers.
B. Motor control center units:
1. Combination magnetic motor starter units.
C. Overcurrent protective devices for motor control centers and associated units, including
overload relays.
D. Motor control accessories:
1. Auxiliary contacts.
2, Pilot devices.
3. Control and timing relays.
4. Control power transformers.
5. Control terminal blocks.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads.
B. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems,
C. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
D. Section 26 2923 - Variable -Frequency Motor Controllers.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; 2013e (Amended
2017).
B. IEEE C57.13 - IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers; 2016.
C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
D. NECA 402 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Motor Control Centers; 2014.
E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2018.
F. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays
Rated 600 Volts; 2000, with Errata (2008).
G. NEMA ICS 2.3 - Instructions for the Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor
Control Centers; 1995 (Reaffirmed 2008).
H. NEMA ICS 5 - Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices; 2017.
1. NEMA ICS 6 - Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures; 1993 (Reaffirmed 2016).
J. NEMA ICS 18 - Motor Control Centers; 2001 (Reaffirmed 2007).
K. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
L. UL 489 - Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions,
M. UL 845 - Motor Control Centers; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment,
or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working
clearances required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate the work to provide motor controllers and associated overload relays suitable
for use with the actual motors to be installed.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2419 - 1 MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS
WWTP Replacement

3. Coordinate the work to provide motor controllers and associated wiring suitable for
interface with control devices to be installed.
4. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
5. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
6, Coordinate with manufacturer to provide shipping splits suitable for the dimensional
constraints of the installation.
7. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for motor
control centers, enclosures, units, overcurrent protective devices, and other installed
components and accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, voltage, bus ampacities, unit arrangement and sizes,
short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed
features and accessories.
1. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of motor control centers and adjacent
equipment with all required clearances indicated.
2. Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections,
3, Clearly indicate whether proposed short circuit current ratings are fully rated or, where
acceptable, series rated systems.
4. Include documentation of listed series ratings.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, and installation of product.
E. Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended maintenance
procedures and intervals.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Motor Control Centers - Other Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. ABBIGE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
2. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
3. Rockwell Automation, Inc.; Allen-Bradley Products: ab.rockwellautomation.coml#sle,
4. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www,schnelder- electric. usl#sle,
5. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa,siemens.com/#sle.
2.02 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
A. Provide motor control centers consisting of all required components, control power
transformers, instrumentation and control wiring, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete
operating system.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Description: Dead -front standard (non -arc -resistant) type motor control center assemblies
complying with NEMA ICS 18, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 845; ratings,
configurations and features as indicated on the drawings.
D. Configuration:
1. Arrangement: Front- and rear -mounted units.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2419 - 2 MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS
WWTP Replacement

2. NEMA Classification and Wiring Type: NEMA ICS 18, Class I, Type 8 (B-T for units size 3
or smaller).
E. Service Conditions:
1. Provide motor control centers and associated components suitable for operation under the
following service conditions without derating:
a. Altitude:
1) Class 1 Km Equipment (devices utilizing power semiconductors, e.g. variable
frequency controllers): Less than 3,300 feet (1,000 m).
2) Class 2 Km Equipment (electromagnetic and manual devices): Less than 6,600
feet (2,000 m).
b. Ambient Temperature: Between 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) and 104 degrees F (40
degrees C).
2. Provide motor control centers and associated components suitable for operation at
indicated ratings under the service conditions at the installed location.
F. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Minimum Rating: 42,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
2. Listed series ratings are not acceptable.
G. Bussing:
1. Horizontal Main Bus: Size for a maximum temperature rise of 117 degrees F (65 degrees
C) over an ambient temperature of 104 degrees F (40 degrees C), in compliance with
NEMA ICS 18 and UL 845 requirements.
2. Vertical Bus: Minimum size of 400 A, in compliance with NEMA ICS 18 requirements.
3. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus through full length of motor control center,
with a suitable lug for each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
4. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.
5. Ground Bus Material: Copper.
H. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
1. Line Conductor Terminations:
a. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or
copper conductors,
b. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
I. Enclosures:
1. Comply with NEMA ICS 6.
2. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1 or Type 2 (drip -proof).
3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated.
J, Future Provisions:
1. Prepare designated spaces for future installation of devices including bussing, connectors,
mounting hardware and all other required provisions.
K. Instrument Transformers:
1. Comply with IEEE C57.13.
2. Select suitable ratio, burden, and accuracy as required for connected devices.
3. Current Transformers: Connect secondaries to shorting terminal blocks.
4. Potential Transformers: Include primary and secondary fuses with disconnecting means.
2.03 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER UNITS
A. Combination Magnetic Motor Starter Units:
1. Description: NEMA ICS 2, Class A combination motor controllers with magnetic
contactor(s), externally operable disconnect and overload relay(s).
2. Configuration: Full -voltage non -reversing type unless otherwise indicated,
3. Disconnects: Circuit breaker type.
a. Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic unless otherwise indicated or required.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2419 - 3 MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS
WWTP Replacement

b. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position.
Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the disconnect in the ON
position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes.
c. Provide auxiliary interlock for disconnection of external control power sources where
applicable.
4, Overload Relays: Bimetallic thermal type unless otherwise indicated,
5. Pilot Devices Required:
a. Furnish local pilot devices for each unit as specified below unless otherwise indicated
on drawings.
b, Variable -Frequency AC Drive Units
1) Selector Switches:
2) Indicating Lights:
B. Variable -Frequency AC Drive Units: Comply with Section 26 2923.
2.04 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Overload Relays:
1. Provide overload relays and, where applicable, associated current elements/heaters,
selected according to actual installed motor nameplate data, in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations and NFPA 70; include consideration for motor service
factor and ambient temperature correction, where applicable.
2. Inverse -Time Trip Class Rating: Class 20 unless otherwise indicated or required.
3. Trip -free operation.
4. Visible trip indication,
5. Resettable.
a. Employ manual reset unless otherwise indicated.
b. Do not employ automatic reset with two -wire control.
6. Bimetallic Thermal Overload Relays:
a. Interchangeable current elements/heaters.
b. Adjustable trip; plus/minus 10 percent of nominal, minimum,
c. Trip test function.
B. Circuit Breakers:
1. Interrupting Capacity (not applicable to motor circuit protectors):
a. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short
circuit current rating indicated, but not less than specified minimum requirements.
b. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than
the short circuit current rating indicated.
2. Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
a. Description: Quick -make, quick -break, over center toggle, trip -free, trip -indicating
circuit breakers; listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS
W-C-375 where applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the
drawings.
2.05 MOTOR CONTROL ACCESSORIES
A. Auxiliary Contacts:
1. Comply with NEMA ICS 5.
2, Provide number and type of contacts indicated or required to perform necessary functions,
including holding (seal -in) circuit and interlocking, plus one normally open (NO) and one
normally closed (NC) spare contact for each starter unit, minimum.
B, Pilot Devices:
1, Comply with NEMA ICS 5; heavy-duty type.
2, Pushbuttons: Unless otherwise indicated, provide momentary, non -illuminated type with
flush button operator; normally open or normally closed as indicated or as required.
3. Selector Switches: Unless otherwise indicated, provide maintained, non -illuminated type
with knob operator; number of switch positions as indicated or as required.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2419 - 4 MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS
WWTP Replacement

4. Indicating Lights: Push -to -test type unless otherwise indicated.
5. Provide LED lamp source for indicating lights and illuminated devices.
C. Control and Timing Relays:
1. Comply with NEMA ICS 5.
2. Provide number and type of relays indicated or required to perform necessary functions.
D. Control Power Transformers:
1. Size to accommodate burden of contactor coil(s) and all connected auxiliary devices.
2. Include primary and secondary fuses,
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install motor control centers in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship), NECA 402,
and NEMA ICS 2.3.
C. Arrange equipment to provide required clearances and maintenance access, including
accommodations for any drawout devices.
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529.
E. Install motor control centers plumb and level.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, mount motor control centers on properly sized 4 inch (100 mm) high
concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 3000.
G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526.
H. Install all field -installed devices, components, and accessories.
I. Where accessories are not self -powered, provide control power source as indicated or as
required to complete installation.
J. Set field -adjustable motor controllers and associated components according to installed motor
requirements, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and NFPA 70.
K. Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2419 - 5 MOTOR -CONTROL CENTERS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 2726
WIRING DEVICES
PART1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Wall switches.
B.
Receptacles.
C.
Wall plates.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
FS W-C-596 - Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for; 2017h.
B.
FS W-S-896 - Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush -mounted (General Specification);
2017g.
C.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
D.
NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; 2010.
E.
NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2015).
F.
NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications; 2016.
G.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
H.
UL 20 - General -Use Snap Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.
UL 498 - Attachment Plugs and Receptacles; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
J.
UL 514D - Cover Plates for Flush -Mounted Wiring Devices; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and
configurations.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B.
Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
WIRING
DEVICE APPLICATIONS
A.
Provide wiring devices suitable for intended use and with ratings adequate for load served.
B.
Provide weather resistant GFCI receptacles with specified weatherproof covers for receptacles
installed outdoors or in damp or wet locations.
C.
Provide GFCI protection for receptacles installed within 6 feet (1.B m) of sinks.
2.02
WIRING
DEVICE FINISHES
A.
Provide wiring device finishes as described below unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Wiring Devices, Unless Otherwise Indicated: White with white nylon wall plate.
C.
Wiring Devices Installed in Wet or Damp Locations: White with specified weatherproof cover.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2726 - 1 WIRING DEVICES
WWTP Replacement

2.03 WALL SWITCHES
A. Wall Switches - General Requirements: AC only, quiet operating, general -use snap switches
with silver alloy contacts, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as
complying with UL 20 and where applicable, FS W-S-896; types as indicated on the drawings.
1, Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring and screw actuated binding clamp for
back wiring with separate ground terminal screw.
B. Standard Wall Switches: Commercial specification grade, 20 A, 1201277 V with standard toggle
type switch actuator and maintained contacts; single pole single throw or three way as indicated
on the drawings.
2.04 RECEPTACLES
A. Receptacles - General Requirements: Self -grounding, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA
WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 498, and where applicable, FS W-C-596; types as
indicated on the drawings.
1. Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring or screw actuated binding clamp for
back wiring with separate ground terminal screw.
2. NEMA configurations specified are according to NEMA WD 6.
B. Convenience Receptacles:
1. Standard Convenience Receptacles: Commercial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA
5-20R; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings,
2. Weather Resistant Convenience Receptacles: Commercial specification grade, 20A,
125V, NEMA 5-20R, listed and labeled as weather resistant type complying with UL 498
Supplement SE suitable for installation in damp or wet locations; single or duplex as
indicated on the drawings.
2.05 WALL PLATES
A. Wall Plates: Complywith UL 514D.
1. Configuration: One piece cover as required for quantity and types of corresponding wiring
devices.
2. Size: Oversized.
3. Screws: Metal with slotted heads finished to match wall plate finish.
B. Stainless Steel Wall Plates: Brushed satin finish, Type 302 stainless steel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general Workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA
130, including mounting heights specified in those standards unless otherwise indicated.
B. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 0533.16 as required for
installation of wiring devices provided under this section.
C. Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent
devices exceeds 300 V.
E. Where required, connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long. Do
not connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals.
F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor clockwise 314 turn around screw terminal and
tightening to proper torque specified by the manufacturer. Where present, do not use push -in
pressure terminals that do not rely on screw -actuated binding.
G. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit
equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.
H. Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place.
I. Install wall switches with OFF position down.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2726 - 2 WIRING DEVICES
WWTP Replacement

J. Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on top and horizontally mounted
receptacles with grounding pole on left.
K. Install wall plates to fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely
covered without strain on wall plate. Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or
improperly sized rough openings. Do not use oversized wall plates in lieu of meeting this
requirement.
L. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or
designated for future use.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Say 26 2726 - 3 WIRING DEVICES
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 2813
FUSES
PART1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A,
Fuses.
B.
Spare fuse cabinet.
1.02
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; 2012.
B.
UL 248-1 - Low -Voltage Fuses Part 1: General Requirements; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
C.
UL 248-12 - Low -Voltage Fuses - Part 12: Class R Fuses; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A,
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and current
ratings, interrupting ratings, time -current curves, and current limitation curves.
1. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Include dimensions.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
APPLICATIONS
A.
Feeders:
1, Fusible Switches up to 600 Amperes: Class RK1, time -delay.
B.
Individual Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time -delay.
2.02
FUSES
A,
Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended,
B.
Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide fuses for all fusible equipment as required
for a complete operating system.
C.
Provide fuses of the same type, rating, and manufacturer within the same switch.
D.
Comply with UL 248-1.
E.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1, Class and
ratings as indicated.
F.
Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.
G.
Class R Fuses: Comply with UL 248-12.
2.03
SPARE FUSE CABINET
A,
Description: Wall -mounted sheet metal cabinet with shelves and hinged door with cylinder lock,
suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized.
B.
Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read,
C.
Install spare fuse cabinet where indicated.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2813 - 1 FUSES
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 2817
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Enclosed circuit breakers.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; 2013e (Amended
2017).
B.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
C.
NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2018.
D.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
E.
UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non -Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, including All Revisions.
F.
UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
G.
UL 489 - Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
H.
UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1,
UL 943 - Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupters; Current Edition, Including All Revisions,
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for circuit
breakers, enclosures, and other installed components and accessories.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
ABB/GE: www,geindustrial.com/#sle.
B.
Eaton Corporation; Cutler -Hammer Products: www,eaton.com/#sle.
C.
General Electric Company: www.geindustrial,com/#sle.
D.
Schneider Electric; Square ❑ Products; www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.
E.
Siemens Industry, lnc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle.
F.
Approved Equal.
2.02
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A.
Description: Units consisting of molded case circuit breakers individually mounted in
enclosures.
B.
Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the
following service conditions:
1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m).
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 2817 - 1 ENCLOSE❑ CIRCUIT
WWTP Replacement BREAKERS

2. Ambient Temperature: Between 23 degrees F (-5 degrees C) and 104 degrees F (40
degrees C).
D. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Provide enclosed circuit breakers with listed short circuit current rating not less than the
available fault current at the installed location indicated on the drawings.
E. Enclosed Circuit Breakers Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as
service equipment according to UL 869A.
F. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
G. Provide thermal magnetic circuit breakers.
H. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed circuit breaker, with a suitable
lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor.
I. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
J. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position.
2.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Description: Quick -make, quick -break, over center toggle, trip -free, trip -indicating circuit
breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS W-C-375 where
applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.
B. Interrupting Capacity:
1. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit
current rating indicated, but not less than:
a. 42,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 480 VAC.
2. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the
short circuit current rating indicated.
C. Conductor Terminations:
1. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors.
D. Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole, furnish thermal inverse time tripping
element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element for short circuit
protection.
E. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state, microprocessor -based, true rms sensing
trip units,
F. Multi -Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles.
G. Provide the following circuit breaker types where indicated:
1. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Circuit Breakers: Listed as complying with UL 943,
class A for protection of personnel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosed circuit breakers where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Install enclosed circuit breakers securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with
N ECA 1.
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb,
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 2817 - 2 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
WWTP Replacement BREAKERS

E. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount enclosed
circuit breakers such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79
inches (2000 mm) above the floor or working platform.
F. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2817 - 3 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
WWTP Replacement BREAKERS

SECTION 26 2818
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Enclosed safety switches.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B.
Section 26 2813 - Fuses.
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B.
NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2018.
C.
NEMA KS 1 - Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead -Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum); 2013.
D.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
E.
UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non -Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
F.
UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions,
G.
UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead -Front Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
H.
UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures,
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed
switches and other installed components and accessories.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 70,
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
B.
Eaton Corporation; Cutler -Hammer Products: www.eaton.com/#sie.
C.
General Electric Company: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
D.
Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.usl#sle.
E.
Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle.
2.02
ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES
A.
Description: Quick -make, quick -break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying
with UL 98; heavy duty; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.
B.
Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended,
C.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the
following service conditions:
1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m).
2. Ambient Temperature: Between -22 degrees F (-30 degrees C) and 104 degrees F (40
degrees C).
D.
Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load.
E.
Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 26 2818 - 1 ENCLOSED SWITCHES
WWTP Replacement

F. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Minimum Ratings:
a. Heavy Duty Single Throw Switches Protected by Class R Fuses: 200,000 rms
symmetrical amperes.
G. Enclosed Safety Switches Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as
service equipment according to UL 869A.
H. Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open.
I. Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated.
1. Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed, provide rejection feature to prevent installation
of fuses other than Class R.
J. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
K. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch, with a suitable lug
for terminating each equipment grounding conductor.
L. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 4X, stainless steel.
c. Shall have lockable door.,
M. Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with
capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes.
N. Heavy Duty Switches:
1. Comply with NEMA KS 1.
2. Conductor Terminations:
a. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors.
3. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position, capable of
accepting three padlocks.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosed switches in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install enclosed switches securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Install enclosed switches plumb.
E. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount enclosed
switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches
(2000 mm) above the floor or working platform.
F. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526,
G. Provide fuses complying with Section 26 2813 for fusible switches as indicated or as required by
equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 2818 - 2 ENCLOSED SWITCHES
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 2923
VARIABLE -FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Variable frequency controllers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A, Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NEMA ICS 7.1 - Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation, and
Operation of Adjustable -Speed Drive Systems; 2014.
B. NEMA ICS 7 - Industrial Control and Systems: Adjustable -Speed Drives; 2014.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.044 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing voltage, controller size, ratings and size of
switching and overcurrent protective devices, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure
details.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions and
weights shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; and nameplate legends.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Variable Frequency Motor Controllers:
1. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
2. Danfoss: www,danfoss.com/#sle.
3. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
4. Rockwell Automation, Inc.; Allen-Bradley Products: ab.rockwellautomation.com/#sle.
5. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.
6. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle.
B. Source Limitations: Furnish variable frequency motor controllers and associated components
produced by a single manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier.
2.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Variable Frequency Controllers: Enclosed controllers suitable for operating the indicated loads,
in compliance with requirements of NEMA ICS 7. Select unspecified features and options in
accordance with NEMA ICS 3.1.
2.03 OPERATING REQUIREMENTS
A. Rated Input Voltage: 480 volts, three phase, 60 Hertz.
B. Motor Nameplate Voltage: 460 volts, three phase, 60 Hertz,
C. Operating Ambient: 0 degrees C to 40 degrees C.
D. Volts Per Hertz Adjustment: Plus or minus 10 percent.
E. Current Limit Adjustment: 60 to 110 percent of rated.
F. Acceleration Rate Adjustment: 0.5 to 30 seconds.
G. Deceleration Rate Adjustment: 1 to 30 seconds.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay, 26 2923 - 1 VARIABLE -FREQUENCY
WWTP Replacement MOTOR CONTROLLERS

H. Input Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC.
2.04 COMPONENTS
A. Display: Provide integral digital display to indicate output voltage, output frequency, and output
current.
B. Status indicators: Separate indicators for overcurrent, overvo[tage, ground fault,
overtemperature, and input power ON.
C. Furnish HAND -OFF -AUTOMATIC selector switch and manual speed control.
D. Control Power Source: Integral control transformer.
E. Door Interlocks: Furnish mechanical means to prevent opening of equipment with power
connected, or to disconnect power if door is opened; include means for defeating interlock by
qualified persons.
F. Manual Bypass: Furnish contactor, motor running overload protection, and short circuit
protection for full voltage, non -reversing operation of the motor. Include isolation switch to allow
maintenance of inverter during bypass operation,
G. Emergency Stop: Use dynamic brakes for emergency stop function.
H. Disconnecting Means: Include integral circuit breaker on the line side of each controller.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Instal[ in accordance with NEMA ICS 7.1 and manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529.
C. Tighten accessible connections and mechanical fasteners after placing controller.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Say 26 2923 - 2 VARIABLE -FREQUENCY
WWTP Replacement MOTOR CONTROLLERS

SECTION 26 3213
ENGINE GENERATORS
PART GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A, Packaged engine generator system and associated components and accessories:
1. Generator set enclosure.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads.
B. Section 23 1113 - Facility Fuel -Oil Piping:
1. Diesel fuel piping.
C. Section 23 5100 - Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks: Engine exhaust piping,
D. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
E, Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems,
F. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D975 - Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils; 2017.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
C. NECAIEGSA 404 - Standard for Installing Generator Sets; 2014.
D. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; 2014.
E. NFPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code; 2018.
F. NFPA 37 - Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas
Turbines; 2018.
G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
H. NFPA 99 - Health Care Facilities Code; 2018.
I. NFPA 110 - Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems; 2016.
J. UL 142 - Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions,
K. UL 1236 - Battery Chargers for Charging Engine -Starter Batteries; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
L. UL 2200 - Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate compatibility of generator sets to be installed with work provided under other
sections or by others.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment
or other potential obstructions within the spaces dedicated for engine generator system,
3. Coordinate arrangement of equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of
the actual equipment to be installed.
4. Coordinate the work to provide electrical circuits suitable for the power requirements of the
actual auxiliary equipment and accessories to be installed.
5. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work,
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 3213 - 1 ENGINE GENERATORS
WWTP Replacement

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each
product, including ratings, configurations, dimensions, finishes, weights, service condition
requirements, and installed features. Include alternator starting capabilities, engine fuel
consumption rates, and cooling, combustion air, and exhaust requirements.
1. Include generator set sound level test data.
2. Include characteristic trip curves for overcurrent protective devices upon request.
C. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating locations of system
components, required clearances, and field connection locations. Include system
interconnection schematic diagrams showing all factory and field connections.
D. Fuel Storage Tank Calculations: Indicate maximum running time for generator set configuration
provided,
E. Manufacturer's factory emissions certification.
F. Provide NFPA 110 required documentation from manufacturer where requested by authorities
having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:
1. Certified prototype tests.
2. Torsional vibration compatibility certification.
3. NFPA 110 compliance certification.
4. Certified rated load test at rated power factor.
G. Maintenance contracts.
1.O6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following:
1. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code).
2. NFPA 37 (Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and
Gas Turbines).
3. NFPA 30 (Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code).
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in
this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1. Authorized service facilities located within 200 miles (320 km) of project site.
C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide minimum one year manufacturer warranty covering repair or replacement due to
defective materials or workmanship.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Packaged Engine Generator Set:
1. Caterpillar Inc: www.cat.com/#sle.
2. Cummins Power Generation Inc: www.cumminspower.com/#sle.
3. Generac Power Systems: www.generac,com/industrial/#sle.
4. Kohler Co: www.kohlerpower.com/#sle.
2.02 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM
A. Provide new engine generator system consisting of all required equipment, sensors, conduit,
boxes, wiring, piping, supports, accessories, system programming, etc, as necessary for a
complete operating system that provides the functional intent indicated.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. System Description:
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 3213 - 2 ENGINE GENERATORS
WWTP Replacement

1. Application: Emergency/standby.
2. Configuration: Single packaged engine generator set operated independently (not in
parallel).
D, Packaged Engine Generator Set:
1. Type: Diesel (compression ignition).
2. Power Rating: As indicated on drawings, standby.
3. Voltage: As indicated on drawings.
4. Main Line Circuit Breaker:
a. Type: Thermal magnetic.
b, Trip Rating: Select according to generator set rating.
E, Generator Set General Requirements:
1. Prototype tested in accordance with NFPA 110 for Level 1 systems.
2, Factory -assembled, with components mounted on suitable base.
3. List and label engine generator assembly as complying with UL 2200.
4. Power Factor: Unless otherwise indicated, specified power ratings are at 0.8 power factor
for three phase voltages and 1.0 power factor for single phase voltages.
5. Provide suitable guards to protect personnel from accidental contact with rotating parts,
hot piping, and other potential sources of injury.
6, Main Line Circuit Breakers: Provide factory -installed line side connections with suitable
lugs for load side connections.
F. Service Conditions: Provide engine generator system and associated components suitable for
operation under the service conditions at the installed location,
G. Starting and Load Acceptance Requirements:
1, Cranking Method: Cycle cranking complying with NFPA 110 (15 second crank period,
followed by 15 second rest period, with cranking limiter time-out after 3 cycles), unless
otherwise required.
2. Cranking Limiter Time -Out: If generator set fails to start after specified cranking period,
indicate overcrank alarm condition and lock -out generator set from further cranking until
manually reset.
3. Start Time: Capable of starting and achieving conditions necessary for load acceptance
within 10 seconds (NFPA 110, Type 10),
4. Maximum Load Step: Supports 100 percent of rated load in one step.
H. Exhaust Emissions Requirements:
1. Comply with federal (EPA), state, and local regulations applicable at the time of
commissioning; include factory emissions certification with submittals.
2. Do not make modifications affecting generator set factory emissions certification without
approval of manufacturer and Engineer. Where such modifications are made, provide field
emissions testing as necessary for certification.
I. Sound Level Requirements:
1. Do not exceed 75 dBA when measured at 23 feet (7 m) from generator set in free field (no
sound barriers) while operating at full load; include manufacturer's sound data with
submittals.
2.03 ENGINE AND ENGINE ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT
A. Provide engine with adequate horsepower to achieve specified power output at rated speed,
accounting for alternator efficiency and parasitic loads.
B. Engine Fuel System - Diesel (Compression Ignition):
1. Fuel Source: Diesel, ASTM D975 No. 2-D or approved cold weather diesel blends.
2. Fuel Storage: Sub -base fuel tank.
3. Engine Fuel Supply: Provide engine -driven, positive displacement fuel pump with
replaceable fuel filter(s), water separator, check valve to secure prime, manual fuel
priming pump, and relief -bypass valve. Provide fuel cooler where recommended by
manufacturer.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 3213 - 3 ENGINE GENERATORS
WWTP Replacement

4. Engine Fuel Connections: Provide suitable, approved flexible fuel lines for coupling engine
to fuel source.
5. Sub -Base Fuel Tank:
a. Provide sub -base mounted, double -wall fuel tank with secondary containment; listed
and labeled as complying with UL 142.
b. Tank Capacity: Size for minimum of 48 hours of continuous engine generator
operation at 100 percent rated load, but not larger than permissible by applicable
codes.
c. Features:
1) Direct reading fuel level gauge.
2) Normal atmospheric vent.
3) Emergency pressure relief vent.
4) Fuel fill opening with lockable cap.
5) Dedicated electrical conduit stub -up area.
C. Engine Starting System:
1. System Type: Electric, with DC solenoid -activated starting motor(s).
2. Battery(s):
a. Battery Type: Lead -acid.
b. Battery Capacity: Size according to manufacturer's recommendations for achieving
starting and load acceptance requirements under worst case ambient temperature,
capable of providing cranking through two complete periods of cranking limiter
time-outs without recharging,
c. Provide battery rack, cables, and connectors suitable for the supplied battery(s); size
battery cables according to manufacturer's recommendations for cable length to be
installed.
3. Battery -Charging Alternator: Engine -driven, with integral solid-state voltage regulation.
4. Battery Charger:
a. Provide dual rate battery charger with automatic float and equalize charging modes
and minimum rating of 10 amps; suitable for maintaining the supplied battery(s) at full
charge without manual intervention.
b. Capable of returning supplied battery(s) from fully discharged to fully charged
condition within time required by NFPA 110 for Level indicated while carrying normal
loads.
c. Recognized as complying with UL 1236.
d. Furnished with integral overcurrent protection; current limited to protect charger during
engine cranking; reverse polarity protection.
e. Provide integral DC output ammeter and voltmeter with five percent accuracy.
f. Provide alarm output contacts as necessary for alarm indications,
D. Engine Speed Control System (Governor):
1. Single Engine Generator Sets (Not Operated in Parallel): Provide electronic isochronous
governor for controlling engine speed/alternator frequency.
2. Frequency Regulation, Electronic Isochronous Governors: No change in frequency from
no load to full load; plus/minus 0.25 percent at steady state.
E. Engine Lubrication System:
1. System Type: Full pressure, with engine -driven, positive displacement lubrication oil
pump, replaceable full -flow oil filter(s), and dip -stick for oil level indication. Provide oil
cooler where recommended by manufacturer.
F. Engine Cooling System:
1. System Type: Closed -loop, liquid -cooled, with unit -mounted radiator/fan and engine -driven
coolant pump; suitable for providing adequate cooling while operating at full load under
worst case ambient temperature.
2. Fan Guard: Provide suitable guard to protect personnel from accidental contact with fan.
3. Coolant Heater: Provide thermostatically controlled coolant heater to improve starting
under cold ambient conditions; size according to manufacturer's recommendations for
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 3213 -4 ENGINE GENERATORS
WWTP Replacement

achieving starting and load acceptance requirements under worst case ambient
temperature.
G. Engine Air Intake and Exhaust System:
I . Air Intake Filtration: Provide engine -mounted, replaceable, dry element filter.
2. Engine Exhaust Connection: Provide suitable, approved flexible connector for coupling
engine to exhaust system.
2.04 ALTERNATOR (GENERATOR)
A. Alternator: 4-pole, 1800 rpm (60 Hz output) revolving field, synchronous generator complying
with NEMA MG 1; connected to engine with flexible coupling; voltage output configuration as
indicated, with reconnectable leads for 3 phase alternators.
B. Exciter:
1. Exciter Type: Brushless; provide permanent magnet generator (PMG) excitation system;
self-excited (shunt) systems are not permitted.
2. PMG Excitation Short -Circuit Current Support: Capable of sustaining 300 percent of rated
output current for 10 seconds.
3. Voltage Regulation (with PMG excitation): Plus/minus 0.5 percent for any constant load
from no load to full load.
C. Temperature Rise: Comply with UL 2200,
D. Insulation System: NEMA MG 1, Class H; suitable for alternator temperature rise.
E. Enclosure: NEMA MG 1, drip -proof.
F. Total Harmonic Distortion: Not greater than five percent,
2.05 GENERATOR SET CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Provide microprocessor -based control system for automatic control, monitoring, and protection
of generator set. Include sensors, wiring, and connections necessary for functions/indications
specified,
B. Control Panel:
1. Control Panel Mounting: Unit -mounted unless otherwise indicated; vibration isolated.
2. Generator Set Control Functions;
a. Automatic Mode: Initiates generator set start/shutdown upon receiving corresponding
signal from remote device (e.g. automatic transfer switch).
b. Manual Mode: Initiates generator set start/shutdown upon direction from operator.
c. Reset Mode: Clears all faults, allowing generator set restart after a shutdown.
d. Emergency Stop: Immediately shuts down generator set (without time delay) and
prevents automatic restarting until manually reset.
e. Cycle Cranking: Programmable crank time, rest time, and number of cycles.
f. Time Delay: Programmable for shutdown (engine cooldown) and start (engine
warmup).
g. Voltage Adjustment: Adjustable through range of plus/minus 5 percent,
3. Generator Set Status Indications:
a. Voltage (Volts AC): Line -to -line, line -to -neutral for each phase.
b. Current (Amps): For each phase.
c. Frequency (Hz).
d. Real power (WIkW).
e. Reactive power (VARIWAR).
f. Apparent power (VAIkVA).
g. Power factor.
h. Duty Level: Actual load as percentage of rated power.
L Engine speed (RPM).
j, Battery voltage (Volts DC).
k. Engine oil pressure.
I. Engine coolant temperature.
PM 131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 26 3213 - 5 ENGINE GENERATORS
WWTP Replacement

m. Engine run time.
n. Generator powering load (position signal from transfer switch).
4. Generator Set Protection and Warn ing]Shutdown Indications:
a. Comply with NFPA 110; configurable for NFPA 110 Level 1 or Level 2, or NFPA 99
systems including but not limited to the following protections/indications:
1) Overcrank (shutdown).
2) Low coolant temperature (warning).
3) High coolant temperature (warning).
4) High coolant temperature (shutdown).
5) Low oil pressure (shutdown).
6) Overspeed (shutdown).
7) Low fuel level (warning).
8) Low coolant level (warninglshutdown).
9) Generator control not in automatic mode (warning).
10) High battery voltage (warning),
11) Low cranking voltage (warning).
12) Low battery voltage (warning).
13) Battery charger failure (warning).
b. In addition to NFPA 110 requirements, provide the following protections/indications:
1) High AC voltage (shutdown).
2) Low AC voltage (shutdown).
3) High frequency (shutdown).
4) Low frequency (shutdown).
5) Overcurrent (shutdown).
c. Provide contacts for local and remote common alarm.
d. Provide lamp test function that illuminates all indicator lamps.
5. Other Control Panel Features:
a. Event log.
2.06 GENERATOR SET ENCLOSURE
A. Enclosure Type: Sound attenuating, weather protective.
B. Enclosure Material: Aluminum,
C. Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
D. Color: Manufacturer's standard.
E. Access Doors: Lockable, with all locks keyed alike.
F. Openings: Designed to prevent bird/rodent entry.
G. External Drains: Extend oil and coolant drain lines to exterior of enclosure for maintenance
service.
H. Sound Attenuating Enclosures: Line enclosure with non-hydroscopic, self -extinguishing
sound -attenuating material.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Install generator sets and associated accessories in accordance with NECAIEGSA 404.
D. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, mount generator set on properly sized, minimum 6 inch (150 mm)
high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 3000.
F. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 3213 - 6 ENGINE GENERATORS
WWTP Replacement

G. Use manufacturer's recommended oil and coolant, suitable for the worst case ambient
temperatures.
H. Provide diesel fuel piping and venting in accordance with Section 23 1113, where not factory
installed.
I. Provide engine exhaust piping in accordance with Section 23 5100, where not factory installed.
1. Include piping expansion joints, piping insulation, thimble, condensation trap/drain, rain
cap, hangers/supports, etc. as indicated or as required.
2. Do not exceed manufacturer's maximum back pressure requirements.
J. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526.
K, Identify system wiring and components in accordance with Section 26 0553.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Notify Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC and Stroud Engineering, PA at least two weeks prior
to scheduled inspections and tests.
C. Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling
inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel.
D. Provide all equipment, tools, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing,
including load bank and fuel.
E. Preliminary inspection and testing to include, at a minimum:
1. Inspect each system component for damage and defects.
2. Verify tightness of mechanical and electrical connections are according to manufacturer's
recommended torque settings.
3. Check for proper oil and coolant levels.
F. Prepare and start system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, .
G. Provide field emissions testing where necessary for certification.
H. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with
Contract Documents.
3.03 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide to Carolina Water Service, Inc, of NC at no extra cost, a separate maintenance contract
for the service and maintenance of engine generator system for two years from date of
Substantial Completion; Include a complete description of preventive maintenance, systematic
examination, adjustment, inspection, and testing, with a detailed schedule.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 3213 - 7 ENGINE GENERATORS
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 3600
TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Transfer switches for low -voltage (600 V and less) applications and associated accessories:
1. Automatic transfer switches.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads.
B. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
D. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2018,
C. NEMA ICS 10 Part 1 - Industrial Control and Systems Part 1: Electromechanical AC Transfer
Switch Equipment; 2005, with Errata (2006),
D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements,
E. NFPA 110 - Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems; 2016.
F. UL 1008 - Transfer Switch Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A, Coordination:
1. Coordinate compatibility of transfer switches to be installed with work provided under other
sections or by others.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment,
or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working
clearances required by NFPA 70.
3. Coordinate arrangement of equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of
the actual equipment to be installed.
4. Coordinate the work with placement of supports, anchors, etc. required for mounting.
5. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each
product, including ratings, configurations, dimensions, finishes, weights, service condition
requirements, and installed features.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following:
1. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code).
2. NFPA 110 (Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems); meet requirements for
Level 2 system.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 3600 - 1 TRANSFER SWITCHES
WWTP Replacement

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Transfer Switches:
1. Same as manufacturer of engine generator(s) used for this project,
2.02 TRANSFER SWITCHES
A. Provide complete power transfer system consisting of all required equipment, conduit, boxes,
wiring, supports, accessories, system programming, etc. as necessary for a complete operating
system that provides the functional intent indicated.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Applications:
D. Construction Type: Either "contactor type" (open contact) or "breaker type" (enclosed contact)
transfer switches complying with specified requirements are acceptable.
E. Automatic Transfer Switch:
1. Transfer Switch Type: As indicated on the drawings.
2. Voltage: As indicated on the drawings.
3. Ampere Rating: As indicated on the drawings.
4. Neutral Configuration: Solid neutral (unswitched), except as indicated,
5. Primary Source: As indicated on the drawings.
6. Alternate Source: As indicated on the drawings.
F. Comply with NEMA ICS 10 Part 1, and list and label as complying with UL 1008 for the
classification of the intended application (e.g. emergency, optional standby).
G. Do not use double throw safety switches or other equipment not specifically designed for power
transfer applications and listed as transfer switch equipment.
H. Load Classification: Classified for total system load (any combination of motor, electric
discharge lamp, resistive, and tungsten lamp loads with tungsten lamp loads not exceeding 30
percent of the continuous current rating) unless otherwise indicated or required.
I. Switching Methods:
1. Open Transition:
a. Provide break -before -make transfer without a neutral position that is not connected to
either source, and with interlocks to prevent simultaneous connection of the load to
both sources.
b. Where in -phase transfer is indicated, utilize in -phase monitor to initiate transfer when
phase angle difference between sources is near zero to limit in -rush currents.
2. Obtain control power for transfer operation from line side of source to which the load is to
be transferred.
J. Service Conditions: Provide transfer switches suitable for continuous operation at indicated
ratings under the service conditions at the installed location.
K. Enclosures:
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1 or Type 12,
2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated.
L. Short Circuit Current Rating:
M. Automatic Transfer Switches:
1. Description: Transfer switches with automatically initiated transfer between sources;
electrically operated and mechanically held.
2, Control Functions:
a, Automatic mode.
b. Test Mode: Simulates failure of primarylnormal source.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 3600 - 2 TRANSFER SWITCHES
WWTP Replacement

c. Voltage and Frequency Sensing:
1) Undervoltage sensing for each phase of primary/normal source; adjustable
dropout/pickup settings.
2) Undervoltage sensing for alternate/emergency source; adjustable dropout/pickup
settings.
3) Underfrequency sensing for alternate/emergency source; adjustable
dropout/pickup settings.
d. Outputs:
1) Contacts for engine start/shutdown (except where direct generator
communication interface is provided).
2) Auxiliary contacts; one set(s) for each switch position.
e. Adjustable Time Delays:
1) Engine generator start time delay; delays engine start signal to override
momentary primary/normal source failures.
2) Transfer to alternate/emergency source time delay.
3) Retransfer to primary/normal source time delay.
4) Engine generator cooldown time delay; delays engine shutdown following
retransfer to primary/normal source to permit generator to run unloaded for
cooldown period.
f. In -Phase Monitor (Open Transition Transfer Switches): Monitors phase angle
difference between sources for initiating in -phase transfer.
g. Engine Exerciser: Provides programmable scheduled exercising of engine generator
selectable with or without transfer to load; provides memory retention during power
outage.
3. Status Indications:
a. Connected to alternate/emergency source.
b. Connected to primary/normal source.
c. Alternate/emergency source available.
4. Automatic Sequence of Operations:
a. Upon failure of primary/normal source for a programmable time period (engine
generator start time delay), initiate starting of engine generator where applicable.
b. When alternate/emergency source is available, transfer load to alternate/emergency
source after programmable time delay.
c. When primary/normal source has been restored, retransfer to primary/normal source
after a programmable time delay. Bypass time delay if alternate/emergency source
fails and primary/normal source is available.
d. Where applicabie, initiate shutdown of engine generator after programmable engine
cooldown time delay.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access.
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529.
E. Install transfer switches plumb and level.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor -mounted transfer switches on properly sized 3 inch (80
mm) high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 3000.
G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0626.
K Identify transfer switches and associated system wiring in accordance with Section 26 0553.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 3600 - 3 TRANSFER SWITCHES
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 5100
INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
B.
Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
NECAIIESNA 500 - Standard for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems; 2006.
B.
NECAIIESNA 502 - Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems; 2006.
C.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including
detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting
requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, installed accessories, and
ceiling compatibility; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed
features.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
1.06
WARRANTY
A.
See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B.
Provide three year manufacturer warranty for LED luminaires, including drivers.
PART
2
PRODUCTS
2.01
LUMINAIRE TYPES
A.
Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings.
PART
3
EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 0533,16 as required for
installation of luminaires provided under this section.
B.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C.
Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500
(commercial lighting) and NECA 502 (industrial lighting).
D.
Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529.
E.
Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.
F.
Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.
G.
Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
H.
Install lamps in each luminaire,
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 5100 - 1 INTERIOR LIGHTING
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 5600
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Exterior luminaires.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
B.
Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B.
NECAIIESNA 501 - Standard for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems; 2006,
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including
detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting
requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, weight, effective projected
area (EPA), and installed accessories; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with
all proposed features,
1.05
WARRANTY
A.
See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B.
Provide three year manufacturer warranty for all LED luminaires, including drivers.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
LUMINAIRE TYPES
A.
Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 0533.16 as required for
installation of luminaires provided under this section.
B.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C.
Install luminaires in accordance with NECAIIESNA 501,
D.
Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529,
E.
Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.
F.
Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.
G.
Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
H.
Install lamps in each luminaire.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 5600 - 1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 26 6100
INFLUENT PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Influent Station Control Panel.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Ammendments and Supplements,
B. UL 698A - Industrial Control Panels Relating to Hazardous (Classified) Locations; Latest,
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Bill of Materials: A list of all components. Group components by type and include:
1. Component manufacturer, model number and part number.
2. Component description.
3. Provide standard catalog pages and data sheet on each component of the panel.
C. Shop Drawings: Wiring diagrams specifically prepared to satisfy the requirements in these
contract documents.
1.04 WARRANTY
A. Provide one year warranty from the date of the initial start up of the complete system. Warranty
shall cover the cost of parts, labor, and travel for repairs at the site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMP CONTROL PANEL
A. Regulatory
1. Panel shall be built and listed in accordance with UL 698A.
2. All field work shall comply with NFPA 70.
B. General
1. Panel shall be lockable.
2. Control power shall be 115 +1-10% VAC, 60 Hertz, single phase.
3. The controls shall operate two (2) pumps, sizes as indicated on the drawings.
4. The complete control assembly shall be mounted in one UL Type 4Xenclosure (stainless
steel). Enclosure shall have a dead front and an inner swing panel which contains all
operator interface devices.
5. All components shall be securely fastened to the removable back panel. Back pane[ shall
be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self -tapping screws shall not be used to mount
any component.
6. Engraved laminated plastic nameplates with black letters on white background shall be
provided for all operator interface devices on the swing panel.
7. A plastic laminated electric diagram with wire 1 terminal numbers and color codes shall be
permanently fastened to the inside of the enclosure door.
8. Panel Wiring
a. Wire shall be sized as required for load and application according to NFPA 70.
b. Wiring shall be neatly bundled and continuous from point to point.
c. Wiring shall be permanently marked on each end to match the schematic drawing.
d. Control and signal wire shall be a minimum of #14 AWG, stranded, 90 degree
insulated.
C. Operation
1. Pump Control
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 6100 - 1 INFLUENT PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

a. The controls shall provide means to operate each pump manually or automatically.
Control of the operation of the pump motor starters shall be through Hand -Off -Auto
selector switches.
1) Auto Mode -When in the Auto position, the pumps shall be controlled by a level
transducer and float switches with set points as shown on the plans and a duplex
altenator. When the level transducer senses that the Lead Pump Start water
level has been reached, the Lead Pump shall start. If the level in the well
continues to rise and the transducer Lag Pump Start level has been reached, the
Lag Pump shall start. If the level in the well continues to rise and the transducer
senses that the Stage 1 High Level Alarm level has been reached, the system
shall generate a high level alarm. Once the water has pumped down to the level
where the transducer senses that the Pump Off level has been reached, both
pumps shall stop. On each ensuing pump cycle, the pumps shall alternate which
is the Lead pump and which is the Lag pump. A Redundant Pump Stop float
shall be provided to stop the pumps in the event the transducer falls. A float
switch for a Stage 2 High Level Alarm shall be provided as a backup high level
alarm signal.
2) Hand Mode - When in the hand position, the pumps shall run and the automatic
controls by-passed.
b. Pumps shall automatically shutdown under the following conditions.
1) Thermal overload trip.
2) Winding overtemp trip (if present).
3) Transducer sense "Pump Off' Ievel being reached.
4) Redundant Pump Stop float opening.
5) Hand -Off -Auto switch placed in Off position.
D. Components
1. Pump Breakers
a. Shall be thermal -magnetic, ampacity per pump manufacturer recommendations,
3-pole, 240 VAC.
b. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating; 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical.
2. Control Breaker
a. Shall be thermal -magnetic, 10A, 1-pole, 120 VAC.
b. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical.
3. Pump Motor Starters
a. Shall be NEMA rated.
b. Adjustible thermal overload sized for full load current of pump motors installed with
selectable manual or automatic reset.
4. Duplex Alternator
a. The alternator shall adhere to the following sequencing format: Pump 1 lead - Pump 2
lag, Pump 1 lag, Pump 2 lead and again Pump 1 lead - Pump 2 lag.
b. Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
c. The alternator shall have a means of locking one of the pumps.
5. Level Transducer
a. Manufacturer
1) Dwyer Instruments Inc.; Model PBLTX.
2) PMC Engineering; VL2223.
b. Range: 20psi.
c. Cable.
1) Polyurethane type.
2) Length: As required to termination point without splices.
d. Provide intrinsically safe galvanic isolator or intrinsically safe zener barrier.
e. Provide dessicant filter for vent tube.
f. Power Supply: Provide 13-30 vdc power supply in control panel for transducer.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 6100 - 2 INFLUENT PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

g. Analog to Relay Module: Provide module that will convert 4-20 mA signal to a contact
output signal for the following, Level that contact closes shall be field configurable
without need for special programming device.
1) Pumps Off.
2) Lead Pump On.
3) Lag Pump On.
4) Stage 1 High Level.
6. Float Switches
a. UL listed narrow -angle sensor switch with normally open contact for pump -down
operation.
b. Float housing to consist of high impact corrosion resistant PVC.The switch shall be
suitable for intrinsically safe control circuits.
c. Rated at 5 amps, with 2 conductor 16-gauge cable,
d. Switches shall have 1 inch differential.
e. Provide intrinsically safe barrier for float switch inputs.
7. Pilot Lights.
a. Pilot lights shall be heavy duty oiltight/watertight units designed for illumination under
control voltage.
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type,
c. Pilot lights shall be provided for all conditions required by Mack Industries.
1) Power Available.
(a) Color: Amber.
(b) Label: "POWER".
(c) Source: Phase monitor contact.
2) Pump Run.
(a) Color: Green.
(b) Label: "PUMP# RUM`.
(c) Source: motor starter coils.
3) Thermal Overload.
(a) Color: Red.
(b) Label: "THERMAL OVERLOAD #
(c) Source: motor overloads.
4) Overtemp.
(a) Color: Red,
(b) Label: "MOTOR OVERTEMP #".
(c) Source: Pump manufacturer supplied temperature switch in the motor
winding housing.
5) Seal Fail,
(a) Color: Red.
(b) Label: "SEAL FAIL #".
(c) Source: Seal fail probe and relay as required by pump manufacturer.
8. Selector Switches,
a. Selector switches shall be heavy duty oillightlwatertight.
b. 30 mm, non-metaliic type,
c. Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
d. Functions.
1) Pump Hand -Off -Auto - Use 3-position, maintained.
2) Alarm Test -On -Off - Use 3-position, spring return,
9. Pushbuttons
a. Pushbuttons shall be heavy duty oiltightlwatertight.
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type.
c. Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
d. Functions.
1) Overload Resets - momentary.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 6100 - 3 INFLUENT PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

2) Pump Seal Fail Resets - momentary.
10. Phase Failure Relay
a. Provide phase monitor for incoming power to alarm and shutdown pumps on loss of
phase, phase reversal, phase unbalance, or undervoltage.
11. Run Time Meters
a. Meters shall be wired in each motor starter to indicate total running time of each pump
and blower motor in hours and tenths of hours.
b. Meters shall be 6-digit, non-resettable.
12. Alarms and Monitoring
a. Local Alarms
1) Contacts shall be provided for alarm conditions to local alarm. Local alarm shall
consist of an alarm light mounted on top of shelter (see electrical plans) and an
alarm bell (80 dB at 10 feet) mounted on the control panel. The conditions to be
alarmed are;
(a) Pump 1 failure (overload or overtemp).
(b) Pump 2 failure (overload or overtemp).
(c) Wet well Stage 1 high water alarm (from transducer).
(d) Wet well Stage 2 high water alarm (from transducer).
b. Remote alarms and monitoring.
1) The following alarms/status shall be provided for field wiring SCADA RTU.
(a) Panel Power failure (from phase failure relay).
(b) Stage 1 High level alarm (from transducer).
(c) Stage 2 High level alarm (from float).
(d) Pump 1 failure (overload or overtemp).
(e) Pump 2 failure (overload or overtemp).
(f) Pump 1 seal failure,
(g) Pump 2 seal failure.
(h) Pump 1 running.
(i) Pump 2 running.
13. Condensation Heater
a. Heater shall be sized to prevent condensation in the panel in the conditions in which
the panel will be installed.
b. Heater shall be thermostatically controlled.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be as shown on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for check-out, start-up and operation.
C. Provide all mounting supports, brackets, bolts, etc. to ensure solid, corrosive resistant
installation. No dissimilar metals shall be used.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 6100 - 4 INFLUENT PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

SECTION 26 6200
POST EQ PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Post EQ Pump Control Panel.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Ammendments and Supplements.
B. UL 508A - Industrial Control Panels; Latest.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Bill of Materials: A list of all components. Group components by type and include:
1. Component manufacturer, model number and part number,
2. Component description.
3. Provide standard catalog pages and data sheet on each component of the panel,
C. Shop Drawings: Wiring diagrams specifically prepared to satisfy the requirements in these
contract documents.
1.04 WARRANTY
A, Provide one year warranty from the date of the initial start up of the complete system. Warranty
shall cover the cost of parts, labor, and travel for repairs at the site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMP CONTROL PANEL
A. Regulatory
1. Panel shall be built and listed in accordance with UL 698A.
2. All field work shall comply with NFPA 70,
B. General
1. Panel shall be lockable.
2. Control power shall be 115 +1- 10% VAC, 60 Hertz, single phase.
3. The controls shall operate two (2) pumps, sizes as indicated on the drawings.
4. The complete control assembly shall be mounted in one UL Type 4Xenclosure (stainless
steel). Enclosure shall have a dead front and an inner swing panel which contains all
operator interface devices.
6. All components shall be securely fastened to the removable back panel. Back pane[ shall
be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self -tapping screws shall not be used to mount
any component.
6. Engraved laminated plastic nameplates with black letters on white background shall be
provided for all operator interface devices on the swing panel.
7. A plastic laminated electric diagram with wire 1 terminal numbers and color codes shall be
permanently fastened to the inside of the enclosure door.
8. Panel Wiring
a. Wire shall be sized as required for load and application according to NFPA 70.
b. Wiring shall be neatly bundled and continuous from point to point.
c. Wiring shall be permanently marked on each end to match the schematic drawing.
d. Control and signal wire shall be a minimum of #14 AWG, stranded, 90 degree
insulated.
C. Operation
1. Pump Control
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 6200 - 1 POST EQ PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

a. The controls shall provide means to operate each pump manually or automatically.
Control of the operation of the pump motor starters shall be through Hand -Off -Auto
selector switches.
1j Auto Mode -When in the Auto position, the pumps shall be controlled by a level
transducer and float switches with set points as shown on the plans and a duplex
altenator. When the level transducer senses that the Lead Pump Start water
level has been reached, the Lead Pump shall start. If the level in the well
continues to rise and the transducer Lag Pump Start level has been reached, the
Lag Pump shall start. if the level in the well continues to rise and the transducer
senses that the Stage 1 High Level Alarm level has been reached, the system
shall generate a high level alarm. Once the water has pumped down to the level
where the transducer senses that the Pump Off level has been reached, both
pumps shall stop. On each ensuing pump cycle, the pumps shall alternate which
is the Lead pump and which is the Lag pump. A Redundant Pump Stop float
shall be provided to stop the pumps in the event the transducer fails. A float
switch for a Stage 2 High Level Alarm shall be provided as a backup high level
alarm signal.
2) Hand Mode - When in the Hand position, the pumps shall run and the automatic
controls by-passed.
b. Pumps shall automatically shutdown under the following conditions.
1) Thermal overload trip.
2) Winding overtemp trip (if present).
3) Transducer sense "Pump Off' level being reached.
4) Redundant Pump Stop float opening.
5) Hand -Off -Auto switch placed in Off position.
D. Components
1.
Pump
Breakers
a.
Shall be thermal -magnetic, ampacity per pump manufacturer recommendations,
3-pole, 240 VAC.
b.
Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical.
2.
Control
Breaker
a.
Shall be thermal -magnetic, 10A, 1-pole, 120 VAC.
b.
Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical.
3.
Pump
Motor Starters
a.
Shall be NEMA rated.
b.
Adjustible thermal overload sized for full load current of pump motors installed with
selectable manual or automatic reset.
4.
Duplex
Alternator
a.
The alternator shall adhere to the following sequencing format: Pump 1 lead - Pump 2
lag, Pump 1 lag, Pump 2 lead and again Pump 1 lead - Pump 2 lag.
b.
Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
c.
The alternator shall have a means of locking one of the pumps.
5.
Level Transducer
a.
Manufacturer
1) Dwyer Instruments Inc.; Model PBLTX.
2) PMC Engineering; VL2223.
b.
Range: 20psi.
c.
Cable.
1) Polyurethane type.
2) Length: As required to termination point without splices.
d,
Provide intrinsically safe galvanic isolator or intrinsically safe zener barrier.
e.
Provide dessicant filter for vent tube.
f.
Power Supply: Provide 13-30 vdc power supply in control panel for transducer.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 6200 - 2 POST EQ PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

g. Analog to Relay Module: Provide module that will convert 4-20 mA signal to a contact
output signal for the following. Level that contact closes shall be field configurable
without need for special programming device.
1) Pumps Off.
2) Lead Pump On.
3) Lag Pump On.
4) Stage 1 High Level,
6. Float Switches
a. UL listed narrow -angle sensor switch with normally open contact for pump -down
operation.
b. Float housing to consist of high impact corrosion resistant PVC.The switch shall be
suitable for intrinsically safe control circuits.
c. Rated at 5 amps, with 2 conductor 16-gauge cable.
d. Switches shall have 1 inch differential.
e. Provide intrinsically safe barrier for float switch inputs.
7, Pilot Lights.
a. Pilot lights shall be heavy duty oiltightlwatertight units designed for illumination under
control voltage.
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type.
c. Pilot lights shall be provided for all conditions required by Mack Industries.
1) Power Available.
(a) Color: Amber.
(b) Label: "POWER".
(c) Source: Phase monitor contact.
2) Pump Run.
(a) Color: Green.
(b) Label: "PUMP# RUN".
(c) Source: motor starter coils.
3) Thermal Overload.
(a) Color: Red.
(b) Label: "THERMAL OVERLOAD #".
(c) Source: motor overloads.
4) Overtemp.
(a) Color: Red.
(b) Label: "MOTOR OVERTEMP #".
(c) Source: Pump manufacturer supplied temperature switch in the motor
winding housing.
5) Seal Fall.
(a) Color: Red.
(b) Label: "SEAL FAIL #".
(c) Source: Seal fail probe and relay as required by pump manufacturer.
8. Selector Switches.
a. Selector switches shall be heavy duty oiltightlwatertight.
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type.
c. Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
d. Functions.
1) Pump Hand -Off -Auto - Use 3-position, maintained.
2) Alarm Test -On -Off - Use 3-position, spring return.
9. Pushbuttons
a. Pushbuttons shall be heavy duty oiltightlwatertight,
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type.
c. Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
d. Functions.
1) Overload Resets - momentary.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Say 26 6200 - 3 POST EQ PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

2) Pump Seal Pall Resets - momentary.
10. Phase Failure Relay
a, Provide prase monitor for incoming power to alarm and shutdown pumps on loss of
phase, phase reversal, phase unbalance, or undervoltage,
11. Run Time Meters
a. Meters shall be wired in each motor starter to indicate total running time of each pump
and blower motor in hours and tenths of hours.
b. Meters shall be 6-digit, non-resettable.
12. Alarms and Monitoring
a. Local Alarms
1) Contacts shall be provided for alarm conditions to local alarm. Local alarm shall
consist of an alarm light mounted on top of shelter (see electrical plans) and an
alarm bell (80 dB at 10 feet) mounted on the control panel. The conditions to be
alarmed are;
(a) Pump 1 failure (overload or overtemp).
(b) Pump 2 failure (overload or overtemp).
(c) Wet well Stage 1 high water alarm (from transducer).
(d) Wet well Stage 2 high water alarm (from transducer).
b. Remote alarms and monitoring,
1) The following alarms/status shall be provided for field wiring SCADA RTU.
(a) Panel Power failure (from phase failure relay).
(b) Stage 1 High level alarm (from transducer).
(c) Stage 2 High level alarm (from float).
(d) Pump 1 failure (overload or overtemp).
(e) Pump 2 failure (overload or overtemp).
(f) Pump 1 seal failure.
(g) Pump 2 seal failure.
(h) Pump 1 running.
(i) Pump 2 running.
13. Condensation Heater
a. Heater shall be sized to prevent condensation in the panel in the conditions in which
the panel will be installed.
b. Heater shall be thermostatically controlled.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be as shown on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for check-out, start-up and operation.
C. Provide all mounting supports, brackets, bolts, etc. to ensure solid, corrosive resistant
installation. No dissimilar metals shall be used.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 6200 - 4 POST E;Q PUMP STATION
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

SECTION 26 6300
GROUND WATER PUMP CONTROL PANEL
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Ground Water Pump Control Panel.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2014.
B. UL 508A - Industrial Control Panels; Latest.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Wiring and control diagrams specially prepared to satisfy control requirements in the contract
documents shall be submitted with the shop drawings. Diagrams shall be complete and
specific.
1.04 WARRANTY
A. Provide one year warranty from the date of the initial start up of the complete system. Warranty
shall cover the cost of parts, labor, and travel for repairs at the site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMP CONTROL PANEL
A. Regulatory
1. Panel shall be built and listed in accordance with UL 508A.
2. All field work shall comply with NFPA 70.
B. General
1. Panel shall be lockable.
2. Control power shall be 115 +1- 10% VAC, 60 Hertz, single phase.
3. The controls shall operate three (3) pumps, sizes as indicated on the drawings.
4. The complete control assembly shall be mounted in one UL Type 4X enclosure. Enclosure
shall have a dead front and an inner swing panel which contains all operator interface
devices.
5. All components shall be securely fastened to the removable back panel. Back panel shall
be tapped to accept all mounting screws, Self -tapping screws shall not be used to mount
any component.
6. Engraved laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on white background shall be
provided for all operator interface devices on the swing panel.
7. A plastic laminated electric diagram with wire 1 terminal numbers and color codes shall be
permanently fastened to the inside of the enclosure door.
B. Panel Wiring
a. Wire shall be sized as required for load and application according to NFPA 70,
b. Wiring shall be neatly bundled and continuous from point to point.
c. Wiring shall be permanently marked on each end to match the schematic drawing.
d. Control and signal wire shall be a minimum of #14 AWG, stranded, 90 degree
insulated,
C. Operation
1, Pump Control
a. The controls shall provide means to operate each pump manually or automatically.
Control of the operation of the pump motor starters shall be through Hand -Off -Auto
selector switches.
1) Auto Mode -When in the Auto position, the pumps shall be controlled by a level
transmitter and a signal convertor. When the "On" level is reached, the controls
shall start all three pumps. Once the level is pumped down to where the "Off`
level is reached, all pumps shall stop,
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 26 6300 - 1 GROUND WATER PUMP
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

2) Hand Mode - When in the Hand position, the pumps shall run and the automatic
controls by-passed.
b. Pumps shall automatically shutdown under the following conditions.
1) Thermal overload trip.
2) Winding overtemp trip.
3) "Pump Off' level reached.
4) Hand -Off -Auto switch placed in Off position.
D. Components
1. Pump Breakers
a. Shall be thermal -magnetic, ampacity per pump manufacturer, 3-pole, 240 VAC.
b. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 25,000 amperes rms symmetrical.
2. Control Breaker
a. Shall be thermal -magnetic, 15 A, 1-pole, 120 VAC.
b. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 25,000 amperes rms symmetrical.
3. Pump Motor Starters
a. Shall be NEMA rated.
b. Adjustible thermal overload sized for full load current of pump motors installed with
manual reset.
4. Level Transmitter - Flowline EchoPulse LR10 or equal.
5. Signal Converer - Shall receive 4-20mA signal from level transmitter and convert to dry
contacts for operation of pump motor starters.
6. Pilot Lights.
a. Pilot lights shall be heavy duty oiltightlwatertight units designed for illumination under
control voltage.
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type.
c. Pilot lights shall be provided for all conditions required by Mack Industries.
1) Power Available.
(a) Color: Amber.
(b) Label: "POWER".
(c) Source: Phase monitor contact.
2) Pump Run.
(a) Color: Green.
(b) Label: "PUMP# RUN".
(c) Source: motor starter coils.
3) Thermal Overload.
(a) Color: Red.
(b) Label: "THERMAL OVERLOAD #
(c) Source: motor overloads,
4) Overtemp.
(a) Color: Red.
(b) Label: "MOTOR OVERTEMP #".
(c) Source: Pump manufacturer supplied temperature switch in the motor
winding housing.
Selector Switches.
a. Selector switches shall be heavy duty oiltightlwatertight.
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type.
c. Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
d. Functions.
1) Pump/Blower Hand -Off -Auto - Use 3-position, maintained.
2) Alarm Test -Off -Silence - Use 3-position, spring return.
Pushbuttons
a. Pushbuttons shall be heavy duty oiltightlwatertight.
b. 30 mm, non-metallic type.
c. Contacts shall be rated 10A pilot duty.
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 26 6300 - 2 GROUND WATER PUMP
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

d. Functions.
1) Overload Resets - momentary.
2) Pump Seal Fail Resets - momentary.
9. PhaseNoltage Monitor
a. Provide phase/voltage monitor for incoming power to alarm and shut pumps down on
phase loss, phase reversal, undervoltage and overvoltage .
10. Alarms and Monitoring
a, Local Alarms
1) Contacts shall be provided for alarm conditions to local alarm. Local alarm shall
consist of an alarm light mounted on top of shelter (see electrical plans) and an
alarm bell (80 dB at 10 feet) mounted on the control panel. The conditions to be
alarmed are:
(a) Pump failure (overload or overtemp).
11. Condensation Heater
a. Heater shall be sized to prevent condensation in the panel in the conditions in which
the panel will be installed.
b. Heater shall be thermostatically controlled.
12. Surge Arrester
a. Manufacturer - Square D SDSA1175 or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be as shown on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for check-out, start-up and operation.
C. Provide all mounting supports, brackets, bolts, etc. to ensure solid, corrosive resistant
installation. No dissimilar metals shall be used.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 26 6300 - 3 GROUND WATER PUMP
WWTP Replacement CONTROL PANEL

SECTION 31 1100
SITE CLEARING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Removal of surface debris.
B. Removal of trees, shrubs, and other plants .
C. Removal of root mat.
1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with the approved Erosion and Sedimentation Plan.
B. Conform to applicable regulations relating to environmental requirements and disposal of
debris.
C. Burning will be allowed only when permitted by applicable authority. The Contractor shall be
responsible for obtaining burn permits.
D. Coordinate clearing work with utility companies.
E. Protect utilities to remain from damage.
F. Protect bench marks, survey control points, and existing structures from damage or
displacement.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Locate and identify utilities to remain.
B. Verify that existing plants designated to remain are tagged or identified.
C. Place silt fence adjacent to wetlands and avoid wetland disturbance.
3.02 CLEARING
A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work.
B. Remove trees, shrubs, and stumps within marked areas.
C. Remove roots to a depth of 18 inches (450 mm).
3.03 REMOVAL
A. Remove debris from site.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 31 1100 - 1 SITE CLEARING
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 31 2200
GRADING
PART1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A,
Removai and storage of topsoil.
B.
Rough grading the site.
C.
Finish grading .
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing.
B.
Section 31 2316 - Excavation.
C.
Section 31 2323 - FILL AND BACKFILL: Filling and compaction.
D.
Section 31 2316.13 - Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities.
1.03
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Protect above- and below -grade utilities that remain.
B.
Protect plants, lawns, and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping.
C,
Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and
curbs from grading equipment and vehicular traffic.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A.
Topsoil: Topsoil excavated on -site,
B.
Other Fill Materials: See Section 31 2323.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
B.
Verify the absence of standing or ponding water.
3.02
PREPARATION
A.
Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum.
B.
Stake and flag locations of known utilities,
C.
Locate, identify, and protect from damage above- and below -grade utilities to remain.
D.
Provide temporary means and methods to remove all standing or ponding water from areas
prior to grading.
3.03
ROUGH GRADING
A.
Remove topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re -landscaped, or re -graded, without mixing
with foreign materials,
B.
Do not remove topsoil when wet.
C.
Remove subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re -landscaped, or re -graded.
D.
See Section 31 2323 for filling procedures.
E.
Stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requirements as for specified fill.
F.
Remove and replace soils deemed unsuitable by classification and which are excessively moist
due to lack surface water control.
104
SOIL REMOVAL
A.
Stockpile excavated topsoil on site.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 2200 - 1 GRADING
WWTP Replacement

B. Stockpile subsoil to be re -used on site; remove remainder from site.
C. Stockpiles: Use areas designated on site; pile depth not to exceed 8 feet (2.5 m); protect from
erosion.
3.05 FINISH GRADING
A. Before Finish Grading:
1. Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected.
2. Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted.
B. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1/2 inch (13 mm) in size. Remove soil
contaminated with petroleum products,
C. Where topsoil is to be placed, scarify surface to depth of 3 inches (75 mm).
D. In areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 3 inches
(75 mm).
E. Place topsoil in areas where seeding are indicated.
F. Place topsoil during dry weather.
G. Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading.
H. Near plants spread topsoil manually to prevent damage.
I. Fine grade topsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profiles and contour of
subgrade,
J. Lightly compact placed topsoil.
K. Maintain stability of topsoil during inclement weather. Replace topsoil in areas where surface
water has eroded thickness below specifications.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 312323 for compaction density testing.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Remove unused stockpiled topsoil and subsoil. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing water.
B. Leave site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 31 220C - 2 GRADING
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 31 2316
EXCAVATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Excavating for infiltration basins.
B. Excavating for slabs -on -grade, site structures, and roads.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 02310 -Grading:
B. Section 31 2323 -FILL AND BACKFILL: Fill materials, filling, and compacting.
C. Section 31 2316.13 - Trenching: Excavating for utility trenches
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
B. Protect bench marks, survey control points, and existing structures from excavating equipment
and vehicular traffic.
C. Protect wetlands to remain. Install silt fence upland of wetland line and confine excavation
operation to the uplands except where specifically authorized by US Army Corps of Engineers
Permit and as indicated on the plans.
D. Sand material must be kept segregated from organic, clay or silt materials/
E. All organic, clayey and silty materials must be removed from areas designated as infiltration
basins so that only sand material meeting the approval of the engineer remains.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify location of wetland line and assure that silt fence is in place upland of the wetland prior to
beginning excavation.
B. Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the work are as indicated.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations.
B. See Section 31 2200 for additional requirements.
C. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation.
Provide temporary means and methods, as required, to maintain surface water diversion until
no longer needed, or as directed by Stroud Engineering, PA.
3.03 EXCAVATING
A, Infiltration Basins:
1. Excavate infiltration basins to finish dimensions and contours as shown on the plans.
Assure that all organics clays and silts are excavated down to approved sand strata.
2. The upper eight (8) feet +/- of soil at the basin site is low permeability material, containing
organics, silts and clays. This material must be removed and stockpiled for later use in
constructing berms, or wasted on site if not needed for berm construction.
3. Infiltration Basins shall be excavated using'methods that will minimize compaction to
ensure that the basins will be able to successfully operate at the designed loading rate,
4. Do not allow low permeability materials to become mixed with permeable sands.
5. Notify the Engineer and schedule an inspection prior to backfill of the infiltration basins.
B. Trench Excavation; Comply with Section 312317.
C. Excavate to accommodate new structures and site roads and parking areas.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 31 2316 - 1 EXCAVATION
WWTP Replacement

1. Notify Stroud Engineering, PA of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue
affected Work in area until notified to resume work.
2. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet (1.2 meters) to angle of repose or less until
shored.
3. Correct areas that are over -excavated and load -bearing surfaces that are disturbed; see
Section 31 2323.
4. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation.
5. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re -use on -site as directed by the
Engineer.
6. Stockpile excavated material to be re -used in area designated on site in accordance with
Section 31 2200.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A, Provide for visual inspection of excavated surfaces before placement of foundations or backfill..
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Divert surface flow from rains or water discharges from the excavation.
B. Prevent displacement of banks and keep loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil
stability.
C. Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater, or excessive drying so as
to maintain foundation subgrade in satisfactory, undisturbed condition.
D. Keep excavations free of standing water and completely free of water during concrete
placement.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 2316 - 2 EXCAVATION
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 31 2317
TRENCHING FOR SITE UTILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Excavating, backfilling and compaction for utilities and structures.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 02536 - Force Main Piping
B. Section 02620 - Subdrainage
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AASHTO T 180 - Standard Specification for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg
(10-Ib) Rammer and a 457 mm (18 in.) Drop; American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials; 2010
B. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibflft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 2012.
C. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method; 2007,
D. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibflft3 (2,700 kN mlm3)); 2012.
E. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Rubber Balloon Method; 2008.
F. ASTM D2487 - Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified
Soil Classification System); 2011,
G. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005.
H. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Foundation: That portion of the pipe support structure bounded by the undisturbed trench
bottom, the trench walls, and the pipe bedding. The construction of a pipe foundation is
generally not required unless unstable materials are encountered in the trench bottom
B. Bedding: That portion of the pipe support structure bounded by the foundation or undisturbed
trench bottom, the trench walls and the bottom of the pipe
C. Haunching: That portion of the pipe support structure bounded by the bedding, the trench walls,
the outside of the pipe and a horizontal plane having elevation equal to that of the springline of
the pipe
D. Initial Backfill: That portion of the backfill lying above the springline of the pipe and below a
horizontal plane having an elevation which is one (1) foot above the top of the pipe
E. Intermediate Backfill: That portion of the backfill lying above the initial backfill, and below the
final backfill.
F. Final Backfill: The final 2 feet of backfill, beginning at the upper horizontal plane of the
intermediate backfill and extending up to the subgrade for paved areas, slabs on grade or
similar construction; or up to the surface for unpaved areas.
G. Select Backfill: General fill, type 2, or sand fill; must be approved for use by the Engineer.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for Review:
1. Grain size analysis for material proposed for use as gravel pack.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 2317 - 1 TRENCHING FOR SITE
WWTP Replacement UTILITIES

2. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source.
1.06
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need.
B.
When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where designated.
1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing.
2. Prevent contamination.
3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials.
C.
Protect plants, lawns, rock outcroppings, and other features to remain.
D.
Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and
curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
FILL MATERIALS
A.
General Fill - Fill Type 1: Subsoil excavated on -site.
B.
General Fill Type 2: Imported borrow or on site subsoil complying with ASTM D 2487, types
SW, SP, SM, and SC.
C.
Granular Fill - Fill Type 3: No. 57 Stone, conforming to State of North Carolina Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures.
D.
Sand: Natural river or bank sand; free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and
organic matter.
PART
3
EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the work are as indicated.
3.02
PREPARATION
A.
Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations.
B.
Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from damage.
3.03
TRENCHING
A.
Notify Stroud Engineering, PA of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected
Work in area until notified to resume work.
B.
Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet (1.2 meters) to angle of repose or less until
shored.
C.
Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter.
D.
Remove large stones and other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent
backfilling or compaction.
E.
Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re -use from site.
F.
Stockpile excavated material to be re -used in area designated on site .
G.
Remove excess excavated material from site.
3.04
DEWATERING
A. The Contractor shall remove by pumping, bailing or otherwise any water which may accumulate
or be found in the trench and other excavations and shall form all dams, flumes or other work
necessary to keep them entirely clear of water while the pipes, foundations and structures are
being constructed. Water from the trenches and excavations shall be disposed of in such a
manner as will not cause injury to the work completed or in progress, to the public health, to
public or private property, nor cause any interference with the use of the same by the public
B. When it is necessary to excavate a drainage trench from an excavation site to a natural
watercourse in lieu of pumping or bailing, such trenching work shall be done by the Contractor
at his own expense
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 2317 - 2 TRENCHING FOR SITE
WWTP Replacement UTILITIES

C. The Contractor shall provide silt fences or other erosion control devices which may be required
by the Engineer
D. Well points shall be furnished by the Contractor if required for dewatering. The cost of well
points shall be included in the unit price bid for pipe
3.05 SHORING
A. The Contractor shall furnish, put in place and maintain such sheeting, bracing, etc., as may be
required to support the excavation and to prevent any movement which can in any way injure
the masonry, or otherwise injure or delay the work or endanger adjacent building or other
structures or create undue hazards to workmen employed therein. If the Engineer is of the
opinion that at any point sufficient or proper supports have not been provided, he may order
additional supports put in at the expense of the Contractor, and the compliance with such orders
shall not release the Contractor from his responsibility for the sufficiency of such support. Care
shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting, but if voids are formed, they shall be
immediately filled and rammed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All sheeting and bracing that
is removed from the backfill shall be removed in such a manner as not to endanger the
constructed pipe of other structures, utilities or property, whether public or private. All voids left
or caused by the withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refilled with earth as directed by
the Engineer
3.06 PREPARATION FOR UTILITY PLACEMENT
A. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with select fill.
B. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material.
C. Until ready to backfill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation.
3.07 13ACKFILLING
A. Backfill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials.
B. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated.
C. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work.
D. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces.
E. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density.
F. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches
(200 mm) compacted depth.
G. Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches (200
mm) compacted depth,
H. Correct areas that are over -excavated.
1. Thrust bearing surfaces: Fill with concrete.
2. Other areas: Use select fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to minimum 97 percent
of maximum dry density,
1. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated:
1. All compaction is stated as percentage of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM
1557 (modified proctor). Compaction shall be performed in 8" lifts.
2. Bedding:90%
3. Haunching: 90%. Use hand operated equipment only.
4. Initial Backfill: 90%. Use hand operated equipment only.
5. Intermediate Backfill: 90%.
6. Final Backfill:
a. Paved, slabs on grade, or similar construction areas: 95%.
b. Unpaved areas: 90%
Reshape and re -compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic.
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 31 2317 - 3 TRENCHING FOR SITE
WWTP Replacement UTILITIES

3.08 BEDDING AND FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS
A. At Pipe Culverts and Storm Drains:
1. Bedding: Natural undisturbed earth, Fill Type 3,Sand, or Select Fill as directed by the
Engineer.
2. Haunching: Fill Type 3, Sand, or Select Fill as directed by the Engineer.
3. Initial Fill: Fill Type 3, Sand, or Select Fill as directed by the Engineer.
4. Intermediate Fill:
a. Paved areas, slabs on grade, or similar construction: Sand, or Select Fill as directed
by the Engineer.
b. Other areas: General Fill, Type 1.
5, Final Backfill:
a. Paved areas, slabs on grade, or similar construction: Sand, or Select Fill as directed
by the Engineer.
b. Other areas: General Fill, Type 1.
6. Compact in maximum 8 inch (200 mm) lifts to 95 percent of maximum dry density.
B. At Subsurface Drain Pipes
1. Bedding: Gravel pack wrapped with filter fabric as specified in Section 33 460.
2. Bedding: Gravel pack wrapped with filter fabric as specified in Section 33 460.
3. Initial Backfill: Use Granular Fill, Type 3
4. Intermediate Fill: Use Granular Fill, Type 3
5. Final Backfill: General Fill, Type 1,
C. At Sewer Force Mains:
1. Bedding: Use select fill.
2. Haunching: Sand, or Select Fill as directed by the Engineer.
3. Initial Fill: Sand, or Select Fill as directed by the Engineer.
4. Intermediate Fill:
a. Paved areas, slabs on grade, or similar construction: Sand, or Select Fill as directed
by the Engineer.
b. Other areas: General Fill, Type I.
5. Final Backfill;
a. Paved areas, slabs on grade, or similar construction: Sand, or Select Fill as directed
by the Engineer.
b. Other areas: General Fill, Type I.
3.09 TOLERANCES
A. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 2 inch (50 mm) from required elevations.
B. Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 112 inch (13 mm) from required
elevations.
3.10 SURFACE RESTORATION
A. The surfacing of all roads, yards or ditches, etc., that is disturbed or damaged by any of the
contractors operations shall be restored to it's original state. Surfacing shall be taken to mean
clay, gravel, grass, hardtop or any other specially treated surfaces. Natural ground surfaces
shall be graded so as to prevent ponding of water
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. If at any time, the Engineer is of the opinion that the compaction requirements are not being
met, he may order a compaction test to be conducted by a qualified soils testing lab. Initial
density tests will be at the expense of the owner. If the tests fail, subsequent density tests will be
at the expense of the contractor.
1. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D1556,
ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922, or ASTM D3017, when directed by the engineer..
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 2317 - 4 TRENCHING FOR SITE
WWTP Replacement UTILITIES

2. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted
material in accordance with ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor"), ASTM D1557 ("modified
Proctor"), or AASHTO T 180.
3. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and
retest.
3.12 CLEANING
A. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile.
B. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile
area to prevent standing surface water.
C. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 t Brandywine Bay 31 2317 - 5 TRENCHING FOR SITE
WWTP Replacement UTILITIES

SECTION 31 2323
FILL AND BACKFILL
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Backfilling infiltration ponds.
B. Filling, backfilling, and compacting for slabs -on -grade, site structures, and roads.
1,02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 31 2200 - GRADING: Site grading.
B. Section 31 2316 - Excavation: Removal and handling of soil to be re -used.
C. Section 31 2316.13 - Trenching: Excavating for utility trenches
D. Section 31 3700 - Riprap.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AASHTO T 180 - Standard Specification for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg
(10-ib) Rammer and a 457 mm (18 in.) Drop; 2010,
B. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soll Using
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-ibflft3 (600 kN-mlm3)); 2012.
C. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method; 2007.
D. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbflft3 (2,700 kN mlm3)); 2012.
E, ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Rubber Balloon Method; 2008.
F. ASTM D2487 - Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified
Soil Classification System); 2011.
G. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005,
H. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005,
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Finish Grade Elevations: Indicated on drawings.
B. Subgrade Elevations: Indicated on drawings.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for Review:
1. Grain size analysis for material proposed for use as fill for infiltration basins.
2. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source.
3. Descriptive literature for proposed filter fabric material.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need,
B. When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated.
1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing.
2. Prevent contamination.
3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 2323 - 1 FILL AND BACKFILL
WWTP Replacement

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FILL MATERIALS
A. General Fill - Fill Type 1: Subsoil excavated on -site.
B. General Fill - Type 2: Imported borrow or on site subsoil complying with ASTM D 2487, types
SW, SP, SM, SC.
C. Structural Fill - Fill Type 3, No. 57 stone, class VI: Conforming to State of North Carolina
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures standard.
D. Permeable Fill - Fill Type 4 consisting of consisting of sands ASTM D 2487, types GP or SP.
E. Pond Embankments - General Fill, Type 1 or Type 2 subject to approval by the Engineer.
F. Sand - Fill Type 4: Natural river or bank sand; washed; free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble
materials, and organic matter.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Geotextile Filter Fabric - High permeability non -woven fabric constructed of polypropylene
filaments resistant to biological deterioration, rotting, and naturally encountered basics and
acids:
1. Manufacturers:
a. US Fabrics Type US 160NW
b. Approved equal.
2. Properties
a. Tensile Strength - 160 lbs. per ASTM D-4632.
b. Mullen Burst Strength - 305 psi per ASTM D-3786.
c. Puncture Strength - 90 lbs. per ASTM4833.
d. Apparent Opening Size - 70 US Sieve per ASTM D-4751
e. Water Flow rate - 110 gpm/SF per ASTN4491.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations.
B. See Section 31 2200 for additional requirements.
C. Verify areas to be filled are not compromised with surface or ground water.
3.02 FILLING -GENERAL
A. Fill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials.
B. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated.
C. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work.
3.03 INFILTRATION BASINS
A. Infiltration Area:
1. Use only clean permeable Fill Type 4 classified GP or SP. Gradation testing by a certified
testing agency is required prior to placement of fill. Submit test results to the engineer for
approval. .
2. Use lightweight equipment only and avoid compaction of the infiltration area.
3. Keep fill materials segregated and avoid contamination of permeable materials wit low
permeability materials.
4. Do not place fill until excavation has been inspected by the Engineer.
B. Embankments (Berms)
1. Fill Berms around infiltration basins with General Fill Type 2 stockpiled form excavation.
2. Fill in lifts, maximum 8 inches depth and compact to 95% maximum dry density.
3.04 FILLING FOR STRUCTURES AND ROADS.
A. PREPARATION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 2323 - 2 FILL AND BACKFILL
WWTP Replacement

1. Scarify subgrade surface to a depth of 6 inches (150 mm) to identify soft spots.
2. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general
fill.
3. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill
material.
4. Until ready to fill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation.
6. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density.
3.05 TOLERANCES
A. Top Surface of General Filling: Plus or minus 1 inch (26 mm) from required elevations.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and
testing.
B. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D1566, ASTM
D2167, ASTM D2922, or ASTM D3017.
C. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in
accordance with ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor"), ASTM D1657 ("modified Proctor"), or
AASHTO T 180.
D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest.
E, Frequency of Tests: .
1. Infiltration Basin Embankments: Three tests per lift, location as selected by the Engineer.
F. Proof roll compacted fill at surfaces that will be under slabs -on -grade and gravel road. Undercut
areas that pump as directed by the Engineer.
3.07 CLEANING
A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional
requirements.
B. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 31 2323 - 3 FILL AND BACKFILL
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 31 3700
RIPRAP
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Riprap .
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. 33 3300 Force main Piping
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of North Carolina Highways standard.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Riprap; Provide in accordance with NCDOT Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures,
Class A.
B. Filter Fabric : NCDOT Section 1056, Type 2.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT
A. Place geotextile fabric over substrate, lap edges and ends.
B. Place riprap at as indicated.
C. Installed Thickness: 12 inch (300 mm) average.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 3700 - 1 RIPRAP
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 31 6219
TIMBER PILES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wood piles,
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D25 - Standard Specification for Round Timber Piles; 2012 (Reapproved 2017),
B. AWPA M4 - Standard for the Care of Preservative -Treated Wood Products; 2015.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures,
B. Product Data: Provide details of collars and tips.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate details and schedule of pile installation sequence. Identify
recommended pile length and diameter to suit design requirements.
D, Submit evidence of preservative treatment certification.
E. Certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval.
F. Project record documents. Accurately record the following:
1. Sizes; lengths, and locations of piles.
2. Sequence of driving,
3. Number of blows per foot (meter) for entire length of piles and measured set for last 10
blows.
4. Drilling: Hole diameters, start and tip elevations.
5. Final tip and head elevations.
6. Driving force of each hammer blow.
7. Type and size of equipment.
8. Alignment deviations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Piles: ASTM D25; Douglas Fir, clean peeled, one piece, non -spliced, friction type.
B. Treatment: Preservative treated pressure impregnated with creosote in accordance with AWPA
U1 for land and fresh water piles with minimum retention of 12.0 Iblcu ft (192 kg/cu m).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Use driving method that will not cause damage to nearby structures.
B. Notify adjacent and affected land owners and building occupants with 90 days notice before
proceeding with the Work.
C. Protect structures near the work from damage.
D. Prepare to place piles from existing site elevations.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Protect pile head during driving using collar, with full bearing on pile butt for even distribution of
hammer blow.
B. Deliver hammer blows to central axis of pile.
C. If driving is interrupted before refusal, drive an additional 12 inches (300 mm) before resuming
recording of performance data.
D, Re -drive piles that have lifted due to driving adjacent piles, or by soil uplift.
E. Do not damage piles during driving operations.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 31 6219 - 1 TIMBER PILES
WWTP Replacement

F. Cut off tops of piles to elevations indicated and prepare pile top to receive pile cap.
G. Prevent surface damage to treated piles.
H. Apply preservative to exposed ends of cut-off piles in accordance with AWPA M4.
3A3 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Vertical For Plumb Piles: 1 in 48.
B. Maximum Variation From Required Angle For Batter Piles: 1 in 24.
C. Maximum Variation From Design Cut-off Elevation: 4 inches (100 mm).
D. Maximum Out -of -Position: 2 inches (50 mm).
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field inspection according to Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements.
B. Test Piles: Same diameter and type as specified for other piling, placed in same manner.
C. Accepted test piles may be used in the Work.
3.06 UNACCEPTABLE PILES
A. Unacceptable Piles: Piles that fail tests, are placed out of position, are below cut-off elevations,
or are damaged.
B. Provide additional piles or replace piles failing to comply with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 31 6219 - 2 TIMBER PILES
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 32 1123
AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Aggregate base course for drive and parking.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 31 2200 - GRADING: Preparation of site for base course.
B.
Section 31 2323 - FILL AND BACKFILL: Compacted fill under base course.
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
AASHTO M 147 - Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil -Aggregate
Subbase, Base and Surface Courses; 1965 (2004),
B.
AASHTO T 180 - Standard Specification for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg
(10-Ib) Rammer and a 457 mm (18 in.) Drop; 2010.
C.
ASTM C136/C136M - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates;
2014,
D.
ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 2012.
E.
ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method; 2007.
F.
ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3 (2,700 kN m/m3)); 2012.
G.
ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the
Rubber Balloon Method; 2008,
H.
ASTM D4318 - Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of
Soils; 2010.
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Aggregate Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual
materials used.
C.
Compaction Density Test Reports,
1.05
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need.
B.
Verify that survey bench marks and Intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A.
Coarse Aggregate Type A: Coarse aggregate, conforming to State of North Carolina
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications For Roads and Structures.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify substrate has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct, and is dry.
3.02
PREPARATION
A.
Correct irregularities in substrate gradient and elevation by scarifying, reshaping, and
re -compacting.
B.
Do not place aggregate on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 32 1123 - 1 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
WWTP Replacement

C. Proof roll subbase in the presence of the Engineer or his designated representative. Undercut
areas that pump and backfill with Type 4 fill as defined in Section 02316 and as directed by the
Engineer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate and compact in maximum 6 inch layers to 100%
maximum dry density.
B. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated.
C. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate as appropriate to assist compaction.
D. Add water to assist compaction. If excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to
reduce moisture content.
E. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment.
3.04 TOLERANCES
A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 114 inch (6 mm) measured with 10 foot (3 m) straight edge.
B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 114 inch (6 mm).
C. Variation From Design Elevation: Within 112 inch (12 mm).
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and
testing.
B. Compaction density testing will be performed on compacted aggregate base course in
accordance with ASTM D1556 if required by the Engineer. The costs for the initial tests will be
the responsibility of the owner.
C. Results will be evaluated in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted
material in accordance with ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor").
D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest.
Costs of retest will be the responsibility of the contractor.
E. Frequency of Tests: One (1) test per 200 feet of roadway, or as needed to meet NCDOT
requirements, or as required by the Engineer.
F. Proof roll compacted aggregate at surfaces that will be under paving. For roads to be added to
the NC State Department of Transportation system, a DOT representative must be present for
the proof rolling. For roads to be maintained by the City of Greenville, the City Engineer's
designated representative must be present for the proof rolling. repair any areas which yield as
directed by the Engineer.
G. Base course thickness testing must be performed by a certified testing company prior to paving.
Cost of tests are the responsibility of the Contractor. Conduct one test per 200 lineal feet of
roadway.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile
area to prevent standing surface water.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 32 1123 - 2 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 32 3113
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fence framework, fabric, and accessories.
B. Excavation for post bases; concrete foundation for posts.
C. Manual gates and related hardware,
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete anchorage for posts.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A1231A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products; 2015.
B. ASTM A1531A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware; 2009.
C. ASTM F567 - Standard Practice for Installation of Chain -Link Fence; 2011.
D. CLFMI CLF 2445 - Product Manual; 1997.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A, See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings and hardware.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions,
hardware anchorage, and schedule of components.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. Materials and Components: Conform to CLFMI Product Manual.
B. Fabric Size: CLFMI Standard Industrial, Heavy Residential service.
C. Intermediate Posts: Type I round.
D. Terminal, Corner, Rail, Brace, and Gate Posts: Type I round.
2A2 ACCESSORIES
A. Caps: Cast steel galvanized; sized to post diameter, set screw retainer.
B. Fittings: Sleeves, bands, clips, rail ends, tension bars, fasteners and fittings; steel.
C. Extension Arms: Cast steel galvanized, to accommodate 3 strands of barbed wire, single arm,
vertical.
D. Hardware for Single Swinging Gates: 180 degree hinges, 2 for gates up to 60 inches (1525
mm) high, 3 for taller gates; fork latch with gravity drop and padlock hasp; keeper to hold gate in
fully open position.
2.03 FINISHES
A. Components (Other than Fabric): Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A1231A123M, at 1.7
ozlsq ft (530 glsq m).
B. Hardware: Hot -dip galvanized to weight required by ASTM A1531A153M.
C. Accessories: Same finish as framing.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install framework, fabric, accessories and gates in accordance with ASTM F567.
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 32 3113 - 1 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND
WWTP Replacement GATES

B. Place fabric on outside of posts and rails.
C. Set intermediate posts plumb, in concrete footings with top of footing 2 inches above finish
grade. Slope top of concrete for water runoff.
D. Line Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567.
E. Corner, Gate and Terminal Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567.
F. Brace each gate and corner post to adjacent line post with horizontal center brace rail and
diagonal truss rods. Install brace rail one bay from end and gate posts.
G. Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 6 inch (150 mm) long rail sleeves.
H. Install center brace rail on corner gate leaves.
L. Do not stretch fabric until concrete foundation has cured 28 days.
J. Stretch fabric between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 feet (30 m) maximum, whichever is
less.
K. Position bottom of fabric 2 inches (50 mm) above finished grade.
L. Fasten fabric to top rail, line posts, braces, and bottom tension wire with tie wire at maximum 15
inches (380 mm) on centers.
M. Attach fabric to end, corner, and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar clips.
N. Install bottom tension wire stretched taut between terminal posts.
O. Install support arms sloped inward and attach barbed wire; tension and secure.
3.02 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 114 inch (6 mm).
8. Maximum Offset From True Position: 1 inch (25 mm).
C. Components shall not infringe adjacent property lines.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 32 3113 -2 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND
WWTP Replacement GATES

SECTION 32 9219
SEEDING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preparation of subsoil.
B. Placing topsoil.
C. Seeding, mulching, liming and fertilizer.
D. Maintenance.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 31 2200 - GRADING: Topsoil material.
B. Section 31 2200 - GRADING: Preparation of subsoil and placement of topsoil in preparation for
the work of this section,
C. Section 31 2323 - FILL AND BACKFILL: Topsoil material,
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass,
Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison
Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge,
Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition.
B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of seed
mixture.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver grass seed mixture in sealed containers. Seed in damaged packaging is not
acceptable. Deliver seed mixture in containers showing percentage of seed mix, year of
production, net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging.
B. Deliver fertilizer and lime in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of
manufacturer.
A. Furnish maintenance of seeded areas for three months from Date of Substantial Completion.
B. Maintain seeded areas immediately after placement until grass is well established and exhibits a
vigorous growing condition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEED MIXTURE
A, Seed Mixture:
1. (February 1 - April 30) Tall Fescue - 50 lbs./ac., Pensacola Bahia Grass,10 lbs./ac.,
Korean or Kobe Lespedeza-(scarified),50lbs.lac.
2. (May 1-August 31) Tall Fescue - 50 Ibsdac., Weeping Lovegrass,10 Ibs.lac Korean or
Kobe Les pedeza(scarified), 50 lbs./ac,, Browntop Millet, 25 lbs,lac.
3. (September 1 - January 31) Tall Fescue - 60 lbs.lac., Korean or Kobe Lespedeza
(unscarified),60 Ibs.lac., Rye (grain) - 25 ibs./ac.
2.02 SOIL MATERIALS
A. Respread from stockpile
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Mulching Material: Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter detrimental to plant life,
and dry. Hay or chopped cornstalks are not acceptable.
B. Lime - 2 tonslac.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 32 9219 - 1 SEEDING
WWTP Replacement

C. Fertilizer: ; recommended for grass, with fifty percent of the elements derived from organic
sources; of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil, to the following
proportions: Nitrogen 10] percent, phosphoric acid [10) percent, soluble potash [10] percent.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare subgrade in accordance with Section 31 2200.
B. Place topsoil in accordance with Section 31 2200,
3.03 FERTILIZING
A. Apply fertilizer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction.
C. Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to apply seed.
D. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches (50 mm) of topsoil.
E. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer.
3.04 SEEDING
A. ' Apply seed evenly in two intersecting directions. Rake lightly.
B. Do not seed areas in excess of that which can be mulched on same day.
C. Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, or during windy periods.
D. Roll seeded area.
E. Immediately following seeding , apply mulch to a thickness of 118 inches (3 mm). Maintain clear
of shrubs and trees.
F. Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched. Saturate to 4
inches (100 mm) of soil.
G. Following germination, immediately re -seed areas without germinated seeds that are larger than
4 by 4 inches (100 by 100 mm).
3.05 HYDROSEEDING
A. Apply seeded slurry with a hydraulic seeder at a rate of seeding schedule above Ibs per 1000 sq
ft ( Kg per 1000 sq m) evenly in two intersecting directions.
B. Do not hydroseed area in excess of that which can be mulched on same day.
C. Immediately following seeding, apply mulch to a thickness of 1/8 inches (3 mm). Maintain clear
of shrubs and trees.
D. Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched. Saturate to 4
inches (100 mm) of soil.
E. Following germination, immediately re -seed areas without germinated seeds that are larger than
4 by 4 inches (100 by 100 mm).
3.06 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide maintenance at no extra cost to Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC; Carolina Water
Service, Inc. of NC will pay for water.
B. See Section 01 7000 - Execution Requirements, for additional requirements relating to
maintenance service.
C. Provide a separate maintenance contract for specified maintenance service.
D. Mow grass at regular intervals to maintain at a maximum height of 2-1/2 inches (65 mm). Do
not cut more than 113 of grass blade at any one mowing.
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 32 9219 - 2 SEEDING
WWTP Replacement

E. Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary.
F. Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming.
G. Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out.
H. Roll surface to remove minor depressions or irregularities.
I. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides.
J. Immediately reseed areas that show bare spots,
K. Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 32 9219 - 3 SEEDING
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 33 3200
SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submersible recirculation pumps in the influent pump station.
B. Related construction.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Contract descriptions, description of alterations work, work by
others, future work, occupancy conditions, use of site and premises, work sequence.
B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings,
progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination.
C. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Fundamental product requirements, substitutions
and product options, delivery, storage, and handling.
D. Section 01 7000 - Execution Requirements: Examination, preparation, and general installation
procedures; preinstallation meetings; cutting and patching; cleaning and protection; starting of
systems; demonstration and instruction; closeout procedures except payment procedures;
requirements for alterations work.
E. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance
(O&M) data, warranties and bonds.
F. Section 02 4100 - Demolition: Selective demolition, site demolition, structure removal.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250; 2005
B. ASTM A 481A 48M -Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings; 2003.
C. ASTM A 126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe
Fittings; 1995.
D. ASTM C 478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections; 2007.
E. AWWA C1041A21.4 - Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water;
American Water Works Association; 2008 (ANSI/AWWA C1041A21.4).
F, AWWA C1051A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems; American Water
Works Association; 2010 (ANSI/AWWA C1051A21.5).
G. AWWA C1111A21.11 - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings;
American Water Works Association; 2007 (ANSI/AWWA C1111A21.11).
H. AWWA C1511A21.51 - Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water; American Water Works
Association; 2009 (ANSI/AWWA C1511A21,51).
I. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2006,
J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2008.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for review:
1. Flow control plan for bypassing flow at the effluent pump station.
2. Certified general arrangement drawings showing all important details including materials of
construction, dimensions, loads on supporting structures, and anchor bolt locations.
3. Descriptive literature, bulletins and/or catalogs of the equipment.
4. Complete data on motors.
5. Pump curves.
6. Wiring diagrams and electrical schematics for all control equipment to be furnished.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3200 - 1 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

C. Submit for information.
1. Manufacturers instructions.
D. Submit for project closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance manuals including the following:
a. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
1) Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions.
2) Operating instructions for startup, routine, and normal operation, regulation and
control, shutdown, and emergency conditions.
3) Lubrication and maintenance instructions.
4) Guide to troubleshooting.
5) Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear.
6) Outline, cross-section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and writing
diagrams.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer shall warrant their pumps to be free of defects in material and workmanship
for a period of one (1) year after the product is first put into operation or eighteen (18) months
after date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
B. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEE SECTION 01 6000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
2.02 PUMPS
A. General
1. Submersible sewage pumps shall be suitable for continuous duty operation underwater
without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet. Pump system design shall include
a guide rail system be such that the pump will be automatically connected to the discharge
piping when lowered into place on the discharge connection.The pump shall be easily
removable for inspection or service, requiring no bolts, nuts, or other fasteners to be
disconnected, or the need for personnel to enter the wet well.
B. Pump Characteristics
1. Influent Pumps
a. Drive - VFD
b. Number of units - duplex pumps in each aeration basin, 4 total units.
c. Minimum solids capacity - 3 Inch.
d. Top range design flow per pump -750 GPM @ 45 ft. TDH
e. Low range design flow per pump -550 GPM @ 41 ft. TDH
f. Minimum shutoff head - 55 ft.
g. RPM range - 1250 too 1750
h. Horsepower - 15
i. Voltage - 460 VAC
j. Phase - 3
k. Frequency - 60 Hz
C. Manufacturers
1. Hydromatic
2. Myers.
3. Fairbanks -Morse.
4. Ebara
5. Goulds.
D. Pump Design -
1. The pumps shall be suitable for pumping raw, unscreened sewage. The discharge
connection elbow shall be permanently installed in the wet well along with the discharge
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 33 3200 - 2 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

piping, The pump(s) shall be automatically connected to the discharge connection elbow
when lowered into place, and shall be easily removed for inspection or service. There shall
be no need for personnel to enter pump well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge
connection elbow shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump.
A sliding guide bracket shall be an integral part of the pump unit. The entire weight of the
pumping unit shall be guided by no less than two (2) guide bars and pressed tightly against
the discharge connection elbow with metal -to -metal contact. Sealing of the discharge
interface by means of diaphragm, 0-ring, or other devices will not be acceptable. No
portion of the pump shall bear directly on the floor of the wetwell. The pump, with its
appurtenances and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without
foss of watertight integrity to a depth of sixty-five feet (65').
E. Pump Construction
1. Major pump components shall be of gray cast iron, Class 30, with smooth surfaces devoid
of blow holes and other irregularities. All exposed nuts and bolts shall be of stainless steel
300 series .
2. All surfaces coming into contact with sewage other than stainless steel or brass, shall be
protected by an approved sewage resistant coating (Tnemec series epoxy or approved
equal). All mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and
fitted with rubber 0-rings.
3. Discharge fitting shall be such that sealing is accomplished by metal -to -metal contact
between machined surfaces. No secondary sealing compounds, rectangular gaskets,
elliptical 0-rings, grease or other devices shall be used.
4. Shaft - The pump shaft shall be of stainless steel 300 or 400 series. The shaft shall be
designed with a constant outside diameter for its entire length and without machined
shoulders for bearings.Sleeve spacers between rotor and bearings shall be sufficient to
provide shoulder function for the bearings. A surface finish with minimum roughness
values of 12 micro -inches shall be required.
5. Seals - Each pump shall be provided with two separate tandem mechanical rotating shaft
seal system. Seals shall run in an oil reservoir. Seal failure sensors shall be included.
Lapped seal faces shall be hydrodynamically lubricated at a constant rate. The sea[ units
shall contain one (1) stationary carbon and one (1) positively driven rotating tungsten
carbide or ceramic ring. Each interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system.
The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment, but shall be easily inspected
and replaceable, Each pump shall be provided with an oil chamber for the shaft sealing
system. The oil chamber shall be designed to assure that air is left in the oil chamber, to
absorb the expansion of the oil due to temperature variations. The drain and inspection
plug, with positive anti -leak seal shall be easily accessible from the outside.
6. Bearings - The pump shaft shall rotate on two (2) permanently lubricated bearings or
continuously lubricated in an oil bath with a minimum B-10 life expectancy rating. The
upper bearing shall be a single row ball bearing and the lower bearing a two (2) row
angular contact ball bearing.
7. Impeller - The impeller shall be of gray cast iron, Class 30, dynamically balanced, double
shrouded non -clogging design having a long thrulet without acute turns. The impeller shall
be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in
normal sewage applications. The impeller shall be of a single or two vane design. The
pump manufacturer shall, upon request, furnish mass moment of inertia data for the
proposed impeller. The impeller shall be capable of passing a minimum 3" solid sphere.
The fit between the impeller and the shaft shall be a sliding fit on a key with a impeller nut
which can be tightened and locked down with a set screw or a nylok keeper.
S. Volute - The volute shall be of single piece design and shall have smooth fluid passages
large enough at all points to pass any size solids, which can pass through the impeller.
9. Wearing Ring - A wearing ring system shall be installed to provide efficient sealing
between the volute and impeller. The stationary wear ring shall be made of stainless steel
or nitrile rubber. The rotating wear ring shall be made of stainless steel. The wear rings are
to be drive fitted to the impeller and volute inlet.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3200 - 3 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

F. Guide Rail System
1. Provide 304 stainless steel schedule 40 guide rails for each pump sized to mount directly
to the quick discharge connector (QDC) at the floor of the wetwell and to a guide rail
bracket at the top of the wetwell below the hatch opening. Intermediate guide brackets
shall be supplied for rail lengths over 15 feet.Guide rail brackets shall be constructed of
304 stainless steel.
2. The QDC shall be manufactured of cast iron, A48 Class 30. It shall be designed to
adequately support the guide rails, discharge piping, and pumping unit under both static
and dynamic loading conditions with support legs that are suitable for anchoring it to the
wetwell floor. The face of the inlet QDC flange shall be perpendicular to the floor of the
wetwell. The discharge flange of the QDC shall conform to ASME/ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
3. The pump design shall include an integral self -aligning sliding bracket. Sealing of the
pumping unit to the QDC shall be accomplished by a single, linear, downward motion of
the pump. The entire weight of the pump unit shall be guided to and wedged tightly against
the inlet flange of the QDC, making metal to metal contact with the pump discharge
forming a sea[ without the use of bolts, gaskets or o-rings.
4. Stainless steel lifting cable shall be provided, suitable for removing and installing the pump
unit.
G. Motor
Pump motor shall be squirrel -cage, induction, shell type design, housed in a watertight
chamber. The stator winding and stator leads shall be insulated with moisture resistant
Class F insulation which will resist a temperature of 155 degrees C (311 F). The stator shall
be dipped and baked three (3) times in Class F varnish. The motor shall be designed for
continuous duty, capable of sustaining a minimum of ten (10) starts per hour and shall be
thermally protected. Motor shall be NEMA design B. Each unit shall be provided with an
adequately designed cooling system. Thermal radiators (cooling fins) integral to the stator
housing, shall be adequate to provide the cooling required by the motor. Water jackets or
other devices shall not be necessary for continuous pumping at sump liquid levels below
midpoint of stator housing.
The cable entry shall be an integral part of the stator casing. As a minimum the cable entry
shall be comprised of a single cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by washers and a
ferrule designed with close tolerance fit against the cable outside diameter and the entry
inside diameter, or shall be triple protected with a compression fitting and two epoxy potted
areas at the power cord entry to the pump.
Power cable jacket shall be manufactured of an oil resistant chloroprene rubber material,
designed for submerged applications. Cable shall be watertight to a depth of a least 65'.
The cable entry system shall comprise of primary, secondary, and tertiary sealing
methods. The primary sea[ shall be achieved by an cylindrical elastomeric grommet
compressed between the motor cover and a 304SS washer. Secondary sealing is
accomplished with a compressed o-ring made of NBR material. Compression and
subsequent sealing shall preclude specific torque requirements. The system shall also
include tertiary sealing to prevent leakage into the motor housing due to capillary action
through the insulation if the cable is damaged or cut. The cable wires shall be cut, stripped,
re -connected with a copper butt end connector, and embedded in epoxy within the cable
gland. This provides a dead end for leakage through the cable insulation into the motor
junction area. The cable entry system shall be the same for both the power and control
cables.
H. Controls - See Electrical Specifications
2.03 VALVE VAULTS
A. Valve vaults - Shall be precast concrete, dimension as shown on the plans, constructed in
accordance with ASTM C478. Valve vaults shall have monolithically cast extended base design
to resist uplift.
B. Access Hatches - See Section 33 3301.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3200 - 4 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

2.04 INTERCONNECTING PIPING AND VALVES
A. Pipe - All interconnecting gravity and pressure piping shall be ductile iron.
1. All ductile iron pipe shall be manufactured in compliance with ANSI Standard A21.51. The
interior of the pipe shall be cement -mortar lined in accordance with ANSI A21.4.
2. The exterior of the pipe shall have a one (1) mil bituminous coating in accordance with
ANSI A21.51. The thickness class for ductile iron pipe shall be Class 50 . The pipe joints
for ductile iron pipe shall be "push -on" manufactured in accordance with ANSI 21.11.
3. Polyethylene encasement shall be applied to all underground ductile iron pipe installations.
Materials and installation procedures shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA
C1051A21.5.88.
B. Valves
1. Plug Valves - Plug valves for sewage service shall be nonlubricated eccentric type valves,
with cast iron body, resilient faced plug suitable for sewage service. Valves shall utilize a
corrosion resistant seat material of ninety percent (90%) welded nickel machined to a
smooth surface as per AWWA C-507. All valve parts and surfaces shall be of corrosion
resistant materials or have an epoxy coating sufficient to prevent corrosion. Bearings shall
be sleeve -type, replaceable, stainless steel per AWWA C-507. Valve packing area shall
comply with AWWA C-507 by using a multi V-ring configuration that is adjustable and field
replaceable. Valves shall have flanged faces drilled in accordance with American Standard
for 125 pounds and shall be suitable for an operating pressure of 175 psi.Plug valves eight
inches (8") and larger shall be geared to provide suitable operation of the valve. Plug
valves shall be as manufactured by Dezurik or approved equal.
2. Check valves, shall be lever and spring type, iron body, bronze mounted with pin, seat ring
and disc of brass or bronze designed for working pressure of not less than 150 pounds per
square inch. Valves shall have a suitable opening for cleaning without disconnection from
the pipe. Valves shall be manufactured by American Flow Control, Mueller or Clow.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Float support brackets and other hardware shall be stainless steel.
B. Lift cables shall be stainless steel.
C. Anchor bolts, expansion anchors and all other bolts, washers and nuts shall be stainless steel.
❑. Pressure gauges shall comply with the following;
1. 316 stainless steel construction.
2. Suitable for use with raw sewage.
3, 4-112" diameter
4. 0-60 psi range
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SEE SECTION 01 7000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install all pumps and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1, See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
C. SYSTEM STARTUP
1. Provide manufacturer's field representative to perform systems startup.
2. Pump Startup - After complete installation of all equipment, the pump station equipment
shall be started up by the Contractor and the Manufacturer's representative in the
presence of the Owner and the Engineer. All equipment shall be operated in all modes to
insure proper operation. An electrician shall be on site to verify proper electrical
connections.
3. At the end of the pump start up, a field performance test shalt be made on each pumping
unit. Tests shall be conducted jointly by the Contractor, Supplier and the Owner. The
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3200 - 5 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

pumping units and valves will be operated by Owner personnel; all other personnel and
equipment necessary for proper conduct of tests shall be furnished by the Contractor.
4. Each pump shall be tested at shutoff head and at as many points in the specified operating
head range as necessary to verify the pump performance curve. All tests and test reports
shall be made in conformity with the requirements and recommendations of the Hydraulic
Institute and the IEEE Standards. The test setup procedures, schedule, and
instrumentation shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and Owner. The flow shall be
measured by computing the volume pumped out of the wet well in a specified time.
5. ,
D. CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
1. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3200 - 6 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

SECTION 33 3250
SELF PRIMING SEWAGE PUMPS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Post Equalization Pumps
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 46-5101: Sequencing Batch Reactor.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
1.04 SUBMITTALS::
A. See Section 35 - 35, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for review:
1. Flow control plan for bypassing flow at the effluent pump station.
2. Certified general arrangement drawings showing all important details including materials of
construction, dimensions, loads on supporting structures, and anchor bolt locations.
3. Descriptive literature, bulletins and/or catalogs of the equipment
4. Complete data on motors.
5. Pump curves.
6. Wiring diagrams and electrical schematics for all control equipment to be furnished.
C. Submit for information:
1. Manufacturers instructions.
D. Submit for project closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance manuals including the following:
a, Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
1) Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions.
2) Operating instructions for startup, routine, and normal operation, regulation and
control, shutdown, and emergency conditions.
3) Lubrication and maintenance instructions.
4) Guide to troubleshooting.
5) Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear.
6) Outline, cross-section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and writing
diagrams.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. See Section 52 - 52, for additional warranty requirements.
B. The manufacturer shall warrant their pumps to be free of defects in material and workmanship
for a period of one (1) year after the product is first put Into operation or eighteen (18) months
after date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEE SECTION 01 6000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
2.02 PUMPS
A. Manufacturer:
1, Gorman Gorman
2. Approved equal.
B. Pump Characteristics
1. Post Equalization Pumps
a. Drive - VFD
b. Number of units - 2 .
c. Minimum solids capacity - 3 Inch.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3250 - 1 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

d. Top range design flow per pump -520 GPM @ 42 ft. TDH
e. Low range design flow per pump - 208 GPM @ 31 ft. TDH
f. Horsepower - 10
g. Voltage - 460 VAC
h. Phase - 3
C. Materials and Construction Features:
1. Pump casing shall be cast iron Class 30 with integral volute scroll. Casing shall incorporate
following features:
a. Mounting feet sized to prevent tipping or binding when pump is completely
disassembled for maintenance.
1) Fill port cover plate, 3 112" diameter, shall be opened after logsening a positive
lock clamp bar assembly. In consideration for safety, Gorman threads must
provide slow release of pressure, and the clamp bar shall be retained by detente
lugs. A non-metallic gasket shall prevent adhesion of the fill port cover to the
casing while assuring a reliable seal.
2) Casing drain plug shall be at least 1 114" NPT to insure complete and rapid
draining.
3) Liquid volume and recirculation port design shall be consistent with performance
criteria listed under PART 1 - GENERAL of this section.
2. Cover plate shall be cast iron Class 30. Design must incorporate the following
maintenance features:
a. Retained by hand nuts for complete access to pump interior. Cover plate removal
must provide ample clearance for removal of stoppages, and allow service to the
impeller, seal, wear plate or check valve without removing suction or discharge piping.
1) A replaceable wear plate secured to the cover plate by weld studs and nuts shall
be AISI 1015 HRS. Wear plate shall be self-cleaning design ensuring that debris
is cleared away and does not collect on the impeller vanes.
2) In consideration for safety, a pressure relief valve shall be supplied in the cover
plate. Relief valve shall open at 75-200 PSI,
3) Two O-rings of Buna-N material shall seal cover plate to pump casing.
4) Pusher bolt capability to assist in removal of cover plate. Pusher bolt threaded
holes shall be sized to accept same retaining capscrews as used in rotating
assembly.
5) Easy -grip handle shall be mounted to face of cover plate.
3. Rotating assembly, which includes impeller, shaft, mechanical shaft seal, lip seals,
bearings, seal plate and bearing housing, must be removable as a single unit without
disturbing the pump casing or piping. Design shall incorporate the following features:
a. Seal plate and bearing housing shall be cast iron Class 30. Anti -rotation ribs shall be
cast into the seal plate to reduce internal wear and maximize component life.
Separate oil filled cavities, vented to atmosphere, shall be provided for shaft seal and
bearings. Cavities must be cooled by the liquid pumped. Three lip seals will prevent
leakage of oil.
1) The bearing cavity shall have an oil level sight gauge and fill plug check valve.
The clear sight gauge shall provide easy monitoring of the bearing cavity oil level
and condition of oil without removal of the fill plug check valve. The check valve
shall vent the cavity but prevent introduction of moist air to the bearings.
2) The seal cavity shall have an oil level sight gauge and fill/vent plug. The clear
sight gauge shall provide easy monitoring of the seal cavity oil level and
condition of oil without removal of the fill/vent plug.
3) Double lip seal shall provide an atmospheric path providing positive protection of
bearings, with capability for external drainage monitoring.
4) Impeller shall be ductile iron, two vane, semi -open, non -clog, with integral pump
out vanes on the back shroud. Impeller shall be statically or dynamically
balanced. Impeller shall thread onto the pump shaft and be secured with a
lockscrew and conical washer.
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 33 3250 - 2 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

5) Shaft shall be AISI 4140 alloy steel.
6) Bearings shall be anti -friction ball type of proper size and design to withstand all
radial and thrust loads expected during normal operation. Bearings shall be oil
lubricated from a dedicated reservoir. Pump designs which use the same oil to
lubricate the bearings and shaft seal shall not be acceptable.
7) Shaft sea] shall be oil lubricated mechanical type. The stationary and rotating
seal faces shall be silicon carbide alloy. Each mating surface shall be lapped to
within three light bands flatness (35 millionths of an inch), as measured by an
optical flat under monochromatic light. The stationary seal seat shall be double
floating by virtue of a dual O-ring design. An external O-ring secures the
stationary seat to the seal plate, and an internal O-ring holds the faces in
alignment during periods of mechanical or hydraulic shock (loads which cause
shaft deflection, vibration, and axiallradial movement). Elastomers shall be viton;
cage and spring to be stainless steel. Seal shall be oil lubricated from a
dedicated reservoir. The same oil shall not lubricate both shaft seal and shaft
bearings. Seal shall be warranted in accordance with requirements listed under
PART 1 - GENERAL of this section.
8) Pusher bolt capability to assist in removal of rotating assembly. Pusher bolt
threaded holes shall be sized to accept same capscrews as used for retaining
rotating assembly.
4. Adjustment of the impeller face clearance (distance between impeller and wear plate) shall
be accomplished by external means.
a. Clearances shall be maintained by external shimless cover plate adjustment, utilizing
locking collar and adjusting screw design for incremental adjustment of clearances by
hand. Requirement of realignment of belts, couplings, etc., shall not be acceptable.
Cover plate shall be capable of being removed without disturbing clearance settings.
1) There shall be provisions for additional clearance adjustment in the event that
adjustment tolerances have been depleted from the cover plate side of the
pump. The removal of stainless steel tabbed spacers from the rotating assembly
side of the pump shall allow for further adjustment as described above.
2) Clearance adjustment which requires movement of the shaft only, thereby
adversely affecting seal working length or impeller back clearance, shall not be
acceptable.
b. 5. An externally removable suction check valve shall be molded Neoprene with
integral steel and nylon reinforcement. A blow-out center shall protect pump casing
from hydraulic shock or excessive pressure. Removal or installation of the check
valve must be accomplished from the top of pump without disturbing the suction
piping or completely draining the casing. Sole function of check valve shall be to save
energy by eliminating need to reprime after each pumping cycle. Pumps requiring a
suction check valve to assist reprime will not be acceptable.
5. Spool flanges shall be one-piece cast iron, class 30 fitted to suction and/or discharge
ports. Each spool shall have one 1-114" NPT and one 114" NPT tapped hole with pipe plugs
for mounting gauges or other equipment.
6. Pumps to be supplied with a drain kit for ease of maintenance. The kit to contain 10' length
of reinforced plastic hose with a female quick connect fitting at one end, and factory
installed drain fittings in each pump. Fittings include stainless steel pipe nipples, bushing,
stainless steel ball valve and male quick connect fitting.
7. A gauge kit shall be supplied for each pump. Suction pressure must be monitored by a
glycerin -filled compound gauge, and discharge pressure by a glycerin -filled pressure
gauge. Gauges to be at least 4 inches in diameter, graduated in feet water column. Rated
accuracy shall be 1% of full scale reading. Compound gauge shall be graduated -34 to +34
feet water column minimum. Pressure gauge to be graduated 0 to 140 feet water column
minimum. Gauges to be factory mounted on a resilient panel with frame assembly secured
to pumps or piping. Gauge installations shall be complete with all hoses and fittings,
including a shutoff valve for each gauge line at the point of connection to suction and
discharge pipes.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3250 - 3 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

8. Each pump shall be equipped with a full flow type check valve, capable of passing a 3"
spherical solid, with flanged ends and be fitted with an external ]ever and spring. The
valve seat shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be replaceable. The valve body
shall be cast iron and incorporate a 3" cleanout port. Valve clapper shall have a molded
neoprene seating surface incorporating low pressure sealing rings. Valve hinge pin and
internal hinge arm shall be stainless steel supported on each end in brass bushings,
sealing bushing shall have double o-rings. 0-rings shall be easily replaceable without
requiring access to interior of valve body. Valve shall be rated at 175 PSI water working
pressure, 350 PSI hydrostatic test pressure. Valves other than full flow type or valves
mounted in such a manner that prevents the passage of a 3" spherical solid shall not be
acceptable.
2.03 DRIVE UNIT:
A. Pump motors shall be , horizontal TEFC, NEMA design B with cast iron frame with copper
windings, induction type, with normal starting torque and low starting current characteristics,
suitable for continuous service. The motors shall not overload at the design condition or at any
head in the operating range as specified. Motors located outdoors shall be furnished with 120
volt motor space heaters.
B. Drive Transmission
1. Power to pumps transmitted V-belt drive assemblies. The sheave/belt combination shall
provide the speed ratio needed to achieve the specified pump operating conditions.
2. Each drive assembly shall utilize at least two V-belts providing minimum a combined safety
factor of 1.5. Single belt drives or systems with a safety factor of less than 1.5 are not
acceptable. Computation of safety factors shall be based on performance data published
by the drive manufacturer.
3. Pump drives to be enclosed on all sides by a guard constructed of corrosion resistant high
density polyethylene, with stainless steel hardware.
2.04 ELECTRICAL CONTROL COMPONENTS:
A. The pump control system shall be furnished by the pump supplier to assure a complete unit and
total system responsibility.
B. The pump control panels shall be manufactured by a UL panel builder and each assembly shall
bear a serialized UL label for enclosed industrial control panels. Listing for open style industrial
control panels or an assembly of listed or recognized components shall not be acceptable.
C. Electrical power to be furnished to the site will be 3 phase, 60 hertz, 4 wire, 230 volts,
maintained within plus or minus 10 percent. Control voltage shall not exceed 132 volts.
D. Enclosures shall be constructed in conformance with applicable section of National Electrical
Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) standards for type 3R enclosures. Enclosure shall be
fabricated of stainless steel having a minimum thickness of not less than 0.075 inch (14 gauge).
Interior and exterior surfaces shall be enamel over phosphatized surfaces. Enclosure shall be
equipped with a hinged outer door held closed with clamps that are quick and easy to operate.
The panel shall be provided with a hinged inner door to accommodate the mounting of switches
and indicators. All control components shall be securely fastened to a removable back panel
with screws and lock washers. Switches, indicators and instruments shall be mounted through
the control panel door. Self -tapping screws shall not be used to mount any components.
E. Each control assembly shall be furnished with main terminals and ground lug for field
connection of the electrical supply. The connections shall be designed to accept copper
conductors of sufficient size to serve the loads. The main terminals shall be mounted to allow
incoming wire bending space in accordance with article 373 of the National Electric Code
(NEC). A separate terminal strip shall be provided for 115 volt, single phase control power and
shall be segregated from the main terminals. Ten percent of the control terminals shall be
furnished as spares.
F. A properly sized heavy duty motor circuit breaker, with RMS interrupting rating of 10,000
amperes at 230 volts, shall be furnished for each pump motor. The circuit breakers must be
sealed by the manufacturer after calibration to prevent tampering. An operating mechanism
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 33 3250 - 4 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

installed on motor circuit breaker shall penetrate the control panel door. A padlockable operator
handle shall be secured on the inner door. Interlocks must prevent opening the door until circuit
breakers are in "OFF" position.
G. An open frame, across -the -line, NEMA rated magnetic starter with under -voltage release, and
overload protection on all three phases, shall be furnished for each pump motor, Starters of
NEMA size 1 and above shall allow addition of at least two auxiliary contacts. An overload reset
pushbutton, mounted through the control panel door, shall permit resetting the overload relays
without opening the control panel door.
H. The control panel shall be equipped with a secondary lightning arrestor to minimize damage to
the pump motors and control from transient voltage surges, The arrestor shall utilize
silicon -oxide varistors encapsulated in a non-conductive housing. The arrestor shall have a
current rating of 60,000 Amps, and a Joule rating of 1500.
1. The control panel shall be equipped to monitor the incoming power and shut down the pump
motors when required to protect the motor(s) from damage caused by phase reversal, phase
loss, low voltage, and voltage unbalance. An integral time delay shall be provided to minimize
nuisance trips. The motor(s) shall automatically restart when power conditions return to normal.
J. A normal duty thermal -magnetic circuit breaker shall protect all control circuits by interrupting
control power.
K. The pump control panel shall provide 120 power to the pump motor space heaters.
L. Pump mode selector switches shall permit manual start or stop of pump individually, or permit
automatic operation under control of the liquid level control system. Manual operation shall
override all shutdown systems, except the drive fault. Selector switches to be heavy duty,
oil -tight design with contacts rated NEMAA300 minimum.
M, Six digit elapsed time meter (non -reset type) shall be connected to motor starter to indicate
total running time of each pump in "hours" and "tenths of hours".
N. A duplex ground fault receptacle providing 115 VAC, 60 Hz, single phase current, will be
mounted on the control enclosure. Receptacle circuit shall be protected by a 15 ampere
thermal -magnetic circuit breaker.
O. A high pump temperature protection circuit shall override the manual control and shut down the
pump motor(s) when required to protect the pump from excessive temperature. A thermostat
shall be mounted on each pump casing and connected to a high pump temperature shutdown
circuit. If casing temperature rises to a level sufficient to cause damage, the thermostat causes
the pump shutdown circuit to interrupt power to the motor. A push -to -reset indicating light
located on the control panel door shall indicate motor stopped due to high pump temperature.
The motor shall remain locked out until the pump has cooled and circuit has been manually
reset. Automatic reset of this circuit is not acceptable.
P. The pump control panel shall be equipped with a 1.5 KVA stepdown transformer to supply 115
volt, AC, single phase for the control and auxiliary equipment. The primary and secondary side
of the transformer to be protected by a thermal magnetic circuit breaker, sized to meet the
power requirements of the transformer. An operating mechanism shall penetrate the control
panel door, and a padlockable operator handle shall be secured on the exterior surface.
Interlocks must prevent opening the door until circuit breakers are in "OFF" position.
Q. The pump control manufacturer shall ground all electrical equipment inside the pump control
panel back plate. All paint must be removed from the grounding mounting surface before
making final connection. The contractor shall provide an earth driven ground connection to the.
pump station at the main grounding lug in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SEE SECTION 01 7000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3250 - 5 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

3.03 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Provide manufacturer's field representative to perform systems startup.
B. Provide manufacturer's field representative to perform systems startup.
C. Pump Startup - After complete installation of all equipment, the pump station equipment shall be
started up by the Contractor and the Manufacturer's representative in the presence of the
Owner and the Engineer. All equipment shall be operated in all modes to insure proper
operation. An electrician shall be on site to verify proper electrical connections.
D. At the end of the pump start up, a field performance test shall be made on each pumping unit.
Tests shall be conducted jointly by the Contractor, Supplier and the Owner. The pumping units
and valves will be operated by Owner personnel; all other personnel and equipment necessary
for proper conduct of tests shall be furnished by the Contractor.
E. Each pump shall be tested at shutoff head and at as many points in the specified operating
head range as necessary to verify the pump performance curve. All tests and test reports shall
be made in conformity with the requirements and recommendations of the Hydraulic Institute
and the IEEE Standards. The test setup procedures, schedule, and instrumentation shall be
agreed upon by the Contractor and Owner.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 3250 - 6 SELF PRIMING SEWAGE
WWTP Replacement PUMPS

SECTION 33 4600
SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Subsurface drainage around infiltration basins.
B. Ground water lowering wells.
C. Self priming ground water pumps.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 31 2316.13 - Trenching for Site Utilities: Excavating and backfilling for site subdrainage
systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D751 - Standard Test Methods for Coated Fabrics; 2006 (Reapproved 2011).
B. ASTM D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds; 2007.
C. ASTM D 1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules
40, 80, and 120; 2006.
D. ASTM D 2466 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,
Schedule 40; 2006,
E. ASTM D2467 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,
Schedule 80; 2006.
F. ASTM D 2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent -Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl
Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings; 1996 (Reapproved 2002).
G. ASTM D3786/D3786M - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods
and Nonwoven Fabrics --Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method; 2013.
H. ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles;
2008.
I. ASTM D4751 - Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile;
2012,
J. ASTM D4833 - Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geomembranes, and
Related Products; 2007,
K. ASTM F480 - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings made
in Standard Dimension Ratios (SDR), Sch 40 and Sch 80; 2012.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for review:
1. Certified general arrangement drawings showing all important details including materials of
construction, dimensions, loads on supporting structures, and anchor bolt locations.
2. Descriptive literature, bulletins and/or catalogs of the equipment.
3. Complete data on motors.
4. Pump curves.
5. Wiring diagrams and electrical schematics for all control equipment to be furnished.
C. Submit for information:
1. Manufacturers instructions,
D. Submit for project closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance manuals including the following:
a. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 33 4600 - 1 SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM
WWTP Replacement

I ) Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions.
2) Operating instructions for startup, routine, and normal operation, regulation and
control, shutdown, and emergency conditions.
3) Lubrication and maintenance instructions.
4) Guide to troubleshooting.
5) Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear.
6) Outline, cross-section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and writing
diagrams.
E. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
F. Product Data: Provide data on pipe drainage products, pipe accessories.
G. Project Record Documents: Record location of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts and principal
invert elevations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE MATERIALS
A. Subsurface Drain Pipe
1. Well Screen - The subdrain material shall be Schedule 40 PVC Slotted Well Screen
meeting the below specifications. Substitutions are not permitted.
a. The product shall be made of white PVC Type 1, Grade 1 as described in ASTM F480
and ASTM D1784, Class12454B to include roundness, ovality and straightness. Each
screen shall have machined slots in a uniform pattern of spacings and rows.
b. Strength: Schedule 40
c. Slot: The required slot opening is .012 inches with+/- .005 inch tolerance; and
essentially free of stringers and burrs.
d. Fittings: Schedule 80 PVC.
2. Interconnecting Pipe:
a. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 80.
1) Fittings: ASTM D 2467, Schedule 80 PVC.
2) Joints: ASTM D 2855, solvent weld.
2.02 GROUNDWATER PUMPS
A. Manufacturer:
1. Myers
2. Approved equal.
B. Pump Characteristics
1. Drive - Constant speed.
2. Number of units - 9 duty plus 2 sprae; total of 11.
3. Flow per pump -75 GPM
4. Horsepower -1.5
5. Voltage - 208 VAC
6. Phase - 3
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are
as indicated on layout Drawings.
3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
A. Comply with Section 31 2317.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install and join pipe and pipe fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions.
B. Place and embed well screen in gravel pack as shown on the plans.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 33 4600 - 2 SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM
WWTP Replacement

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Field inspection and testing.
B. Request inspection prior to and immediately after placing gravel pack over pipe.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 33 4600 - 3 SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 46 2100
SCREENING EQUIPMENT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Screenings washer/compactor,
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 46 0106 - Operation and Maintenance Manual.
B. Section 46 0500 - Common Work Results For Water and Wastewater Equipment:
Requirements applicable to all equipment.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
1. Section A322: Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar Specifications.
2. Section A507-10: Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet and Strip,
Hot -Rolled and Cold Rolled
B. Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) Publications:
1. Standard 9-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings,
2. Standard 11-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.
C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) Publications
D. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications
E. American Structures Painting Council (ASPC) Publications
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, and Section 46 0500 for submittal
procedures.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature and installation instructions.
C. Shop Drawings: Equipment layout and anchorage, wiring and schematic diagrams, and other
detaiis required to coordinate with other equipment.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 46 0106.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 9001 certified quality management system.
B. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 14001 certified environmental protection
management system
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Rotamat RoK 4 Vertical Screen 500 from Huber Technology, Inc.
B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. Screen Design Summary
a.
Number of Screens - 1
b.
Perforation Diameter - 114 inch
c,
Nominal Screen Basket Diameter - 19.6"
d.
Auger Tube Diameter - 10.75 inches
e.
Average Flow per screen - 0.385 MGD
f.
Max. Flow per screen -1.2 MGD
g.
Wet screenings capacity - 4.3 cfh
h.
Inflow Connection Flange Diameter -10"
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 2100 - 1 SCREENING EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

Discharge Height from center of Inflow Connection - 4.75'
C. The screen shall be designed to withstand maximum forces exerted during operation. All
structural and functional members shall be sized to prevent deflection or vibration which could
impair operation.
D. The average perforation flow through velocity shall not exceed 3.3 ftlsec (1.0 misec) under any
flow condition up to the maximum clean water flow specified above.
E. The screen shall be capable of processing spherical objects with a diameter of 3-118". Such
objects shall be conveyed through the auger and shall be discharged with the screenings. The
unit shall be capable of processing the screenings load specified above.
F. The fine screen shall have a cylindrical screen basket made of perforated plate, and an integral
screw conveyor and screenings press. The screw in the basket shall be provided with a brush
on its flight for screen cleaning. The screen shall use a single drive for screening, conveying,
dewatering and compressing the screened material. The axis of the fine screen shall be vertical.
G. Operation of the screen drive shall be automatically initiated at a preset high upstream liquid
level. Screens which operate continuously or via timer only will not be acceptable. The screw
shall remove solids from the screenings basket. The screenings shall be moved up by the
screw conveyor and through a compaction zone and shall be discharged into bags.
H. All perforations of the screen basket shall be cleaned with a brush on the screw flights.
1. The screening equipment shall produce dewatered screenings capable of passing the EPA
Paint Filter Test as described in method 9095 of EPA Publication SW-486.
J. To minimize odors and nuisance, the conveyance, dewatering and compaction zones shall be
completely enclosed.
K. The control system shall be designed such that the cleaning characteristics of the screen can
be changed via the programmable controller. Systems which do not offer this feature will not be
acceptable for this project.
L.
2.02 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. Unless otherwise specified in these specifications, the entire equipment shall be manufactured
from AISI austenitic stainless steel shapes (rods, angles, and channels), pipes, and sheets. All
mechanical parts shall be designed to handle the forces that may be exerted on the unit during
fabrication, shipping, erection, and proper operation according to the O&M manual.
B. The entire equipment shall be manufactured in a stainless steel only factory to prevent
contamination of the stainless steei with rusty dust.
C. The equipment, after its fabrication, shall undergo a passivation (pickling) process to ensure
maximum resistance to corrosion. All stainless steel components and structures shall be
submersed in a chemical bath of nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid to remove any residues that
may be present on the material as a result of forming, manufacture, or handling. After removal
from the pickling bath, the equipment must be washed with a high-pressure wash of cold water
to remove any remaining surface debris and promote the formation of an oxidized passive layer
which is critical to the long life of the stainless steel.
D. The brush shall be made of Nylon and shall be provided with a stainless steel clamp,
2.03 SCREEN
A. The screen shall be designed and built to withstand all static and hydraulic forces exerted by the
liquid to the screen. All structural and functional parts shall be sized for the loads encountered
during screening, conveying and pressing operations.
B. The screen shall have a circular body, a tall circular screen basket with square inlet box and
emergency overflow, and a bottom plate. Designs where the flow enters directly into the side of
basket without the use of an inlet box are explicitly not acceptable.
C. The circular screen basket shall be attached to the circular screen body via a 0.16" flange with
six (6) bolts and nuts, permitting easy removal of the screen basket.
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 46 2100 - 2 SCREENING EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

D. The bottom of the screen body shall be welded to an inflow box. The upper end of the inflow
box shall be open and serve as an emergency by-pass overflow. The inflow box shall be
provided with a flanged inflow connection. The invert of the inflow connection into the inflow box
shall have a height of above the screen's bottom plate to prevent flow backing into the inlet pipe
and causing increased machine run-time. Screens with a pipe inlet which do not incorporate an
inflow box with overflow will not be acceptable.
E. Manufacturer shall provide a height -adjustable support leg supporting the bottom plate of the
screen from the floor or from a support beam that is to be provided and installed by contractor
according to the drawings. The screen shall also be supported laterally by sets of dual supports
running the length of the machine at intervals as indicated in the manufacturer's drawings.
2.04 SCREENINGS CONVEYOR AND SCREENINGS COMPACTOR
A. The screen shall be cleaned with a stainless steel screw with helicoid-shaped flights designed
for vertical transport of screenings. The flights of the screw in the basket shall be provided with
a'/ inch thick hardened stainless steel strip having the same width as the flights of the screw.
The strip shall be welded to the face of the flight, on both sides, over the full length of the screen
basket. The flights of the screw shah be machined to match the screen basket such that the
face of the strip is parallel to the screen basket's inner surface.
B. A stainless steel backed nylon brush shall be attached to the screw flight over the entire length
of the screen basket. The brush shall be attached by means of holding clips and fasteners
made of stainless steel.
C. The screenings screw conveyor shall be 10.75" with a minimum wall thickness of 0.1". Four (4)
anti -rotation bars shall be welded to the inside of the transport tube along its longitudinal axis.
The screenings screw conveyor shall not be in contact with the anti -rotation bars during normal
operation, Designs which do not incorporate a minimum of four (4) anti -rotation bars are not
acceptable.
D. A flange shall be welded to the conical transition piece to support the screen basket. A gear
box support flange shall be welded to the upper end of the auger tube for support of the drive
assembly,
E. A shafted stainless steel screw with helical flight shall be installed in the auger tube for
conveying and compaction of the screened material, The auger shaft shall have a diameter of
3.4" with a shaft wall thickness of 0.2", Designs utilizing shaft -less screws and/or carbon steel
screws in the auger shall not be acceptable.
F. The discharge section of the auger shall be provided with a reverse flight with cutting blade
welded on for added strength to actively cut through the screenings plug and positively
discharge material without blockage.
G. The upper end of the screw conveyor shaft shall be fitted with a solid stub having a diameter of
2.4". The stub and the screw conveyor shaft shall be accurately machined and shrink -fitted with
each other.
H. After all flanges are welded to the auger tube, the faces of the flanges shall be machined on a
lathe such that they are exactly perpendicular to the tube axis,
A compaction zone shall be provided as an integral part of the screw conveyor and tube. The
compaction zone shall be designed to form a plug of screenings material and to return water
released from the screened material through 13/64" (5 mm) diameter perforations that are
machined into the screenings transport tube in a square configuration.
J. The compaction zone shall be provided with split glass fiber reinforced housing, furnished with
gaskets and bolts, and easily removable for access. Designs requiring removal of the drive
assembly, discharge head, or screw conveyor to gain access to the compaction zone will not be
acceptable. The housing shall be provided with a drain connection at its lowest point and a
clamped flexible PVC hose for drain water. The plastic housing shall also be provided with a 1"
flush connection for connection to a 31gpm plant water supply rated at 60psi.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 2100 - 3 SCREENING EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

K. The upper end of the auger tube shall be provided with a discharge chute for the screenings.
The chute shall be 10.75" in width to match the width of the screen rising tube, have a 40
degree slope, and be provided with a bagging adaptor suitable for mounting 295ft endless
screenings bags. The chute shall be provided with a removable cover to allow operator access
in the event of blockage in the discharge zone.
L. The auger tube shall be provided with lifting lugs for connection of lifting gear, permitting
installation and removal of the entire screen.
2.05 GEAR MOTOR DRIVE
A. The screw shall be driven by a shaft mounted geared motor with an output speed of
approximately 9rpm. The geared motor shall have a minimum service factor of 1.0 equivalent
to an ALMA Class I rating.
B. The gear reducer shall be bolted to a machined flange welded to the upper end of the auger
tube.
C. The gear reducer shall be driven by a 1,800 rpm, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, 230/460 volt, ,
continuous -duty motor with leads to a conduit box for outdoor operation. Motor power shall be
hp.
2.06 BAGGER
A. The discharge chute shall be furnished with a bagging device to contain and encase dewatered
screenings. The bagging device shall use endless bags.
B. The bagging device shall be fabricated of minimum 12 gauge (2.5 mm) stainless steel,
C. The screenings bagger shall be designed to be fitted with 295ft of replaceable plastic bags.
2.07 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Equipment manufacturer shall furnish all anchor bolts of ample size and strength required to
securely anchor each item of equipment. Anchor bolts, hex nuts, and washers shall be
stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be wedge or epoxy type.
B. Anchor bolts shall be set by the contractor. Equipment shall be placed on the foundations,
leveled, shimmed, bolted down, and grouted with a non -shrinking grout.
2.08 CONTROL SYSTEM
A. All controls necessary for the fully automatic operation of the screen shall be provided.
B. The electrical control system shall provide for automatic control of the screen via PLC control
and a high liquid level using an inlet box mounted pressure sensor in combination with an
adjustable timer.
C. Control panel shall be suitable for outdoor, wall -mounting, Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X
stainless steel with continuous hinge and lockable door latch, and shall include the following:
1. Door -interlocked and fused disconnect
2. 600 VAC terminal block
3. NEMA reversing motor starter and Circuit Breaker Branch Circuit Protection for screen
motor
4. PLC will be Allen Bradley Micrologix 1400
5. Operator interface will be a Allen Bradley PanelView 800
6. Control power transformer with 120 VAC transient voltage surge compressor (TVSC) and
fused primary and secondary
7. Hand -Off -Auto selector switches for the following
8. Screen drive
9. Screen forward -off -reverse
10. Pilot lights for
a. Control power on (white)
b. Screen running (green)
c. Screen high level (amber)
d. Screen fault (red)
PM131-21-006 / Brandywine Bay 46 2100 - 4 SCREENING EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

11. E-stop push button (red)
12. Screen reset push button (black)
13. Door mounted elapsed time meters for screen drive
14. Digital inputs for the following high water level
15. Remote dry contact outputs for screen running
16. Flashing alarm light and alarm horn with silencer -reset button
17. Plastic Nameplates
D. SPARE PANTS
1. The following Spare Parts shall be included and supplied together with the equipment:
a. 2 cleaning brushes
2. 5 Boxes with 295 ft endless bags each
2.09
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide the services of manufacturer's technical representative to supervise installation,
adjustment, demonstration, testing, and startup.
3.02 FIELD PREPARATION AND PAINTING
A. Contractor shall touch-up all shipping damage to the paint and stainless steel as soon as the
equipment arrives on the job site,
B. Contractor shall supply paint for field touch-up and field painting.
C. Contractor shall finish paint electrical motors, speed reducers, and other self-contained or
enclosed components with oil -resistance enamel.
D. Contractor shall coat all stainless steel bolts and nut threads with a non -seizing compound prior
to final assembly.
3.03 03 INSTALLATION, START-UP AND OPERATOR TRAINING
A. Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field to ensure compliance of equipment dimensions
with the drawings. Contractor shall notify Engineer of significant deviations.
B. Installation of the equipment shall be in strict accordance with the contract documents and the
manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings, Manufacturer shall supply anchor bolts for the
equipment. Contractors shall install the anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations
C, Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory -trained and employed service engineer for
one (1) trip including two (2) days to inspect the installation, start-up the screening equipment,
and provide operator training.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 2100 - 5 SCREENING EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 46 6124
CLOTH MEDIA FILTER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cloth Media Filters.
B. Two filters are currently in service at the existing Brandywine Bay WWTP and are to be
relocated as shown on the drawings.
C. One filter was previously in service at Nags Head WWTP and will be reloca5ed to Brandywine
Bay.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Contract descriptions, description of alterations work, work by
others, future work, occupancy conditions, use of site and premises, work sequence.
1.03 PERFORMANCE:
A. Existing filters at Brandywine Bay WWTP to be relocated consist of Two (2) Model F110412E3
Fixed Plate Cloth media filters that each are capable of meeting the following performance
requirements:
1. Average Flowrate, MGD* ......................... 0.2 MGD
2. Peak Flowrate, MGD*.................................. 0.25 MGD
3, Average Influent TSS*................................20mg11
4. Average Effluent TSS*................................5mg11
B. The existing filter to be relocated from Nags Head WWTP is a Model FFP150624LP capable of
meeting the following performance requirements:
1. Average Flowrate, MGD* ......................... 0.6 MGD
2. Peak Flowrate, MGD*.................................. 0.75 MGD
3. Average Influent TSS*........... .............. .......20mg11
4. Average Effluent TSS*................................5mg11
5.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Filters will be provided by the Owner, relocated from existing WWTPs,
1. Two filters are currently in service at the existing Brandywine Bay WWTP and are to be
relocated as shown on the drawings,
a. Each filter includes a total of three (3) filter media elements, with space & equipment
included for a future 4th element to be added as flows demand. Each element
consists of two (2) flat, rectangular cloth media panels supported by a 100% Stainless
Steel element frame and connecting hardware.
2. One filter was previously in service at Nags Head WWTP.
a, This filter includes a total of six (6) filter media elements. Each element consists of
two (2) flat, rectangular cloth media panels supported by a 100% Stainless Steel
element frame and connecting hardware.
2,02 FILTER TANKS
A, The filter tank are constructed of 304 Stainless Steel plate, with sufficient stainless steel
stiffening for all loads imposed during shipping, handling, and operation.
B. The tanks are equipped with an internal, integrated influent distribution channel with orifices to
distribute incoming flow, an effluent control box with weir, backwash discharge channel, and
flanged connections for influent and effluent discharge piping.
C. Access stairway(s) and walkways shall be provided as shown on the plans and provided by the
installing contractor. All access stairways and walkways shall be self-supporting and shall not
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 6124 - 1 CLOTH MEDIA FILTER
WWTP Replacement

rely on filter tankage for support or connection. All stairways and walkways shall meet OSHA
requirements.
2.03 MEDIA ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
A. The filter is composed of multiple, easily removable element frames. Each panel shall be
constructed of 100% 304 stainless steel and support the cloth media material.
B. Each panel is equipped with an integral neoprene rubber gasket for sealing against the element
inlet.
C. All support materials and internal components, including media panel support framework, are
304 Stainless Steel.
2.04 INFLUENT DISTRIBUTION CHANNEL
A. An influent distribution header is provided, as an integral part of the interior of the tank, for the
purpose of equally distributing the influent flow.
2.05 INFLUENT/BACKWASH DISCHARGE CHANNELS:
A. An individual channel for each filter element is integrated into the tank structure. Each channel
will be isolated from other channels and contain flanged connection(s) for the influent/
backwash piping connection(s).
2.06 EFFLUENT CONTROL WEIR BOX
A. An effluent control box, complete with a stainless steel weir, is provided as an integral part of
the tank, for the purpose of regulating the effluent flow and main tank water level.
2.07 OPERATION
A. A programmable controller is pre-programmed with the interlocks and sequence logic
necessary to control all filter components during all filtering and backwash operations.
B. During automatic operation, the backwash cycle is started by the high level sensor, manual
pushbutton, or pre-set timer through the controller.
C. Once initiated, the influent and backwash valves are operated in sequence allowing each filter
panel to be backwashed successively.
D. Backwash cycle times are adjustable through the operator interface panel and can be set in
tenths of seconds. The frequency of backwash can also be set through the operator interface
and can be set in minutes.
E. Backwash can also be performed by manually operating each valve through use of the override
interface which over -rides automatic operation.
F. Alarm indicators are included in the interface programming and warn the operator of high water
level, equipment malfunction, and alarm acknowledgment condition.
G. Filtering elements are cleaned in sequence, with all any filtering elements that are not being
cleaned shall be online and producing filtered effluent. Systems that need to dewater or take
more than one filtering element offline at one time shall not be allowed.
2.08 MAIN ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL (MCP)
A. A single main electrical control panel (MCP) is provided to control all necessary functions for
operation of the valves and level sensing equipment for all filters.
B. The MCP is of fiberglass construction conforming to NEMA 4X requirements. The MCP shall be
delivered loose for mounting by the electrical contractor. An adequately sized hinged front door
shall be provided on the MCP to contain all of the required controls and provide access for
repairs & wiring as necessary.
C. The MCP uses a programmable logic controller (PLC) to provide automatic operation of all filter
components and contain the logic components & programmable controls to operate the entire
filter(s).
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 6124 - 2 CLOTH MEDIA FILTER
WWTP Replacement

D. The MCP shall include an integrated touch -screen operator interface to provide access to
control set points, display filter component status & alarms, and provide over -ride control of
individual filter components.
E, For multiple filter installations, each filter shall be controlled as a unit independent of other filter
units.
F. Filter cleaning frequency of each filter is regulated by; an adjustable timer integral to the control
panel; manual pushbutton override on the operator interface; or by a float switch mounted in the
influent channel to indicate high influent level.
G. The MCP is capable of tolerating a power outage for a two-year period without loss of
programming or data set points. Battery replacement period shall not be shorter than two years.
2.09 WIRING JUNCTION PANEL
A. A single electrical junction panel is provided with each filter to provide connection of all control
component wiring, including valve and level sensor wiring, to a remotely mounted main filter
panel.
B. Each junction panel is of fiberglass construction conforming to NEMA 4X .
C. The installing contractor shall provide wiring, conduit, and wiring connections between the main
control panel and the tank junction panel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3,01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 6124 - 3 CLOTH MEDIA FILTER
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 46 6600
ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Open -channel ultraviolet disinfection equipment for treatment of wastewater.
B. Operation of Existing Facility: Maintain continuous flow of wastewater and disinfection until new
system is tested, approved and fully operational. No discharge of untreated wastewater will be
permitted. No reduction in existing hydraulic capacity or organic treatment capacity will be
permitted.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 46 0006 - Wastewater Treatment System: Influent characteristics and effluent quality
requirements.
B. Section 46 0106 - Operation and Maintenance Manual.
C. Section 46 0500 - Common Work Results For Water and Wastewater Equipment:
Requirements applicable to alI equipment.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C82.4 - American National Standard for Ballasts for High -Intensity -Discharge and
Low -Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple -Supply Type); 2002.
B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2018,
C. NEMA ICS 1 - Industrial Control and Systems General Requirements; 2000 (Reaffirmed 2015).
D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, and Section 46 0500 - Common Work
Results For Water and Wastewater Equipment for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical literature on specific model of equipment, instructions,
field training, spare parts.
C. Manufacturer's Qualifications.
D. Shop Drawings: Custom prepared drawings showing equipment layout, power and control
interconnection diagrams, wiring diagrams, control panel layout and schematics, and the overall
electrical design for the UV system.
E. Field Quality Control Reports.
R Operation and Maintenance Data: See Section 46 0106.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equipment Manufacturer Qualifications: Experienced in design and production of substantially
similar equipment, able to show evidence of satisfactory operation of identical equipment
disinfecting secondary effluent with similar effluent flow and characteristics in at least five
installations for not less than one year.
B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of three years experience in installation of equipment in water,
wastewater, or industrial facilities.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 6600 - 1 ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FLOW CHANNELS
2.02 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT
A. Ultraviolet (UV) Disinfection Equipment: Suitable for outdoor open channel, gravity flow
installation, comprised of submersible lamp modules with lamps and all other necessary
components, controls, and accessories, and capable of meeting specified effluent
requirements.
1. See Section Section 46 0006 for influent characteristics and effluent requirements.
2. Provide sufficient redundancy to maintain effluent requirements while replacing lamps,
sleeves, and ballasts; and while cleaning lamp sleeves.
3. Provide disinfection safety factor of 2.0.
B. Components:
1. UV lamp module(s) with support rack and bracket.
2. UV system instrumentation, controls, and power distribution.
3. Wireway and interconnecting cables.
4. Connections to process control system.
5. Other appurtenances necessary.
C. Materials of Construction:
1. Metal in Contact with Plant Effluent: Either Type 316 or Type 304 stainless steel,
passivated.
2. Material Exposed to UV Light: Stainless steel, passivated; quartz; polytetrafluoroethylene
or other UV resistant material.
3. Anchor Bolts: Stainless steel, of size required and with ample strength for purpose
intended; embed hooked anchor bolts during placement of concrete.
D. Equipment Functional Characteristics:
1. UV Dosage: Not less than microwatt-seconds per square cm based on peak
design flow conditions, lamp output at 65 percent of its initial level after 1 year (8750
hours) of lamp operation without fouling on the lamp sleeves, and specified minimum UV
transmittance.
2. Nominal Average Intensity Within Channel: Not less than microwatts per
square centimeter at transmittance of 70 percent after 100 hour burn -in of lamps and with
no fouling on the lamp sleeves.
3. UV Density of Channel: Not less than watts per liter.
4. Retention Time: Lamp bank design such that theoretical retention time (T) is not less than
seconds at peak design flow rate and actual retention time (t) determined by
hydraulic analysis is not less than 0.9 times theoretical retention time.
5. Head loss - Horizontal Lamp Banks: Such that at peak flow rate no lamp is exposed to the
atmosphere and maximum depth over the uppermost lamp sleeves is 1.5 inches (40 mm).
6. Head loss -Vertical Lamp Banks: Not greater than 6 inches (150 mm).
7. Cross Sectional Area of Lamp Module Frames: Not greater than 35 percent of the
cross -sectional area occupied by the effluent in the channel.
8. Aspect Ratio Of Channel Length To Hydraulic Radius: Minimum of 15 per lamp bank.
2.03 UV LAMP ARRAYS
A. Horizontal Lamp Arrays: Uniform array with lamps parallel to each other and to flow; lamps
evenly spaced in horizontal and vertical rows with centerline spacings equal in both directions;
array pattern continuous and symmetrical throughout each reactor.
B. Vertical Lamp Arrays: Staggered uniform array with lamps parallel to each other, but
perpendicular to the flow; lamps evenly spaced with alternating rows offset by one-half the
uniform centerline spacing.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 6600 - 2 ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

C. Lamp Modules - General: Frames supporting lamps with each lamp in an individual sleeve;
capable of being withdrawn as a unit and replaced without interrupting operation of any other
module; self-supporting in the channel.
1. Each Module: Capable of supporting dead weight of 200 pounds (90 kg).
2. Individual lamp modules weighing 55 pounds (25 kg) or less removable without requiring
mechanical lifting devices.
3. Provide mechanical lifting device for individual lamp modules weighing over 55 pounds (25
kg)-
4. Lifting Device: As specified,
D. Horizontal Lamp Modules: Lamps in sleeves sealed and supported in NEMA 6P stainless steel
frame capable of protecting lamps and sleeves from foreign material or debris within channel,
with electrical wiring completely enclosed in frame isolated from wastewater.
E. Vertically Oriented Lamp Modules: Lamps installed in weatherproof, watertight enclosure, with
lamp sleeves fitted to enclosure using compression fittings and neoprene gaskets.
1. Provide wiring terminal strips numbered to correspond to numbering in main power panel.
2. Provide lamp enclosures with waterproof wiring connectors to allow enclosure to be
disconnected and removed from channel.
3. Provide lamp connection above waterline or otherwise waterproof.
4. Provide safety interlock switch to turn off power to the lamps when module enclosure
covers are opened.
5. Provide Class B ground fault circuit interrupter for each enclosure to turn off power if water
enters enclosure.
6. Lamps arranged so that they can be replaced without disassembling or removing lamp
module.
2.04 LAMPS AND LAMP SLEEVES
A. UV Lamps: Low-pressure mercury vapor type of hot -cathode, instant -start design in which
coiled filamentary cathodes are heated by arc current; filament of clamped design and
withstanding shock and vibration; with following characteristics:
1. Wavelengths: 90 percent of UV radiation within wavelengths of 233.7 to 273.7
nanometers.
2. Minimum UV Intensity: 190 microwatts per square centimeter at distance of one meter.
3. Maximum Power Input: 65 watts (not including ballast losses).
4. Minimum Are Length: 58 inches (1475 mm).
5. Rated to produce zero levels of ozone.
6. Minimum UV Output at 100 Hours: 26.7 watts.
7. Lamp Base: Metal and ceramic, resistant to UV light and ozone.
8. Lamp tube capable of transmitting 90 percent of radiation produced therein.
9. Allow changing of lamps without removal of sleeve from lamp module frame.
10. Allow replacement of lamp ballast by plant operating personnel.
11. Design equipment using lamps available from at least 2 currently active lamp
manufacturers.
12. Multiple cycle lamps may be used in applications that demand up to 100,000 annual
cycles.
B. UV Lamp Sleeves: Clear fused quartz circular tubing, rated for transmittance of 89 percent or
more and not subject to solarization over its life, supported so that it cannot come into contact
with any steel in frame.
1. Nominal Wall Thickness: Between 0.03 and 0.08 inch (0.8 and 2.09 mm).
2. Sleeve Seals: Open end of lamp sleeve sealed to prevent moisture from entering module
frame and electrical connections to other lamps in module in case of sleeve fracture; seal
consisting of stainless steel nut compressing external O-ring seal; nut surface allowing
positive hand grip for tightening and not requiring any tools for removal.
C. Lamp Holders: Lamps held in place so as to isolate and seal lamp from module frame and
other lamps in module; UV resistant materials that prevent lamp sleeve from touching steel.
PM131-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 46 6600 - 3 ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

D. Lamp Module Support Rack: Stainless steel construction; designed to prevent UV radiation
above channel top when lamp modules are energized and fully immersed in effluent.
2.05 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
A. General: Comply with NFPA 70.
1. Controls: NEMA ICS 1.
2. Protect wiring and electrical connections against failure due to moisture.
3. Provide units completely wired requiring only one connection for external power supply and
remote control.
4. Divide electrical system into proper number of parallel electrical subsystems for peak
design flow.
5. Power each electrical subsystem from a distribution center with ground fault circuit
detection, circuit protection, modules, and interconnecting cables.
6. Provide one power panel for each module, prewired by manufacturer except for final
connection of module to power panel.
7. Ground Fault Detection: UV equipment manufacturer's standard type.
8. Wiring Exposed to UV Light: UV degradation resistant.
B. Housings for Control and Monitoring Components and Power Supply: NEMA enclosures with
internal components sealed from external environment.
1. System electronics in interior environment housed in NEMA 250 Type 12 enclosures.
2. System electronics in exterior or corrosive environment, as defined in NEMA 250, housed
in NEMA 250, Type 4X enclosures.
3. Magnetic Ballast Cooling: Minimum air flow per ballast of 30 cfm (0.014 cubic m/s).
C. Interconnect Cables: Multiconductor unshielded cable suitable for outdoor installation; modular
repairable type allowing field replacement and repair of components by plant operators.
1. Insulation: Thermoplastic rubber with operating range of minus 76 to 52 degrees F (minus
60 to 125 degrees C) with low temperature flexibility and flame retardants.
2. Jacketing: UV stabilized; resistant to oils, chemicals, fuels, solvents, and to mechanical
abuse and abrasion.
3. Provide all cable required for complete system.
D. Connectors and Receptors: Waterproof Type S.O. cable for in -line connection allowing fast and
easy positive coupling and uncoupling; snap -on design having no threads and providing visual
confirmation that connection is locked in place; mounted out of flood -prone environments.
E. Ballasts: ANSI C82.4, coordinated to ballast power supply; modular design allowing for quick
disconnect and replacement.
1, Voltage Range: Not less than plus or minus 10 percent.
2. Power Factor: Not less than 90 percent at crest factor of 2.0 or less.
3. Service Temperature: 5 degrees F (minus 15 degrees C) and above.
4. Locate magnetic ballasts in or enclosed in environment not susceptible to effects of heat,
cold and moisture.
F. Cableway: If required by equipment manufacturer, install cable in weatherproof and
submersible cableway; stainless steel sheet, 14 or 16 gage (1.58 or 1.98 mm) thick; gasketed
and completely watertight when submerged.
2.06 CONTROLS
A. Control: Fully automatic, requiring no manual attention other than adjustment of base UV
intensity setting.
1. Provide connections for remote indication corresponding to all local indication.
2. Provide connections for remote controls corresponding to all manual controls.
3. Provide control devices of type and characteristics required to connect to process control
system.
B. UV Lamp Control: Continuously adjust UV output automatically in proportion to flow.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 6600 - 4 ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

1. Vary UV output by turning lamp banks on and off or by dimming lamps, in sequence and at
rates as recommended by manufacturers.
2, When lamp dimming is used, allow operator to ratio flow to UV dosage and UV intensity.
3. When on/off control is used, allow operator to vary flowrate setting and allow operator
option to operate individual banks in either manual or automatic mode.
4. Provide logic and time delays to regulate UV bank ON/OFF cycle to prevent excessive
cycling on both startup and shutdown of UV bank.
C. Water Level Control: Maintain constant channel water level within tolerances required to keep
lamps submerged and prevent excessive water depth over top of lamps.
1. Provide level control device in each channel at discharge end.
2. For horizontal lamps, provide alarm indication and automatic system shutdown if water
level drops below uppermost part of top row of lamps.
D. Alarms:
Time delayed to prevent nuisance alarms. See Section 46 0913.
1. Minor Alarms:
a.
Low warning UV intensity.
b.
Individual lamp failure.
2. Major Alarms:
a.
Low UV intensity.
b.
Failure of 2 or more adjacent lamps.
c.
Multiple lamp failure.
d.
Module failure.
?aYI MI►9 fillZ1Pilt Ii•I IF-,Vd lki
A. For each bank of lamp modules, provide:
1. Lamp status indicators for each lamp.
2. UV intensity detection.
3. Elapsed time meter.
4. Hand/off/auto switch.
B. Control Panel: Mount instrumentation and control devices in enclosure as specified in Section
46 0500, mounted near equipment. Provide the following, at minimum, mounted on or in panel
door:
1. Lamp status indicators.
2. Elapsed time meters.
3. UV intensity displays.
4. Handlofflauto switches.
C. Lamp Status Indicators: Provide a panel to indicate status of each lamp and module using a
geometric display that indicates locations.
1. Lamps: Indicate ON or OFF.
2. Modules: Indicate "POWER ON" only.
3. Indicators: Neon lamps or LED or LCD alpha -numeric data display.
4. Upon lamp failure, illuminate its corresponding indicator lamp and close contact for remote
alarm annunciation.
5. Upon module failure due to ground fault interruption, close contact closure for remote
annunciation.
D. UV Intensity Detection: Submersible UV meter and sensor to continuously detect and indicate
UV intensity, measuring only germicidal portion of light between 254.5 and 255.0 nanometers.
1. Locate meters on remote control panel, clearly labeled.
2. Locate UV intensity sensors at point of minimum expected intensity within lamp bank;
locations justified by UV equipment manufacturer, if required by Carolina Water Service,
Inc. of NC.
3. Meters: Display UV intensity, indicating safe intensity, low intensity, and unsafe intensity
by means of color codes on meter face, or using a 0 to 100 percent scale.
PM131-21-006 I Brandywine Bay 46 6600 - 5 ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

4. Sensors: Clip -on, capable of being mounted to any lamp, self -aligning to assure proper
spacing from tube without use of tools; factory calibrated with verification in field prior to
startup.
E. Elapsed Time Meters: Non-resettable, recording hours of UV bank operation from 0 to 99,999
hours.
2.08 LAMP AND SLEEVE CLEANING EQUIPMENT
A. Provide portable cleaning tank for cleaning individual lamp sleeves and entire lamp modules,
B. Portable Cleaning Tank: Stainless steel and equipped with air blower (compressor), lamp
module rack, hose connections and drains; equipped with hard rubber casters and sealed
cover.
1. Tank Capacity for Horizontal Modules: At least 3 modules.
2. Tank Capacity for Vertical Modules: At least 1 module.
3. Provide disconnect switch, grounded plug and 10 feet (3 m) long outdoor cable.
4. Cleaning Rack For Hand Wiping Sleeves: Mounted above tank, to hold one horizontal
module.
C. Cleaning Fluids: Provide sufficient quantity of sleeve conditioner and cleaning solution for 12
months of normal operation.
1. Containers: Not greater than 5 gallon (20 L) capacity.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
B. Provide the services of manufacturer's technical representative to supervise installation,
adjustment, testing, and startup.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL - PRIOR TO STARTUP
A. Demonstrate proper operation of all components using temporary water supply, recirculated if
necessary; include channel control elements and flow and level controls.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL -AFTER STARTUP
A. Test equipment for disinfection performance, as follows:
1, Where disinfection equipment is located in separate channels and equipment in each
channel is not perfectly identical, test each channel; otherwise, test one channel.
2. Collect samples at times when flow through channel is at or near peak flow; use control
elements where necessary to maintain peak flow.
B. Analyze samples using standard testing methods or procedures, for specified performance
requirements for effluent characteristics and:
1. Percent UV transmittance at 254 nm with 1 cm cell length prior to disinfection.
C. Continue sampling for 14 days, collecting samples 3 times per 24 hour period.
D. If test results are unsatisfactory, adjust, modify, repair, or replace, and retest.
1. When new units are installed, start testing from beginning.
2. When adjustment or repairs are expected to provide satisfactory performance, continue
retesting for at least 2 consecutive days.
3. Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC reserves the right to reject the installed equipment if
performance appears to be unachievable with installed equipment.
4. Prior to retesting, obtain Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC's approval of retesting
schedule.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-006 i Brandywine Bay 46 6600 - 6 ULTRAVIOLET EQUIPMENT
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 46 8001
REFRIGERATED SAMPLER
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Refrigerated waste water sampler.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Contract descriptions, description of alterations work, work by
others, future work, occupancy conditions, use of site and premises, work sequence.
B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings,
progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination.
C. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Fundamental product requirements, substitutions
and product options, delivery, storage, and handling.
D. Section 01 7000 - Execution Requirements: Examination, preparation, and general installation
procedures; preinstallation meetings; cutting and patching; cleaning and protection; starting of
systems; demonstration and instruction; closeout procedures except payment procedures;
requirements for alterations work.
E. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance
(O&M) data, warranties and bonds.
F. Section 11530: Electromagnetic Flow Meters.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Submit for review:
1. Certified general arrangement drawings showing all important details including materials of
construction, dimensions.
2. Descriptive literature, bulletins and/or catalogs of the equipment.
3. Wiring diagrams and electrical schematics.
C. Submit for information:
1. Manufacturers instructions.
D. Submit for project closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance manuals.
3. Warranties.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this
section, with not less than three years of documented experience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEE SECTION 01 6000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
2.02 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
2.03 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. The sampler container shall be located in a refrigerated compartment, The refrigerated
compartment shall be insulated with 1.5 inch rigid foam insulation. The refrigeration system
shall have a a20 cfm condenser fan and shall be controlled by a thermostat maintaining
samples at 4 deg. C in ambient temperatures up to 120 deg. F.
B. All electromechanical components shall be protected with a permanently sealed housing
conforming to NEMA 4X standards for submersible, watertight, dust tight, and corrosion
resistant operation.
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 468001 -1 REFRIGERATED SAMPLER
WWTP Replacement

C. The sampler shall be suitable for the representative collection of toxic and conventional
pollutants in a single composite bottle or multiple bottles.
D. The sampler shall incorporate a high speed peristaltic pump for collection of the sample liquid.
The pump body shall be constructed of corrosion resistant materials. The sample pump shall
produce a minimum intake velocity of 2 feet per second at 15 feet vertical lift.
E. The sample pump shall purge the intake line before and after each sample. The duration of the
purge shall be automatically adjusted for varying intake line lengths.
F. The sampler controller shall have a hermetically sealed 19 key, multiple function key pad and
self prompting 8 line x 40 character back -lit liquid crystal graphics display. The controller shall
be programmable for single bottle and multiple bottle operation. For multiple bottle operation,
the controller shall be programmable for 2, 4, 8, and 24 bottle configurations.
G. The sampler shall be capable of operation in timed or flow proportional mode.
H. The sampler shall be convertible to composite operation.
I. The sampler shall be furnished with one 5.5 gallon polyethylene container.
J. The sampler shall be capable of retaining up to 5 complete sampling programs in memory.
K. The sampler shall be capable of rinsing the intake lin3e with the source liquid immediately prior
to sample collection.
L. In the event the sample liquid is not obtained on the initial attempt, the sampler shall
automatically purge and repeat the collection cycle,
M. The sampler shall be programmable for up to 24 stop/start intervals.
N. The sampler equipment shall include all of the following:
1. pHITemperature sensor and data logger.
2. Dissolve oxygen sensor and data logger.
O. The sampler shall be capable of receiving three (3) analog inputs.
1. One sampler input shall be connected to the magnetic flow meter for collection of flow
paced sequential samples.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SEE SECTION 01 7000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Prepare and start equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and
recommendations.
3.04 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 017800 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.
B. Demonstration: Demonstrate operation of system to Carolina Water Service, Inc. of NC`s
personnel.
1. Use operation and maintenance data as reference during demonstration.
2. Briefly describe function, operation, and maintenance of each component,
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 468001 -2 REFRIGERATED SAMPLER
WWTP Replacement

SECTION 46 8002
FLOW MEASUREMENT
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Flow sensors.
B.
Flow recorders.
C.
Weirs
D.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings,
progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination.
B.
Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance
(O&M) data, warranties and bonds.
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Submit for review:
1. Certified general arrangement drawings showing all important details including materials of
construction, dimensions.
2. Descriptive literature, bulletins and/or catalogs of the equipment.
3. Wiring diagrams and electrical schematics.
C.
Submit for information:
1. Manufacturers instructions.
D.
Submit for project closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance manuals.
3. Warranties,
1.04
WARRANTY
A.
See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B.
Correct defective Work within a one year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
PART
2
PRODUCTS
2.01
OPEN CHANNEL FLOW METERS:
A.
Provide ultrasonic open channel flow monitoring equipment and data logger with capability to
continuously record and totalize flow.
B.
Acceptable Systems:
1. Siemens Sitrans LU Probe and Sitrans LUT 420 Level Controller.
2. Hach FL900 Series Low Lofgger and US 9001 Down -Looking Sensor.
3. Teledyne Signature Flow Monitoring System.
4. Approved equal.
C.
Weirs
D.
Weirs shall be provided to control the rate of wastewater flow to the disposal areas, Weirs shall
be constructed of type 6061-T6 aluminum
E.
Weirs shall be constructed of type 6061-T6 aluminum.
2.02
ELECTROMAGNETIC
FLOW METERS
A.
The magnetic flow meter (magmeter) shall be the low frequency electromagnetic induction type
and shall produce a pulsed DC signal directly proportional to and linear with the liquid flow rate.
PM1 31-21-006 1 Brandywine Bay 46 8002 - 1 FLOW MEASUREMENT
WWTP Replacement

The magmeter shall be designed for operation on 120V AC +1- 10%, 60 Hz +/- 5% which is
obtained from the remote mounted signal converter.
1. The metering tube shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
2. The magmeter shall be designed to mount directly in the pipe between AWWA Class B
flanges.
3. Magmeter shall be the welded flange design. Screw -on flanges will not be acceptable.
4. The magmeter length -to -diameter dimensional ratio shall be a minimum of 1.5 in order to
minimize inaccuracies generated by the effects of inner wall conductivity of adjacent
piping.
5. The magmeter shall be capable of continuous submergence in up to 30 feet of water
without damage to the instrument or interruption of the flow measurement.
6. The magmeter shall be lined with polyurethane and supplied with 316 stainless steel
electrodes.
7. Where insulated or non-conductive pipe is used, the use of two orifice plate type stainless
steel grounding rings per magmeter shall be required. In order to ensure integrity of the
magmeter liner, grounding electrodes which penetrate the liner will not be acceptable.
B. The signal converter (converter) portion of the magmeter shall include both a magnet driver and
the converter electronics.
1. The converter shall be remotely mounted. Interconnection cable shall be supplied with the
converter in sufficient length and gauge to prevent splicing.
2. Converters shall be interchangeable without affecting meter accuracy or the need for
recalibration for all meter sizes.
3. The converter shall be housed in a steel NEMA 4X enclosure.
4. The converter shall include a separate customer connection compartment to isolate the
electronics from power connections and to protect the electronics from environmental
hazards.
5. The converter electronics shall be of the solid state, feed back type, utilize integrated
circuitry and be microprocessor controlled. All operational parameters shall be user
configurable locally via an integral push button/display arrangement.
6. An integral display to the converter electronics shall maintain two rows of 16 alphanumeric
characters for simultaneous view of both instantaneous rate of flow readings in percent or
direct engineering units and totalization. The display shall be backlighted with a
matrix -type liquid crystal (LCD) for easy viewing.
7. The converter shall have input impedance of 10 billion Ohms or greater and shall not be
affected by quadrature noise. Input and output signals shall be fully isolated.
8. The converter output signal shall be 4 to 20 mA DC into 0 to 750 Ohms and shall be
capable of accommodating bidirectional flow.
9. The converter shall incorporate an integral zero return circuit to provide a constant zero
output signal in response to an external dry contact closure or automatic empty pipe
detection circuit to minimize totalizer inaccuracies caused by empty pipe conditions.
C. The magmeter shall be hydraulically calibrated and the calibration shall be traceable to the
National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST). The accuracy of the magmeter shall be
+/-112% of rate from 0.65 feet per second (fps) to 33 fps without the need for system calibration.
D. The magnetic flow meter transmitter shall have on board ability for a service technician to verify
the operation of the sensor and transmitter in -situ, without the removal of, or access to, the
sensor. The system verification shall enable the printing of a certificate stating the metering
system is in or out of original factory specification or tolerances. The system check shall be
performed via connection to a diagnostic interface, operating through a lap top computer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
PM131-21-0061 Brandywine Bay 46 8002 - 2 FLOW MEASUREMENT
WWTP Replacement

Calculations for
for
Brandywine Bay WWTP Upgrades
Owner:
Carolina Water Service, Inc.
4944 Parkway Plaza Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28217
Civil Engineer:
. C ie
Linwood E. Stroud, PE 5279
--°a/- 17-- IZA'
Date
Engineer:
Stroud Engineering, PA
107B Commerce Street
Greenville, NC 27858
License No. C-0647
Q o� sc;9p'-
10,
. 0
: : GAF , D
Om2c s��9 r `

STROUD ENGINEERING, P.A.
107 B COMMERCE STREET
GREENVILLE, NC 27858
[phone]
FEIN 56-1593304
License # C0647
JOB 6 9 °
SHEET NO. _1 OF
CALCULATED BY DATE - 16
CHECKED BY
SCALE
DATE

&Uw-u 3`Z5// i
{
`~ V UA
WATER TECHNOLOGIES
Preliminary Proposal for Omnipac® Sequencing Batch Reactor
Brandywine Bay, NC
Version: Z
Date:
Prepared By:
2019-03-22
N. Barczewski
Questions relative to this preliminary
proposal should be directed to:
Steven Young
Premier Water
4726-C Park Road
Charlotte, NC 28209
[phone]
2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 130,
Waukesha, WI53188
Tel; [phone]
Fax; [phone]
0
www.evoqua,com
Page 1 of 10
Z (9-r— 73,

evoQuA
f WATER TECHNOLOGIES
I. Summary
Evoqua Water Technologies proposes to furnish the equipment and services detailed in this pre-
liminary proposal for an Omnipac° Sequencing.Batch Reactor (SBR) with two basins.
Simplicity. All unit process steps occur within the reactors. The need for secondary
clarifiers and a sludge recycle system are eliminated.
Flexibility. Because the process steps are controlled by time, treatment step durations
can be field adjusted to match plant operation with current hydraulic and organic loads.
The flexible treatment steps allow the operator more process control than conventional
systems that used fixed anoxic and aerobic volumes.
Inherent BNR capability. Since the SBR is a time based process, Biological Nutrient
Removal (BNR) is achievable by utilizing anoxlc, anaerobic, and aerobic steps within the
reactors. Unlike other processes, no separate anoxic or anaerobic tank compartments
are required.
Optimum energy efficiency. The SBR process utilizes a time based process which adjusts
aeration times based on current organic loads.
Decanter. Evoqua uses a submerged, solds excluding decanter that pulls from 18" below
the surface to exclude floatables. The decanter is controlled by an effluent valve located
outside of the tank. Conversely, other manufacturers use fixed decanters, units that
require maintenance inside the tank, or drop -in decanter units that are susceptible to
scum intake.
Cost-effective. The Omnlpac is considerably less capital intensive than form built,
concrete -basin -type treatment plants. This is because the field erected package plants
from Evoqua are pre-engineered and factory built avoiding weather related delays and
labor intensive conditions associated with built -in -place approaches. Yard piping is
significantly reduced due to the compact nature of the Omnipac, and the tank
orientation optimizes the amount of shared wall construction further reducing capital
needs for the project.
Experience. The JetTech product line has been providing SBR systems for 35 years and
has over 600 installations worldwide.
Ease of Maintenance. There are no mechanical parts or membranes within the basin, all
routine maintenance is performed outside of the basin.
Durability. Jet aeration requires no routine maintenance and has a life expectancy in
excess of 20 years with no reduction in OTE unlike fine bubble diffusers.
2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 130,
Waukesha, WI 53188
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
www.evoqua.com
Page 2 of 1Q
0 ��

evoQ U
WATER TECHNOLOGIES
IL Design
The proposed Omnipac° Sequencing Batch Reactor system is designed to handle the hydraulic and
effluent requirements at the specified conditions, Recommended tank dimensions, cycle times,
and equipment sizes are listed in this section. The design parameters are derived from calculations
that may include assumed values to be confirmed as the project moves forward. A brochure is
attached for more information on equipment and process.
A. Flow Parameters
Average Daily Flow (ADF) 0.30 MGD
Peak Daily Flow (PDF) 0.90 MGD
B. SBR Influent Water Quality
BOD5 to SBR 300 mg/L
751 Ibs/day
TSS to SBR 250 mg/L
626 Ibs/day
NH4-N to SBR
25
mg/L
63
Ibs/day
TKN to SBR
40
mg/L
100
Ibs/day
TP to SBR
8.0
mg/L
20
Ibs/day
Min. Water Temperature
12
°C
Max. Water Temperature
20
°C
C. Effluent Parameters
BODS < 10 mg/L
TSS
_< 20
mg/L
TN
S 7.0
mg/L
TP
<_ 3.0
mg/L
2607 N. 6randview Blvd„ Su€te 130,
Waukesha, WI 53198
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
www,evoqua.com
Page 3 of 10
q 0 r, ZV

eVOQUA
1
y
.� WATER TECHNOLOGIES
D. SBR Cycle Times
No, of batches/day/SBR
4.00
per SBR
Maximum Fill Time
3.00
hrs. per basin
Fill Time at ADF
3.00
hrs.
Anoxic Fill Time
1.80
hrs.
Aerated Fill
1.20
hrs.
React Time
1.50
hrs.
Settle Time
0.75
hrs.
Decant Time
O.SO
hrs.
Idle Time
0.25
hrs.
Complete Cycle Time
6.00
hrs. per basin
WASTE
2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 130,
Waukesha, Wl SAM
z
.
1. Fill
(Stnlle,MlwadarAe�Aled�
TIME
RECIRCULATED, .,.
MIXi b Llgli4A `'�`�' �
Tel: [phone]
rax: [phone]
1
a vtivw.evoqua,com
Page 4 of 10

WATER TECHNOLOGIES
E. Process and SBR Parameters
Design MLSS
2,515
mg/L @ Top Water Level (TWL)
HRT provided
33.9
hrs.
Aerobic Sludge Age (SRTox)
7.0
days min. SRTox
System SR T
15.6
days
Avg sludge produced
571
lbs/d (blo+lnerts)
Required total SBR volume
0.42
MG
Design SOR
2,915
lb 02/Day
SBR Design
Number of SBR basins
2
Channe[ Width
22
ft
Inner Arc Length
33.3
ft
Outer Arc Length
80.5
ft
Top Water Level (TWL) at ADF
22.5
ft
Bottom Water Level (BWL)
18.5
ft
Omnipac Basin Design
Outer Tank Diameter
75
ft
Inner Tank Diameter
31
ft
Aeration/Mixing System Design
Design air flow
500
SUM
Jets required per basin
10
Model 40
Operating blowers
1
per aerating basin
Number of pumps
1
per basin
Daily Est. Energy Usage
712
kWh
2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 130,
Waukesha, WI 53188
Tel; +1 i262) 547-0141
Fax: [phone]
www.evoquaxom
Page 5 of 10
OF Z C¢

evoQUA
WATER TECHNOLOGIES
F. Post -Equalization Design
Total volume 0.12 MG
Number of basins 1
Channel Width
22
ft
Inner Arc Length
30.8
ft
Outer Arc Length
74.6
ft
Top Water Level (TWL)
14
ft
Aeration/Mixing System Design
Number of Coarse Bubble Diffusers
8
diffusers
Design air flow
145
SCF=M/basin
Operating blowers
1
per EQ
Daily Est, Energy Usage
78
kWh
G. Aerobic Digester Design
Design Sludge Production
571
lbs/d (bio+inerts)
Digester sludge concentration
2
Digester sludge production
3,423
gpd
Basin Design
Number of Digesters
1
Solids Retention Time
37
days
Diameter, Circular Tank
31
ft
Top Water Level (TWL)
22.5
ft
Total Digester Volume
0.13
MG (Nominal)
Standard Oxygen Required, SOR
448
lbs./day
Aeration/Mixing System Design
Jets per aerator
3
Model 80Jets
Design airflow
240
SCFM/basin
Operating blowers
1
per digester
Number of pumps
1
per basin mm
Daily Est, Energy Usage
422
kWh
M7 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 130, Tel: +1 (ZUR) 547-0141 www,evoqua.com
Waukesha, W1 53188 Fax; [phone] Page 6 of 10
7 6 rr-- Z, 9

UA
w WATER TECHNOLOGIES
H. Included Scope
SBR
(1) per tank, Single -Directional, Model
Jet Header
2
Number: CM1040-10; Liquid flange: 10
in; Air flange: 4 in; 304 stainless steel
Influent Distribution/Sludge
(1) per tank, Model Number: DS10-
Collection Manifold
2
700; 304 stainless steel
(2) Duty, (1) Spare; Rotary, Positive
SBR Blower
3
Displacement; 500 SUM @ 10.25 prig,
40 H R
(1) per tank, Dry Pit Centrifugal Pump,
SBR Jet Motive Liquid Pump
2
1830 GPM @ 21 ft, 15 HP
(1) per tank, Floating Solids Excluding
Decanter, Model Number: FLED10-
Decanter
2
1500; 10 in flange connection; 304
stainless steel
(2) 6" Automatic PV for influent; (2)
10" Automatic BFV for decant; (2) 6"
Manual BFV for air control; (2) 8"
Lot of SBR Valves
1
Automatic PV for W.A.S.; (4) 10"
Automatic PVfor jet pump isolation;
(4) 8" Automatic PV for Vacflush
operation.
Post -Equalization Tank
(8) Diffusers per tank, (2) Coarse
Diffuser Assemblies
4
Bubble Diffusers per assembly.
(1) Duty; Rotary, positive displacement;
Post-EQ Blower
1
145 SUM @ 6.3 psig, 10 HP.
(2) 10" modulating APV for effluent
Lot of Post- EQVa Ives
1
control via gravity; (1) 6" MBFV for air
control
Aerobic Digester
(1) per tank, Model Number: CM880-3;
Jet Header
1
Liquid flange: 8 in; Air flange: 4 in; 304
stainless steel
(1) Duty, (uses common SBR spare);
Digester Blower
1
Rotary, Positive Displacement; 240
SUM @ 10.25 psig, 25 HP
Dry Pit Centrifugal Pump, 1098 GPM @
Digester Jet Motive Liquid Pump
1
21ft10HP
2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 130, Tel; [phone] www.evoqua.com
Waukesha, wl 53188 rax: [phone] Page 7 of 10
6 or 7i,l

evoQUA
.4n, . WATER TECHNOLOGIES
(2) 8" automatic PV for pump isolation;
(2) 6" automatic PV for Vacflush
Lot of Digester Valves
1
operation; (1) 6" automatic PV for
sludge wasting; (1) 4" telescopic valve
for supernatant removal; (1) 6" MBFV
for air control
Miscellaneous Equipment
Lot of Supports
1
Type 304 stainless steel
Lot of anchor bolts, gaskets and'
1
Type 304stainless steel
fastening hardware
Controls and Instrumentation
Process Control Panel
1
NEMA 12 panel, HMf, PLC, 1/0
Flow Meter
1
Post-EQ effluent mag meter
Dissolved Oxygen probe
4
(1) per tank, with mounting bracket
and analyzer
Level Transducer
4
(1) per tank, with stilling well
Float Switch
6
(1) High Level per tank, (1) Low Level
for Digester and Post-EQ
I. Services
Dry inspection, equipment startup, and process training 15 5
J. Excluded Items
Motor starters & related electrical controls not specifically listed in the proposal.
Electrical, hydraulic, or pneumatic controls.
Wiring of motors or controls, control panels, or panel supports.
Out of basin liquid or air piping, valves, wall sleeves, gates, drains, weirs, baffles.
Floor grating, stairways, ladders, platforms, handrailing.
Concrete, grout, mastic, sealing compounds, shims.
Tanks and tank wall penetrations.
Lubricants, grease piping, grease gun.
Chemical feed equipment.
Detail shop fabrication drawings.
2607 N. Grandview Blvd„ Suite 130, Tel; [phone] www.evoqua,com
Waukesha, WI 53188 Fax; [phone] Page 8 of 10

1
t, evouUA
WATER TECHNOLOGIES
Hardware at in-basin/out-of-basin interfacing Mange connection.
Tools or spare parts,
Equipment offloading and installation of any kind.
Modifications to existing equipment or structures.
Supervisory services; laboratory, shop, or field testing.
Underwriters Laboratory inspection of electrical controls.
Special written process performance or extended mechanical warranties not provided
with the proposal.
2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 130,
Waukesha, WI 53188
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
www.evoquaxom
Page 9 of 10
/ 0 0 f-- 7Z-4

JOB M��141J�
STROUD ENGINEERING, P.A.
107 B COMMERCE STREET SHEET NO, of -Z�
GREENVILLE, NC 27858 CALCULATED BY_.... Z- r'~C DATE
[phone]
FEIN 56-1693304 CHECKED BY DATE
License # C0647 SCALE

Brandywine Bay influent Pumps
TDH Calculations
12/19/2019
Formula H=((147.85*Q/(C*D"2.63))^1.852
Size
X-Area (SF)
I. Dia.
Equivalent Length
C
4" DIP
0.099911607
4.28
inches
0
100 ft,
100
6" DIP
0.223402667
6.4
inches
1.59
100 ft.
100
8" DIP
0,394991295
8.51
inches
2.31
100 ft.
100
10" DIP
1 0.610-5197821
10.581
inches
1.79
100 ft.
Jan-00
Q (gpm)
Pipe Friction (ft.)
Static Lift
(ft.)
TDH (ft.)
10" DIP
Vel. (fps)
4"DIP
6" DIP
8"DIP
10" DIP
400
0.00
2.56
0.93
0.00
34.2
37.69
1.46
450
0.00
3.18
1.15
0.00
34.2
38.54
1.64
500
0.00
3.87
1.40
0.00
34.2
39,47
1.82
550
0.00
4.62
1.67
0.00
34.2
40.49
2.01
600
0,00
5,42
1.97
0.00
34.2
41.59
2.19
650
0.00
6.29
2.28
0.00
34.2
42.77
2.37
700
0.00
7.22
2.62
0.00
34.2
44.03
2.55
750
0.00
8.20
2.97
0.00
34.2
45.37
2.74
goo
0100
1 9.24
3.35
0.00
34.2
46.79
2.92
/?, C P -Z,�

Pump Performance
■■■■■■■■■�■■■��■�■■■■■�. • a
r ■■■■■■■■■■■■■NES■■■ Model: 1 Rj"
Discharge: 6"
• ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■.■■■■■.■ f
Operation Is recommended
within heavy dashed boundary.
• �����rt���������s>rr�r�t��t���t���l���������������
f ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■\ice: =�ir� ;! ■Oki
U.S.KS, 50 100 I50 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 650 600 650 700 750 1300
LITERS 119o) (378) (w7) (7%) (M) (1134) 113M) (1512) (1701) (1890) (zo79) (2W8)'(7457I (2M) (2835) IWO (3213) (3402) (3MI )
Pumo performance Is based on clear water (1.0 speoiic arayity 0 68T) and pump fluid end (tsydraullc) efficiency. Motor data based on 40°C ambient temperature
Available Models
Motor Electrical Data
Service
Service
NEC
Explosion
Start
Run
Factor
Run
Factor
Start
Run
Cade
Service
Standard
Proof
HP
Volta
Phase
Hertz
Amps
Amps
Arnim
KW
KW
KVA
KVA
Letter
Factor
6VH50M4.03
6VHX60M4-03
5
200
3
60
115
21
2$.3
5.7
7,2
30,0
7.2
J
1.2
6VH50M4.23
6VHX50M4-23
5
230
3
60
100
18
22
5.7
7.2
39.9
7.2
1
1.2
6VH50M4-43
6VHX50M443
5
460
3
60
50
1
9
11
5.7
7.2
39.9
7.2
1
1.2
6VH50M4.53
6VHX50M4-53
6
575
3
6
40
7.2
0.8
5.7
7,2
39.9
7.2
J
112
6VH75M4.03
6VHX75M4-03
7.6
200
3
60
53
30
3618
8.3
10A
53.0
10.0
H
4.2
6VH76M4-23
6VHX75M4.23
7.5
230
3
60
133
28
32
8.3
10.4
53.0
10.0 _
H
1.2
6VH75M4.43
6VHX75M4.43
7,5
460
3
60
66
13
16
6.3
10.4
53.0
10.0
H
1.2
6VH75M4-53
6VHX75M4-53
7.5
675
3
60
53
10
12,6
8.3
10.4
53.0
10.0
H
1.2
6VH100M4.03
6VHX100M4.03
10
200
3
60
204
40
48.3
11.3
13.9
70.7
13.9
H
1.2
6VH100M4.23
6VHX10pM4.23
10
230
3
60
- 178
35
42
11.3
13.9
70.7
13.9
H
1.2
6VH100M4-43
6VHXt00M4.43
10
460
3
60
89
17.5
21
11.3
13.9
70.7
13.9
H
1.2
6VH100M4-53
6VHX100M4-53
10
675
3
50
71
14
16.8
11.3
13.9
70.7
13.9
H
1.2
6VH150M4.03
6VHX150M4-03
15
200
3
60
272
60
72
16A
20.4
94.0
20.8
G
1.2
6VH150M4.23
6VHX150M4.23
15
'230
3
60
236
52
60
16A
20.4
94.0
20.8
G
1.2
6VH150M4-43
6VHX150M4-43
15
460
3
50
118
26
30
16.4
20.4
94.0
20.8
G
1.2
6VH2O0M4-03
20
200
3
60
272
72
72
20A
20.4
94.0
.6
E
1.0
6VH2OOM4.23
20
230
4
60
236
60
80
20A
20.4
94.0
.5
!25.5
E
1.0
6VH2OOM4-43
20
460
3
60
118
30
30
20A
20.4
04.0
E
1.0
6VH2O0M4-53
20
576
3
60
94
25.5
25.5
20A
20.4
94.0
.5
E
1.0
K3620 5198
Motor Efficiencies and
Power Factor
Motor Efflclency %
Power Factor %
Service
Service
Factor
100%
75%•
50°%
Factor
100%
I
75%
50%
HP
Phase
Load
Lad
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
5
3
72
73
70.5
64
82
80
76
66.6
7.5
3
78
77
74
67.5
81.5
80
75.6
68
t0
3
80
60
77
70.6
83
81.6
75.5
67
15
3
78.5
80
79.6
74.5
82
79
72
61
20
3
77
1 77
1 80
1 78
1 82.5
82,5
79
69
® F.E. Myers, 1101 Myers Parkway, Ashland, Ohio 44806.1969
4191289-1144 Y FAX; 419/289.6668 • www.femyers.com
Printed In U.S.A.
]3 or= z�

STROUD ENGINEERING, P.A.
107 B COMMERCE STREET
GREENVILLE, NC 27858
[phone]
FEIN 56-1593304
License # C0647
JOB all ,rJ F C° l w-" I P
SHEET NO. 14 OF g
CALCULATED BY DATE
CHECKED BY
SCALE
DATE

/� - 0 r- -z' �,
Ln
a
E
3
a
C(
w
O
a
I4
N
C
C
f0
L
m
0
0
0
0
U
0
0
0
0
C7
C7
C7
C7
O
C7
C7
C7
C
a
ro
r.
00
00
n
':zt
p
In
W
C7
r-1
O
N
Ln
00
H
Ln
V1
V1
V1
u
u
u
u
m
U
U
U
U
C
C
C
C
N
00
H
00
ON
l6
Lq
Lq
00
0
U
'4
a
Ln
Li,
N
rV
H
m
O
.--1
0)
(V
Ln
n
-
rn
�t
rn
o
H
UJ
0)
N
0)
LO
Q
C7
N
m
II
�
X
C7
C7
O
<a
7
d
OE
iiv!c
LL
O
w
00
li
C7
Q
-1
r-1
H
H
N
CV
O Ql
H
Q1
m
h
Lfl
N
m
GO
M
d
.--!
.--!
Lfl
N
00
cl�
M
N
p
H
r-1
r-1
CV
a
00
a�
>
al
r.
m
cn
al
m
00
00
rL
rn
o
M
M
M
H
M
q
p N
H
N
N
mIct
0
Ln
r-
�l.
io u
a�
d
p n
4
w
4t-6
w
m
06
rH-I
H
-4
CL
tF
m
o
m
o
rn
H
m
Lq
o0
0o
rn
Lq
o
.-i
.4
m
W
o
-4
0
zf
p
mmmmmmmm
U
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
V
a
N
N
Ln
00
N
m
r
C7
0
C7
C7
H
H
H
N
p
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
H
`1
RZ
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
p
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
O
L
O1
w
H
O
00
O
r�
Ln
co
n
p
to
r.
lz�
m
to
00
o
Ln
p_
C7
O
H
CV
m
M
Ln
r-
Q'
Ql
O
Ul
r,
[V
m
m
OO
Q
wH
M
H
r,
H
H
m
Ln
06
00
H
H
E
o
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
Q
o
0
Ln
Ln
o
Ln
tlD
(N
r4M�
a
d

STROUD ENGINEERING, RA.
107 B COMMERCE STREET
GREENVILLE, NC 27858
[phone]
FEIN 56-1593304
License # C0647
JOB B Vice
SHEET NO. —7 OF
CALCULATED BY LitDATE
CHECKED BY
SCALE
DATE

IW or z,(�

,�( or 0-�

H
�n
N
(0>
\D
N
O
Ol�
00
N
N
cf)
d
N
N
M
\D
Ol�
o
M
N
d
-It
O
a>
01
a>
O
dt
00
—
Q1
M
Lri
4
N
r-�
00
�
N
a1
rl
M
N
l�
O�
\D
Lri
t—
0,
t—
M
t-
N
to
x
�D
t�-
cf
"o
cf)
t=
cf)
m
tri
00
Lr)
00
00
00
00
00
00
t=
U Vs
0
ry
00
00
t—
N
�p
H
H
H
'�'
"D
OO
Ln
4
'l�F'
N
M
Ql
V't
tr'i
00
rl
Q
�D
'c}'
00
H
H
p
cr1
1D
OO
O
00
"D
�t
00
M
"D
kn
t-
Ln
00
00
00
00
00
Ln
[
O
H
N
t-
w (J
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
a.i
OID
M
M
M
M
'
I'D
I'D
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Q
N
a,
N
t-
cY
0
Crt
0,
�t
0
cro-
00
N
00
H
o
t—
w
(7)
v-,
N
O
O
o
0
o
O
N
Ln
[-
00
kD
X
N
cn
Ln
00
01�
rl
M
'ci'
Vl
N
kD
N
N
N
P.
P.
N
"
N
F.
R,
P,
(S,
P
A
G t
A,
R
!
P
P-'
rl�
Fil
Q,
2() o
w
a
N
W
Z
Q
W
,7

n
c�
O
(•
0o
O
t•
O
[�-
�
N
N
M
cal
N
O
0
00
0
O
of
x
a
o
s
cal
0,
cn
o
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
00
06
o
6
6
6
0
0
6
6
6
U �
N
O
m
kn
N
00
O
"o
00
O
m
kn
N
O
c)
�
00
00
t—
o
00
cV
00
o
00
00
(Ii
00
00
N
00
N
00
o
00
0a
t—
It i
t—
P-4
r� C7
0
0
0
p
Y
C�
I --I
C)
C)
C)
a�
n
�1
t-
00
0�
N
cn
�t
I-n
t-
00
0�
o
a
a
a
a
a
P,
a
a
a;
a;
a;
Pi
7%
a)
M
cis
0.
N
F�
UA
z
q
W
,-6,/ 6-4:f 'F, L/

Network Table - Nodes
Node ID
Elevation
ft
Pressure
psi
June 1
15
10.36
June 2
14.5
7.22
June 3
14.5
4.30
Junc 4
13
1.81
Julie 5
11.5
9,68
June 6
10
7.52
June 7
10.5
4.12
Julie 8
15
1496
Junc 9
14
1293
Junc 10
14
10.63
Junc 11
14
6.23
Junc 22
15
14.76
June 23
14.5
11,77
June 24
14.5
8,98
Junc 25
11.5
14.18
June 26
10
12.14
June27
14
10.84
Junc 28
14
15.04
Junc 29
14
17.15
Junc 30
15
18.93
Resvr 12
16
0.00
Resvr 13
5
0.00
Resvr 14
5
0.00
Resvr 15
5
0,00
Resvr 16
5
0.00
EPANET 2

Node ID
Elevation
ft
Pressure
psi
Resvr 17
S
0.00
Resvr 18
S
0.00
Rcsvr 19
S
0.00
Resvr 20
S
0.00
Resvr 21
S
0.00
3 DI- Z�
EPANET 2

�rL
' Dt'
MYERS' Quick Prime Seff-Priming
Centrifugal Pump
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS
i
Cat. No, A
QP7 16.75
QP10 16.75
QP15 18,625
1f 5.3/4 QP20 18.625
A QP30 21.625
1-1/2 NPT
Dimensions (in inches] are for estimating purposes only.
PUMP PERFORMANCE
Capacity liters per minute
0 100 200 300 400
12a
100
4T
0
t... 40
20
0 10 20 30 40 50 80 70 80 90 100 110
Capacity gallons per minute
36
32
28 y
m
24 E
20
w
10 ,t
12 0
a
PUMP PERFORMANCE
Catalog Number
HP
Disch.
Pressure
PSI
Capacity In GPM for Discharge
Pressure and Total Suctforl Lift
Indicated
1 Phase
3 Phase
10 Pt.
15 Pt.
20 Ft.
25 Ft.
OP7
0137-3
3/4
20
40,75
38.1
36,1
33.2
25
35.75
33.5
30.9
27.5
30
30.75
27.25
23.1
18
35
21.5
15.1
8.5
40
6.5
01310
01310-3
1
20
51.2
48.9
46.4
39,25
25
46.2
43.5
40.6
37.4
30
40.5
37.5
33.6
29,2
35
33
27.6
20.6
10
40
19
5
OPTS
QP15-3
1-1/2
20
71.6
69.4
63A
50.25
25
66.5
62.5
58.75
50.25
30
59,5
55
50.5
45
35
50.5
43.6
37
24.9
40
36.8 1
25.9
OP20
OP20-3
2
20
78.9
76.6
70.5
55.5
25
74.6
71.5
67
55,5
30
68.5
63.5
58.4
53
35
5815
52.9
47
40
40
47.5
40.5
32.5
0P30
OP30-3
3
20
93
91
82
64
25
92.9
91
82
64
30
89.8
85,5
78.6
64
35
81
73.3
65.6
57
40
67.9
59.1
48.5
37.3
45
47.9 1
30
NOTE: Single phase units are dual voftage (115/M0 volt) 2 and
3 HP are 230 volt only.
NOTE Alt units are loaded within the motor service factor and are
rated for continuous operation.
USA 293 WRIGHT STREET, DEI-AVAN, W1 53115 WWV1.FEMYER5.COM PH:868-907-8477 ORDERS FAX: [phone]
0P E NTAI R CANADA 490 PINERUSH ROAD, UNIT 4, CAMOFIOGE, ONTARIO, NITOA5 PH:800-363-7867 ORDERS FAX; 808-604-5484
Because we are continuously improving our products and services. Penlair reserves the right to change specifications w thout prior notice.
© 2014 Pentair Ltd. Ail Rights Reserved. M9136V7S f04/281141
-q Or- ZY

Brandywine Bay
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Operations & Maintenance Plan
Owners/Operators:
Carolina Water Service Inc. of NC
P. 0. Box 240908
Charlotte, NC 28224
Stroud Engineering, P. A.
107 B Commerce St.
Greenville, NC 27858
License No. C-0647
Prepared By:
Linwood E. Stroud, PE S2 9
>,Illlllllfa
Date
11194 .ate:
p o� v
52r9
NEER •'p
11111111551

Table of Contents
1.
Introduction..................................................................................................................................................... 3
1.1. Historical Background of the Facilities........................................................................................ 3
1.2. Plant Treatment Requirements....................................................................................................... 3
2.
Description of Plant...................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1. Reserved...................................................................................................................................................3
2.2. Rapid Rate Infiltration........................................................................................................................4
3.
Operation and Control of Unit Processes............................................................................................. 4
3.1. Description of Unit Processes: Reserved..................................................................................... 4
3.2. Common Operating Problems: Reserved.................................................................................... 4.
3.3. Alternative Operation Modes: Reserved...................................................................................... 4
4.
Emergency Operation and Failsafe Features...................................................................................... 4
4.1. Spill Control Provisions...................................................................................................................... 4
4.2. Standby Power....................................................................................................................................... 4
S.
Safety..................................................................................................................................................................5
5.1. Confined Space Entry.......................................................................................................................... 5
5.2. Lockout/Tag Out................................................................................................................................... 5
5.3. First Aid.................................................................................................................................................... 5
LIST OF APPENDICES
1. Permit No. WQ0007569
2. Sanitary Sewer Overflow and Spill Response Action Plan
3. Lift Station Pump Failure Contingency Plan
4. List of Manufacturers 0 & M Manuals
5, CFR 1910.146, Permit- Required Confined Spaces
6. CFR 1910.147, The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lockout/Tagout)
7. List of Phone Numbers for Emergency, Supplies, and Subcontractors

1. Introduction
1.1..11istorical Background of the Facilities
The Brandywine Bay WWTP was originally constructed in the mid to late 1970's as a
50,000 gpd package WWTP, extended aeration process with subsurface disposal. The
plant was originally constructed by the developer of Brandywine Bay. Following
construction, the developer sold the water and sewer systems to Brandywine Bay
Utilities Company. In 1987 Brandywine Bay Utilities Company expanded the plant to
a capacity of 150,000 gpd, abandoned the subsurface disposal system and
constructed a golf course irrigation systems. At some time later Carolina Water
Service, Inc. of N. C (CWS) assumed ownership and operation. They have since made
several upgrades including the addition of cloth media filters and UV disinfection.
The construction of the golf course irrigation system included a 3.35 acre effluent
storage pond. The pond was constructed without a liner and has functioned as an
infiltration/storage pond without wastewater effluent going to the irrigation system
only at times when the water level in the basin approached freeboard level. The
irrigation of wastewater on the golf course proven to be incompatible with golf play
creating soggy and wet areas which were unacceptable to the golf course owners. As
a result CWS decided to abandon the golf course irrigation system and construct rapid
rate infiltration basins. The basins are designed for a disposal rate of 300,000 gpd.
The existing extended aeration plant is being completely replaced with a sequencing
batch reactor (SBR) designed to produce effluent in compliance with NCAC 02T
Section .0700.
1.2.Plant Treatment Requirements
1.2.1. Influent Characteristics: The influent is domestic sewage . Design influent
characteristics are:
1.2.1.1. BODs - 300 mg/L
1.2.1.2. TSS -- 2S0 mg/L
1.2.1.3. Total Nitrogen - 40 mg/L
1.2.1.4. Total Phosphorus - 8 mg/L
1.2.2. Effluent Limits: The plant is designed to meet the following effluent limits:
1.2.2.1. BODs -10 mg/L
1.2.2.2. TSS -- 5 mg/L
1.2.2.3. Total Nitrogen - 7 mg/L
1.2.2.4. Total Phosphorus - 3 mg/L
2. Description of Plant
2A.Reserved
To meet the effluent limits the treatment process is changed to a sequencing batch
reactor designed for nutrient reduction. Since this is a complete change in process
and since most of the treatment works will be completely replaced with a different
type of equipment; the detailed operation and maintenance requirements are
unknown until the project is permitted and contracts are awarded. Therefore the re-
write of this section is delayed until contractors and suppliers of equipment are
3

finally selected and O&M manuals for specific equipment are in hand. This section will
be written prior to plant stat-up.
2.2.Rapid Rate Infiltration
Plant effluent is distributed to the infiltration basins at the flow distribution box. Two
flow control V-notch weirs proportion the flow to each of the 2 infiltration basins. The
ability of the infiltration basins to infiltrate the effluent without runoff or violation of
groundwater standards is dependent upon an artificial groundwater lowering system
consisting on a network of 52 dewatering wells which completely surround the
infiltration basins and located 100 feet from the outer edge of the basins. There are
nine (9) self priming dewatering pumps, each connected to 5 or b wells. The
dewatering pumps are connected to a header pipe which conveys the ground water
to A manhole located near the north end of infiltration basin no. 2. From the manhole
the ground water flows by gravity the irrigation pond at the golf course. There are
three (3) ground water observation wells equipped with level sensors which control
the operation of the ground water pumps. The pumps are controlled in groups of 3,
one group east of infiltration basin no.1, one between the 2 basins and on wet of basin
no 2.
3. Operation and Control of Unit Processes
3.1. Description of Unit Processes: Reserved
The re -write of this section is delayed until contractors and suppliers of equipment
are finally selected and 0&M manuals for specific equipment are in hand. This section
will be written prior to plant stat-up.
3.2. Common Operating Problems: Reserved
The re -write of this section is delayed until contractors and suppliers of equipment
are finally selected and 0&M manuals for specific equipment are in hand. This section
will be written prior to plant stat-up.
3.3. Alternative Operation Modes: Reserved
The re -write of this section is delayed until contractors and suppliers of equipment
are finally selected and 0&M manuals for specific equipment are in hand. This section
will be written prior to plant stat-up.
4. Emergency Operation and Failsafe Features
4.1. Spill Control Provisions
All submersible pumps are duplex with pump having a capacity to discharge the peak
daily flow Pump control panels are equipped with audible and visual high water
alarm. High water levels will also signal the auto dialer which will initiate a telephone
call to the operator. See Appendices 2 & 3 for Sanitary Overflow and Spill Response
Plan.
4.2. Standby Power
The plant is equipped with one emergency generator with an alternating transfer
switch. The generator is 180kw and provides standby power for the plant air blowers,
mixers, effluent pumps, and all other equipment. This generator uses diesel fuel and
has a 300 gallon fuel tank which will provide power for 3 days. The generators should
be exercised once a week for a minimum of 30 minutes with load so that the engine
reaches normal operating temperatures. Maintain the fuel tank at full or near full at
all times.
4

5. Safety
5.1. Confined Space Entry
Comply with CFR 1910.146, a copy of which is included here within Appendix S.
S.Z.Lockout/Tag Out
Comply with CFR 1910.147 when performing system testing, inspections,
servicing/repairs and routine maintenance by ensuring that energized equipment
is de-energized/shut down and then locked and tagged. A copy of CFR 1910.147 is
included in Appendix 6.
5.3.First Aid
Maintain a first aid kit on site in a convenient location at all times.
5

APPENDIX 1
Permit No. WQ0007569
(to be added when re -issued)

APPENDIX 2
Sanitary Sewer Overflow and Spill Response
Action Plan

Utilities, Inc:
and affiliates, Carolina Water Service, Inc. of North Carolina, CWS Systems, Inc,
Bradfield Farms Water Company, Transylvania Utilities, Inc. and Elk River Utilities Inc.
SANITARY SEWER OVERFLOW AND SPILL RESPONSE ACTION PLAN
Brandywine Bay Sanitary Sewer Collection System
WQCS00279
A Sanitary Sewer Overflow (SSO) can endanger the environment and affect the health of
individuals and wildlife that come in contact. It is the policy of our company that any
and all SSO's be investigated immediately and actions taken to prevent or minimize any
and all environmental impact.
The public should contact our 24 hour customer service number at 1-800-348-2383 and
provide as much information as possible on the location of the problem. On -call staff
will be dispatched immediately for full investigation. This number will reach our office
during normal business hours and than an emergency call service center after normal
business hours. Available and current on -call staff information is kept at all times to
ensure that appropriate staff can be dispatched immediately.
Any operations employee that comes across an SSO should contact the Operating
Manager, Area Manager or Regional Manager immediately and take immediate action to
assess, minimize, prevent or mitigate any such event.
The local Operating Manager and ORC of the system will be the primary interface
between the company and the NC Dept. of Environment and Natural Resources, Division
of Water Quality (DWQ) and county health department (if required), The appropriate
manager will follow the current and then in place SSO reporting policy as designated by
DWQ (see attached reporting form) or any other regulatory agency having jurisdiction.
As of the writing of this document;
• Report any spill of 1,000 gallons or more; and
• Any spill, regardless of the volume, if any waste reaches the surface waters of the
State. Any conveyances such as drainage ditches or storm sewers are considered
waters of the State.
1) Report by telephone to a person (not a fax or voicemail) to the Wilmington
Regional DWQ Office at 910-796-7215 during normal business hours (Monday
through Friday, 8 am to 5 pm) as soon as possible, but in no case more that 24
hours after the SSO is known or discovered. To report outside of regular business
hours, call [phone].

2) Follow up the verbal report by sending the completed written report using the
attached form or most current within five days.
3) If the discharge involves 1,000 gallons or more AND reaches surface waters, a
press release must be issued within 48 hours of first notification. If the discharge
is 15,000 gallons or more, a public notice must be published within 10 days and
proof of publication shall be provided to DWQ within 30 days,
Containment Procedures
As soon as an employee arrives at the site of the SSO, he/she shall use whatever means
necessary to contain the spill as to prevent it from reaching surface waters. If there is no
danger or potential of the SSO reaching surface waters, the SSO should be contained in
as small an area as possible but use of any means possible such as construction of dams,
ditches, checks etc. The sewage contained or collected shall be returned to the sewer
system or taken to the WWTP by pumps, pumper trucks or other available means.
If possible, a blocked or damaged section of collection main should be bypassed around
the problem area using transfer pumps from an upstream manhole into a downstream
manhole. The damaged main section should be plugged if possible to prevent waste from
entering the problem area.
The area should be sectioned off to prevent any unauthorized person from entering the
contaminated area.
Blockage Correction
Employees should treat a reported blockage with utmost urgency to prevent any spill or
backup from causing enviroiunental or home damage. The first person on site should try
to assess the problem and determine if flow can be maintained or restored using
temporary pump bypass or other means, of if the problem area can be blocked off and the
waste transported from a manhole to the WWTP using a pump or pumper truck,
Contractors should be called inunediately and employee should stay on site or within
close distance to assist with emergency work. Containment and bypass equipment and
pleasures shall remain on site until the blockage is corrected.
Clean up
Remove all debris such as plastic, paper or other materials from the site, bag or place in a
container and dispose of properly in dumpster at WWTP site.
Clean or wash area thoroughly and return this water to the sewer system or treatment
plant. If on soil or dirt, apply a liberal layer of white hydrated lime to raise the pH and
kill pathogenic organisms and to treat for odor. Apply straw and grass seed if
appropriate.

If the SSO reaches surface waters, every effort should be made to contain the spill area
by use of dams near a manhole or area accessible to a pumper truck and mobile
equipment. The contained area should be pumped back into the sewer system. Two
employees or one employee and a contractor shall be present at all time while pump is
operated. Backhoe or other equipment should be available to help maintain earthen dams
until clean up efforts are complete.
If possible, the area should be flushed with potable water and that water also returned to
the seer system. The operator should try and use a broom or other measures to agitate
sludge on the bottom during the pumping and cleaning efforts to make sure it is all
retrieved. Rocks and rip -rap should be washed of residue.
If surface waters are used for drinking source or recreation, additional measures must be
taken to notify local health departments.
Water samples to include dissolved oxygen and fecal bacteriological samples should be
taken frequently before clean up, during and after clean up. In addition, samples should
be taken upstream and downstream of the affected area.
Spare Parts and Equipment List
Portable trailer mounted generator to operate pump stations and/or electrical equipment
in the event of power loss or in remote locations. This will be kept in good running order
at all times at the WWTP location.
Common parts such as electrical components such as elapsed time meters, voltage phase
monitors etc. are kept in stock at the WWTP and can be accessed at all times.
White hydrated time will be kept on hand at the WWTP for spill abatement.
Normal hand tools such as shovels, rakes etc. will be kept an the Operator's truck or at
the WWTP.
The ORC or Operating Manager must be familiar with all pumping equipment brands and
have means to contact a distributor or representative for expedited parts.
Contractors List and Contact Information
One Call Services 252-726-6000
Steve DeRose cell 252-723-9111
Electrical and equipment repair work
Country Aire Rental 252-247-4938
Emergency portable pump rental and pump supplies (hoses etc.)
Barnes Envoronmental 252-241-5014

Utility Optics (vac truck) 843-385-2949
Pipe Cleaners (small ,het) 252-728-9968
Underground repairs, facility and building repairs. Pumper truck / vac truck and main
cleaning.
Aragona Bros. 910- 358-2249 (Ben cell)
Pumper truck / vac truck, main cleaning and backhoe contractor
Sunland Construction 252-393-2504
Coastal Contractors 910-347-5126 cell 910-358-3580
Underground main repairs, backhoe contractor

APPENDIX 3
Lift Station Pump Failure Contingency Plan

Brandywine Bay Area
Lift station Pump Failure Contingency Plan
Sanitary Sewer Collection System Permit WQCS00279
Carolina Water Service Inc. of North Carolina, an affiliate of
0Lr'U.t'ffltiEs, Inc
Mission Statement
Carolina Water Service Inc. of NC (CWSNC) owns, operates and maintains the
sanitary sewer collection system serving the Brandywine Bay / Spooners Creek /
Camp Morehead communities located in Carteret County, NC. CWSNC is an
investor owned public utility and is committed to providing safe, reliable and cost
effective service to our customers and with the underlying commitment to act
with integrity, protect the environment and enhance the communities we serve.
CWSNC works to maintain the system and meet customer growth expectations
and regulatory requirements in a financially responsible manner. As a privately
owned public utility, CWSNC is regulated through the NC Utilities Commission,
Description of Systems
2. The service area currently is comprised of 809 sewer residential customers, The
system is comprised of approximately 593 miles of gravity sewer collection
mains; 5.0 miles of pressure force main, (13) pump stations and a 0.150 MGD
extended aeration wastewater treatment plant.
Objective of Plan
3. To insure a normal level of service in the event of a Iift station pump failure while
protecting the environment. CWSNC is financially capable of making any and all
emergency repairs immediately and takes immediate action any time the system
may be compromised in order to protect the system integrity, the environment and
to meet regulatory requirements.
Criteria for Involving the plan:
4. One or more pump failures or loss of power to any or all lift stations.
Roles, Responsibilities, and Authority

5. The local Operating Manager/ORC of the system will be in charge of operating
this contingency plan, If additional personnel are needed, he will contact the
appropriate Area Manger who will then assign more staff if deemed necessary.
Procedures for Invoking Contingency Mode
6. The area operator will monitor the system on an emergency basis until it is clear
that there are no problems with the operation of the system. The alarm systems for
all 13 lift stations have capabilities so that alarms will still be reported in the event
of power loss.
If an employee discovers a problem, he will immniediately begin to diagnose to
correct the problem. The employee will also call his immediate supervisor and
describe the nature of the problem (e.g., no electricity, pump failure to one or all
lift stations).
Procedures for Operating in Contingency Mode
7. Generators -- Some Lift Stations are equipped with generator transfer quick
connects that will enable the operator to hook up available portable generators
located in the system. Other major station have on site generators which will start
automatic in case of power failure.. If all lift stations are without power, the Area
Manager will establish a rotation schedule based upon the capacity in the wet
wells and storage in the lines to rotate the generators between the lift stations.
One Pump Failure — Should one pump fail in the duplex stations, the operator is
to contact the necessary contractor from the contractors list and arrange to have
the pump checked immediately. Should the pump need to be replaced, the
operator should check the spare parts inventory and have installed, should one be
available. The other pump should be sent to a repair facility for a repair cost
estimate. The station should be checked on a daily basis until such time the pump
can be repaired or replaced.
Dual Pump Failure — Should both pumps fail in the duplex stations, the operator
is to contact the necessary contractors from the contractors list and arrange to
have the pumps checked immediately and/or to rent a portable pump if needed.
Should the pump need to be replaced, the operator should check the spare parts
inventory and have a pump installed, should one be available. The other pumps
should be sent to a repair facility for a repair cost estimate. The station should be
checked on a daily basis until such time that both pumps call be repaired or
replaced. If needed a vacuum pump truck should be called fronn the contractors
list to prevent any and all overflows.

Water Restrictions -- if city wide or regional power outage lasts for more than
one day, we would consider restricting community water usage to reduce the flow
of wastewater through the system.
8. Criteria for Returning to normal operation mode:
Electricity returned to all stations and all lift station pumps are operational.
9. Post Contingency Plan :
The Area Manager will meet with personnel who assisted in operating this plan
to evaluate how well it worked. If necessary, changes will be made for any fiiture
emergencies.

APPENDIX 4
List of Manufacturers O & M Manuals
(to be added prior to startup)

APPENDIX 5
CFR 1910.146, Permit- Required Confined
Spaces

Penn-it-IrequixPd con -fined spaces - 1910.1146
Page 1 of 14
OSHA
r Ar! DDL '-OSHA Advanced Search
A to Z Index ) En Espanol I Cantact Us[ About OSHA
o , .• biweekly News!ettes &IM Feeds G PrintThis Page er 1JTor: Sire
occupational Safety & Health Administration We Can Neap
Home LYorke's Regulations ;, Enforcement - Data &Statistics Trdintng Publicatlons What's New [ Offices
0 Regulations LStandards - 29 CFR - Table of Contents
Part Number: 1910
PartTitle: Occupational Safety and Health Standards
r Subpart: 1
r Subpart Title: General Environmental Controls
r Standard Number: 1910.1-46
r Tiitle: - Permit -required confined spaces
Appendix: A, f, C, D, E, F
Scope and application. This section contains requirements for practices and procedures to protect employees in general
lodustry from the hazards of entry into permit -required confined spaces. This section does not apply to agriculture, to
construction, or to shipyard employment (Parts 1928,1926, and 1915 of this chapter, respectively).
M0.1A4rb1
Definitions.
'Acceptable entry conditions" means the conditions that must exist In a permit space to allow entry and to ensure that
employees involved with a permit -required confined space entry can safely enter Into and work within the space.
'Attendant" means an individual stationed outside one or more permit spaces who monitors the authorized entrants and who
perfomts all attendants duties assigned in the employer's permit space program.
"Authorized entrant" means an employee who is authorized by the employer to enter a permit space.
"Blanking or blinding" means the absolute closure of a pipe, line, or duct by the fastening of a solid plate (such as a spectacle
blind or a skillet blind) that completely covers the bore and that is capable of withstanding the maximum pressure of the pipe,
line, or duct with no leakage beyond the plats.
"Confined space" means a space that:
(1) Is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned work; and
(2) Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for example, tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults, and pits
are spaces that may have limited means of entry.); and
(3) Is nut designed for continuous employee occupancy.
"Double block and bleed" means the closure of a line, duct, or pipe by closing and locking or tagging two in -line valves and by
opening and ioddng or tagging a drain or vent valve In the line between the two closed valves.
"Emergency" means any occurrence (including any failure of hazard control or monitoring equipment) or event internal or
external to the permit space that could endanger entrants.
"Engulfment" means the surrounding and effective capture of a person by a liquid or finely divided (flowable) solid substance
that can be aspirated to cause death by filling or plugging the respiratory system or that can exert enough force on the body
to cause death by strangulation, constriction, or crushing.
"Entry" means the action by which a person passes through an opening into a permit -required confined space. Entry includes
ensuing work activities in that space and is considered to have occurred as soon as any part of the entrants body breaks the
plane of an opening into the space.
"Entry permit (permit)" means the written or printed document that is provided by the employer to allow and control entry into
a permit space and that contains the information specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
"Entry supervisor" means the person (such as the employer, foreman, or crevr chief) responsible for determining.if acceptable
entry conditions are present at a permit space where entry Is planned, for authorizing entry and overseeing entry operations,
and for terminating entry as required by this section.
NOTE: An entry supervisor aiso may serve as an attendant or as an authorized entrant, as long as that person is trained and
equipped as required by this section for each role he or she Flits. Also, the duties of entry supervisor may be passed from one
Individual to another during the course. of an entry operation.
"Hazardous atmosphere" means an atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, impairment of
ability to self -rescue (that is, escape unaided from a permit space), Injury, or acute illness from one or more of the following
causes:
(1) Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of la percent of its lower flammable ifmrt (LFL);
(2) Airborne combustible dust at a cuncentrAfan that meets or exceeds its LFL;

permit -required confined spaces - 1910.146
General requirements.
tia.lasr�tri)
The employer shall evaluate the workplace to determine if any spaces are permit requlmd confined spaces.
NOTE: Proper applicatlon of the de islon flow chart In Appendix A.to section 1910.146 would facilitate compliance with this
requirement.
If the workplace contains permit spaces, the employer shall Inform exposed employees, by posting danger signs or by any
other equally effective means, of the existence and location of and the danger posed by the permit spaces.
NOTE: A sign reading DANGER— PERMIT -REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, On NOT ENTER or using other similar language
would satisfy the requirement for a sign.
.-igia i46(c)m
'If the employer decides that its employees will not enter permit spaces, the employer shall take effective measures to prevent
its employees from entering the permit spaces and shall comply with paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(6), and (c)(8) of this
section. i
If the employer decides that its employees will enter permit spaces, the employer shall develop and implement a written
permit space program that complies with this section. The written program shall be available for Inspection by employees and
their authorized representatives.
An employer may use the alternate procedures specified in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section for entering a permit space
under the conditions set forth in paragraph (c)(5)(1) of this section.
An employer whose employees enter a permit space need not comply with paragraphs (d) through (f) and (h) through (k) of
this section, provided that;
The employer can demonstrate that the only hazard posed by the permit space is an actual or potential hazardous
atmosphere;
The employer can demonstrate that continuous forced air ventilation alone is sufficient to maintain that permit space safe for
entry; !
191.a.146(c)(51(11(C)
The employer develops monitoring and Inspection data that supports the demonstrations required by paragraphs (c)(5)(i)(A)
and (c)(5)(1)(B) of this sectlon;
If an Initial entry of the permit space is necessary to obtain the data required by paragraph (c)(5)(1)(C) of this section, the
entry is performed In compliance with paragraphs (d) through, (k).of this section;
1910,14 6(c){5)il)(E)
The determinations and supporting data required by paragraphs (c)(5)(1)(A), (c)(5)(1)(6), and (c)(5)(1)(C) of this section are
documented by the employer and are made. available to eachremployee who enters the permit space under the terms of
paragraph (c)(5) of this section or to that employee's authuriaed representative; and
1910.146(c)(5)(1)(F)
Entry Into the permit space under the terms of paragraph (c)(5)(1) of this section is performed in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section. t
t
NOTE; See paragraph (c)(7) of this section for reclassification of a permit space after all hazards within the space have been
eliminated.
The following requirements apply to entry Into permit spaces that meet the conditions set forth In 'paragraph (c)(5)0) of this
Section,
Page 3 of 14
la Mi46(c)(5)(11)(A)

permit -required confined spaces - 1910,146
!10.146(c)(6)
When there are changes in the use or configuration of a non -permit confined space that might increase the hazards to
entrants, the employer shall reevaluate that space and, if necessary, reclassify it as a permit -required confined space.
1910.146(c)(7)
910,146rcli7
A space classified by the employer as a permit -required confined space may be reclassified as a non-perm'!t confined space
under the following procedures;
If the permit space poses no actual or potential atmospheric hazards and if all hazards within the space are eliminated without
entry into the space, the permit space may be redass4hed as a non-perrnit conflned space for as long as the non•atmospher)c
hazards remain eliminated.
If it Is necessary to enter the permit space to ellminate hazards, such entry shall be performed under paragraphs (d) through
tk) of this section. If testing and inspection during that entry demonstrate that the hazards within the permit space have been
eliminated, the permit space may be reclassified as a non -permit confined space for as long as the hazards remain eliminated.
air
on does not constitute elimination of the hazards.
ragraph
(c)(5) covers perl of mit space entry hazardsospheric re tie employerdcan demonstrate tt that forced air ventilation alone will control all hazards
In the space.
The employer shall document the basis for determining that all hazards in a permit space have been eliminated, through a
certification that contains the date, the location of the space, and the signature of the person making the determination. The
certification shall be made available to each employee entering the space or to that employee's authorized representative.
If hazads arise within a permit spare that has been declassified to a non -permit space under paragraph (c)(7) of this settler,
each employee In the space shall exit the space. The employer shall then reevaluate the space and determine whether it must
be reclassfied as a permit space, in accordance with other applicable provisions of this section.
When an employer (host employer) arranges to have employees of another employer (contractor) perform Work that involves
permit space entry, the host employer shall:
Inform the contractor that the workplace contains permit spaces and that permit space entry is allowed only through
compliance with a permit space program meeting the requirements of this section;
Apprise the contractor of the elements, including the hazards Identified and the host employer's experience with the space,
that make the spare in question a permit space;
1910.146rchrelfCn
Apprise the contractor of any precautions or procedures that the host employer has Implemented for the protection of
employees in or near permit spaces where contractor personnel will he working;
coordinate entry operations with the contractor, when both host employer personnel and contractor personnel will be working
in or near permit spaces, as required by paragraph (d)(11) of this section; and
..1giai46(c)(s)(v)
191LI46j c 8 v
Debrief the contractor at the conclusion of the entry operations regarding the permit space program followed and regarding
any hazards confronted or creatgd in permit spaces during entry opei-atlons.
1910.146r0r9h
In addition to complying with the permit spate requirements that apply to all employers, each contractor who is retained to
perform permit space entry operations shall:
obtain any available Information regarding permit space hazards and entry operations from the host employer;
Page 5 of 14

Pe7rmiL-required confined spaces - 1910.146
Page 7 of 14
emergency;
IS0.146[d)(4 )(vi)
Barriers and shields as required by paragraph (d)(3)(ty) of this section;
a1u.146(d)(4)(vtr)
Equipment, such as ladders, needed for safe Ingress and egress by authorized entrants;
910.146(d}(4}(via)
Rescue and emergency equipment needed to comply with paragraph (d)(9) of this section, except to the extent that the
equipment Is provided by rescue services; and
sio146(d)i4)(Ix)
Any other equipment necessary for safe entry Into and rescue from permit spaces.
Evaluate permit space conditions as follows when entry operations are conducted:
190.146(d)(5)(1)
Test conditions In the permit space to determine if acceptable entry conditions exist before entry Is authorized to begin, except
that, If Isolation of the space Is infeasible because the space is large or is part of a continuous system (such as a sewer), pre -
entry testing shall be performed to the extent feasible before entry Is authorized and, if entry Is authorized, entry conditions
shall be continuously monitored in the areas where authorized entrants are working;
Test or monitor the permit space as necessary to determine if acceptabie entry conditions are being maintained during the
course of entry operations; and
When testing for atmospheric hazards, test first for oxygen, then for combustible gases and vapors, and then for toxic gases
and vapors.
19io.146(d)(s)(Iv)
Provide each authorized entrant or that employee's authorized representative an opportunity to observe the pre -entry and any
subsequent testing or monitoring of permit spaces;
19i0.146(d)(5)(v)
Reevaluate the permit space In the presence of any authorized entrant or that employee's authorized representative who
requests that the employer conduct such reevaluation because the entrant or representative has reason to believe that the
evaluation of that space may not have been adequate;
191a.146(d)(5)(vq
Immediateiy provide each authorled entrant or that employee's authorized representative with the results of any testing
conducted In accord with paragraph (d) of this section.
NOTE: Atmospheric testing conducted In accordance with Appendix a to section 1910.146 would be considered as satisfying
the requirements of this paragraph. For permit space operations in sewers, atmospheric testing conducted In accordance with
Appendix B, as supplemented by Appendix E to section 1910.145, would be considered as satisfying the requirements of tills
paragraph.
19 io.146(d)(6)
provide at least one attendant outside the permit space Into which entry Is authorized for the duration of entry operations;
NOTE: Attendants may he assigned to monitor more than one permit spate provided the duties described In paragraph (1) of
this section can be effectively performed far each permit space that is munkored. Ltkewlse, attendants may be stationed at
any location outside the permit space to he monitored as long as the duties described In paragraph (1) of this section can be
effectively performed for each permit space that Is monitored.
1910.146(d)(7)
1910,146(d)(7)
if multiple spaces are to be monitored by a single attendant, Include In the permit program the means and procedures to
Ij enable the attendant to respond to an emergency affecting one or more of the permit spaces being monitored without
1 distraction from the attendants responsibilities under paragraph (I) of this section;
19I0,146(d)(4) .
Designate the persons who are to have active rotes (as, (or example; authorized entrants, attendants, entry supervisors, or

pc,nxit-required confined spaces - 1910.146 Page 9 of 14
The entry operations covered by the entry permit have been completed; or
h I1910.146(e)(5)(aj
4
A condition that is not allowed under the entry permit arises in or near the permit space. '
1910.146(e)(6)
The employer shall retain each canceled entry permit for at least 1 year to facilitate the review of the permit -required contined
space program required by paragraph (d)(14) of this section. Any problems encountered during an entry operation shall be'
noted on the pertinent permit so that appropriate revisions to the permit spare program can be made.
1910.146(f)
Entry permit. The entry permit that documents compliance with this section and authorizes entry to a permit space shall
identify:
1910.146(f)(1)
The permit spare to be entered;
1910.145(f)(2)
The purpose of the entry;
1910,146(h)(3)
The date and the authorized duration of the entry permit;
10.146(f)(4)
The authorized entrants within the permit space, by name or by such other means (for example, through the use of rosters or
[racking systems) as will enable the attendant to determine quickly and accurately, for the duration of the permit, which
authorized entrants are inside the permit space;
NOTE: This requirement may be met by inserting a reference on the entry permit as to the means used, such as a roster or
tacking system, to keep track of the authorized entrants within the permit space.
4 �1930.146(Fj(6)
t
The personnel, by name, currently serving as attendants;
1910.146(r)(6)
The individual, by name, currently serving as entry supervisor, with a space for the signature or initials of the entry supervisor
who originally authorized entry;
1910,145(t)[7)
The hazards of the permit space to he entered;
The measures used to Isolate the permit space and to ellmtnate or control permit space hazards before entry;
NOTE: Those measures can include the lockout or tagging of equipment and procedures for purging, inerting, ventilating, and
Flushing permit spaces.
1910.146(q(9)
The acceptable entry conditions;
i91o.146(f)(10)
The results of initial and periodic tests performed under paragraph (d)(5) of this section, accompanied by the names or initials
of the testers and by an Indication of when the tests were performed;
-191ams(xn)
1910.146(r)(11)
The rescue and emergency services that can be summoned and the means (such as the equipment to use and the numbers to
call) for summoning those services;
t 1910.146[f)(12)
The communication procedures used by authorized entrants and attendants to malntaln contact during the entry;
Ss 10,146(1)(13)

Peimit-requited confined spaces - 1910.146
Page 11 of 14
The enfant detects a prohlbited condition; and
s9in,146(h)(5)
Exit from the permit space as quickly as pussib)e whenever:
31n,146(h)(5)(1)
An order to evacuate is given by the attendant or the entry supervisor,
910,146(h)(5)(11)
The entrant recognizes any tvaming sign or symptom of exposure to a dangerous situation,
The entrant detects a prohibited condilion, or
1910146(h)(5)(Ir)
An evacuation alarm is activated.
buttes or attendants. The employer shall ensure that each attendant:
310.146(i)(1)
Knows the hazards that may be faced during entry, indudtng information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences
of the exposure;
91o.146(1)(2)
Is aware of possible behavioral effects of hazard exposure In authorized entrants;
910.14 r(n(3)
Continuously maintains an accurate count of authorized entrants in the permit space and ensures that the means used to
Identify authorized entrants under paragraph (f)(4) of this section accurately identifies who is In the permit space;
Le1oa46pS(4)
Remains outside the permit space during entry operations until relieved by another attendant;
NOTE: When the employer's permit entry program allows attendant entry for rescue, attendants may enter a permit space to
attempt a rescue if they have been twined and equipped for rescue operations as required by paragraph (k)(1) of this section
and if they have been relieved as required by paragraph (1)(4) of this section.
Communicates with authorized entrants as necessary to monitor entrant status and to alert entrants of the need to evacuate
the space under paragraph (1)(6) of this section;
I gi 0. 146(1) (6)
1910,146(i)(6)
Monitors activities inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for entrants to remain In the space and orders the
authorized entrants to evacuate the permit spare Immediately under any of the (aliowing conditions;
11910-146(1](6](1)
If the attendant detects a prohibited condition;
If the attendant detects the behaviaral effects of hazard exposure In an authorized entrant;
I( the attendant detects a situation outside the space that could endanger the authorized entrants; or
1910.146(i)(6)(Iv)
i If the attendant cannot effectively and sarely perform all the duties required under paragraph (I) of this section;
i910.146(1)(7)
Summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the attendant determines that authorized entrants may need
assistance to escape from permit space hazards;

Pen -nit -required confined spaces a 1910.146
1910.146(k)(1)(In)
Select a rescue team or service from those evaluated that:
Has the capablllty to reach the vlciim(s) within a time frame that is appropriate for the permit space hazard(s) Identified;
Is equipped for and proficient in performing the headed rescue services;
910.146tk)(1)(iv)
Inform each rescue team or service of the hazards they may confront when called on to perform rrscuo at the site; and
910.146(k)(1)(v)
Provide the rescue team or service selected with access to all permit spaces from which rescue may be necessary so that the
rescue service can develop appropriate rescue plans and practice rescue operations.
Note to paragraph (k)(1): Non -mandatory Appendix F contains examples of criteria which employers can use in evaluating
prospective rescuers as requlred by paragraph (k)(1) of this section.
19113.146(k)(2)
An employer whose employees have been designated to provide permit space fescue and emergency services shall take the
Wowing measures:
10.146(N)[2)(I)
provide affected employees with the personal protective equipment (PPE) needed to conduct permit space rescues safely and
train affected employees so they are proficient In the use of that PPE, at no cost to those employees;
1910.146(k)(9')(n)
Train affected employees to perform assigned rescue duties. The employer must ensure that such employees successfully
complete the training required to establish profsciency as an authorized entrant, as provided by paragraphs (g) and (h) of this
section;
Train affected employees in basic first-ald and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). The employer shall ensure that at least
one member of the rescue team or service holding a current certiFlcation in first all and CPR is available; and
1910,146(k)(2)(10
Ensure that affected employees practice making permit space rescues at least once every 12 months, by means of simulated
rescue operations in which they remove dummies, manikins, or actual persons from the actual permit spaces or from
representative permit spaces. Representative permit spaces shall, with respect to opening size, configuration, and accessibility,
simulate the types of permit spaces from which rescue Is to be performed.
1910.146(k)(3)
To facilitate non -entry rescue, retrieval systems or methods shall be used whenever an authorised entrant enters a permit
Space, unless tfie retrieval equipment Would increase the overal I risk of entry or would not contribute to the rescue of the -
entrant. Retrieval systems shall meet the following requirements.
1910.146(k){3)(4)
Each authorized entrant shall use a chestor full body harness, with a retrieval line attached at the canter of the entrant's back
near shoulder love), above the entrant's head, or at another point which the employer can establish presents a profile small
enough for the successful removal of the entrant. Wristlets may be used In Ilea of the chest or full body harness if the
employer can demonstrate that the use of a chest or full body harness is infeasible or creates a greater hazard and that the
use of wristlets is the safest and most effective alternative-
]910.146(k) [3)(II)
Tire other end of the retrieval line shall be attached to a mechanical device. or fixed point outside the permit space in such a
manner that rescue can begin as soon as the rescuer becomes aware that rescue is necessary. A mechanical device shall be
available to retrieve personnel from vertical type permit spaces more than 5 feet (1.52 m) deep
If an injured entrant Is exposed to a substance fur which a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSoS) or other similar written
information is requited to be kept at the worksite, that MSDS or written information shall be made available to the medical
facility treating the exposed entrant.
Page 13 of 14
1910.146{r)

APPENDIX 6
CFR 1910.147, The Control of Hazardous
Energy (Lockout/Tagout)

The control of hazardous energy (lockout/tagout). - 1910.147
Page 1 of 10
0kap0L ''UDO5RA A&a.rM!;earrh
13 l t�i; r 4 t Y `r I-t;11-- llift "'i
A to Z Ittdex I En Espanol I Contact Vs I AhoLt OSHA
OSHA r . �BiweeklyNe%-&CLiw' URSSFeeds UPrintThisPage Q aTe..tSize
Occupational Safety 9. Health Administration We Can Help 0SM
Home Workers Regulations . Enforcement . Data &Statistics Training : Publications What!s New j Offices
0 gepulattons (Standards - 79 CFRI -Table of Contents
a part slumber:
1910
a Part Title:
Occupational Safety and Health Standards
a Subpart:
J
a Subpart Title:
General Environmental Controls
a Standard Number:
1910,197
a Title:
The control of hazardous energy (lockout/tagout).
a Appendix:
A
' 191U.i47{�
Scope, application and purpose-
1910.147(a)(1)
Scope
This standard covers the servicing and maintenance of machines and equipment In wha the unexpected eriergization or start up of the
machines or equipment, or release of stored energy could cause injury to employees. This standard establishes minimum performance
requirements for the control of such hazardous energy.
1910.147(a)(1)(it)
This standard does not cover the following:
agriculture and maritime employment;
1910.147(a)(1)(ii)(B)
Installations under the exclusive control of electric utilities for the purpose of power generation, transmission and distribution, including
related equipment for communication or metering; and
1910.147(a)(1)(1 i)(C)
Exposure to electrical hazards from work on, near, or with conductors or equipment In electric utilization installations, which is covered by
Subpart S of this part; and
..1910.147(a)(1)(ii)(D)
MM 1,47(n) (1)(ii)(D)
Oil and gas well drilling and servicing.
1910.147(a)(2)
Application.
1910.147(a) (2)(i)
This standard appliPs to the control of energy during servicing and/or maintenance of machines and equipment.
i910.147(a)(2)fii)
Normal production operations are not covered by this standard (See Subpart 4 of this Part). Servking and/or maintenance which takes place
durlrig normal production operations Is covered by this standard only if.
employee is required to remove or bypass 6 guard or other safety device; of

The control of hazardous energ-Y (lockout/tagout). - 1910.14,17
Page 3of10
Energy source. Any source of electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, thermal, or other energy.
Hot tap. A procedure used In the repair, maintenance and services activities which Involves welding on a piece of equipment (plpelines,
vessels or tanks) under pressure, In order to install connections or appurtenances. it Is commonly used to replace or add sections of pipeline
without the Interruption of service for air, gas, water, steam, and petrochemical distribution systems.
Lotkuut, The placement of a lockout device on an energy Isolating device, in accordance with an established procedure, ensuring that the
energy Isolating device and the equipment being controlted cannot be operated until the lockout device Is removed.
Lockout device. A device that utilizes a positive means such as a lock, either key or combination type, to hold an energy Isolating device in
the safe position and prevent the energizing of a machine or equipment. Included are blank flanges and bolted slip blinds.
Normal production operations. The utilization of a machine or equipment to perform Its Intended production €unction.
Servicing and/or maintenance. Workplace activities such as constructing, Installing, setting up, adjusting, inspecting, modtfying, and
maintaining and/or servicing machines or equipment. These activities include lubrication, cleaning or unjamming of machines or equlpment
and making adjustments or tool changes, where the employee may be exposed to the unexpected energLmlflon or startup of the equipment
or release or hazardous energy.
Setting up. Any work performed to prepare a machine or equipment to perform its normal production operation,
Tag out. The placement of a tagout devitu on an energy Isolating device, In accordance with an established procedure, to Indicate that the
energy isolating devka and the equipment being contrdled may not he operated until the tagout device Is removed.
Tagout device. A prominent warning devloe, such as a tag and a means of attachment, which can be securely fastened to an energy
Isolating device in accordance with an established procedure, to Indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled
may not be operated unfit the tagout device is removed.
,.1910.147(c)
General -
F
1ol program. The employer shall establish a program consisting of energy control procedures, employee training and periodic
ensure that before any employue performs any servUng or maintenance on a machine or equipment where the unexpected
rtup or release of stored energy could occur and cause injury, the machine or equipment shall be Isolated from the energy
ndered Inoperative.
Lockoutltagout,
1910.147(c)(2)(1)
If an energy isolating device is not capable of being locked out, the employer's energy control program under paragraph (c)(1) of this section_
shall utilize a tagout system. '
19io.147(c)(2)(It)
If an energy Isolating device Is capable of being locked out, the employer's energy control program under paragraph (c)(1) of this section
shall udltze lockout, unless the employer can demonstrate that the utilization of a tagout system will provide full employee protection as set
forth in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
After January 2, 1990, whenever replacement or major repair, renovation or modification of a machine or equipment is performed, and
whenever new machines or equipment are Installed, energy isolating devices for such machine or equipment shall be designed to accept a
lockout device.
Full employee protection.
i910,147(c)(3)(i}
When a tagout device Is used on an energy fsolat71)g device which is capable of being locked out, the tagout device shall be attached at the
same location that the lockout device would have been attached, and the employer shall demonstrate that the tagout program will provide a
level of safety equivalent to that obtained by using a Lockout program.
N— 1..191GA47(c)(3)(ii)
1910.147(c)(3)(li)
In demonstrating that a level of safety Is achieved In the tagout program vthlch is equivalent to the level of safety obtained by using a
lockout program, the employer shall demonstrate full compliance with all tagout-related provisions of this standard together with such

The control of hazardous energy (lockout/tagout). - 1910.147
Page 5 of 10
Tags shall not deteriorate when used in corrosive environments such as areas where acid and alkali chemicals are handled and stored.
L ..1910.147CC) (5)(10(B)
i910.147(c) f 510i)(0)
Standardized. Lockout and tagout devices shall be standardized within the facility in at least one of the following criteria: Color; shape; or
size; and additionally, in the case of tagout devices, print and format shall be standardized.
910.147(c)(5)(ii) (C)
lubstantia) -
910.147(c}(5)(ii){C){i) t
.ockout devices. Lockout devices shall be substantial enough to prevent removal without the use of excessive force or unusual techniques,
:uch as with the use of bolt cutters or other metal cutting tools.
L910.147(c) (5)(11)(C) (2)
ragout devices. ragout devices, including their means of attachment, shall be substantial enough to prevent inadvertent or accidental
-emoval. Tagout device attachment means shall be of a non -reusable type, attachable by hand, self-locking, and non -releasable with a
minimum unlocking strength of no less than 50 pounds and having the general design and basic characteristics of being at least equivaient
.o a one-piece, all environment -tolerant nylon cable tie.
1910.147(c) (5) (ii)(D)
identifiable. Lockout devices and tagout devices shall indicate the Identity of the employee applying the devlce(s).
1910.147(c)(5)(110
Tagout devices shall warn against hazardous conditions if the machine or equipment is energized and shall Include is legend such as the
following: Do Not Start: Do Not Open. Do Not Close. Do Not Energize. Do Not Operate.
..1910.147(c)(6)
1910.147(c)(6)
Periodic inspection.
1910.147(c)(6)(1)
The employer shall conduct a periodic inspection of the energy control procedure at least annually to ensure that the procedure and the
requirements of this standard are being followed.
1910.147(c)(6)(i)(A)
The periodic inspection shall be perfarrned by an authorized employee other than the ones(s) utilizing the energy control procedure being
Inspected.
1910.147(c) (6)(1) (B)
The periodic inspection shall be conducted to correct any deviations or Inadequacies identified.
1910.147(c)(6)(1) (C)
Where lockout Is used for energy control, the periodic Inspection shall include a review, between the inspector and each authorized
employee, of that employee's responsibilities under the energy control procedure being Inspected.
1910.147(c)(6)(i)(D)
Where tagaut is used far energy control, the periodic inspection shall Include a review, between the Inspector and each authorized and
affected employee, of that employee's responsibilities under the energy control procedure being inspected, and the elements set forth In
paragraph (c)(7)(II) of this section.
A9 10. 147(c)(6)(H)
1910.147(c)(6)(ii)
The employer shall certify that the periodic inspections have been performed. The certification shall identify the machine or equipment on
l which the energy control procedure was being utilized, the date of the inspection, the employees Included in the Inspection, and the person
t performing the Inspection.
rt
and communication.

The contol of hazardous energy (lockouthagout). - 1910.147
Page 7 of 10
910.147(c)(7)(iv)
he employer shall certify that employee training has been accomplished and is being kept up to date. The certification shall contain each
mployea's name and dates of training.
.910.147(c)(8)
:nergy isolation. Lockout or tagaut shall be performed only by the authorized employees who are performing the servicing or
nalntenance.
L910.147(c) (9)
Votfficatlon of employees. Affected employees shall be notified by the employer or authorized employee of the application and removal
)f lockout devices or tagaut devices. Notification shall be given before the controls are applied, and after they are removed from the machine
x equipment.
,.1910.147(d)
tpplicatton of control. The established procedures for the application of energy control (the lockout or tagout procedures) shall cover the
blfowing elements and actions and shall be done In the following sequence:
t910.147(d}(1)
Preparation for shutdown. Before an authorized or affected employee turns off a machine or equipment, the authorized employee shall
lave knowledge of the type and magnitude of the energy, the haaards of the energy to be controlled, and the method or means to control
he energy.
I910.147(d }(2)
Machine or equipment shutdown. The machine or equipment shall be turned off or shut down using the procedures established for the
machine or equipment. An orderly shutdown must be utilized to avoid any additional or increased hazards) to employees as a result of the
equipment stoppage.
1910.147(d)(3)
Machine or equipment Isolation. All energy Isolating devices that are needed to control the energy to the machine or equipment shall be
physically located and operated in such a manner as to Isolate the machine or equipment from the energy source(s).
Lookout a tagaut device application.
1910.14701(4)(1)
Lockout or tagaut devices shall be affixed to each energy isolating device by authorized employees.
..1.910.147(d)(4)(H)
1910a47(d)(4)(n)
Lockout devices, where used, shall be affixed in a manner to that will hold the energy Isolating devices in a "safe" or"off" position.
i910.147(d)(4)(111) -
Tagout devices, where used, shall he affixed fn such a manner as will dearly indicate that the operation or movement of energy Isolating
devices from the "safe" or "ofr' position Is prohibited.
1910.147(d)(4)(lii)(A)
Where tagaut devices are used with energy isolating devices designed with the capability of being locked, the tag attachment shall be
fastened at the same point at which the lock would have been attached.
1910.147(d)(4)(i(i)(8)
Where a tag cannot be affixed directly to the energy isolating device, the tag shall be located as close as safely possible to the device, in a
position that will be immediately obvious to anyone attempting to operate the device.
�19104147(d)(5)
t Stored energy.
Following the application of lockout or tagaut devices to energy isolating devices, all potentially hazardous stored or residual energy shall be

The control of hazardous energy, (lockout/tagout). - 1910,147
Page 9 0f 10
Remove employees from the machine or equipment area in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section;
1910.147(f) (1)(iii)
Remove the lockout or tagout devices as specified In paragraph (e)(3) of this section;
1910.147(f)(1)(iv)
Energize and proceed with testing or piMioning;
0eenergize all systems and reapply energy control measures in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section to continue the servicing
and/or maintenance.
1910.147(f)(2)
Outside personnel (contractors, etc.).
Nhenever outside servk€ng personnel are to be- engaged in activit€es covered by the scope and application of this standard, the on -site
smployer and the outside employer shall inform each other of their respective lockout or tagout procedures.
..1910,147(f) (2) (i i )
1910.147(f)(2)(ii)
The on -site employer shall ensure that his/her.employees understand and comply with the restrictions and prohibitions of the outside
employer's energy control program.
Group lockout or tagout.
1910.147[f){3]{i)
when servicing and/or maintenance is performed by a crew, craft, department or other group, they shall utilize a procedure which affords
the employees a level of protection equivalent to that provided by the implementation of a personal lockout or tagout device.
1910.147(t){3)(11)
Group lockout or tagout devices shall be usedin accordance with the procedures required by paragraph (c)(4) of this section including, but
not necessarily Ilmited to, the following specific requirements:
1910.147(f) (3)(i i) (A)
� responsibility Is vested In an authorized employee for a set number of employees working under the protection of a group lockout or
device (such as an operations lock);
1910.147(f) (3)(i t) (s)
Provision for the authorized employee to ascerta€n the exposure status of individual group members with regard to the lockout or tagout of
the machine or equipment and
1910.147(f)(3)(il)(C)
When more than one crew, craft, department, etc. Is Involved, assignment of overall job -associated lockout or tagout control responsibility to
an authorized employee designated to coordinate affected work forces and ensure continuity of protection; and
1910.147(f)(3)(i i)(Q)
1910.147(f)(3)(ii)CD)
Each authorized employee shall affix a personal lockout or tagout device to the group lockout device, group lockbox, or comparable
merhanism when he or she begins work, and shall remove those devices when he or she stops working on the machine or equipment being
serviced or maintained.
1910.147(f)(4)
Shift or personnel changes. Specific procedures shall be utilized during shift or personnel changes to ensure the continuity of lockout or
tagout protection, Including provision for the orderly transfer of lockout or tagout device protection between off -going and oncoming
employees, to minlmize exposure to hazards from the unexpected energization or startup of the machine or equipment, or the release of
stored energy.
Note: The following appendix to 91910,147 services as a non -mandatory guideline to assist employers and employees in complying with the

APPENDIX 7
List of Phone Numbers for Emergency,
Supplies, and Subcontractors

EMERGENCY RESPONSE STAFF, SUPPLIES, SUBCONTRACTORS:
Police -Fire -EMS 911
Employees:
Stacy Goff, ORC 252-808-5955
Lane Chilton, Area Manager 252-723-8953
Dana Hill, Operations Director 252-269-2540
Electric Provider- Duke Energy 800-419-6353
Chemicals- Water Guard 800-872-7665
Sludge Hauling / Construction- Aragona 910-358-2249
Lab- Envirochem 910-312-0023
Diesel Fuel, Springer Eubanks 910-343-1991
Propane- Suburban 910-799-0420

J Carolina Water Service
14111111IN of North CaroJnd"
10 January 2020
NPDES Unit
NC Division of Water Quality
NC DENR
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Reference: Brandywine Bay WWTP
NPDES Permit WQ0007569
Sludge Management Plan
To Whom It May Concern,
Please be advised that the excess solids and sludge generated fi•orn this facility are currently hauled by a carrier, Aragona
Brothers, and disposed of at an approved disposal site. Should there be a need, we also have other alternatives to haul liquid
sludge fi-om various contractors to approved disposal sites.
If you should have any questions or need any additional information, please do not Hesitate to call me at 252-269-2540 or by
mail at daua.hill e,carolniawaterservicenc.com.
Thank you in advance for your attention.
Sincerely,
Dana Hill
Director of Operations
a usrdles, Inc. company Carolina Water Service, Inc. of North Carolina
P.O. Box 240908 0 Charlotte, NC 28224 0 P: 704-525-7990 0 F: 704-525-8174
4944 Parkway Plaza Boulevard, Suite 375 o Charlotte, NC 28217 t www.uiwater.com

d ra 57A7� o-
�.B+•'
NORTH CAROLINA
PUBLIC STAFF
UTILITIES COMMISSION
September 30, 1992
RE: Brandywine Bay Subdivision
Carteret County, {North Carolina
To Whom It May Concern:
This letter is to certify that Carolina Water Service, Inc., of North
Carolina has been granted a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity to
provide water and sewer utility service in Brandywine Bay Subdivision in Carteret
County, North Carolina, under Docket No. W-354, Sub 43 on May 29, 1986. Carolina
Water Service, Inc., of North Carolina is under the jurisdiction of and subject
to the requirements of the North Carolina Utilities Commission.
�} If we can be of further assistance to you, please do not hesitate to
contact this office.
Sincerely,
(� 1 Xd
Andy ,e, Director
Public Staff -Water Division
ARL:cks
Executive Director
Communications Economic Research
Legal
Transportation
1 733.2435
1
733-2810 733-2902
733.6110
733-7766
Accounting
Consumer Services Electric
Natural Gas
Water
733.4279
733.9277 733.2267
733-4326
733 5610
P.O. Box 29520 0 Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0520 + Fax [phone]
An Equal Opportunity 1 Affirmative Action Employer

CD NR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
Water Quality Programs
Pat McCrory Thomas A. Reeder
Governor Director
October 2, 2013
MR. MARTIN LASHUA— RECrIONAL DIRECTOR
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE, INC.
PO Box 240908
CHAR TTE, NORTH CARoLINA 28224
Dear Mr. Lashua:
John E. Avarla, ill
Secretary
Subject: Permit No, WQ0007569
Brandywine Bay WWTF
Non -Conjunctive Reclaimed
Water Generation and
Utilization System
Carteret County
In accordance with your permit major modification request received July 2, 2013, and subsequent
additional information received September 10, 2013, we are forwarding herewith Permit No. WQ0007569
dated October 2, 2013, to Carolina Water Service, Inc. for the construction and continued operation of the
subject reclaimed water generation and non -conjunctive reclaimed water utilization facilities.
Modifications to the subject permit are as follows:
➢ This permit allows for the addition of a UV disinfection system and replacement of the
tertiary filter system;
➢ Permitted flow has been reduced from 350,000 GPD to 150,000 GPD as the facility was
never expanded as previously permitted; ' 1%
➢ Your permit's format has been updated to be consistent with the most current reclaimed water
permit template, and rule references have been updated pursuant to the new 15A NCAC 02U
rules that became effective duly 18, 2011,
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until January 31, 2017, shall void Permit
No. WQ0007569 issued February 29, 2008, and shall be. subject to the conditions and limitations as
specified therein. Please pay particular attention to the monitoring requirements listed in Attachments A.
B, and C because they may differ from the previous permit issuance, failure to establish an adequate
system for collecting and maintaining the required operational information may result in future
compliance problems.
For your convenience, customized electronic copies of your facility's NDMR and NDAR 1
reporting forms wilt be available for download at: http.1/poital.ncdenr.or web/wq/aps/lauh�eaoqu-i.
AQUIFER PROTECTION SECTION
1636 Mall Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1636
Location: 512 N. Salisbury St., Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
Phone:[phone] FAX [phone]
Internet: h :1I rtal.ncdenr.or fweblw /a s
An Equal OpporlunilyNAf arialiveActionEmployer

Mr. Martin Lashua
October 2, 2013
Page 2 of 2
Please note the following permit conditions are new since the last permit issuance:
➢ Condition 1.3 — Contains a schedule requiring the permittee to investigate infiltration losses
occurring in the effluent storage pond and report back to the Division (by March 25, 2014)
with the results and feasibility of distributing reclaimed water to the golf course. Currently,
no beneficial reuse is occurring, and as such, a change in permit type from reuse to disposal
may be necessary,
➢ A number of other minor conditions have been added to this permit as part of the template
updating. Please review carefully to ensure thorough understanding.
If any parts, requirements or Iimitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, the Permittee
has the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written requestwithin 30 days following receipt of
this permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150E of the
North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings at 6714 Mail
Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Unless such demands are made, this permit shall be final and
binding.
One set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you. If you need additional
information concerning this matter, please contact Cory Larsen at [phone] or
[e-mail].
Sincerely,
S�lr /ho;s—A. Reeder
CC" Carteret County Health Department
Wilmington Regional Office, Aquifer Protection Section
Mr. Linwood Stroud, PE — Stroud Engineering, PA
Beth Buffington, Aquifer Protection Section
Permit File WQ0007569
Notebook File WQ0007569

NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
RALEIGH
NON -CONJUNCTIVE RECLAIMED WATER GENERATION AND UTILIZATION SYSTEM
PERMIT
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
Carolina Water Service, Inc. of North Carolina
Carteret County
FOR THE
construction upgrades to tertiary filter system and UV disinfection system, and continued operation of a
reclaimed water generation and non -conjunctive utilization system consisting of:
a 150,000 GPD activated sludge extended aeration reclaimed wastewater treatment facility consisting of a
100,000 GPD dual train package plant and a 50,000 GPD dual train package plant with the following
features: A 37500 gallon EQ tank with bar screen and dual 250 GPM pumps* dual 100 CFM blowers
serving EQ and sludge holding, 5 way flow splitter box, 100,000 GPD dual train plant with 2 - 50,000
GPD aeration basins and dual 400 CFM blowers serving aeration tanks and air lift pumps, dual 8373
gallon hopper bottom clarifiers with RAS/WAS and skimmer air lift pumps, 7539 gallon aerated sludge
tank, 50,000 GPD dual train plant with flow splitter having 2 - 25,000 GPD aeration basins, dual blowers
per train serving aeration. tanks, sludge holding tanks, and air lift pumps, dual clarifiers, dual 4000 gallon
aerated sludge holding tanks, air lift pumps serving RAS/WAS and skimmer, dual Fluidyne 200,000 GPD
fixed plate cloth tertiary filters, two Trojan 3200K PTP LTV units in series, tablst chlorinator & 9700
gallon chlorine contact tank, effluent flow meter, in -line turbidity unit, autodialer, 85 KW auxiliary
generator, 1.25 MG unlined five day holding pond with manual influent diversion valve and % Hp return
pump, 7.5 MG (3.35 acre) effluent storage/infiltration pond, 84.6 acres of golf course spray acreage
(Holes 1 through 18) rated at 350,000 GPD irrigation volume capability; and all associated piping, valves
and appurtenances;
to serve Brandywine Bay WWTF, with no discharge of wastes to surface waters, pursuant to the
application received July 2, 2013, and subsequent additional information received by the Division of
Water Resources, and in conformity with the project plans, specifications, and other supporting data
subsequently filed and approved by the Department of Environuaent and Natural Resources and
considered a part of this permit.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until January 31, 2017, shall void Permit No.
WQ0007569 issued February 29, 2008, and shall be subject to the following specified conditions and
limitations:
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 13080I Page 1 of 10

I. SCHEDULES
In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0116, upon completion of construction and prior to operation of
the modified reclaimed water generation facilities, a certification (attached) shall be submitted from a
licensed North Carolina Professional Engineer certifying that the permitted facility has been installed
in accordance with this permit, Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting
documentation, including the location of all monitoring wells as applicable. If this project is to be
completed ii phases and partially certified, the Permittee shall retain the responsibility to track further
construction approved under the same permit, and shall provide a final certificate of completion once
the entire project has been completed. Mail the Certification to the Division of Water Resources,
Aquifer Protection Section, 1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636.
2. The Wilmington Regional Office, telephone number [phone], shall be notified at least 48
hours in advance (excluding weekends and holidays) of operation of the modified facilities such that
an in -place inspection can be made, Notification to the Aquifer Protection Section's regional
supervisor shall be made from 8.00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State
Holidays.
No later than March 25t", 2014, the permittee shall investigate storage pond infiltration and submit
to the Division a report documenting the observed or estimated rate of effluent infiltration in the
effluent storage pond and evaluate the probability of supplying reclaimed water to the golf course as
permitted and a schedule to do so. If beneficial reuse of the water cannot be demonstrated, the
permittee shall accompany the report with an application to modify the permit type, from non -
conjunctive reclaimed water generation and utilization to high -rate infiltration.
e
4. No later than six months prior to the expiration of this permit, the Permittee shall request renewal of
this permit on official Division forms. Upon receipt of the request, the Division will review the
adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will renew the permit for such period of
time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. Please note Rule 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(d)- requires an updated site map to be submitted with the permit renewal
application.
H. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
1. The subject reclaimed water facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated at all times so
there is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contravention of groundwater or surface water
standards. In the event the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of nuisance
conditions due to imprgper operation and maintenance, or failure of the utilization arfas to adequately
assimilate the reclaimed water, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective actions including
Division required actions, such as the construction, of additional or replacement reclaimed water
generation and utilization facilities_
2. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of their responsibility for damages to groundwater or
surface water resulting from the operation of this facility..
3. All wells constructed for purposes of groundwater monitoring shall be constructed in accordance with
15A NCAC 02C .0108 (Standards of Construction for Wells Other than, Water Supply), and any other
jurisdictional Iaws and regulations pertaining to well construction,
4. Effluent limitations for generated reclaimed water shall not exceed those specified in Attachment A.
5. Application rates shall not exceed those specified in Attachment B.
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 130801 Page 2 of 10

6. The following shall be requirements for the reclaimed water storage and utilization facilities:
a. All reclaimed water valves, storage facilities and outlets shall be tagged or Iabeled to warn the
public or employees that reclaimed water is not intended for drinking. Where appropriate, such
warning shall inform the public or employees to avoid contact with reclaimed water.
b. All reclaimed water piping, valves, outlets and other appurtenances shall be color -coded, taped or
otherwise marked to identify the source of the water as being reclaimed water.
i. All reclaimed water piping and appurtenances shall be either colored purple (Le., Pantone
522) and embossed or integrally stamped or marked "CAUTION: RECLAIIVIED WATER —
DO NOT DRRW' or be installed with a purple (i.e., Pantone 522) identification tape or
polyethylene vinyl wrap. The warning shall be stamped on opposite sides of the pipe and
repeated every three feet or less.
ii. Identification tape shall be at least three inches wide and have white or black lettering on
purple (i.e., Pantone 522) field stating "CAUTION: RECLAIIv1ED WATER — DO NOT
DRINK." Identification tape shall be installed on reclaimed water pipelines in a visible
manner, fastened at least every 10 feet to each pipe length and run continuously the entire
length of the pipe.
iii. Existing underground distribution systems retrofitted for the purpose of distributing
reclaimed water shall be taped or otherwise identified as noted above. This identification
need not extend the entire length of the distribution system, but shall be incorporated within
10 feet of crossing any potable water supply line or sanitary sewer line.
c. All reclaimed water valves and outlets shall be of a type, or secured in a manner, that permits
operation by authorized personnel only.
d. Hose bibs shall be located in locked, below grade vaults that shall be labeled as being of non -
potable quality. As an alternative to the use of locked vaults with standard hose bib services, other
locking mechanisms such as hose bibs which can only be operated by a tool may be placed above
ground and labeled as non -potable water.
7. No direct cross -connections shall be allowed between reclaimed water and potable water systems,
unless such connection has been approved by the Department pursuant to 15A NCAC 18C .0406.
8. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall be located at least 10 feet horizontally from and 18 inches
below any water line where practicable. Where these separation distances cannot be met, the piping
and integrity testing procedures shall meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C.
9. Reclaimed water distribution lin?s shall not be less than 100 feet from a well unless the piping and
integrity testing procedures meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C, but in no
case shall they be less than 25 feet from a private well or 50 feet from a public well.
10. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall be located at least two feet horizontally from and 18 inches
above any sewer line where practicable. Where these separation distances cannot be met the piping
and integrity testing procedures shall meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C.
11. The compliance and review boundaries are established at the property boundary. Any exceedance of
standards at the compliance or review boundary shall require action in accordance with 15A NCAC
02L .0106.
12. The Permikiee shall apply for a permit modification to establish anew compliance boundary prior to
any sale or transfer of property affecting a compliance boundary.
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107(d), no wells, excluding Division approved monitoring
wells, shall be constructed within the compliance boundary exceptas provided for in 15A NCAC 02L
.0107(g).
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 130801 Page 3 ONO

14. Except as provided for in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(g), the Permittee shall ensure any landowner who is
not the Permittee and owns land within the compliance boundary shaII execute and file with the
Carteret County Register of Deeds an easement running with the land containing the following items:
a, A notice of the permit and number or other description as allowed in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(f)(1);
b. Prohibits construction and operation of water supply wells within the compliance boundary; and
c. Reserves the right of the Penuittee or the State to enter the property within the compliance
boundary for purposes related to the permit.
The Director may terminate the easement when its purpose has been fulfilled or is no longer needed.
15, The facilities permitted herein shall be constructed according to the following setbacks:
a. The setbacks for reclaimed utilization sites shall be as follows (all distances in feet):
i. Surface waters not classified SA: 25
ii. Surface waters classified SA: 100
iii. Any well with exception to monitoring wells: 100
b. The setbacks for treatment and storage units shall be as follows (all distances in feet):
i. Any well with exception of monitoring wells: 100
ii. Any property line: 50
III. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RE UIREMENTS
1. The reclaimed water generation and utilization facilities shall be properly maintained and operated at
all times, The facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated as a non -discharge system to
prevent the discharge of any reclaimed water or partially treated effluent resulting from the operation
of this facility.
2. The Perrnittee shall maintain an Operation and Maintenance Plan pursuant to 15A NCAC 02U .0801,
which at a minimum shall include the following:
"a. Description of the system in sufficient detail to show what operations are necessary for the
system to function and by whom the functions will be conducted;
b. A map of all distribution lines and record drawings of all utilization systems under the
Permittee's control; % ,
c. Description of anticipated maintendnee activities; I
d. Include provisions for safety measures including restriction of access to sites and equipment; and
e. spill control provisions including response to upsets and bypasses including control, containment,
remediation, and contact information for plant personnel, emergency responders and regulatory
agencies.
Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification of the subject non -discharge facilities, in accordance with 15A NCAC 08G .0200 the
Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator in responsible charge (ORC) and one or
more certified operator(s) as back-up ORC(s). The ORC or their back-up shall visit the facilities in
accordance with 15A NCAC 08G .0200, and shall comply with all other conditions specified in the
previously cited rules.
4. An operator certified by the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission
(WPCSOCC) of a grade equivalent or greater than the facility classification shall be on call 24 hours
per day.
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version i 30801 Page 4 of 10

5. A suitable year round vegetative cover shall be maintained on irrigation sites at all times, such that
crop health is optimized, allows for even distribution of reclaimed water, and allows inspection of the
irrigation system,
6. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent reclaimed water ponding in or runoff from the irrigation
sites.
7. Irrigation shall not be performed during inclement weather or when the ground is in a condition that
will cause ponding or runoff.
8. All reclaimed water irrigation equipment shall be tested and calibrated at Ieast once per permit cycle.
Calibration records shall be maintained at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall
be made available to the Division upon request,
Only reclaimed water generated at Brandywine Bay WWTF shall be utilized in accordance with this
permit.
10. An automatically activated standby power source capable of powering all essential treatment units
shall be on site and operational at all times. If a generator is employed as an alternate power supply,
it shall be tested weekly by interrupting the primary power source.
11. public access to the reclaimed water generation facilities, five day upset pond, and effluent storage
ponds shall be prohibited.
12, Public access to reclaimed water utilization sites shall be controlled during active site use. Such
controls may include the posting of signs showing the activities being conducted at each site.
13. Diversion or bypassing of untreated or partially treated wastewater from the treatment facilities is
prohibited.
14. Freeboard in effluent storage ponds shall not be less than one (1) foot at any time.
15. A gauge to monitor reclaimed water levels in the storage ponds shall be provided. This gauge shall
have readily visible permanent markings at inch or tenth of a foot increments.
16, A protective vegetative cover shall be established and maintained on all earthen embankments (i.e.,
outside toe of embankment to maximum allowable temporary storage elevation on the inside of the
embankment), berms, pipe runs, erosion control areas, and surface water diversions. Trees, shrubs, 1
l and other woody vegetation shall not be allowgd to grow on the earthen dikes or embankments. 1
Earthen embankment areas shall be kept mowed or otherwise controlled and accessible.
17. All effluent shall be routed to the five day upset pond should the limit for fecal colifoim (e.g., daily
maximum concentration of 25 colonies per 100 mL) or turbidity (e.g., instantaneous maximum of 10
NTU) be exceeded, until the problems associated with the wastewater treatment plant have been
corrected. The wastewater in the five day upset pond shall be pumped back to the treatment plant
headworks for re -treatment or treated in the five day upset pond prior to utilization.
18. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02I_J .0501, the Permittee shall provide notification to the public
and/or employees about the use of reclaimed water, and that reclaimed water is not intended for
drinking. Such notification shall be provided to employees in a language they can understand.
19. The residuals generated from the wastewater treatment facilities shall be disposed or utilized in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .1100. The Permitter, shaIl maintain a residual management plan
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02U .0802.
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 130801 Page 5 of 10

W. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUU MENTS
L Any Division required monitoring (including groundwater, plant tissue, soil and surface water
analyses) necessary to ensure groundwater and surface water protection shall be established, and an
acceptable sampling reporting schedule shall be followed.
2. Per 15A NCAC 021d .0800, a Division certified laboratory shall conduct all laboratory analyses for
the required effluent, groundwater or surface water parameters.
3. Flow through the reclaimed water generating facility shall be continuously monitored, and daily flow
values shall be reported on Form NDMR,
The Permittee shall install and maintain an appropriate flow measurement device to ensure the
accuracy and reliability of flow measurement consistent with accepted engineering and scientific
practices. Selected flow measurement devices shall be capable of measuring flows with a maximum
deviation of less than ten percent from true flow; accurately calibrated at a minimum of once per year;
and maintained to ensure the accuracy of measurements is consistent with the selected device's
accepted capability. The Permittee shall maintain records of flow measurement device calibration on
file for a period of at Ieast five years. At a minimum, documentation shall include:
a. Date of flow measurement device calibration,
b. Name of person performing calibration, and
c. Percent from true flow.
4. The Permittee shall monitor the reclaimed water from the generating facility at the frequencies and
locations for the parameters specified in Attachment A.
5. The Permittee shall maintain adequate records tracking the amount of reclaimed water utilized.
Records shall be maintained for a minimum of five years. At a minimum, these records shall include
the following information for each utilization site listed in Attachment B:
a. Date of reclaimed water utilization;
b. Site irrigated/utilized;
c. Length of time site is irrigated/utilized;
d. Continuous weekly, monthly, and year-to-date hydraulic (inches/acre) loadings;
e. Weather conditions; and
l: Maintenance of cover crops.
6. Freeboard (i.e., reclaimed water level to the lowest embankment elevation) in the storage ponds shall
be measured to the nearest inch or tenth of a foot, and recorded weekly. Weekly freeboard records
shall be maintained at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available
to the Division upon request.
7. A record shall be maintained of all residuals removed from this facility. This record shall be
maintained at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the
Division upon request. At a minimum, this record shall include:
a. Name of the residuals hauler;
b. Non -Discharge permit number authorizing the residuals disposal, or a letter from a municipality
agreeing to accept the residuals;
c. Date the residuals were hauled; and
d. VoIume of residuals removed.
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 130801 Page 6 of 10

8. A maintenance log shall be maintained at this facility. This log shall be maintained at the facility for
a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. At a
minimum, this log shall include:
a. Visual observations of treatment plant and plant site;
b. Date of calibration of flow measurement device(s);
c. Date and results of power interruption testing on alternate power supply;
d. Record of preventative maintenance (e.g., clianging/adjusting of equipment, pump and valve
maintenance, cross connection control, testing, inspections and cleanings, etc.; and
e. Record of all unpexmitted releases of reclaimed water to surface water or land surface including
date of occurrence, estimated volume of release, cause, and corrective action taken.
9. Three copies of all influent/effluent monitoring data (as specified in Conditions IV.3., IVA., IV.5. and
IV.6.) shall be submitted on Form NDMR for each PPI listed in Attachment A. Reporting forms shall
be submitted on or before the last day of the following month. If no reclaimed water distribution
activities occurred during the monitoring month, monitoring reports documenting the absence of the
activity are still required to be submitted. All effluent monitoring data shall be submitted to the
following address: Division of Water Resources, Information Processing Unit, 1617 Mail Service
Center, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27699-1617.
10. Three copies of at operation and utilization records (as specified in Conditions IV.5. and IV.7.) shall
be submitted on Form NDAR 1 for every non -conjunctive utilization site listed in Attachment B.
(Note: conjunctive use sites do not require NDAR 1 submission). Reporting forms shall be submitted
on or before the last day of the following month. If no reclaimed water utilization activities occurred
during the month, monitoring reports are still required documenting the absence of the activity. All
information shall be submitted to the following address: Division of Water Resources, Information
Processing Unit, 1617 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27699-1617.
11. Monitoring wells shall be sampled after construction and within 3 months prior to initiating reclaimed
water utilization operations. Monitoring wells shall be sampled thereafter at the frequencies and for
the parameters specified in Attachment C, _ All mapping, well construction forms, well abandonment
forms and monitoring data shall refer to the _permit number and the well nomenclature as provided in
Attachment C.
12, Two copies of the monitoring well sampling and analysis results shall be submitted on a Compliance
Monitoring Form (GW-59), along with attached copies of laboralary analyses, on or before the last
worging day of the month following the sampling month. The (tompliance Monitoring Form (GW-
59) shall include this permit number, the appropriate well identification number, and one GW-59a
certification form shall be submitted with each set of sampling results. All information shall be
submitted to the following address: Division of Water Resources, Information Processing Unit, 1617
Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Caroliva,'27699-1617.
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 130801 Page 7 of 10

13. Noncompliance Notification:
The Permittee shall report by telephone to the Wilmington Regional Office, telephone number (910)
796-7215, as soon as possible, but in no case more than 24 hours, or on the next working day
following the occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a. Any occurrence at the facility resulting in the treatment of significant amounts of wastes that is
abnormal in quantity or characteristic, including the known passage of a hazardous substance.
b, Any process unit failure (e,g., mechanical, electrical, etc.), due to known or unknown reasons,
rendering the facility incapable of adequate wastewater treatment.
c. Any failure resulting in a discharge of reclaimed water directly to surface waters or any
unpermitted release of reclaimed water to Iand surface greater than or equal to 5,000 gallons.
Unpermitted releases less than 5,000 gallons to land surface shall be documented by the permittee
but do not require Regional Office notification.
d. Any failure, due to known or unknown reasons, that renders the reclaimed water distribution
line(s) incapable of adequately transporting the reclaimed water (e.g., mechanical or electrical
failures, line blockages or breaks, etc.);
e. Any time self monitoring indicates the facilities permitted herein have gone out of compliance
with the limitations contained in this permit.
f. - Ponding in or runoff from the reclaimed water utilization sites.
Any emergency requiring immediate reporting (e.g., discharges to surface waters, imminent failure of
a storage structure, etc.) outside normal business hours shall be reported to the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone], [phone], or [phone].
Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report in letter form within
five days following first knowledge of the occurrence. This report shall outline the actions taken or
proposed to be taken to ensure the problem does not recur.
V. INSPECTIONS
1. The Permittee shall provide adequate inspection and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the
reclaimed water generation and utilization facilities.
2. The Permiitee or their designee shall inspect the reclaimed water generation and utilization facilities
to prevent (malfunction, facility deterioration and operator errors resulting in discharges, which may
cause the release of wastes to the environment, a threat to human health or a public nuisance. The
Permittee shall maintain an inspection log that includes, at a minimum, the date and time of
inspection, observations made, and any maintenance, repairs, or corrective actions taken. The
Permittee shall maintain this inspection log for a period of five years from the date of the inspection,
and this log shall be made available to the Division upon request. ,
3. Any duly authorized Division representative may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect
any property, premises or place on or related to the reclaimed water generation and utilization
facilities permitted herein at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this
permit; may inspect or copy any records required to be maintained under the terms and conditions of
this permit, and may collect groundwater, surface water or leachate samples.
VI. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Permittee to
an enforcement action by the Division in accordance with Nodli Carolina General Statutes 143-
215.6A to 143-215.6C.
WQ0007569 Version A.l Shell Version t30801 Page 8 of 10

2. This permit shall become voidable if the permitted facilities are not constructed in accordance with
the conditions of this permit, the Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting
documentation.
3. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the permit
application, Division approved plazas and specifications, and other supporting documentation. No
variances to applicable rules governing the construction or operation of the permitted facilities are
granted, unless specifically requested and approved in this permit pursuant to l5A NCAC 02T
.0105(n).
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with any and all statutes,
rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by other jurisdictional government agencies
(e.g., local, state, and federal). Of particular concern to the Division are applicable river buffer rules
in 15A NCAC 02B .0200; erosion and sedimentation control requirements in 15A NCAC Chapter 4
and under the Division's General Permit NCG010000; any requirements pertaining to wetlands under
15A NCAC 02B -.0200 and 02H .0500; National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
requirements under 15A NCAC 02H .0100, and documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6
of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.
5. In the event the permitted facilities change ownership or the Permittee changes their name, a written
permit modification request shall be submitted to the Division. This request shall be made on official
Division forms, and shall include appropriate property ownership documentation and other supporting
documentation as necessary. The Permittee of record shall remain fully responsible for maintaining
and operating the facilities permitted herein until a permit is issued to the new owner.
6. The Permittee shall retain a set of Division approved plans and specifications for the life of the
facilities permitted herein.
7. The Permittee shall maintain this permit until all permitted facilities herein are properly closed or
permitted under another permit issued by the appropriate permitting authority pursuant to I SA NCAC
02T .01050).
8. This permit is subject to revocation or unilateral modification upon 60 days notice from the Division
Director, in whole or part for the requirements listed in 15A NCAC 02T .0110.
9. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the permitted facilities contained herein
shall ,not be granted if the Permittee exemplifies any of the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0120(b).
10. The Permittee shall Oay the annual fee within 30 days after being billed by the )✓Division. Failure to
pay the annual fee accordingly shall be cause for the Division to revoke this permit pursuant to 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(e)(3).
Permit issued this the tad day of October 2013.
NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
-W1omaVk. Reeder, Director
Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQ0007569
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 130801 Page 9 of 10

Pen -nit No. WQ0007569 Non -Conjunctive Reclaimed Water System
Carolina Water Service, Inc. October 2, 2013
Brandywine Bay WWTF Carteret County
ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION
❑ Partial ❑ Final
In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0116, T,
as a duly registered Professional Engineer in the State of North Carolina, having the Permittee's
authorization to ❑ periodically ❑ weekly ❑ fully observe the construction of the permitted facility,
hereby state to the best of my abilities that due care and diligence was used in the observation of the
construction, such that the facility was built within substantial compliance and intent of this permit, the
Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting documentation,
❑ Any variation to this permit, the Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting
documentation has been documented in the attached as -built drawings, and shall serve as the
Permittee's minor modification request to amend the permit accordingly.
Provide a brief narrative description of any variations:
Professional Engineer's Name
Engineering Firm. _
Mailing Address _ !
_City I State Zip —_ 1
Telephone E-mail NC PE Seal, Signature & Date
THE COMPLETED ENGINEERING CERTIFICATION, INCLUDING ALL SUPPORTING
INFORMATION AND MATERIALS, SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
AQUIF ER PROTECTION SECTION
LAND APPLICATION UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service.
1636 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
By Courier/Special Del ive :
512 N. SALISBURY STREET
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1636 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
WQ0007569 Version 4.1 Shell Version 130801 Page 10 of to

q
�
V
CJ
U
CJ
U
U
�
a
l7
OR
L
a
a
o
0
o
m
u,
e)
p
x
X
4
M
M
M
0
4l
T �
A
n
M
Cr,
�
o
U
W
o
G4
'h
W
�
A
tom[
O
f
�!
OO
H
F.1
>�
a-
4
v,
.n
U
m
U.)
V
F-4
pK
-0
0
o
o
ariU
t�
M
Q
O
o a
d
n
`
'F.'
�
Z
Z
P4
a,
U i�
-u
U
U
c'�
o
U] q3
CD
to
0
N
o
.--�
CD
+--�
a
'o
o
df
o
C0
ON
t
�
d
o
o
a
a
o
0
0
0
j
0
Cl
d
o
to
to
o
C>
oco
n
00
o
o
W
cq
a,
0
aw
-0
.0
by ,ti
• 0
o
a�
o
�a
�J v
U N
U 'd
U O
'J
P
p
� U y
U
y_
�G b
Q
4, CamC'
4
•� i � i t
O
z��
Q -o Lb
r
>
cd
'cl .� o O
42>
O :j
(�
U lVr` •�
vJ ,
cH w Oo m tr
) o
A
cam. `H
trot]
En bl)
Nc CO)0
Oi
N
CD
Cr
Ln
< ro a a v u w
Of

rpq
V
M
d�
a
0
w
0
0
b
O
d
S

al N C3
N
6l
N
�
N
N
43
to
y
U)
N
0
4J
0
N
N
[II [n
47 aJ
fIi N
a) W
�Ej s
}" ccl Cl N N
N
N
N
CN
N
w
N
N
N
00
W
N w
w w
ko vi
to
.
.
.
.
r
to
va
t— r
Z
O p O
O
O
O
O
O
Q
O
O
O
O
O
d O
G c G
G
c
b
G
q
G
q
G
q
G
G
G G
q G
0 O O
N
O
O
O
m
O
a
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
O
N
,O O
N
, O O
cYd tad
b�A
td
W
tad
flN_q
OA
b�+A
m
br❑D
a
bD
b�+A
bA
cYd
bA t�s+A
[mod
O �oC+U
-A
,OA
}M.
A A A
A
A
'A
}b+A
A
A
A
���..+66
A
A
(G�,r]
A
�
jb-J}
E
a
rA
t� rA
U O O
U ro ro
O
U
to
U
ro
U
ro
U
ro
U
ro
U
ro
U
ro
U
ro
U
ca
U
�a
U U
ns
U U
ro
0
II`
d V) DO V)
cA
V)
m
a)
M
Ch
DO
GoU)
VI
cn w
G d G
G
q
G
0
q
q
a
d
q
0
q
G "
G q
O O O
O
•(Y�
O
O
' �
q
++
q
+�
O
' �
Q
'1
O
O
' �
O
�
O
.'�
O 0
'ay
q p
L w+
n[
l�
Cd
[d
Ld
ld
ld
G(i
f�
Ln
WI
iCi Id
ld fii
U S) U
(i
0.
W d' CO
CO
00
tr
00
b'
00
CO
00
QQ
tt
�
�' Ct
Ct
00 00 CO
CO
ao
00
00
00
00
CO
ao
oa
00
00
00 oa
oa w o0
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N N
N N
O O O
O
O
<
O
r.
O
.--i
o
O
O
O
Co
O
O
O Q
Q p
q
m
A ra
v
z
It
It
d
It
tr
It
"tt
v
Kt
It �t
N
aIt
b a, o, M
a%
M
cr,
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
h-1 !--I
i—i
_N
rK
rM
::'
f'
_.'
r-I
E-
_rl
7'
r' ri
r7' :-q
01
ON
Ot
0\
01
Qt
0t
01
T
U1
ON
Q1 a%
ON a%
C, p O O
o �D � b
Z
% D
%
�O
O
�O
O
tO
"6
o
�U
%
l�J
O
�
p
�
t% o
%
�
o U
NO t0
p O
b 10
Q
H
m l4 %0 kO
%0
\O
tO
UU
tD
to
kO
b
\O
kO
to
tD 1p
tO kO
O O
O
O
�
o
O
D
fl
p o
"r d d
p
d
p .
d
O
�r
p
�
O
'�t
dt
Nt
't
p
a
Nt-
c� M m
m
m
m
rn
cn
m
en
ern
m
m
m
n M
M m
00
}
0
M
W
E
}N�
g
t
N
t
wg
�
u a
ro .
a�'i d-)i
id t
U CCU77 U
U
U
U
U
id
U
0
U
id
U
U
U
D
U U
U U
z
U U U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U U
U U
z z z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z z
z z
d w4� 4�
w
v,
w
w
�,
w
w
E"
"(�4
L"4�
4� w
0 0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
U UUU
19
OU
J
UJU
Iq
A
UUU
A
A
A
0 U W
Q7
U
N
N
d?
C�
J
U
U
N
9J
N
J O
U J J
J
U
O
O
U
J
N
U
J
J
U
0
U O
J U
as
as
4)
CD
az
v
Y Y Y
Y
Y
+�
+�
+'
++
Y
Y
i--�
CD
}-� N
� U
Y Y
of � fG
[d
td
td
td
ld
ld
td
t�
[d
tti
S�6
cd td
td ro
a.
U.0
E�
A
A
�O
�4
q
M
000000
y
cW
y.
D:OO
0
yV
i0
I �
} U U
U
U
im
0
0
M
0
ttl
U
lHH
C)
U
U
U
[a
c� U
cd
Ucl U
cl y
o
r*�
ch
� 'o
r ov �
N
O
A
Nr
0
Ln
r-
n
O
O
O

41
0
pq
r+
Nr
a
0
ai
cr
a
LO
Ln
0
0
CD
a
R

M,
IQ
ry
r-�
H
I
n
r.i
f`�
."•f
F
u
'd
d
�
Ej
V]
O
0
di
N
W
WOO
P
a�
'�
ai
0
ar
0
�
;
0)
;>
(D
D
;
o
>
�
u
x
X
X
�4
�
r*1
f+]
M
M
M
M
M
M
t1
d
�i
7
N
4
�
A
4�
A
Uj
Cd
Q
�i
O
OCR
Q
O
b
O
O
O
O
4
o
Qi
Nin
9
C
�
ba
ri
U
vi
U
th
Oil
p
d
U
L
el
0tti
dC)
w
o00
b
o15A
cn
U
en
_�
c
z
O
z
v
z
a
N
O
a
w
o
U
Va
v�i
d
b
n
m
O
M
nU
O
�
o
O
ch
o
O
�
a
Vl
o
N
n
t-
W
rn
.- N
R
T
cd
a
� ro
0
u i
0
Fi
U
4-�
a
o,
14
CL
u
P4
Fi W
tQ
u °
F
Vi
o
'i7 I-i• Q.
,A
0
�b
•--i G 1-�
3 F
u
v� o cl
iy
0.
by
d0
'Y O
u
a
u
U
a d G
u
b
—E4
h
O U
A B
W
5 u
o
,
bvL
3
"
�
cy0 o u1
o
an
C j
'C •},
o
- �. (14
>,
t' ^
O N O
1
cV �O
cs R
'U yv O
tn n c.
y +' r�
q .�-•-'{ O
U
fit O
N
fl] _
R
!.] y
_U
;
El a
n o" oa ad
CYCY
a
Una
d r
U
u
o
'boo j
++ °� �Pa1 3
O
O N
Uaa o (1 a
b
D
o
3 a�
0 o
wCY
n
croi
Ao QO o p R.
o ri y a
P.
qs
o•�
qNN
o
+ 'q
q. w w '"'� � 3
p o 0 0 1-4 1
F� •thy a�
a 7 aroi U�
In
�U N
y u
O Ci
aE
°'oo�c�i
b o
n`..p`aU
o
�ii
aop
O
cUi
a
•td 'O 'c7 a} U
w0
v° 0 0 0r+ ,fly
a'7
O AI y
00bp
o
U
'tad O�
a
U k%
O
C) 4o
a o
o
`�
H El U
{fl+a
�tdricioai
Idri�
uO)
n

m
112, -
HilaON
n
F
A
;
.
r.3;iX
d
}.
wW
= ?
a
'
to
.�3_
MIR
a
u
;K
e�^
.<
u s
2 A O
s A
n
�v mt11 �'V
��•
In LLl cr
ka303s aCy,-aoaa
—4XOUddV Ld
I..'
❑ ❑ ��j�r� y�s3�Jr s� C1H D� \ \� ' ' \�
LJ
In
❑ �V y„�u I
IN
W
r Odd'
�\ No
Piz
o 0 0 ❑
:D
❑ o -❑- - - cl
�4 ❑ D
-
i
a
K
E 18I
3
IAa a

i
w
a
z
O
n.
w
VC
0
z
s.�
w
0
a
z
U
z
O
z
n
o��om_maa�a�a�a
[Blom�.���0

0
n
W
C7
Q
x
U
z
0
z
V.
i
leloi
�
iiuun
nll
I
��
mmo�a�

L�
Q
z
tl
w
0
Z
w
c
O
k2
d
CL
m
CL
E
b
CV
m
0
r
O
IL
ai di
z z
C
a
O
U
z°
1-1
U
❑
E
CD
CL
4
O
a
C
0
E
s
U
m
4
C
4i
Cr
m
t
w
y
(v
0
E
w
•r
4^J
C!
tl1
to
rt!
R
tm
.�K
V
O
E
Iz
co
n?
0
la
m
7
v
6
U
CD
L
O
ro
—o
o E
� N V
a a
CL
nLEro�
to
N
l� V
C
C U
6 W C N
i]
" m E a•E S
0
n N
a
N^ "2. E E
a
ou u�{
f;
a n
�
.V
5 u
mv'd4
CD
ppAs
rn
V C
p
[L
fA
0
a
w
n
rn
d
c
0
E
i3
z
`o
({i
N
N
U
�
a
❑
m
D
E
�
�s
ro
y
c
rc
C
z
o
z
>~
OCL
(A
a
th
m
0
>
`1
a
a
f
CL
a
m
z
cm
�
G
�
Im
N
U
Z
U
m
O
0.
O
N
U
�
�
O
U
L7
X

Alinog
Wnwixew
Oulpeol
Apoci
oleboil
OLUJI
II
palldd
amnlOA
ownlOA
III
ME
ME
I
�a

ro
rL
0
NL
LL
z
Q
F-
hL
Q
`w
V
a
z
U
0
z
O
z
II
I
``Is
AjjnOH
uinwixE!W�IIII

O 1.
T
z
0
IL
z
0
r
MIIIIsin,
wnwixeW
I
ol
11111
Hill
HIM11111111IG�
i
�

z
0
CL
Ul
z
0
p
AjjnoH
Wnwixew
i
ownllo
loll,
ON
emmmmameae� ea�em

1
t7f
a
d
z
0
a
LU
0
F
IAA
1
II
s

C)
U-
w
s i
�
m
m
0
0
o
E
y
D
O
D
O
❑
❑
❑
❑
�n
n
n
U
pa
U
A
O
❑
❑
❑
❑
O
L
w
0
O
O
.E
O
a
j�
c
N
ayi
❑.
O
C
a�
v!
[II
O
(D
cu
73
tr
CD
El
E
L
O
a
'c3
a�
CL
0
w
to
w
N
O
"t7
m
c
.0
c
m
E
L
d
U
O
C3y
O
in
to
t
91
E
n
m �
o� PA
o p
LD w
a
a - >_
t a c
s w di o
E � c a
� a �
} ' a ro
p
yQ�'
m�a
n
z
I!}
a $
u
++
F f L
a
of
n
r �" °� m
d
�C
o no mt
G
a A C
C V
d
R c
N m U
0.
N qq .0
5
[6
Ur
C a a
aim
U)
v PE E
m o 0
C A hY
lQ
5
y
c as L"
n
�_
E
,u � iy
paEC�
Qdf
A
C
Z
H a n
E
L
cm km
d
fn
in
a
-
r
a;
b
o
r-
otP
z
E
_
t
O
N A
r
U
}
❑
°
U
a
e
o
�
m
c0
�''
�
U
C
p�
roaro
t
m
n
y
O¢�
L
�
N
o
n
CL
m
z
}
v
d
m
G
c
W
c
u
�
(D
-
a
b
�
a
w
e
c
O
z
U
o
U
a
�
U_
d
k
�
m
typ

An endangered species report was ordered from the National Heritage Program on Tuesday, January 14,
2020 for this site,

I. I I-D Y WI 17
-?
r
&
'
o% y
�
` c0
r-
`•
GS
�
TD
W A d. d
�o
�
b
c
oun Cwti
N.C. Y 24
Y ?A
m 41,
c
w Alsx°n
a
�
L
o�
o Q
s
V.E, E.B.
SITE
8OUGE SOUND
Bague Sound
VICINITY MAP
MOREHEAD
W W _D I- _D _: - _k I
_3AY J __ G A -D S
CITY, NORTH CAROLINA
CAROLINA WATER SERVICE . I NC . OF N.C.
�s
STROUD ENGINEERING, P.A.
107-8 COMMERCE STREET
GREENVILLE. NORTH CAROLINA 27858
[phone]
AREA MAP
500 250 0 500 1000
ro
' ,,Q
►��H�p� ��t Y
t0
z
0
INDEX OF DRAWINGS
SHEET
Cl
COVERSHEET/INDEX OF DRAWINGS
SHEET
C2
EXISTING CONDITIONS & DEMOLITION
SHEET
C3
OVERALL PROPOSED SITE PLAN
SHEET
C4
PROPOSED GRADING PLAN
SHEET
C5
INFLUENT PUMP STATION
SHEET
C0
PROPOSED SITE PLANT PLAN
SHEET
C7
PROPOSED TANK PLAN
SHEET
C8
PROPOSED FILTER/UV DETAILS
SHEET
CJ
PROPOSED EQUIPMENT & PIPING PLAN
SHEET
C10
RAPID RATE INFILTRATION DETAILS
SHEET
CII
SITE WORK DETAILS
SHEET
C12
HYDRAULIC PROFILE
SHEET
C13
OFFICE BUILDING SITE PLAN
SHEET BI OFFICE BUILDING PLANS
SHEET B2 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL BUILDING PLANS
SHEET B3 UV/FILTER BUILDING PLANS
SHEET SI TANK FOUNDATION PLAN
SHEET S2 BRIDGE CRANE STRUCTURAL DETAILS
SHEET E1 COMPOSITE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN &
ONE —LINE DIAGRAM
SHEET E2 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL BUILDING
ELECTRICAL PLAN
SHEET E3 UVIFILTER BUILDING ELECTRICAL PLAN
SHEET E4 SBR TANK & INFLUENT PS ELECTRICAL PLAN
SHEET E5 OFFICE & GENERATOR AREA ELECTRICAL PLAN
SHEET EF ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES
r-
# PE 5279
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 041
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1"=500"
LINWOOD E. STRO D, P.E.

BRE
11 1 / 11 `\ f `� �� \\..'� �� ���, - , WHEELWRIGHT C. &
�� !�'' r -" I_�� I ,\ RDGERS, ETAL
DB 1575, PG 2G3
BRENDA DAIL
_
1 I I r� I f/ f \ I DB 1333, PG 475
1 1 - J� \\ 1
11 1,1��- EX. CONCRETEJ�
1 1 DRIVE
1 11' �� EX. VINYL Ex. WM $._f-P�" -_• ', , N10°57r`38"
1 1 - FENCE
1 '' 1 _� SIR -� _ -EX VAULT 8
` - CONTRDL PANEL
1 ] -
co
`� • / I '/ ` , ] 't / - * 1 `11 �� �} r j
EX GRAVEL
` 7 DRIVE
I' I I I `� `•r r \ 'r �,i ' , °a �`�, i 6' Ali{u�---------�
IN, /�` ' 1 i��♦III � r- t 1� J�
-NI/ / , ! ��\ • + J �♦ I + l 1 IIII w !1! �� ��j �.��~Q-� �111II r '} ♦♦ !
// ,It Sr +pl�}r�lila Il--_" i~
/' , ! 1, 1 + ey I 1 I I I IIIIII �� ♦ I I I ❑ II�
LE)Illil{ ^ _ • �, m
/ ! /� / 1 / r11 •�-_ 1---18.0'', . - J'„, ' r 1 r ! I III��� IIIII .�.*�1! ICI
S_ I IIII ♦ l u 1 I , ! I -
`NN/ / r / C �� f t,1 t 1 __--- ._� I `�P I I + I II +Illlr ,1 liw �n 1 r r
~'�8' ti -�- �' III II m �n -
� 1 r I °y �
/O II J 11� - ~rr`=1��: } -'� - 1 1 I, �` I ' I { I InI I41 0�l pCl �II�I I 1 !! r-` p rr '.
�� ` \ `� ' ' I I r• `:♦`♦ h - ! + r I ly I + r I I p•l } Ilill 1 1 , 1 J ^♦ I
-� �� / 1 1 1 t ♦; �r - ' ` r o 1 I I + r IIIIII d� q11 Ill { 1 IVr I
1 , ,II� ♦♦` ♦ ♦. - -S 1 1 , 1 ! I 111111 II I l IIIIII
1 r' I _ , • ~� 9l I _¢ I f r r IIIIII IIII 1 Ir 1 ,
f / \ f 1 , t, . ♦ ■b . �` ♦ �• s I ,1 / 1 I 1 �h ,Jill � 11 1 r , I 1 r
rr.r: \ ♦♦ �!♦ J♦♦ ♦♦ ♦ �6o r r r 1 II r r Ii11r� Il IIII �III1 l r ! 1-
��rr,Q- , , , . ♦ t ` S 6 I I ' � ulul _ I
,� 1 ,' ! / , ofl��� -�`♦.-� ♦`i ; ! ♦ ♦ 6 4• r l I 1 I Q1� II I I'lllI I }ti-r I I
o ! a 6• I IIIII
HAMMOn , t I I '�� ! r � � � 1 ♦ ♦ � I .♦ , -�♦ 26.-.♦ ♦ E la I , I r I �,111111 I111 I
CK PACE \ Z7. t r 1:''I!` llri' `.` ` ■ i
S
f !, / f! �; ♦ y :
1 r IIr I 47•r ��♦ i� ~♦ ♦♦ ♦� rr rrr I' 1 I , G ,I 111 C / r' I f � / /' ` r ` •1 ,!1 1 1 ! r!II! rr fI ,,! �♦ ■ (!!�.♦�♦ .ti ♦ 1 � r. 5 I rr IIr rI I IIII 1I1I1
ir1~'71f1i{l
! Il{lf
O 1 I �♦ rrr rIr I
,1 I
Cb
I
/ /' / �� ! I ! !! ! ` ti ♦ ♦ ♦ 1 1 t I r r I / II H11 IIII Irl r 1 / J I I ♦ • r! 't •♦� , ♦ ♦. 1 1 I wry'. 11 % I I I 1 �i6y illlll Jill
l
/ ,. I , IIr t , r ■■` .■� 1 �, r I I r 1 I, r 0 1 1 � r
!✓ / / l ♦ 1 r! f, rI '�' �■ ♦ ■ .t 1 16, - , 1 '•I'II I I r •: 11I 1 it rlrlr. > > I I
� f+ J / 1� �� t ` rl i �I � r I ,' r f ,`•r r i :f'`i ?a'. . `S' �♦ ♦ 1 J�'- r + t �� 1 / 1 � 1 ,#�YI NII r I . • , ' i , !
D 1 11 11 I g ro . 1
� I y f ♦, ! ! I S ! . r` +r � I, 1 VI ..1 1 � I, V11 I AY Ir�1H
�lli, Gi ` ♦ .♦� 1 r♦ �f JIIii�1 I � 1 ' 1 �'i I+ -. r >' �`r 1 I I �r r ! • f f ! ■.! ♦ \ \ I 1 Ih1llL r 1 1 111 10 11 1 . r�% !
'/ ��■� ��^t7,rII,11 I. 1 II, . f I 1 1
■•9 ♦ � r . �I �. , I �,111 � I Ilrl - f 1 I 1
/' //' ` ♦ r r-� ,,C'Irtl� !ii!`! ♦ti. ♦\� I ! ��-I I 111 1 rl
`\ `r REMOVE EX. PIPES �?'�`�� +I �����,1 ,' = J I I' ,I V J p11I r IIJI �� !' It YII 1
1p' 11 r 1�1 I 11 s I
� / � �/ ri� � frrfl� �i� fi 1, 1+. I �I fi •o _ , ■�� - G 1 1 1 1 JII �' I IIiJ 1 1 �i 1 . 1 1
f / / \ / --" �� ■!rf/: /iii`r I,,11 '. I 1oj114j• ;' ■�� J I I I I/UI �` I I"IIJ 1 I �i 11 ' 1 r I
ljl! IIIr1 ♦r •� plrj ! a111711l ' �■ --r 1 1 IIJII + �Iylll 11 I '�1 11 r I
/' ! , / ` % 1'•r1 Ili Ile ` d Ir+l
I 1
/ / \ IIIII' I r �%• II, I r4r �'I�� ! r�♦r1 ^IIII 1 rr . l ! ♦r,1 Illrl Ir 11 'rr r
� h
�r� /f /�/' � ` -.,�'�I,'IlII� Irf flt�lr/' ���fl, Irr��r fj`r']rr,■fJq ,11�I /1/l1r11 1 � � '� r �•t IIIII 0-III � I � ICI 1 + 1 +
` , !I! j !j rl A�rr r V I! 1 / /, , 1 • r ` 1 11 Y 1 ! ! ! xlif/ I e�l7 11 ` I 1 r III i , I j!
/ eryf�•r
ro !i , ,�a°tr! Ir4fI rirco' 1C�r I i !r r! ,' ,r 1 IIII fit: ♦ IIWri III III , I
w y
4�h'
�/i
/
/ rr r r Sri IIII 11 f • f / 'C I I `, ��♦Cr - _`ii/9 t r`!i ` f ri i! g'r,r, ,�47I! P' I III 1�•• r ! I , ti IIIIII II ^ Iy,ei IIIII I
ti
/ � � '/ ` �\ i II i� /rit'Jff' !r'��]! f`lrjr lIJ�%III'�/I Ir IIIII III I � � lI 11 %'I IIIIII�iI r111jlII jiy111 IIIi11 ��_r
` I t r!�lrrl! frjti� I,, if �i/flr�! I I I,II '� 1 I y r I I 1111 ro IIIIII IIII IIIIII-
` II 1 r%!rlr,I! '-''� ~'!!f r��1I,II/ Ir ,I Il,� 11 ' 11 I
I f I I 11 I Ir Iyj1 r 1 1
/ ` , h r j ♦ rfl,/, f!1/'. •�C ! r,'r, rI1I f/ 1 r I II IIII I / I� ,I 1 0 II IIII, I Iij 1 r II I C I J
/ , tl I 1 rf, rlrrr ��! r, rfrl,r� I 1 , 11 IIIII I '' I I II IIIIII A1, 1, 1,A I u� r !
cb /!IrI o! f, / I r1 I I II rll I I i ' d I II I II IHI/ 1 111 h I r
Irll3� II 11��1 ���1 1�11111 } rr II�
J'101 IIIII IJIII 1 I / Qi - ~ - i
111 � IIIII I h I r L t
r,0 Co
r, IIII V h 1 I
� rri%/f tr'%'` 'fI!'' /f �• r,r/ Q 1 1 1 11 1 1 IINI ', r I ' r jI 11'I !I�•'`7 IIIII i I 1 !! 1 ' i
I / �� �f r!! r,iir' !ir'rrr `r/rtrrrr�i• I 1 I IIII 1 j��IJIII r I 11 �, IP �! 11 rs1�• IIIIj1 IIIIII I h It r 1
pyfrr r'fi'' '/fri" ,iirlfrril^ !I J I I11 I II I,I, r II I p r,III f1. ,��1� �I111 I I rr
srj
``�fllrro rlt,! /r!r`.�Q l�llri�r,%I P' / ,�7 ,�JI 4i �IIII�II 1 1 II rI �Ilr�l IIIIII Ori r` ,I L1 I h ■1
-/ ` ■; / r CS f /i /irll�r I l I r 4.7 . r I J r od
• ! , /yI„ ^
o I1j11 II 1 I I I \I 11 I1 IIIIII �I If I! ' ++ f
1 ] f oir,` ,rrilri o'I 1 1 �ti 1 IIIII I11 1 I 1 I IIr,
r '� If I !/ /„ I, 1 I -$ ' +
11 I III 11 II 1 1 1 1 �I 1 / I III �III� g�
1 / ♦ 1 ♦ I I
"! / �' r/r1'F !'rfrtr r d •'' r ♦<'7/ , 1 ,1 1 I 1 1 11 1 11, 1 !I I I I I, � r' , 1 I
I � �`\ ! r � ■ !��. ■ `- i t !ti'�t• !!rr /rf, r I rI �'rriI I! rl!,ryz p'•r I ;ri/rrt !h' , I 1 1 I , I IIG,�111 1 1J 1 .r' rI I 111 II, 1 J 1 1 1 1 I11 I1 II1 II, ,II1h' ��II1 I1I1I1j1 IiIIlii.Il II , �IiIIN1IIII r , I ! t �1 WETLANDS
I
�
,rrr rr! r a 1 w 11' 1 1 1 0 'lll 1 �11 1
Illri, ` ,I ,�t/�:i` Jr lJ�r, I• ,I 11 III=j.a'I1. �, I� .+JhIJI IIl:i /J 11 0.7530 ACRE t, f _
EX. BUILDING Ib'r��ii` ' Jr II I IrI r�1i� rJ + �' II IIII IIIIII Illill IUIr 1
TO BE REMQVED 1�,lii f'i rlrrr / I r I I II ,
, , J !, I 1 I
... C]� / ! r t, ! r r 1 ! ! I I I I-, I �1 .; I 1 J, JIIII Illir IiIi1 I + I
t 1 f 1 1 �::.... ! r r 1 1 f I + IIII NI I 1 1 I� 1
}}� , I l l h -1 ... EX. TREATMENT r oI fr, I rr 1 h I f I r I r,,0, rI I I I , y 111 IIIII I I
! SIR } ,'t t tiF i I I I 1 1 .F' 1 - ���.. PLANT TO BE ,��.;1 f fErrld, I I I �,r/rrI •� j11,
■ I 1 1 I �jf / r J I ti ! 1� If
1 I 1 1 , ...-�■. REMOVED ffr co Ir `rI •• rr 1 I 1 V I 1 /I f, !t f I A / °3 1 1 • 11 IJq,I I,I;o h11 1 I `
1,1 IIIII I 1 T
LT)
1
I 1 1 1 ' } 1 rrr ! ♦ I I I /I .�! IIJII IIIII' IIIl
- s+ 1� 1 �I I 1 1 1 ��- ,,rf,� ,! �• f, ! 1 ,, I!f , Ir. b!! I I I !! ! II141 IIIIII 'i111 t 1 I
1
f- 1 t ,ter I 1 1 1♦�= . rfr rfr !f /IrI , I III Ij ,r,ot I I I !I r I r/111 IIII-_r1'III !r I I
a! 1 1 j f lr,, ! r% I • I rrI co
(o
� /f • r r f fj, I r /! 1 J �
- - I, 1 ❑ tt r r REMOVE EX. r I ll 61�♦� ■O r frlf �d4fllrrll /1 u7 rlrlrr I'fr /,jet,/!. II 11 rr.� /`r/o /r r/!`�R~ II 111 I1111 I - ` •\ _ `} �- r
J I 1 m 1 -- E NCE i Il ♦♦♦�� .. _iir ' ' `" t 1 .-- ,IIr Illrr'rr 11 /I II J�/'IJ Ir Irk III 1 ►! I '� 1 1 "r - 1
!.� r I I ! 1 <6 I r, r t• I I 11
!fir
I 1 f r r �! �!!~ / P'I•�'rrf''t' ` r r I/'rlf,r !! 'rR 1
rll,j , 1 I ti r h
1 EX FLUIDYNE FILTER ., � �
I rr �•! t 1 r'ri � �o I � : r ! oo`!!
} } TD BE RELOCATED T N r r ! r!, ta' r r• rt!'r r / I I r ti �r rr Ililji { _.
l I L I _ I. I // r■ t r `•. frr i J I I /, -•
1 L� "l Il 1 f 1, 1 I L_ I �•4_ �7 r11 ♦♦� I o•,,, r r r f tr• r r t I I lfr�I r ♦ .. ... f -r I
If f.` ♦♦ t y'rj!/ I �n ! r ! l,r,�fij r, r, ! /
',-�_ +�i 1 D+�� .$=�r��rll r �n a1 rI rrrr4.~,rlr! ,'! Illlrtr�r�'`r-r lrilx`fi/!r�
1 r I L t r f r h , I p f r fI r r,,r ❑ r - 1y+ }I
•rrml 1 I � � ��i� ` rr 4 h ,1 P r�9/• , r t � ! r t r1/f/ ! tIII I,I,r Ilr .� / '`Q'�G•_ �� +lh
�-�P-�., _ 1 I 1 � � � \ , 1 .. , /• ; /, r ' / r �,r/, rI! r rrr,, III;F 1 ,, I + - - - }
1 1` I I 1 y ` x ►�� . I r f !r r r ! t,! ! '!r/ 4 l
REMOVE EX PIPES!// LIJIc,I r r °�f f! , 4r refit
h-
- ! g 1 1 �a r'rr
r! f r ! r r a• }
�# 1 N 4 r 1 1 1 r j% / !` r G7 rr ! I tG? tflr J f
� , 1 1 '-a ■__ r I_ f r r -® r 1' 1 1 �! r/ I r •� !
f� r r I � �
1 1 1 t I I f 1 N I t + d /! I I I I r ,i !rr /! III 1 ♦ I
I 1 , , r• f! ! t, !rr 1 1 f_ I
Illtlr� I 1 + ICI a } } i I ! ��� Ifi, rt/r ! A rt� r !r r„% !rr _ ht - 1��I
- ` _ r . rr,r !t r! '1 N
I r I r I r � Ir fJ, I r ! 1 1 I • r I
� It .ltl 11 � 1 r ! ! ,! �I•�61 / G� � r r, ri, rr,
■\ A lid r+ + r r ! r r rr [i r f ! tlNr
♦♦ ♦� Il +1 II I I f I j 1 1 I isi ! I I r tr, ti r rl,, /!, ,//I'
'\z^ z 11 1 II 11 I J I r / I I r ti f f ! D! r! !! ! f` I 1
! ` � Ir11 IIJI " e� r r'� rr It .17.0--
' j I r'�s�. • 11 j�LLSL;s� _= �'``1 ir1l`r` ,�']�� ,'nnrt•�• r�' ! �• , , II Ir -�, t I I I h + 1
l v [_�11j1 ■ + 1> ni ! I I f7 Ilj 11f ! I I I �Im!',r, I ! ,`• r�,,�I r I J h I I . __-�-♦ I + 1 }, I
t �1 �+♦ .- r ♦ I r { vim Ir! ! f I I I r,! llr� Nr'i J J I 1 I , ♦ I 1 1 1 11` j r_ W w', �i 1 l I h Y11 I I I ,♦ �rlr q I•/r! 1 1 1 1 1 r� I I 11 11 i
1 t �, alt \ti �+ 1 h ■- I r/ r ! ,l,! 1 1 1 { `- I Y I } 1
G1 I! . r /ri': � r r ♦ - I 1, \� � } 1 } 1
r t II ♦♦ r �1 t' I ~ __� I 1 ❑• 111I��rr / r ! IIl,I , ilrrll h- / -- _ '- I l , 1 I
SLAB + � 1 ! rr/r 1 r1 II `ta 1
ON ` s 1 �' �' � I f r 1 II I ]�• di' i
lam •,S♦� -J h II . II�7�' ♦♦ .�'r.
s� _z. .____+ _ 1 ,,fir r�`aQ ■ram 111 1 I Ii1 r ! .� �i - _ • 1■ �, l f
Ya`2!�♦ 1 r ��7r1 r 9L.` _. r!!! II J 1��-- - -- -- ------_-__ _-_-_= �- r J r 1• `_ �. I , I f
-- e7 I,- I ! v �� ♦ ♦ rr .°��.!! !! / Iti -�� - _ _ __ -�'��' �, __ - ---_ -_-_-= -~--= _ -
♦ I / / r_ - - -- - --_ g _ _ r
- - t,�� '■ ♦�1♦� o r h� ❑ f`.♦ `♦♦♦ ` r IJrti�9r ♦� __-__ ___---_-_ __D 6> _-__-_-__ � 19•`�-�-
r ' 1 `l ` `♦ !� •� ! !s♦•■�_- '!rrI t •�-,�•a -�- p ____-- -- --- f 1 rr ! - 1
't �� ■5 �1� �� ! rt �`..--rrr`- ` _«_T 9 19.5------------- _�8{ - �___ �_ v - _ �,������� ��,�- - - - - - - - -�
7 0-
'� r EX. BUILDING 4- ,���„�������� -���, - - ECM
TO REM - - 1
S05'05'59"W - 1067.23' r
EIP
EX. INFLUENT PUMP
STATION TO BE
UPGRADED
11,,�1µ
r
WC WEAVER, JR
DB 1112, PG 290 -
# PE 5279
50 25 0 50 100
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21--006
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1"=5a' [
DRAWING N0.: 002
L NWDOD E. TRDUQ, P.E.
r
r� f rf
f I 1 I
I
} ! f
i
BRISTER i
VENTURES, LLC +
JDB 1362, PG 52
i I
i� JI
I
fl
it J
I 11
1
I
f
#
1
r
r
i
B&B VENTURES
OF MHC, LLC
DB 1292, PG 117
I
r
I
f
i
I
f1 > > - - - -
I
f
? NINE LITTLE, LLC
r DB 1229• PG 458
i
f
! REVISIONS
i Y N AT
i
I
r

LEGEND
DEWATERING WELL 1
❑ DEWATERING PUMP 1
-----•---•-- DEWATERING SUCTION HEADER 11
DEWATERING DISCHARGE HEADER
© GROUND WATER LEVEL OBSERVATION WELL 1 ''
MONITORING WELL 1 '
� I
GRAVEL SURFACE
CONCRETE�--
J 1 j�D G - 0. FENCE I NYL
1
&- T/p�0' SIR -~-_
tiF
1
HA -MOCK PbACE
40
41
Rip
@2
i D/
/ PROPOSED OFFICE
r. BUILDING (SEE
SHEET B1 FOR / .r
DETAILS) `
HIGH RATE
INFILTRATION
BASIN =2
-
I
_ f SIR MW•7 ,
� J
l
1
l
l
r
I
1�
1
I
I
f�
1
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 003
50 25 0 50 100
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 "=50'
WC WEAVER, JR
DB 1112, PG 290
II
BRENDA DAIL
DB 1333, PG 475
\ BRENT C.
WHEELWRIGHT
RGG ERS, ETA L
❑B 1575, PC 263
1,
1,
1,
1,
,,`'`j111111141V1 i11 �i1l1111
_ # PE 5279 -
LINWOOD E. STROUD, P.E.
I
r
E-,
� +
f �
�
i
�
f
1
BRJSTER
VENTURES, LLC
❑B 1362. PC 52
1f
I
I
I
i
f
r
i
r
i
B&B VENTURES
f
f
J
j
OF MHC, LLC
I
r
9B 1292, PG 117
I
I
i
i
NINE LITTLE,
f
LLC
i
r
i
❑B 1229. PG 46B
I
I
I
R E V I S
r
i
i
i
I
I
Y NO. QATE
N

22'
7.5' 3'
10'
3' 7.5'
7.5' 3'
10'
3' . 7.5'
6" ABC
:r
EL 18.0
EL 15.5
6" ABC
EL 20.0
G" ABC
INFILTRATION BASIN *1
_ EMBANI{MENT SECTION 3
ENTRANCE ROAD SECTION 1 SCALE: NTS C4 �` SCALE: NTS G4
SCALE: NTS �4 ' I
FENCE VINYL EX. WM�\�, f 111 ll rr -- - N`p°57:38 "E - 607 05 `r
fC,q1—EX VAULT &
\ ' ''f�C, SIR _ CflNTRQL PANEL
,y G� - r - -
fR '°aye' - �� r` , ~ - —����—���--°
oo
Rly
IC
gT f� r!_ - a 3 1 yti �ti �5'9l_+ _ _- r 1' st�NE
I 1 /�N / t _ 1 \ `� �`, IrE�/r$�----�__-_ ��•��-_° `- ---- Mw*4
MW*fi
N
I i r jl� r 11111i _- -� I�Illi i4 ■•
PROPOSED r ! + + a I I 111! ■ ` �+ + ��
I % \ METER VAULT o I /rr _ M/.- / I + I I!• III ■ ■�� v' I ti `n _
E�. MH /r n] II ' 11 I II�I1{0 ll�lll ♦NN. 11 f�l to
_ _ I ■ 1If I-.
\/ r / `\ ` ` '� �:' �� - f ~ _ TOP 18. 85 ! `� + r I I ii + I{l�I+ 11� +�
��- \ J/ r r� _ ~_ ttl- t - _ INV OUT 15.0+/- II 1 C I 'l r + r I vi ++++{IJ
��� / rI f, f.; \ / r //❑ 111 - Ir - I I '�- ' i + I I++!!!+ 0!II 11 rr 1 I� 11
\/ rl l li ti 1 r a 1 r +rill+ dS� o a 1 i+ r r I I , I
f \ \ X 1r ; .,` • • - , ■ lull+ + 1 11 l - r r
If
! 1 r l 1 J,O ti .� ■ -� !• v 1 1 ! i t I Illlil I rl+rll 1 I ! 1 1
`IJ! ' -�.� � � ■ ■b • � . �� ,r+ 1 / 1 I I I + 1 r I + � r+IlII rr? I I 11 I
r `� �!. . �, 9S Ea a I IMw*5 I l �t7 IIII!
❑-���.�� ti ■ O. .] ! 1 I J l hull IIIIlI -'111
■ti ■ . + 1 • 6 A' ti ! lull r 1 I +
. .. lB \' '9! 6' l 2 � � Et R I 1 I �' �- II ill I ,, I
1$ 1 \ \ \ 4 U I )/ ,I I v1111I lli Pill,f I +{ I
rllr■�,`� �:S • �- \� 1 I! 1 I IIIII Illlll f l}!II 1 I I
r / \ ! r } / r� r J r •. ri ti !■ \ ' 3 f I I !r r 1�' IIIII 111111
f Ir . T lr r r I 1 I Ill • y +,
/ / I \ / • d / `} r r 1 r r �� �� . - . r r r / rr I /I I 1, 111 111,■ + HII r- r.
\ if 1
1 II j HIII ++lq+ rll l rr I I
r \ • r/ Gr 1 I I 1 nl
If /, \ \� r {,y�y( ! I 1 / � • • ■ 1 � r I I /I / I � 111
/ + t� r + !r! J /Jr �■ .�, 1 , 1 4%�']'• 1 Ex, TWIN J .1 If�� 111 fj11+1
+ f r! h rrr �1 r 24' P PES / f III flf !1 r
fl+ I 1 r-
1 . ♦1 ' 1I I f 1 d r r1 111111 lflflr 1 1I1 �� [7jti fp •� 1 1
� r
`
^7 r r_ Ir /! •■ ti r Ur 11 b �til "i Ili' I♦ r
rlr . ! ! .. I ❑ r . tq 1 Il 1 r I
\ r4,• `% /o r Ir r ,;! ..R �. I 1 v , ..Ii■1If
/ p/;; I,11 �; ! o j I
r Jr *'��! fr r,1 1 o c�• 119 .�
�J � r '�' `\ `� 1� r�'//� r1 � / • JJI ,�C]'•jrl J I /! J Jr `; !!`�' �11/r/ Ills Jt .yl !1. II �11j I�" � I 11 �r'r/r II f
\ P . r/r1 I !1 rrr ,11 I r 1 I 1
\ II IS p rf ,r ,. !!. rrI 1 11 I �!■ I
f \ • J/J / ! r !ti, PIPE PE SUPPORT ,
Ir f I / '` .l.rl� � .rr I-•s, �,ll 1a �,, rill .
rr I II rrr ❑ ! @ 20' D.C.�� l 7 ,/ 1j111! r II
(SEE DETAIL rf rr❑• ` 1 II' +' rr f Jr rr ■liil �� I;nd1 IIl11 f ll
10/C1Q} /r rJ'~ w /■> / , I f Irlrll,r- • ,1`�
r r rr / 'L I 11 I \ r I I
,.s rlrf '� r, ! . ! 1 11 1 I , II 1 I�I '■ • I , / 2
r � \/ J / ! �• // J II 1 r ! 1 I I h
I . r , • r . L. I r I 1 , . ■ II r I I + �,
/ I IN, , , rrll! rrr I IIf1 ::f + I ' II/f,r 1 y IAi■ Illr I
/' f �/' \ \ 1 i=r� Irr rrl� r r Jr rr■ ! I r >G y , r 1 I rI ' , I�iH r IIr1■ -
I - + �i/
i riJ J r_ rrir I rrr I 1 r f f 1 Ir I [p c4'
❑
I I I I,, 1 1111I11 rl 11 ti 6' , f ^I r� ` � I{ ` r rrr!! rrr 1I rj' I rJll�r 1 I 11 ll III! /11 4i1 r f � rr r1 �1
I � � \ ` � � }/�' ,rIr � J' J r, p!J I 11, 1/ I r❑ r Ir-,I III � 11' 1 I I
r
IIIII'!
\ • / ! rr r ! ! I J 1, r ! r r 1 1 1 IU ' , ,
Irrp 1111 !
rF
ROPOSED OFFICE ! ,r r• , r rlr� 1 I 1 1 I I� I r I I Ii S! rr• IIIII I + 1 ! 1 I
FE 2Q. 0 / ! J r ! J/ ❑! r 1 r I r ,r,1I - r/ I 1 I I' ,IIII
ti/ r r , rJ ' I 1 1 1 1 III r ti I IrI ,Ir11 + I r I I I-
\ HIGH RATE I Inr I r ++
r! r rr r I �' II 1 ❑ I /, r 1
"N. r\r - Q /rrri INFILTRATION ,,^ Jr rJl� r r �i r 1 1 II'1 1 I II �lllr } r +
\ r r r/ I ! rr I IIr! II 1 1 r I I
t / BASIN #2 � r rr rr r 1 1 I 1 I III rr - '
I \ \ J ♦ !>rr! ' I rl r111, I I 1 1 I I�IjII ■1 rr r! �. l I
V I J rr�lr MIN. SURFACE
EL 15.5
� \ � ` 1 Jr' r !!r I r ,�, . y 1 � ti 1 1'II 11 1' 1 1 1 , II " ■' ^• r r 1 I { -
\ `._/ ! • r; Ji r'r/ rr r' I I 1 1 Illrl I� I.y 1 1 I II c] � /rr a ,-----s.9 � I + f rti,
r ! r r r r {}„' rr 1 1III RATE CD~ � � ` -■ �. I '�• ir! rr I C7rrri%� r fHIGH GHAE
r/�J ! r;r hrr, 11 11 1 rI IIIIU�1 1 1 1 1 I�4 �/�e
r \ rr .� ti_ + ; r ! i 1 I■ rr r„I r I 1 / i 1 1 .;'rll 111 f r 1 IrI 1j'�Ir INFILTRATION
Ii■rr� �NN rr �1 ._�
Ir r/ �i ' r J J r I / r,I,� l l 1 1 I li I I r l
I % 1 1 r, BASIN �4r1 Iil ,�II WETLANDS r� N
r r !, , I >rr I'll r r ,I 1 �' I, 1 I r 'lip 1■li/ IfIN r 11 0.7648 ACRE
� � 1 1 rr 1 ?r; rr !/�! rrrri,r a 1 d� 1 r Gr❑ I1' 1 1 r 1, �,11 1 MIN. SURFACE 111 1 , IIj1 / �
r EL 18.0 �i I! c f
rV \` ! 1 - I { =-_\ >rIl�r r I 'IIIII 1 11 1,1 I'I��11 IIII �/�IIIr ll 11 1 l
r !
_ `
y 7 1 I _
r� •• / I f� 1 rl 11 I rl l 1 1 �
1{ 11�� Ir, � I I , ! I I III 111 1 I r
j I I!
�
L I I �' I I I Mw«^f 1 •�3 1 !r. rr !! ❑rrr 1 h , r/ I■ r�i ! I / Il'1 II I 1 I r
LS 1R Ilto I11'1 1 1 I + 1 ■.■ r r r r! r!/ Ji, r r r 1 Iq 11 .
I � �. r + 1 �� 1 1`'rr�� �� r rr r r 1 I / ��r • r r/ I r ' 1j1
I 1 1 Cr .' rrrrrr., J / r IIIIII Ij Ir' 111 r r r y
f ti, I r t PP ri �p 1 ti 1■. ��. I,'' /r� rr'r , g J r I I rr.4 arr !I o !J ri / IIIir
La
PIPE SUPPORT I,ril ► rrir r ' I '` �j I 1
�r \'1 ri �• ' �� I ��� !r!r r r /r ! r!r J!/rLf I I .: �/I 20'
O.C. 1 r1 I rI hllw 3 ,
r II,I,f I 1 . rr 1 ■ ■ I Jr rJr ! + rJ JIr / r/ I / lr.� I /r CSr IIIII ` 111 r �_ , « `� I, I I
o� l� � � � 1 � �. rr r/ rrir r%!rr sir rrr`,' ■ ��° !I J rJ {SEE DETAIL
•C 1 .�=- r !! r rr rr I r r rj/r , r I f Q I /l.�. 1 O/C10 f ti I,111 IIII I �} 1
rJJ.�� rrr J!!r Ir
. ! r r rrr r r , I ■ J r / r l" �°� �* IIIII 111 1 +ri"(0, I I ry
I - r r I / II >lr ! / I / / rl• I, ❑ I Z r4 ! 1 1 1 I I , � � r � { J I � � , : Ir a riiJ'r ,' ,' ' • >r r ! � � ' I'I'II ,.�,1 r � - -- - -' _ _ o � � � ' ' '
1 r ,
r ! ! r I r , �. rr! I r _.� /r/,r�/J�r r / 1 J r r Jr,r
1 � II li ', !I , 1 - • Nk �• 1 1� � 18• '�r I I r rrir r ! •�'4V3
T a r , I �.1r� r -/ 4 ,, d r r > rJlrr r'rrii 1 ❑ r III 1 _ _- 1
b•Ir�1' ; ! � , I a . J r ! r rr . rr,, I,I;r III '• `-°• _
1 �• r + ! !� J � r! J 1 � 1 l / I
rrll / IIIIi 11! 1 I ■.1! L I -_- I I
r
�� �� 6`I 11� 11+ � I � + 1 ■ Jr i"IC>t � rr r 'r !'rirr / rlrl 111 1 - _ ,-�� Iff f
I� � P� 1�41 , � 1 �•I / r r rj r/r 1 --- _ - i I l r 1 ' r I I I !! / r /r/ r / rr%J% I!I 1 ' ..�• �' } I
r 1h. rl I
q.3y f 11111Ir 1L1 lr +,t 4OF
VII'1nr5
r'l
I +1i
� I 47I 1 A ! r�/?❑ I / / !rr , Jj r /r/// r / r
rti� �• 1 �,�r � ,, �1 � .Irr r / I ! r.�o rrr / >i/f r ! I r ! ■`.
1 , lr r I
�! S': • ,, `,�.� �� 1 r j� dilir 1 I ■ ■' rr❑ rr11 i 1 .17.0---- I ■�. to {
PP e--y �1 + ' ,'I Mw 1 I .'� rat. { i'Jrr rrr / J'r' I ! r r 1 1 ^ �� 1 1 I ll I tl +
« I rr I r r r/J r r l I I . . / I , t, l
^
Jrrl
� � � � ' j\ \��■ ._.1 ' + __ nr.�� r�ipp,,
� . � 1� + 1 � I%lrIr • ri rI .lr JI `4i"
Lr r fit' ri ! r r 1 1
li~:k 1',I"��: �1 I r r/rr r/r
'� I II l l y 1 I,I I ,Gf+ r rr / rr rl l II I r11
� � �f� s+ltll ,��'���-� �/�61`S� : - ■ r:'❑- _ ��ff 1�`�- ❑ rr I II,D'v.;'r�Ir` e�>�4■��[. � `■� r��. .g'Irrr�rI!rr�r1rrr'11 �* r I1, �11N.
�:I -_ - - - -=L/_�� _it ❑ rtigr r' r fr ��cg-s'�°9
�A���•• 5D _ _s.dd-_- _ , ,.`■�._ .S�, .•- - APP+ I 17❑ =—-
_ 0 ------ _ _ - ■■~,� I 1 1 I
I
1
I
-
�� 1 ' �� ��`■ D '.j 1 r� J r�`�r r� �w�` _r�Ir'rir� `T����` $ �. _ q' -- -- - - - 1� r.lrrr
JI Jr Ir r'\� IT�- �_»� fig=~~ -� '---'--�--`-�gl�f- - `� ��
15"- I-�.�sg1 _�'-`--Rt_irr�J f •' i�_ ?8�.C1 - UI SL 14F.
'I ;IPE ECM
-----�����_.�.w����� —
6111
SQ5° 05' 59 "W - 1 067. 23'
E I P
1
INFILTRATION BASIN *2
EMBANKMENT SECTION 2
50 25 0 50 100
PROJECT NO. : PM131-21--006
DRAWING NO.: 004 GRAPH I C SCALE: 1 "=50'
LINWOOD E.
E_
R E V[ S I❑ N S
Y NO. QATE
!
r
!
I

EX
RA
12" DI
EXISTING GI
RAIL TO REP
12" DIP
EXISTING CONDITIONS
PLAN VIEW A
SCALE: ' 2'=1 —0" C 5
EXISTING CONDITIONS
SECTION 1
SCALE: ',z'_1'_0" C5
REMOVE EXISTING PUMPS.
PIPING. AND VALVES
VE EXISTING
RETE TOP
� .. ILLY . ROL PANELS;
REMOVE AND REPLACE,
SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS
STING PUMPS,
D VALVES
EXISTIN
GUARD R
12" DI
EL. 11.96
PROPOSED CONDITIONS
SECTION
SCALE: '-2'=1'_0"
VALVE SYMBOL LEGEND
MANUAL PLUG VALVE
AUTOMATIC PLUG VALVE
MANUAL BUTTERFLY VALVE
CHECK VALVE
MANUAL GATE VALVE
2
C5
rD
PVC
3c
8„X8„
8" DIP
u I r- ur)F111V
VALVE VAULT SECTION
SCALE: 1,2'=1 `—D"
3
C5
/" 6u d L
LINWOOD E. STROu . P.E.
V I S 1 0 N S
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: oo5

NORTH
I
I
r
❑ ❑ 30' R
I
8'-0"x14'-0" I
GENERATOR PAD
I
I
20' R
I,
I
I
• GRAVEL
34'R
HIGH RATE
INFILTRATION
r BASIN #2
I,
15
LIN
L
I
I
I
I
I
❑ a .CONCRETE a
(g�— DEwATERING WELL (TYP)
OUMPSTER D (SEE DETAIL C5/111
❑ ❑ ❑ 2n' R
a a a a
24 R
15'R
'•�' ��� 8 DIP L GRAVEL
INFLUENT PUMP
STATION (SEE
- = Ex MH SHEET C5)
WASTE SLUDGE
CONNECTION S B R # 1
UV/FILTER BUILDING
(SEE SHEET C8 FOR DETAILS)
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL BUILDING
(SEE SHEET C7 FOR DETAILS) T DIGESTER II
------ POST FLOW DISTRIBUTION BOX
EQUALIZATION (SEE SHEET CO)
R E V 1 S! 0 N S
N r+rr' `r Y NO.1 DATEN
+3'
;r
F
• D�_ 7��
D
[
rIIf 1111V
LINWaoa E. STROUD, P.E.
♦\� PROPOSED PLANT SITE PLAN
BRANDYWINE BAY WWTP UPGRADES
��♦ __ ____--__-------------
NEW MH
MOREHEAD TOWNSHIP. CARTERET COUNTY. NORTH CAROLINA
TOP \ r OWNER: CAROLINA WATER DESIGNED: LES
N 1NV IN 10.A5 N '\ �-��
W INV OUT 10.35 SERVICE, INC. OF N.C.
ADDRESS: P-o-BOX 240908
5701 WESTPARK Clot. ,SUITE 101
DRAWN: LHJ
TOP MH
PHONE
\ {7d4]0525�799d� 28224
.' INV 11.31 APPROVED: LES
10 5 d 10 20 A��. �`�•
`♦ STRGUD ENGINEERING, P.A. DATE: 1/17/20
PROJECT NO. PM131-21-006
• GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 "=1Q` 107—B COMMERCE STREET SCALE :1 "=10'
.: 006
1 T (252Y 756-9352 G N �
GREENVILLE- NORTH CAROLINA 21858
DRAWING
LICENSE NO.C-0547 [SHEET C6 OF 13

VALVE SYMBOL LEGEND
MANUAL PLUG VALVE
AUTOMATIC PLUG VALVE
MANUAL BUTTERFLY VALVE
NCHECK VALVE
E7C III MANUAL GATE VALVE
CONNECTION FOR
SLUDGE REMOVAL
11 FI-8" INFLUENT PIPE
11 I I
ACCESS STA
8'-0" 1158'-8" 11
I�f" PIPE 8, PIPE BUTTERFLY 3`-0"x3'-O"
EC$1 1LP SBRx�2 BLOWER LANDING
II VALVE (TYP)
Ecsz III --------�
3 II 10" PIPE
I G" PIPE
AT I I SBR JET 0 ___.------____—
II BACKUP BLOWER IIII MOTIVE — � DIGESTER
MCC I I -�
II I AIRVALRELEASE 1Q" P[PE
1HP II II �- ----
3 I I �--�+---_.__- 8' PIPE PAST
I I 8"]C8" TEE -----------
AIR RELEASE VALVE i { ------------------- EQUALIZATION
II DIGESTER JET II SBR JET BUTTERFLY
MOTIVE LIQUID II MOTIVE CROSS VALVE (TYP
SBR#1 BLOWER i{ - ------------------
POST EO DIGESTER !1 AIR RELEASE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
FMR1 ii BLOWER BLOWER I VALVE 10" PIPE - /Ll
II 3
II II o
C9
IIII 16"IPIPE ////r/
IIII �" PIPE I I
IIII = 1Q" PIPE ----
111 I 8" PIPE
❑F01 IIII 8" PIPE
I I 11 I I //// // //
IIII ----- -----.- - - - -
HPI
PIPING ELEVATION 1
SCALE: 3/8"=1'-Q"
PROJECT NO. : PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 007
PLAN VIEW A
SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" �'
PUMP DATA TABLE
TOP RANGE 0
TOP RANGE TDH
HP
DESCRIPTION
DRIVE
TOP SPEED
(GPM)
(FT)
SBR JET MOTIVE
VFD
1750
1830
21
15
DIGESTER JET
VFD
1750
1098
21
10
MOTIVE
BLOWER TABLE
DESCRIPTION
DRIVE
CFM
PRESSURE
(PS16)
Hp
SBR
VFD
500
10.25
40
POST ED
VFD
145
6.3
10
DIGESTER
VFD
240
10.25
25
H CgRO�'`'�,
# PE 5279 _
rryNfH lflux51,a
I
LINWOOD E. STROUD. P.E.
mE&M IIII

TANK
VALVE SYMBOL LEGEND
III III
MANUAL PLUG VALVE
AUTOMATIC PLUG VALVE
MANUAL BUTTERFLY VALVE
III
CHECK VALVE
MANUAL GATE VALVE
TOP OF TANK EL 39.0
EL 14.5
41
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 008
80 CFM COMPRESSOR
REFRIGERATION
AIR DRYER
I
I
I
— DRAIN— —
A �R
6" DIP—1 Vol f
CAST IRON FLOOR
1'
PLATFORM
100-00oX121-000
GARAGE DOOR
AIR
AIRLINES SHALL BE 1/2" X 304SS
FIXED PIPING OR 112" FLEXIBLE
HOSE IN RIGID CONDUIT. LINE
FROM DRYER TO FILTER AND DRYER
TO UV SHALL BE 1/2" FLEXIBLE
HOSE IN RIGID CONDUIT BELOW
THE SLAB. ABOVE SLAB CONNECTIONS
TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 304 STAINLESS.
AIR
n i a
6"
BUTTERFLY
1
1O"X6"
VA
VE
z
REDUCING
a
ELBOW
o o
6
8
ELBOW a
AUTOMATIC
16"
BUTTERFLY
VALVE
0 0 0
8"X1�2" ELBOW
10" BUTTERFLY
ailtifou
I
121 BUTTERFLY
VALVE
VALVE
6' ELBOW
6 1' MAGNET I C
"I
FLOW METER
o ❑
12 TEE
6" DIP
a is
i12" PVC
12"X16" REDUCING TEE
— —
6"7(8"
ELBDW
a
r — — ——
---
-- DRAIN -----------------ORA1N___---�
6" BUTTERFLY VALVE
J,
10"X6"
TEE
4"
DIP
10" BUTTERFLY
VALVE
0 0 1 0!
0 1 o
I
BUTTERFLY
12 "CC)
10" ELBOW
o a n
r o r a
VAL�
10"X1l" ELBOW
AUTOMATIC
16"
6" DIP
I
BUTTERFLY
VALVE
a o � o►
a� n
1
I
4 "X6"
6"X8" REDUCER
ELBOW
E
4" PLUG
-- - ------[TRAIN—_---___�
VALVE
�/
G"X8" TEE
I
CAST IRON FLOOR
4" CHECK
6" ELBOW
DRAIN. TYP
1
VALVE
I
8" DIP
{
1
I
I
{
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I SS CLEANOUT, TYP
I (SEE
BUILDING PLANS
y FOR
CONTINUATION,
COORDINATE
LOCATION
WITH
MEP PLANS
f�
6" ELBOW-i
6" MAGNETIC
FLOW METER
FILTER PLAN VIES A
SCALE: '14'=1' -0" 8
FLUIDYNE FILTER
12" DIP
8" PVC
12"X16" REDUCING TEE
0
PROPOSED UV
ELECTRICAL
CABINET
2HP
XFM
R2 FC2
2LP
16" BUTTERFLY VALVE
16" BUTTERFLY VALVE
REFRIGERATOR
COMPOSITE
SAMPLER
PROPOSED LAB BENCH (SEE
BUILDING PLANS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)
16" DIP
uv
6"X8" ELBOW
EL 21.65
4" DIP A
16" DIP
a
a:
e.
SECTION Z7 �
SCALE: I,41
'=1 ' -011 C 8
FLOW RECORDER,
TOTALIZER
900 V—NOTCH WEIR
C\2 co
U
FLOW RECORDER/
TOTALIZER
STOP
GATE
90' WEIR
STOP
GATE
90' WEIR
FLOW RECORDER/
TOTALIZER
8" DIP
3" GATE VALVE
DUPLEX SELF PRIMING
POST FO PUMPS
WITH VFD, 10 HP LOW 3" UNION 7
RANGE - 208 GPM @
31' TDH. HIGH 3" CHECK VALVE
RANGE- 520 GPM @
42' TDH.
PROPOSED 3000 PSIS
G" CONCRETE SLAB
4" DIP SUCTION PIPING
— — 22.6T
BOT WEIR
2,.
INV. 2
A P❑ A A A❑ A - A❑
0
# PE 5279 =
ter`"
GIN es . •OJ� �
,r 0�E
"Il ii 11 li lli 11 i V1111
a
LINWOOD E. STROUD, P.E.
SECTION �❑❑
SCALE: 1,A"=1 ' -0" C U
PROPOSED FIBERGLASS
HOT BOX WITH FLIP
TOP ENCLOSURE
SECTION 3
SCALE: C8
4" GATE
VALVE'S
m� ME tiIUM

ELECTRICAL
ROOM
DECANTER SECTION
SCALE: NTS C
BACKUP BLOWER
ST EO (BLOWER
OWER
AIR RELEASE
VALVE
4" x 3" x 1 /4" Al
AIR RELEASE
VALVE
SECTION ((�77
SCALE: 3,16"=1 `-0" L. J
DECANTER REST DETAIL
SCALE: NTS
NGLE
JGLE
(3) 9/16" DIA. HOLES PER
DECANTER REST '- SEE
TYPICAL ANCHOR DETAIL
ON 45954-106
3
C 9
EL. 39.0
NORMAL TOP WATER LEVEL EL. 37
POST EQUALIZATION
4" SS JET
HEADER AIR
PIPE
10" SS JET HEADER
r�LIQUID PIPE
8" SS DIGESTER
SUCTION
14 5
❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
4" RISING STEM TELESCOPIC VALVE. 120" TRAVEL.
14" ALUNINUM ANODIZED HANDWHEEL,
STAINLESS STEEL FLOORSTAND
W/ GALVANIZED STEEL FLOOR STAND M13UNTING
BRACKET.
STAINLESS STEEL SLIP TUBE W/
(2) V-NOTCHES. 160' APART.
SECTION
SCALE: NTS C 9
H •CA'4'p''c
Q9:
# PE 5279 =
Zz
����G1►v EEF{ JV
USG E S CRC
R E v I S i A N S
PROJECT NO.: ?M13 211--006
DRAWING NO.: oo�
L.INWOOD E. STROLID. P.E.

5' -0"
5' -0"
16.7.5`
105'
7.5` 16'
BASIN BACKFILL
LOW BERM
[OPEN GRADED SANDI
(1N SITU
LOW REMO8ILITY
MATERIAL]
3
-- - •�1
TOP OF BERM
3
�--. 3
1
MATERIAL ? DEPTH
3
ELEV 20.5
BASIN SURFACE ELEV.
18.0
- -_
GEOTEXTILE -
LINER
DEWATERING WELL
(SEE DETAIL 5-?)
IN SITU SAND
{RIP RAP
100' SETBACK NL BASIN WIDTH_
NOTE:
REFER TO SOILS REPORT FOR MONITORING WELL DETAIL.
INFILTRATION BASIN #I SECTION
NOT TO SCALE
{RIP RAP
2" WEEP HOLES
d/—(TYP) d
0
CONCRETE
SPLASH
PAD
0
1I1-- 6" PVC EFFLUENT PIPE
C]
co
EFFLUENT DISTRIBUTION SPLASH PAD
SCALE: 112"=1'-O'
PROJECT NO. : PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 01Q
SEE DETAIL 3-?
100' SETBACK
CLAR I I
DEPTH
IN
DE
LOW PERM❑BILITY
MATERIAL DEPTH
I
ca
— DEWATERING WELL
(SEE DETAIL 5-?)
DEWATERING WELL
(SEE DETAIL 5/C10)
1N SITU SAND
10`7.5' 105' 7.5' 10'
BASIN BACKFILL SEE DETAIL 3-?
OW SIRM (OPEN GRADED SAND)
MATERIAL) 3 TOP OF BERM 3
All ELEV 18.0` 1�;:::;_. 3
3 --- BASIN SURFACE ELEV. 15.5 Tj1
GEOTEXTILE,
_ - LINER
100' SETBACK pi. BASIN WIDTH
NOTE:
REFER TO SOILS REPORT FOR M❑NIT❑RING WELL DETAIL.
INFILTRATION BASIN #2 SECTION
NOT TO SCALE
DEWATERING WELL SECTION /' 5 -
NOT TO SCALE kcio
1---- - ----------------7
I4M�
�
j1',z' DIAPHRAGM APHRAGM
IVALVE
11,Z" WYE
IPRESSURE GAUGE
I11� " BALL
CH CK VALVE
II
1',2"X2" ELBOW
I� II�
{ fF �2" PVC
1 1,2" D I VALVE1 2" PVC SUCTION HEADER
BLOWOFF
DEWATERING PUMP PLAN VIEW
NOT TO SCALE
HOT BOX
CC KA LL
HEVAL
11, 2"X2"
ELBOW
i �L-u r4 2" PVC
Q0 a•' b•'
3000 PSI CONCRETE
DEWATERING PUMP SECTION G_
NOT TO SCALE C 1 O
HOT SOX
PRESSURE
GAUGE 11,' WYE
1 1,z" DIAPHRAGM 1 1,Z' DIAPHRAGM VALVE
VALVE
1 1,2"X2" ELBOW
L Pvc-
&OFF
p A p p p p
P
3000 PSI CONCRETE
z" PVC
DEWATERING PUMP SECTION 6C
TYPICAL DEWATERING PUMP DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
NOT TO SCALE C 1 ❑
HEADER (SIZE
VARIES
4"-6" SEE
PLAN)
100' SETBACK
e
PLUG
8" DIP ..�
EL 19.0 @ SBR1
@ 0 4% :,
EL 16.5 @ SBR2
6
TOC 18.5
12" THICK
•°• '°
000-c �
CLASS 00,
O
A RIP RAP
0,
0
+
FILTER FABRIC
WEEP HOLES -
in
y
4 PLACES
•°
G" THICK 3000
• '
PSI CONCRETE
DEWATERING
WELL
e e e
SEE DETAIL 1Q/C10
ISEE DETAIL
5/C10)
a•e•�'. a•�
SECTION
EFFLUENT DISTRIBUTION
SPLASH PAD
CLOSE VALVE AND
FILL PIPE WITH
NON SHRINK GROUT
REMOVE EX
8" DIP
CLOSE VALVE AND
FILL PIPE WITH
NON SHRINK GROUT
REMOVE EX
8" DIP
SCALE: 112'=I'-0"
wa
N z
cro
Z)a
0�
v 0
-j -' a
C5
c� _
o�
F- ac
EXISTING
MANHOLE
5' DIAMETER
METER VAULT
VALVETE�
12" THICK CLASS
A RIP RAP
6" DIP
F❑RCEMAIN
6" GATE
VALVE
6" METER
PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 1 /4 "=1 ' -0" C 1 0
6" DIP
EX MANHOLE
TOP 18.85
INV. 15.00+/-
3'-Q" " X 2'-6
ALUMINUM
WET WELL HATCH,
Ex HATCH
WATERTIGHT
AND LOCKABLE
G" PLUG
VALVE
'
' I=— 11=1I-
CORE H, 8DOT
FOR 'S" DIP
EX 8" GRAVITY
EFFLUENT PIPE
6" MAGNETIC
FLOW METER
PIPE SUPPORT
SECTION
g
SCALE:
1/4"=1'-0"
C10
1/4"X3"
STAINLESS
STEEL STRAP
WITH
1/4"X2"
1/2"
8" z PIPE
NEOPRENE
PAD
SNUG FIT
ADHERED
TO STRAP
1/4"X6" NEOPRENE
314" !d•STAINLE55
PAD ADHERED TO
SADDLE
STEEL
BOLTS.
OR A36
ANCHOR
A57M A301
.r _ ❑L I I J❑
#5 REBAR @
12" D.C. w o
EACH WAY u5 REBAR @
d a ❑ 2''_4" 12" O.C.
> EACH WAY
P '
C10
-111-il'❑ 1I�- ��1- '�i 111f�1❑ �I--���-JI_
GROUNDWATER LEVEL =1 I� II1 1I1- ElIE 9I1-111-
OBSERVATION WELL 9 IL
III- '!I, 1I a P ❑ I1-111-
NOT TO SCALE C I O a I p p I— I! I
#5 REBAR @
95 REBAR @ 12" O.C.
12" D.C. EACH WAY
EACH WAY BEFORE YOU ❑IG! R E V I S I ❑ N S
11 NC ONE CALL BY INO.1 DATE DE C P
(TOLL FREE)
A=,' - Q
3'-0 " 5 ' - 6 "
T
COR 1-800-632-49491
IT'S THE LAW!
AERIAL PIPE CROSSING
CONCRETE PIER DETAIL 10
SCALE: NTS CZO
RAPID RATE INFILTRATION DFTAILS
� ofEss�Qti.ti
# PE 5279
%IN�E�`
Q
-- Z'6

3 STRAND BARB WIRE -
CLASS III GALVANIZED
OR ALUMINIZED
TOP RAIL-,
- I
♦♦♦♦♦♦♦s ♦♦♦+
PULL POST
i♦i�i ii'i'♦♦
rMAP
��•-•4
�! ����
■! s!� .M.
NI [TENSION WIRE
CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
iTYPICAL)
NOTES
12' -0"
I. DOUBLE GATE SHALL HAVE A LOCKING
MECHANISM. DROP ROD, AND TRUSS ROD.
2. ALL FENCE COMPONENT MATERIALS SHALL BE
EITHER HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL OR [RON.
FENCE FABRIC SHALL BROAUBMINUM
3. PRIVACY SLATS WHEN INDICATED
CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATE
NOT TO SCALE
ALLOWABLE COMPONENTS FOR FENCE SYSTEM
T
GALVINIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM COATED STEEL
ALUMINUM ALLOY OR ALUMINUM
FABRIC
911 GAGE
COATED STEEL (ulI STEEL]
FRAME
GALVINIZED STEEL
ALUMINUM ALLOY
COMPONENTS
nil GAGE
SYSTEM
G1
G2
G3
Al
A2
1.90" O.D.
1.625" )( 1.875"
1.625" X 1.875"
2.375" O.D.
2.00" x 2.50"
LINE POST
STEEL PIPE
STEEL H
STEEL R.F.
ALUMINUM PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
TERMINAL POST
2.375" O.D.
2.375" D.O.
2.375" Q.D.
2.875" O.D.
2.875" 0.0.
(ENDsCORNER.BRACES)
STEEL PIPE
STEEL PIPE
STEEL PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
GATE POST UP
2.875" O.D.
2.875" O.D.
2.875" O.D.
2.875" Q.R.
2.675" O.D.
THRU 6` LEAF
STEEL PIPE
STEEL PIPE
STEEL PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
GATE POST 7'
4.000" Q.D.
4.000" O.D.
4.000" O.D.
4.000" O.D.
4.000" O.D.
THRU 12' LEAF
STEEL PIPE
STEEL PIPE
STEEL PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
1.660" O.D.
1.660" O.D.
1.250" X 1.625"
1.660" O.D.
1.660" O.D.
BRACE RAIL
STEEL PIPE
STEEL PIPE
STEEL R.F. OR
ALUMINUM PIPE
ALUMINUM PIPE
1.660" D.O. STL PIPE
VARIES DUE TO DIFFERING MANUFACTURING DIMENSIONS.
THE FABRIC MAY EITHER BE FASTENED TO THE TENSION
WIRE BY HOG RINGS SPACED AT 2' INTERVALS. OR THE
TENSION WIRE MAY BE WOVEN THROUGH THE FABRIC.
TIE WIRE (#►G GA. @ 24" CTRS.) TO BE WIRE CLIPS OR TIES TO BE USED TO ATTACH
USED TO TIE FABRIC TO BRACE RAIL. FABRIC TO POSTS AT 12" CENTERS.
BRACE GATE
RAIL POST '-TENSION WIRE - #7 GA. TYP.
i I-T-
��'��i'♦'♦.itp'i�'►►�'� �i� iRmi+ii%''+�a�i'i''�i+
�I iOOOO��+♦ ri 1i r'i ►mis
000 ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦*W-V.
+♦♦♦♦ ♦+♦
"�+ib' y��i+'� 'o► yi'♦':'.y"♦000 0000'�i♦♦�imi di0�♦� ♦�♦�♦�♦74 ri::�. 0i ii�iO+s+♦ ♦,'�♦'i♦' ♦000' •`y�'i0�� . � �♦
1� �Lw��?�3�►��i��e►�w�i���.�!i�i!�!��w�a�i�i�i�i���iP i-i�i�i�i�s��i!i!�!�!��a.�!i!i!i!��
Sul -, I1y �iieud nr�ur ii c7in I.I 11 L�uJ fill ii r�udii c�udii e iidndii ry ui , I.,
LTIE ROD b.375 D[ If 1�1 o U j' j WITH TURNBUCKLE 1 TENSION WIRE - #7 GA.
CL 10' MIN.
I� TERMINAL POST -I I , ,
I U I (SEE GATES FOR GAT1111 I'U'
3 MIN. POST DIMENSIONS) L=I L �1
�.--.�-12" FOR 6' k-4-9" FOR 6'
(FOR TERMINAL (FOR LINE POST)
POST)
FENCE BRACE DETAILS
N.T.S.
4+1 n n nrnF
1. JV U. U. , I I_ j •'I 8' -O" TYP. EACH
I• I I 11 - I SIDE OF GATE 1-1 J
I''• I I'- I f' •I
u I I Li i�GATE POST
L-._J L J L_I
�•-- •�-42" FOR 6' ii- 'FORR
( FOR GATE POST) (?OR GATV POST ]
FENCE DETAILS 1
NOT TO SCALE
SINGLE SWING GATE DETAIL
N.T.S.
LINE POST
- # PE 5279 -
'�� "/GI N C5
£
A ,7l,H H u N�'�••�'
BEFORE YOU DIG!
INC ONE CALL
(TOLL FREE)
a0a
toR 1-800-632-4949)
IT'S THE LAW!
R E V I S 10 N S
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: o11
LINWOOD E. STROUD, P.E.

TOP 39.0 1 TOP 39.0 1
HWL 37.0 HWL 37.0
OVERFLOW WEIR
TANK OPERATING 28.65 30
LEVEL 26.21
DIGESTER
EFFLUENT
SBR #1 POST EQ ¢ INFLUENT 2ONNNECT I ON WEIR EL 21 . 5
JET MOTIVE 25-66 CTION ❑
55
TRANSFER 25
......................................................................PLuMP-... ... .----------- ...--------- .----- ---- -----.-... .. ...... --------...------...-
El25 .....WL 23.17
FLUIDYNE CLOTH UV DISINFECTION
MED-IA...F-ILT.ER------------------ ----- 20
FLOW DISTRIBUTION SURFACE 18.0
TOP 19.0, �--...... -- - FF18.5 STRUCTURE
15 •--...... ...... -I
10 ................1
LWL 16.5
HIGH RATE INFILTRATION BASIN #1
POST EQ PUMP
15
BCT 1.36
INFLUENT---...... --- ---------------------------------------- ------------ -------------------------.-�--- ---------------- ......--------------- --..--........ .--....------------------ ....------...--------...--------------------....-----...... F (MSL
0 PUMP STATION
FT (MSL ]
....--....--- - 40
................................... ... . ..... ...... .......
40 ....-- ............................ TOP 39. 0 1 TOP 39. Q l
HWL 37.0 I o HWL 37. Q
35 ------- ......... ................................................ -i ... — — � � I I - - -- - I - —, ------- — I -------- — ----- — I - - - - -1 — - I I � I ........ ------- --------- 1.11 ------- ---------- ­ ----- 1— ...... ... I I ---- ...... --- � �l ------- -.1 ------------------- .... I ............... I ................. I --- — ------ � I ------------------- ......... -------- I ------ I ................ 1--l- ------------------------------ � - I I I -------- I --------- — -------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------- 35
OVERFLOW WEIR
TANK OPERATING 29.55 30
LEVEL 27.11
30 ...---...-----............... ..-------....--- ----- ..... .....--- -----....
- DIGESTER Ir
INFLUENT EFFLUENT
SBR #2 POST ECG &NNECTION ❑ CONNECTION-55 WEIR EL 21 .5
JET MOTIVE
TRANSFER
-------- --- ------ -
................. 2
25... ... .... . ...----- ..... .. ........ ........................- ......... WL 23.17
..........................................
FF$
20 • OP--------•.- .............. ----
TOP 19.0 1.5
15 ...I
10 ----------------1
FLUIDYNE CLOTH UV DISINFECTION
---------- MED-IA... F-ILT.ER..-...... .... . ....-- •........ --------- -----------------------------
�............. I ...... ......---+------------------..... ......-- -, , -----
FLOW DISTRIBUTION
STRUCTURE
---- I - 1- --------------------------- 20
LWL 16.5 POST EQ PUMP / SURFACE 15.5
15
--------------------
BflT 14 5 B07..14.5.......------------------------ ------ ....
.............. F ..........
INFILTRATION
------ ___....BED .- --- 10
HIGH RATE INFILTRATION BASIN #2
--------- — ......... .. j--­,­'- ... — ............ ....... - ........ ........ — ............. .......... I ........ — ....... ----------- 1-11 ---------------- ......... --------------- — -------- I ------------------ — -------- I ------------------ — I ------ 11.1 -------------------- I I --------------- ........... ... 1--- ----------- ------- ---- .......... --------- ....................... I ---------- I ----------------- — ---------------- ------------- 1. 1 1 - - � ... I I ------ .......... 5
LWL 2.86
BOT 1.36
INFLUENT.......... ..... ............... ..--.. - - --- -- . - --- ----------...------- ..... ..... -- ...---------.... .....-------- -- --------------•-.----..... FT (MSL f
C PU1XP STATION
R E V l S 1 0 N
FT fMSL1
Y N A
,``���11111f I i I411! 1lllll!!
`,No H CAR0�•.,,f,
e � .7 =
# PE 5279 _
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 012
t.
17- Z15

10--so
LD
i
i
Ln
~+�----_�--- ^----�COMPLIANCE BOUNDARY '
PROPOSED OFFICE SITE PLAN
SCALE: 1 "=1 0'
1'-o
ll
RESER1/4" D I A. x 21,2" LONG
TRUSS HEAD GALVANIZED
PARK I NG BOLTS THRU SIGN $
POST. TOP & BOTTOM.
1,2" HELVETICA MEDIUM
LETTERS
18 GUAGE GALVANIZED
SHEET METAL SIGN
COLORS:
LETTERS. BORDER 8
MAX I MUM
ARROW = GREEN
;CHANDICAP
PENALTY
SYMBOL = WHITE
ON BLUE BACKGROUND.
$ 250
S 24-37.6
BACKGROUND - WHITE
TYP. BOTH SIGNS
2" STEEL TUBE POST
PAINT FLAT BLACK,
2 COATS.
FINISH GRADE
2' -0" TO v E E
BOTTOM E E SET POST IN 12" DIA. X 12" DEEP
OF FOOTING CONCRETE FOOTING.
F �
HANDICAP SIGN DETAIL
SCALE: NTS
[on]
PROPOSED OFFICE GRADING PLAN ( B
SCALE: 1 "=1 0'
���u�INulirir�rrrrp
# PE 5279
E .sI�
N�rrlr rrf i I u+rLOr'�.�
C13
I rrrkln
(1) DEWATERING WELL
13 DEWATERING PULP
---------- DEWATERING SUCTION HEADER
—� F---- DEWATERING DISCHARGE HEADER
R E V I S 1 0 N S
PROJECT NO. : PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 013
LINWOOD E. STROUD. P.E.

38' -6"
2'-63,8" 2'-4" 2'-8" 2`-4" _ 171-91,4" 2`-4" 3'-4" 2`-4" 2._103,Ft"
2'—63,gr' 1 2 f -4 " 1 2' -8" 1 2' -411 1 21 -63,a"
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 014
6' -4
2' -63,a' 1 2' -4 „ ' 3 • -0 $$ 1 2' -4 ., 1 3' -0.. 1 2' -4 „
FLOORPLAN A
SCALE: 3,$'=1 ' -0"
FRONT ELEVATION
SCALE: 3,8"=1 ` -D"
4 ' -2 3,n"
SIDE ELEVATION
SCALE: 3,8r1=1 . _oi.
�QC
# PE 5279
IE
7-7`0
i-1iAnuuu L. Jir[uuu. r . a .
e
R E V I S I 0 N S

51 -810
0
I
N
23' -4 "
r : i
31 -2 "
FLOORPLAN A
SCALE: 3,16"=1'--Di, J ]
OVERHEAD DOOR
■' ICI
FRONT ELEVATION
SCALE : 3,16 =1 -0"
I
u
LEFT ELEVATION 3
SCALE : 3,151=1 ! _0 « �B2
RIGHT ELEVATION
SCALE: 3,16'=1 ' -O.r
R E V 1 S 10 N S
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 015
REAR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3,16fl-1 , -0„
L. [NWOOD E. STROUD, P.E.

0
29' -10,. 8' -6 23' -41,2" d. 7' -31
I j
� I 1
I I I
30 x 68
30x 5°
1 0"-0"x12' -C"
0
flVERHEA6 Dana
54-1 {,,z.
1 4' -0" �
3° x B$
Lo
�n
' �
o
rn
LAB
FLOORPLAN
SCALE: 3�i�'=1 •-0» D�
1.] e_�
LEFT/RIGHT ELEVATION__( 3
SCALE: 3•lf,"=1 ' -0"
on
N�1�1�1�11■11�
OVERHEAD DOOR
FRONT ELEVATION
SCALE: 3,,l5'=1' -0"
I
REAR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3,15"=1 ' -0"
# PE 5279
�NGk1+fE�� C
D,E "S'CQ'.
0
R E v I S 1 a N S
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.:
4Y211
LINWOOD E. STROUD, P.E.

a
a
a
A
p
❑
❑
A
❑
P
• A
a
a
a
a
0
a !70�00
-0 o o�
A
12" ABC STONE
FOUNDATION SECTION rl
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" S 1
PLAN VIEW A
SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" S
PROJECT NO. : PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 017
a D
P P P
.a P
00 D 00 0 i
o0 0 op o
-E I• _-I I I--- l k i
I I
TIMBER PILES
TYPICAL
5' -0"(TYP )
(2) - 1/2" DIA. A36 BARS
WITH 1 80° BENDS,
lx5 REBAR @ 12" O.C.
TOP $ BOTTOM
' -C"( TYP )
rirlirls ll[]Rrnm[rl[I
13
+i
1
I
I
—r 11
3" X 5/8" BAR A36
5/16" p
(2) - 5/8" DIA. A307
BOLTS WITH STD. WASHERS
AND HEX NUTS
C8X18.75 OUTTER BASE
RING CHANNEL CURVING
TO THE LEFT
SECTION r�3
SCALE: I "=1 ' -0" ti7 1
v
C8X18.75
HYDROSTATIC
BULKHEAD
❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
P a a
� a P
� ❑ ❑II a P
o- o- I� ❑ ❑
i
9 ❑ �)Q ❑ Q
A A A P
o- o- ❑ ❑
SECTION 4
SCALE: 1 "=1 '-0" S
REIFORCING HOOK @
24" O.C. STAGGERED
ON OPPOSITE SIDES
TYPICAL
o
# PE 5279 1 -
f, a0L7 E. $1, ti
� r
LINWOOD E. STROUD,
TOP OF FOUNDATION
C8X18.75 OUTTER BASE
1,_611 .RING CHANNEL CURVING
TO THE RIGHT
v
P
P
❑
>
a
a
Q
Q
Q
a
a
a
A
❑
❑
❑
P
P
a
P
O
d
❑
,
REINFORCING HOOK @
24" Q.C. ON OUTSIDE
OF BASE RING
CHANNEL
SECTION 2
SCALE: 1 "=1 ' -0" l
REINFORCING HOOK Lz
46" O.C. ON INSIDE
OF BASE RING
CHANNEL
SHEET NOTES:
1. IN THE EVENT OF A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THESE STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS AND THE TANK MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED DRAWINGS.
THE MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED DRAWINGS SHALL GOVERN FOR
THE INSTALLATION OF ANY AND ALL EMBEDDED PARTS.
2. ALL BASE RINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY TANK MANUFACTUERER
AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. MATERIAL SHALL BE
304SS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR
OBTAINING THE MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED DRAWINGS AND
PERFORMING THE INSTALLATION OF THE BASE RINGS AND OTHER
EMBEDDED PARTS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS
ON THESE DRAWINGS.
3. BASE RINGS ARE TO BE INSTALLED WITH THE TOP OF ALL
SECTIONS OF EACH RING LEVEL WITHIN 1/8" (+I- 1/16").
4. ENDS OF BASE RING SECTIONS ARE TO BE BUTT WELDED TOGETHER
WITH A CONTINUOUS WELD ALL AROUND.
5. ALL WELDED SURFACES SHALL BE PRIMED PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE.
6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING
EACH BASE RING TO THE RADIUS SHOWN ON THE MANUFACTURER'S
CERTIFIED DRAWINGS (TOLERANCE +/- 112").
7. REINFORCING HOOKS SHALL BE SPACED AT 24" ON CENTER AND STAGGERED
ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF ALL HYDROSTATIC BULKHEAD BASE CHANNELS, 48"
ON CENTER ON INSIDE OF BASE RING CHANNEL AND 24" ON CENTER ON
OUTSIDE OF BASE RING CHANNEL.
8. ALL EMBEDDED HOOOKS SHALL BE TIED INTO THE BASE SLAB REBAR MATS.
9. REINFORCING STEEL IN THE BOTTOM OF THE THICKENED SLAB AREAS SHALL
BE PLACED PARALLEL TO AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE AXIS OF THE BASE
CHANNELS. EACH MATT OF STEEL IN THE MAIN SLAB SHALL BE PLACED AT
90° TO EACH OTHER WITHOUT RESPECT TO THE DIRECTION OF THE STEEL
IN THE THICKENED SLABS. THUS THE THICKENED SLAB STEEL WILL NOT
BE PARALLEL TO THE MAIN SLAB STEEL.
10.THE FOUNDATION SHOWN SHALL BE PLACED ON A 12" THICK LAYER OF
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (ABC STONE). THE ABC STONE SHALL EXTEND TO
5 FEET BEYOND THE PERIMETER OF THE CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND IT
SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 98% OF MODIFIED PROCTOR (ASTM D-1557).
11. CONCTRACTOR SHALL APPLY SONNEBORN SONOSHIELD HLM 5000 TO THE
INTERIOR CONCRETE/BASE CHANNEL INTERFACE AT ALL SUCH LOCATIONS.
BOTH SIDES OF THE INNER BASE RING CHANNEL. BOTH SIDES ALL RADIAL
HYDROSTATIC BULKHEAD BASE CHANNELS. AND THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE
OUTER BASE RING CHANNEL SHALL RECEIVE THIS APPLICATION IN STRICT
ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
12. CONCRETE FOUNDATION SHALL BE WATER CURED FOR A MINIMUM OF 14
DAYS PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF SONNEBCRN SONOSHIELD HLM 5000.
CURING COMPOUNDS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
NOTE:
CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED DRAWINGS
AND FOLLOW THEM FOR THE EXACT
LOCATION AND DETAILED INSTALLATION
OF ALL EMBEDDED ITEMS WHICH ARE
TO BE PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
R E V I s 1 0 N s

28'-3"
56' -6,i
PLAN VIEW A
SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" S
nI - It 11 "n 11 ,,3. If — .rr •a. rig ..
W
DETAIL r3-"�
SCALE: 1 "=1 '-0" S `2
28' -3"
1.
4'/ 'X9 "X3fg" PLATE WITH
THE EC 3,4' ASTM A-325X
H.S. BOLTS TYPICAL SLOT
COLUMN TO RECEIVE PLATE
I"IFiell:7911E1
DOUBLE L3X2X5/16 BRACE
LLV WITH TWO ASTM-325 H�
BOLTS EACH END TYPICAL
AT TWELVE LOCATIONS AS
SHOWN
3/8" PLATE
TYP
HSS 8X8 TYP
4' -0'
TYP
DETAIL 3
SCALE: 1"=1'-0" S 2
W12 GIRDER
CONCRETE FLOOR
SEE DETAIL 3/S2
DOUBLE L3X2X5/16 BRACE
LLV WITH TWO ASTM-325 HS
BOLTS EACH END TYPICAL
AT TWELVE LOCATIONS AS
SHOWN
HSS 8X8
TYP
SECTION I
SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" S 2
SEE DETAIL 4/S2
W10 STRUT BEAM
DOUBLE L3X2X5/16 BRACE
LLV WITH TWO ASTM-325 HS
BOLTS EACH END TYPICAL
AT TWELVE LOCATIONS AS
SHOWN
CONCRETE FLOOR
SECTION 2
SCALE: 3/16"=1'-O" S 2
TOP OF STEEL +13'-0"
W12 CRANE GIRDER
HSS 8X8
TYP
FINISH F
TOP OF STEEL +13'-0"
— W10 STRUT BEAM
FINISH FLOOR EL
R IE v 1 S 1 0 N S
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAWING NO.: 018
LINWOOD E. STROUD. P.E.

1LP-
ATS
LL
1 Hf
i
XFMR1 �--
G
O G
1 LP- 2
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21N006
DRAWING NO.: 020
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL BUILDING ELECTRICAL PLAN
SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0"
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL BUILDING LIGHTING PLAN
SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0"
MCC
ROOM
VOLTS 480Y/277V 3P 4W
AIC 42,000
MOUNTING SURFACE
BUS AMPS 600
MAIN BKR MLO
FED FROM 1 H P
NEUTRAL 100%
LUGS STANDARD
NOTE
CKT
#
BREAKER
TRIP/POLES
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
LOAD KVA INEMA
SIZE
FEEDER RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS
STARTER DESCRIPTION
A
9
C
1
70/3
SBR 1 BLOWER
14.4
14.4
14.4
1 "C,3#4,#80
NOTE 1
2
70/3
SBR 2 BLOWER
14.4
14.4
14.4
1 "C,3#4,#SG
NOTE 1
3
70/3
BACKUP BLOWER
14.4
14.4
14.4
1"C,3#4,.#8G
NOTE 1
4
20/3
POST EQUALIZATION BLOWER
3.88
3.88
3.88
3/4"C,3#12,#12G
NOTE 1
5
50/3
DIGESTER BLOWER
9.42
9.42
9.42
3/4"C,3#6,#1OG
NOTE 1
6
30/3
SBR 1 PUMP
5.82
5.82
6.82
3/4"C,3#1O,#1OG
NOTE 2
7
30/3
SBR 2 PUMP
5.82
5.82
5.82
3/4"C,3#10,#10G
NOTE 2
$
20/3
DIGESTER PUMP
3.88
3.88
3.88
3/4"C,3#12,#12G
NOTE 2
9
20/3
SPACE
0
❑
0
10
20/3
SPACE
0
0
0
LUG LOAD:
❑
0
0
TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE
72.1
72.1
72.1
CONN KVA CALC KVA
CALC KVA
LARGEST MOTOR
43.2 10.8
(25%)
TOTAL LOAD
227
MOTORS
216 216
(100%)
BALANCED 3-PHASE AMPS
273
NOTES:
1. VARIABLE TORQUE, NORMAL DUTY VFD WITH BYPASS MOTOR STARTER
2. CONSTANT TORQUE, HEAVY DUTY VFD WITH BYPASS MOTOR STARTER
1HP
ROOM
VOLTS 480Y/277V 3P
4W
AIC 42.000
MOUNTING SURFACE
BUS AMPS 1000
MAIN BKR MLO
FED FROM ATS
NEUTRAL 100%
LUGS DOUBLE
NOTE
CKT
#
CKT
BKR
CIRCUIT
DESCRIPTION
LOAD KVA ICKT
#
CKT
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
LOAD KVA
A
g I
C
A
B
C
1
600/3
MCC MCC
72.1
2
200/3
PANEL
3HP
14.4
3
1
72.1
4
1
14.4
5
1
72.1
6
1
12.6
7
400/3
PANEL
2HP
64.1
8
20/3
BRIDGE
CRANE - MECH/ELEC
3.05
9
1
64
10
1
BLDG.
3.05
11
1
64.5
12
1
3.05
13
20/1
SPACE
0
14
175/3
XFMR XFMR1
18.2
15
20/1
SPACE
0
16
1
18.4
17
20/1
SPACE
0
18
1
16.5
19
20/1
SPACE
0
20
20/1
SPACE
0
21
20/1
SPACE
0
22
20/1
SPACE
0
23
20/1
SPACE
0
24
20/1
SPACE
❑
25
20/1
SPACE
0
26
20/1
SPACE
0
27
20/1
SPACE
0
28
20/1
SPACE
0
29
20/1
SPACE
0
30
20/1
SPACE
0
31
20/1
SPACE
0
32
20/1
SPACE
0
33
20/1
SPACE
0
34
20/1
SPACE
❑
35
20/1
SPACE
❑
36
20/1
SPACE
0
37
20/1
SPACE
0
38
20/1
SPACE
0
39
20/1
SPACE
0
40
20/1
SPACE
❑
41
1 20/1
SPACE
1 0
42
20/1
SPACE
0
LUG LOAD:
0
0
0
TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE
172
172
169
CONN KVA
CALC KVA
CONN KVA CALC KVA
LIGHTING
3.95
4.93
(125%)
CONTINUOUS
32.8 41
(125%)
LARGEST MOTOR
43.2
10.8
(25%)
NONCONTINUOUS
99 99
(100%)
MOTORS
341
341
(100%)
HEATING
25.7 25.7
(100%)
RECEPTACLES
9.9
9.9
(50%]10)
COOLING
14.9 0
(0%)
TOTAL LOAD
532
BALANCED 3-PHASE
AMPS 640
1 LP
ROOM VOLTS 208Y/120V 3P 4W AIC 22,000
MOUNTING SURFACE BUS AMPS 400 MAIN BKR 300
FED FROM XFMR1 NEUTRAL 100% LUGS STANDARD
NOTE
CKT
#
CKT
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
LOAD KVA
CKT
#
CKT
8KR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
LOAD KVA
A I
B
C
A
B
C
1
150/3
PANEL 3LP
10.4
3
1
9.12
5
1
9.13
7
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.72
9
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.9
11
20/1
ELECTRICAL ROOM LIGHTING
0.229
13
20/1
MECHANICAL ROOM LIGHTING
0.915
15
20/1
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
0.62
17
20/1
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
0.62
19
20/1
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
0.62
21
20/1
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
0.62
23
20/1
SBR CONTROL PANEL
0.5
25
20/1
LIGHTING
0,383
27
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.72
29
20/1
OISOLVED OXYGEN SENSOR,
0.653
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
31
20/1
GENERATOR BATTERY
0.36
CHARGER
0
33
20/1
LIGHTING
❑
TOTAL
CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE
20.2
16.7
16.2
CONN KVA CALC KVA CONN KVA CALC KVA
LIGHTING 2.53 3.17 (125%) CONTINUOUS 6.6 8.25 (125%)
LARGEST MOTOR 3.49 0.874 (25%) NONCONTINUOUS 0.98 0.98 (100%)
MOTORS 18.8 18.8 (100%) HEATING 17 17 (100%)
RECEPTACLES 7.2 7.2 (50%]10) COOLING 9.78 0 (0%)
TOTAL LOAD 56.3
BALANCED 3-PHASE AMPS 156
��pLI�NH1111fill ,,
c,aRo•.,,,,,
oflrss;0--
SEAL r � -
PE02199'0
%�Iyfi nHACNGINEE- J�•`�•
'EL
' �Hltl Elinir��
f r r
R E V I S 1 0 N S
L. MICHAEL STROUD, P.E.

Cf AI P-• 1 /A"-1'-n„
PROJECT
DRAWING
2H P
ROOM
VOLTS 480Y/277V 3P 4W
AIC 42,000
MOUNTING SURFACE
BUS AMPS 400
MAIN BKR 400
FED FROM 1HP
NEUTRAL 100%
LUGS DOUBLE
NOTE
CKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
CKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A
B
C
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A
B
C
1
70/3
XFMR XFMR2
10.1
2
20/3
BRIDGE CRANE - UV/FILTER
3.05
3
1
10.1
4
BLDG.
3.05
5
1
10.8
6
1
3.05
7
20/3
FILTER
2.11
8
20/3
ULTRAVOILET DISINFECTION
3.31
9
1
2.11
10
1
3.31
11
1
2.11
12
1
3.31
13
20/3
FILTER
2.11
14
20/3
ULTRAVO#LET DISINFECTION
3.31
i5
1
2.11
16
1
3.31
17
1
2.11
18
1
3.31
19
125/3
PAINT OF USE WATER HEATER
32
20
60/3
PANEL POST EQ PUMP
8.06
21
1
- EMERGENCY SHOWER
32
22
1
CONTROL PANEL
8,06
23
1
32
24
1
7.76
25
20/1
SPACE
0
26
20/1
SPACE
0
27
20/1
SPACE
0
28
20/1
SPACE
0
29
20/1
SPACE
0
30
20/1
SPACE
0
31
20/1
SPACE
0
32
20/1
SPACE
0
33
20/1
SPACE
0
34
20/1
SPACE
0
35
20/1
SPACE
0
36
20/1
SPACE
0
37
20/1
SPACE
0
38
20/1
SPACE
0
39
20/1
SPACE
0
40
20/1
SPACE
0
41
20/1
SPACE
0
42
20/1
SPACE
0
LUG LOAD:
❑
0
0
TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE
64.1
6
fi4.5
CONN KVA
CALC KVA
CONN KVA CALC KVA
LIGHTING
1.41
1,76
(125%)
CONTINUOUS
23.7 29.6
(125%)
LARGEST MOTOR 11.6
2.91
(25%)
NONCONITINUOUS 96.8 96.8
(100%)
MOTORS
59.3
59.3
(100%)
HEATING
8.68 8.68
(100%)
RECEPTACLES 2.7
2.7
(50%>10)
COOLING
5.08 0
(0%)
TOTAL LOAD
202
BALANCED 3-PHASE AMPS 243
2LP
ROOM
VOLTS 208Y/120V 3P 4W
AIC 10,000
MOUNTING SURFACE
BUS AMPS 200
MAIN BKR 150
FED FROM XFMR2
NEUTRAL 100%
LUGS STANDARD
NOTE
CKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
ICKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
A
$
I C
A
B
C
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1
20/1
OUTSIDE RECEPTACLE
0.72
2
40/2
HEAT PUMP 2 - UV/FILTER
1.75
3
20/1
INSIDE RECEPTACLE
0.54
4
f
BLDG.
1.75
5
20/1
INSIDE RECEPTACLE
0.54
6
40/2
FAN COIL 2 - UV/FILTER
2.59
7
20/1
LIGHTING
1.03
8
1
BLDG.
2.59
9
20/1
LAB RECEPTACLE
0.72
10
60/3
PANEL DEWATERING PUMP
2.91
11
20/1
LIGHTING
0.383
12
1
CONTROL PANEL 2
2.49
13
20/1
SPACE
0
14
1
2.49
15
20/1
SPACE
0
16
60/2
AIR COMPRESSOR
3.36
17
20/1
SPACE
0
18
1
3.36
19
20/1
SPACE
0
20
20/1
AIR DRYER
0.83
21
20/1
SPACE
❑
22
20/2
POINT OF USE WATER HEATER
1.5
23
20/1
SPACE
0
24
1
1.5
25
20/1
SPACE
0
26
20/1
SPACE
0
27
20/1
SPACE
U
28
20/1
SPACE
0
29
20/1
SPACE
0
30
20/1
SPACE
0
31
20/1
SPACE
0
32
20/1
SPACE
❑
33
20/1
SPACE
0
34
20/1
SPACE
0
35
20/1
SPACE
0
36
20/1
SPACE
0
37
20/1
SPACE
0
38
20/1
SPACE
0
39
20/1
SPACE
0
40
20/1
SPACE
0
41
20/1
SPACE
0
42
20/1
1 SPACE
0
LUG LOAD:
0
0
O
TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE
9.41
Li8
10.9
CONN KVA
CALC KVA
CONN KVA CALC KVA
LIGHTING
1.41
1.76
(125%)
CONTINUOUS
3.83 4.79
(125%)
LARGEST MOTOR 6.72
1.68
(25%)
NONCONI7NUOUS 0.24 0.24
(100%)
MOTORS
14.2
14.2
(100%)
HEATING
8.68 8.68
(100%)
RECEPTACLES 2.7
2.7
(50%710)
CODLING
5.08 ❑
(0%)
TOTAL LOAD
34.1
BALANCED 3-PHASE AMPS 94.5
STROUD, P.E.
R E V I S 1 0 N S

1 SBR TANK ELECTRICAL PLAN
E4 SCALE: 1 /4"=V-d"
•
r
r
r
/
/
/
INFLUENT PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL PLAN
SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-O"
3H P
ROOM
VOLTS 480Y/277V 3P 4W
AIC 42,000
MOUNTING SURFACE BUS AMPS 200
MAIN BKR MLO
FED FROM 1HP NEUTRAL 100%
LUGS STANDARD
NOTE
CKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
CKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
A
B
C
A
B
C
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1
80/3
PANEL INFLUENT PUMP
11.9
2
20/3
PANEL INFLUENT SCREEN
1.24
3
1
CONTROL PANEL
11.9
4
1
CONTROL PANEL
1.24
5
1
11.6
6
1
0.942
7
20/2
GENERATOR BLOCK HEATER
1.25
8
20/1
SPACE
0
9
1
1.25
10
20/1
SPACE
0
11
20/1
SPACE
0
12
20/1
SPACE
0
13
20/1
SPACE
0
14
20/1
SPACE
0
15
20/1
SPACE
0
16
20/1
SPACE
0
17
20/1
SPACE
0
18
20/1
SPACE
❑
19
20/1
SPACE
0
20
20/1
SPACE
0
21
20/1
SPACE
0
22
20/1
SPACE
4
23
20/1
SPACE
0
24
20/1
SPACE
0
25
20/1
SPACE
Q
26
20/1
SPACE
0
27
20/1
SPACE
0
28
20/1
SPACE
0
29
20/1
SPACE
0
30
20/1
SPACE
0
LUG LOAD:
0
0
0
TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE
14.4
14.4
12.fi
CONN KVA CALC KVA
CONN KVA CALC KVA
LARGEST MOTOR 17.5 4.36
(25%)
CONTINUOUS
2.5 3.13
(125%)
MOTORS
37.7 37.7
(100%)
NONCONTINUOUS 1.2 1.2
(100%)
TOTAL LOAD
46.4
BALANCED 3-PHASE AMPS 55.9
'����puttf �� i ir�rrfri
F-� CARo��'f%
� SEA L
PE021990
'���af�NGIIJEE . �I��=
,I'��p�Nrrrnn�tiu�u�� ■
R E V I S 1 0 N S
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21N005
DRAWING NO.: 022
i// 7�.2010
L. MICHAEL STROUD, P.E.

HP3
OFFICE BUILDING ELECTRICAL PLAN
SCALE: 1 /4"=l'-O"
OFFICE BUILDING OFFICE PLAN
SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-O"
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21-006
DRAINING NO.. 023
3LP-1
i
3HP-7,9
.011
000,
GENERATOR AREA ELECTRICAL PLAN
SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-O"
ALP
ROOM
VOLTS 208Y/120V 3P
4W
AIC 10,000
MOUNTING FLUSH
BUS AMPS 200
MAIN BKR 150
FED FROM 1LP
NEUTRAL 100%
LUGS STANDARD
NOTE
CKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
CKT
CKT
LOAD KVA
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
#
BKR
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A
B
C
A
B
C
1
20/1
REFRIGERATOR
0.96
2
20/2
HEAT PUMP 3 --- OFFICE
1.56
3
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.54
4
1
1.56
5
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.9
6
40/2
FAN COIL 3 - OFFICE
2.59
7
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.9
8
1
2.59
9
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.9
10
60/3
PANEL DEWATERING PUMP
2.73
11
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.9
12
1
CONTROL PANEL 1
2.67
13
20/1
RECEPTACLE
0.36
14
1
2.49
15
20/1
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
0.383
16
20/2
POINT OF USE WATER HEATER
1.5
17
20/1
INTERIOR LIGHTING
0.562
18
1
1.5
19
20/1
SPACE
0
20
20/2
POINT OF USE WATER HEATER
1.5
21
20/1
SPACE
❑
22
1
1.5
23
20/1
SPACE
❑
24
20/1
SPACE
0
25
20/1
SPACE
0
26
20/1
SPACE
0
27
20/1
SPACE
0
28
20/1
SPACE
0
29
20/1
SPACE
0
30
20/1
SPACE
0
31
20/1
SPACE
0
32
20/1
SPACE
0
33
20/1
SPACE
0
34
20/1
SPACE
❑
35
20/1
SPACE
0
36
20/1
SPACE
0
37
20/1
SPACE
0
38
20/1
SPACE
0
39
20/1
SPACE
0
40
20/1
SPACE
0
41
20/1
SPACE
❑
42
20/1
SPACE
0
LUG LOAD:
❑
0
0
TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE
10.4
9.12
9.13
CONN KVA
CALC KVA
CONN KVA CALC KVA
LIGHTING
0.944
1.18
(125%)
CONTINUOUS
6 7.5
(125%)
LARGEST MOTOR 3.12
0.78
(25%)
NONCONTINUOUS 0.24 0.24
(100%)
!MOTORS
8.44
8.44
(100%)
HEATING
8.3 8.3
(100%)
RECEPTACLES 4.68
4.68
(50%]10)
COOLING
4.7 0
(0%)
TOTAL LOAD
31.1
BALANCED 3-PHASE AMPS 86.4
�u,un�iu�rrq,
N GARo`,,,fl,
�pFESS/
SEAL r : -
PE021990
�rrrrr....„,,,,�
R E V I S 1 0 N S
i/i�/your
L. MICHAEL STROUD, P.E.

EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE
CALLOUT
DESCRIPTION
HP
VOLTS
AMPS
WIRE CALLOUT
DISCONNECT DESCRIPTION
AC
AIR COMPRESSOR
5 HP
208V 2P 2W
32.31
3/4"C,2#4,#100
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
AD
AIR DRYER
120V 1P 2W
6.92
3/4"C,1#12,#12N,#12G
CORD & PLUG
BLWR 1
SBR 1 BLOWER
40 HP
480V 3P 3W
52
1"C,3#4,#8G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
BLWR 2
SBR 2 BLOWER
40 HP
480V 3P 3W
52
1"C,3#4,#8G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
BLWR 3
BACKUP BLOWER
40 HP
480V 3P 3W
52
1"C,3#4,#SG
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
BLWR 4
POST EQUALIZATION BLOWER
10 HP
480V 3P 3W
14
3/4"C,3#12,#12G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
BLWR 5
DIGESTER BLOWER
25 HP
480V 3P 3W
34
3/4"C,3#6,#10G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
D.O.
DISOLVE❑ OXYGEN SENSOR
120V 1P 2W
0.5
3/4"C,1 #10.#10N,#10G
LOCK -OFF BREAKER IN PANEL
DW PMP
DEWATERING PUMP
1.5 HP
208V 3P 3W
6.92
3/4"C,3#10,#10G
BREAKER IN DEWATERING PUMP
CONTROL PANEL
FC1
FAN COIL 1 - MECH./ELEC. BLDG.
208V 2P 2W
24.91
3/4"C,2#8,#10G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
FC2
FAN COIL 2 - UV/FILTER BLDG.
208V 2P 2W
24.91
3/4"C,2#8,#1OG
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
FC3
FAN COIL 3 - OFFICE
208V 2P 2W
24.91
3/4"C,2#8,#10G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
FILTER
FILTER
5 HP
480V 3P 4W
7.6
3/4"C,3#12,#12N,#12G
LOCK --OFF BREAKER IN PANEL
GENERATOR
BATTERY
CHARGER
GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER
120V 1P 2W
3
3/4"C,1#10,#10N,#10G
LOCK -OFF BREAKER IN PANEL
GENERATOR
BLOCK
HEATER
GENERATOR BLOCK HEATER
480V 2P 2W
5.21
3/4"C,2#10,#10G
LOCK -OFF BREAKER IN PANEL
HP1
HEAT PUMP 1 - MECH./ELEC. BLDG.
208V 2P 2W
16.8
3/4"C,2#8,#10G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
HP2
HEAT PUMP 2 - UV/FILTER BLDG.
208V 2P 2W
16.8
3/4"C,2#8,#10G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
HP3
HEAT PUMP 3 - OFFICE
208V 2P 2W
15
3/4"C,2#12,#12G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
MOV
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
120V 1P 2W
1.72
3/4"C,1#10,#10N,#10G
BREAKER IN PANEL"1LP"
PMP 1
SSR 1 PUMP
15 HP
480V 3P 3W
21
3/4"C,3#10,#10G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
PMP 2
SBR 2 PUMP
15 HP
480V 3P 3W
21
3/4"C,3#10,#10G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
PMP 3
DIGESTER PUMP
10 HP
480V 3P 3W
14
3/4"C,3#12,#12G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
UV
ULTRAVOILET DISINFECTION
480V 3P 3W
11.93
3/4"C,3#12,#12G
LOCK -OFF BREAKER IN PANEL
WH1
POINT OF USE WATER HEATER
208V 2P 2W
14.42
3/4"C,2#12,#12G
LOCK -OFF BREAKER IN PANEL
WH2
POINT OF USE WATER HEATER - EMERGENCY
SHOWER
480V 3P 3W
115.47
1-1/2"C,3#1/0,#6G
FUSIBLE DISCONNECT
VAPOR TIGHT LED
STANCHION MOUNTED
UTILITY LIGHT
7'6" ABOVE
WALKWAY
DECK
J-Box
1-1/4" RIC
STEEL COND
(TYP. )
RAILI
25' ANGLE MOUNT STANCHION
GENERATOR SCHEDULE
CALLOUT VOLTS NUMBER I KVA KF POWER
OF TAPS FACTOR
GENSET 14BOY/277V 3P 4W 1 1 625 500 0.8
TRANSFER STITCH SCHEDULE
CALLOUT TYPE VOLTS AMPS NUMBER NEUTRAL
OF TAPS
ATS AUTOMATIC 480Y/277V 3P 4W 1000 1 100%
LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE
CALLOUT
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
INPUT
VOLTS
NOTES
WATTS
A
PELOTON HIGH BAY
COLUMBIA LIGHTING,
114.33
120V 1P 2W
PEL4-40MM-EDU
B
LED OUTDOOR WALLPACK
HUBBELL OUTDOOR,
76.6
120V 1P 2W
WGH - 1 33L- 75- 5K
C
1X4 SURFACE MOUNT LET] WRAPAROUND
WILLIAMS INDOOR,
49
120V 1P 2W
17--4-L55-840-A
D
VAPOR -TIGHT LED UTILITY LIGHT
HUBBELL KJLLARK
16
120V iP 2W
SEE DETAIL 1 ON
VSL1630D4HGW
SHEET E4
EF
BROAN EXHAUST/LIGHTING
BROAN QTXE080FLT
22.5
120V iP 2W
PANEL SCHEDULE
CALLOUT
VOLTS
BUS
AMPS
MAIN
DISCONNECT
TYPE
MAIN
DISCONNECT
AMPS
MOUNTING
PANEL PALES
NEUTRAL
LUGS
AIC
RATING
UPSTREAM OCP FEEDER SIZE
1HP
480Y/277V 3P 4W
1000
MLO
SURFACE
100% 42
DOUBLE
42,000
1000 (3)3"C, 3#400KCMIL, #400KCMIL N, #2/OG
1 LP
208Y/120V 3P 4W
400
BREAKER
300
SURFACE
100% 42
STANDARD
22,000
300 3"C, 3#350KCMIL, #350KCMIL N, #213
2HP
480Y/277V 3P 4W
400
BREAKER
400
SURFACE
100% 42
DOUBLE
42,000
400 3-1/2"C, 3#600KCMIL, #600KCMIL N, #2G
2LP
208Y/120V 3P 4W
200
BREAKER
150
SURFACE
100% 42
STANDARD
10,000
150 1-1/2"C, 3#1/0, #1/ON, #6G
3HP
480Y/277V 3P 4W
200
MLO
SURFACE
100% 30
STANDARD
42,000
200 2"C, 3#3/0, #3/ON, #6G
3LP
208Y/120V 3P 4W
200
BREAKER
15❑
FLUSH
100% 1 42
STANDARD
10,000
150 1-1 /2"C, 3#1 /0, #1 /ON, #6G
ENCLOSED BREAKER SCHEDULE
CALLOUT TYPE VOLTS FRAME
SIZE
BREA]MR NUMBER
TRIP OF TAPS
AIC
RATING
ECB1 ENCLOSED BREAKER 480Y/277V 3P 4W 1000
1000 1
42,000
ECB2 ENCLOSED BREAKER 480Y/277V 3P 4W 800
800 1
42,000
TRANSFORMER
SCHEDULE
CALLOUT A`VA PRIMARY VOLTS SECONDARY VOLTS
XFMR1 112.5 480V 3P
3W 208Y/120V 3P 4W
XFMR2 45 480V 3P
3W 208Y/12OV 3P 4W
SIDE VIEW
(STAIR) END VIEW SIDE VIEW
(TYPICAL) (CATWALK OR PLATFORM)
(TNSBR WALKWAY LIGHTING DETAIL
F SCALE: NONE
PROJECT NO.: PM131-21N006
DRAWING NO.: 024
STYLE CONDUIT
7Y AS NEEDED
FS" STYLE BOX FOR
GFCI RECEPTACLE
(WHERE INDICATED)
J-Box
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER SCHEDULE
CALL40UT VOLTS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL BUS MAIN NEUTRAL AIC
BUS AMPS AMPS DISCONNECT RATING
TYPE
MCC 480Y/277V 3P 4W 600 400 MLO 100% 42,000
■■■■plilll i �� i �rr�iu
❑F ESS�
SEAL
PE029gg0 _
',,mercy G'tNEE c =
L. MICHAEL STROUD, P.E.
R E V I S 1 0 N S